| File: | clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp |
| Warning: | line 5547, column 18 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// | ||||
| 2 | // | ||||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | ||||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | ||||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | ||||
| 6 | // | ||||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 8 | // | ||||
| 9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. | ||||
| 10 | // | ||||
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 12 | |||||
| 13 | #include "TreeTransform.h" | ||||
| 14 | #include "UsedDeclVisitor.h" | ||||
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" | ||||
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | ||||
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" | ||||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" | ||||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | ||||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | ||||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | ||||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" | ||||
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" | ||||
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | ||||
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" | ||||
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" | ||||
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" | ||||
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" | ||||
| 29 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" | ||||
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | ||||
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" | ||||
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | ||||
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | ||||
| 34 | #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" | ||||
| 35 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | ||||
| 36 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" | ||||
| 37 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" | ||||
| 38 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" | ||||
| 39 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" | ||||
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" | ||||
| 41 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | ||||
| 42 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" | ||||
| 43 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" | ||||
| 44 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" | ||||
| 45 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" | ||||
| 46 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h" | ||||
| 47 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | ||||
| 48 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | ||||
| 49 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" | ||||
| 50 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" | ||||
| 51 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" | ||||
| 52 | using namespace clang; | ||||
| 53 | using namespace sema; | ||||
| 54 | using llvm::RoundingMode; | ||||
| 55 | |||||
| 56 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without | ||||
| 57 | /// emitting diagnostics. | ||||
| 58 | bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { | ||||
| 59 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. | ||||
| 60 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) | ||||
| 61 | return false; | ||||
| 62 | |||||
| 63 | // See if this is a deleted function. | ||||
| 64 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 65 | if (FD->isDeleted()) | ||||
| 66 | return false; | ||||
| 67 | |||||
| 68 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, | ||||
| 69 | // then we can't use it either. | ||||
| 70 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||
| 71 | DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false)) | ||||
| 72 | return false; | ||||
| 73 | |||||
| 74 | // See if this is an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is | ||||
| 75 | // unavailable. | ||||
| 76 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && | ||||
| 77 | isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(*FD)) | ||||
| 78 | return false; | ||||
| 79 | } | ||||
| 80 | |||||
| 81 | // See if this function is unavailable. | ||||
| 82 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable && | ||||
| 83 | cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) | ||||
| 84 | return false; | ||||
| 85 | |||||
| 86 | return true; | ||||
| 87 | } | ||||
| 88 | |||||
| 89 | static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 90 | // Warn if this is used but marked unused. | ||||
| 91 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { | ||||
| 92 | // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused)) | ||||
| 93 | // should diagnose them. | ||||
| 94 | if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused && | ||||
| 95 | A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::C2x_maybe_unused) { | ||||
| 96 | const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext()); | ||||
| 97 | if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) | ||||
| 98 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D; | ||||
| 99 | } | ||||
| 100 | } | ||||
| 101 | } | ||||
| 102 | |||||
| 103 | /// Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted. | ||||
| 104 | void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) { | ||||
| 105 | assert(Decl && Decl->isDeleted())((Decl && Decl->isDeleted()) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("Decl && Decl->isDeleted()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 105, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 106 | |||||
| 107 | if (Decl->isDefaulted()) { | ||||
| 108 | // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration. | ||||
| 109 | if (!Decl->isImplicit()) | ||||
| 110 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted); | ||||
| 111 | |||||
| 112 | // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly | ||||
| 113 | // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies. | ||||
| 114 | DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(Decl); | ||||
| 115 | return; | ||||
| 116 | } | ||||
| 117 | |||||
| 118 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl); | ||||
| 119 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) | ||||
| 120 | return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor); | ||||
| 121 | |||||
| 122 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here) | ||||
| 123 | << Decl << 1; | ||||
| 124 | } | ||||
| 125 | |||||
| 126 | /// Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an | ||||
| 127 | /// explicit storage class. | ||||
| 128 | static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) { | ||||
| 129 | for (auto I : D->redecls()) { | ||||
| 130 | if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None) | ||||
| 131 | return true; | ||||
| 132 | } | ||||
| 133 | return false; | ||||
| 134 | } | ||||
| 135 | |||||
| 136 | /// Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a | ||||
| 137 | /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3). | ||||
| 138 | /// | ||||
| 139 | /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but | ||||
| 140 | /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode | ||||
| 141 | /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6) | ||||
| 142 | /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't | ||||
| 143 | /// prove that there are errors. | ||||
| 144 | static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S, | ||||
| 145 | const NamedDecl *D, | ||||
| 146 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 147 | // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in | ||||
| 148 | // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically | ||||
| 149 | // correct but benign. | ||||
| 150 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 151 | return; | ||||
| 152 | |||||
| 153 | // Check if this is an inlined function or method. | ||||
| 154 | FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl(); | ||||
| 155 | if (!Current) | ||||
| 156 | return; | ||||
| 157 | if (!Current->isInlined()) | ||||
| 158 | return; | ||||
| 159 | if (!Current->isExternallyVisible()) | ||||
| 160 | return; | ||||
| 161 | |||||
| 162 | // Check if the decl has internal linkage. | ||||
| 163 | if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage) | ||||
| 164 | return; | ||||
| 165 | |||||
| 166 | // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if | ||||
| 167 | // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file, | ||||
| 168 | // and probably won't be included anywhere else. | ||||
| 169 | // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function. | ||||
| 170 | // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function. | ||||
| 171 | // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on | ||||
| 172 | // wrappers for simple C library functions. | ||||
| 173 | const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
| 174 | bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc); | ||||
| 175 | if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn) | ||||
| 176 | DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>(); | ||||
| 177 | |||||
| 178 | S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet | ||||
| 179 | : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline) | ||||
| 180 | << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D; | ||||
| 181 | |||||
| 182 | S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current); | ||||
| 183 | |||||
| 184 | S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||
| 185 | << D; | ||||
| 186 | } | ||||
| 187 | |||||
| 188 | void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) { | ||||
| 189 | const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl(); | ||||
| 190 | |||||
| 191 | // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible. | ||||
| 192 | if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) { | ||||
| 193 | SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin(); | ||||
| 194 | Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static) | ||||
| 195 | << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static "); | ||||
| 196 | } | ||||
| 197 | } | ||||
| 198 | |||||
| 199 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and | ||||
| 200 | /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. | ||||
| 201 | /// | ||||
| 202 | /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing | ||||
| 203 | /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, | ||||
| 204 | /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being | ||||
| 205 | /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted | ||||
| 206 | /// function is being used. | ||||
| 207 | /// | ||||
| 208 | /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be | ||||
| 209 | /// referenced), false otherwise. | ||||
| 210 | /// | ||||
| 211 | bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, | ||||
| 212 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, | ||||
| 213 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, | ||||
| 214 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, | ||||
| 215 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) { | ||||
| 216 | SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front(); | ||||
| 217 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 218 | // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction, | ||||
| 219 | // emit them now. | ||||
| 220 | auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||
| 221 | if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) { | ||||
| 222 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second) | ||||
| 223 | Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second); | ||||
| 224 | |||||
| 225 | // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit | ||||
| 226 | // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this | ||||
| 227 | // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these | ||||
| 228 | // diagnostics again. | ||||
| 229 | Pos->second.clear(); | ||||
| 230 | } | ||||
| 231 | |||||
| 232 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: | ||||
| 233 | // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program. | ||||
| 234 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain()) | ||||
| 235 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used); | ||||
| 236 | |||||
| 237 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*cast<FunctionDecl>(D), Loc); | ||||
| 238 | } | ||||
| 239 | |||||
| 240 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. | ||||
| 241 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { | ||||
| 242 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 243 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) | ||||
| 244 | << D->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 245 | } else { | ||||
| 246 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) | ||||
| 247 | << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
| 248 | } | ||||
| 249 | return true; | ||||
| 250 | } | ||||
| 251 | |||||
| 252 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 253 | // See if this is a deleted function. | ||||
| 254 | if (FD->isDeleted()) { | ||||
| 255 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); | ||||
| 256 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) | ||||
| 257 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use) | ||||
| 258 | << Ctor->getParent() | ||||
| 259 | << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent(); | ||||
| 260 | else | ||||
| 261 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); | ||||
| 262 | NoteDeletedFunction(FD); | ||||
| 263 | return true; | ||||
| 264 | } | ||||
| 265 | |||||
| 266 | // [expr.prim.id]p4 | ||||
| 267 | // A program that refers explicitly or implicitly to a function with a | ||||
| 268 | // trailing requires-clause whose constraint-expression is not satisfied, | ||||
| 269 | // other than to declare it, is ill-formed. [...] | ||||
| 270 | // | ||||
| 271 | // See if this is a function with constraints that need to be satisfied. | ||||
| 272 | // Check this before deducing the return type, as it might instantiate the | ||||
| 273 | // definition. | ||||
| 274 | if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { | ||||
| 275 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; | ||||
| 276 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc)) | ||||
| 277 | // A diagnostic will have already been generated (non-constant | ||||
| 278 | // constraint expression, for example) | ||||
| 279 | return true; | ||||
| 280 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { | ||||
| 281 | Diag(Loc, | ||||
| 282 | diag::err_reference_to_function_with_unsatisfied_constraints) | ||||
| 283 | << D; | ||||
| 284 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); | ||||
| 285 | return true; | ||||
| 286 | } | ||||
| 287 | } | ||||
| 288 | |||||
| 289 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, | ||||
| 290 | // then we can't use it either. | ||||
| 291 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && | ||||
| 292 | DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc)) | ||||
| 293 | return true; | ||||
| 294 | |||||
| 295 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD)) | ||||
| 296 | return true; | ||||
| 297 | |||||
| 298 | if (getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice && !checkSYCLDeviceFunction(Loc, FD)) | ||||
| 299 | return true; | ||||
| 300 | } | ||||
| 301 | |||||
| 302 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 303 | // Lambdas are only default-constructible or assignable in C++2a onwards. | ||||
| 304 | if (MD->getParent()->isLambda() && | ||||
| 305 | ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && | ||||
| 306 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)->isDefaultConstructor()) || | ||||
| 307 | MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator())) { | ||||
| 308 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cxx17_compat_lambda_def_ctor_assign) | ||||
| 309 | << !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD); | ||||
| 310 | } | ||||
| 311 | } | ||||
| 312 | |||||
| 313 | auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) -> | ||||
| 314 | const ObjCPropertyDecl * { | ||||
| 315 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 316 | return MD->findPropertyDecl(); | ||||
| 317 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 318 | }; | ||||
| 319 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) { | ||||
| 320 | if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc)) | ||||
| 321 | return true; | ||||
| 322 | } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) { | ||||
| 323 | return true; | ||||
| 324 | } | ||||
| 325 | |||||
| 326 | // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions | ||||
| 327 | // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner. | ||||
| 328 | // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the | ||||
| 329 | // initializer-clause. | ||||
| 330 | auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
| 331 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) && | ||||
| 332 | isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 333 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction) | ||||
| 334 | << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner; | ||||
| 335 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; | ||||
| 336 | return true; | ||||
| 337 | } | ||||
| 338 | |||||
| 339 | // [OpenMP 5.0], 2.19.7.3. declare mapper Directive, Restrictions | ||||
| 340 | // List-items in map clauses on this construct may only refer to the declared | ||||
| 341 | // variable var and entities that could be referenced by a procedure defined | ||||
| 342 | // at the same location | ||||
| 343 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||
| 344 | !isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(cast<VarDecl>(D))) { | ||||
| 345 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_declare_mapper_wrong_var) | ||||
| 346 | << getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName(); | ||||
| 347 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; | ||||
| 348 | return true; | ||||
| 349 | } | ||||
| 350 | |||||
| 351 | DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess, | ||||
| 352 | AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, ClassReceiver); | ||||
| 353 | |||||
| 354 | DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc); | ||||
| 355 | |||||
| 356 | diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc); | ||||
| 357 | |||||
| 358 | // CUDA/HIP: Diagnose invalid references of host global variables in device | ||||
| 359 | // functions. Reference of device global variables in host functions is | ||||
| 360 | // allowed through shadow variables therefore it is not diagnosed. | ||||
| 361 | if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||
| 362 | auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
| 363 | auto Target = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); | ||||
| 364 | if (FD && Target != CFT_Host) { | ||||
| 365 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
| 366 | if (VD && VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | ||||
| 367 | !VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && | ||||
| 368 | !VD->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() && | ||||
| 369 | !VD->getType()->isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() && | ||||
| 370 | !VD->isConstexpr() && !VD->getType().isConstQualified()) | ||||
| 371 | targetDiag(*Locs.begin(), diag::err_ref_bad_target) | ||||
| 372 | << /*host*/ 2 << /*variable*/ 1 << VD << Target; | ||||
| 373 | } | ||||
| 374 | } | ||||
| 375 | |||||
| 376 | if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)) { | ||||
| 377 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 378 | checkDeviceDecl(VD, Loc); | ||||
| 379 | |||||
| 380 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) | ||||
| 381 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 382 | if (VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) | ||||
| 383 | targetDiag(*Locs.begin(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); | ||||
| 384 | } | ||||
| 385 | |||||
| 386 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) && isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) && | ||||
| 387 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||
| 388 | // C++ [expr.prim.req.nested] p3 | ||||
| 389 | // A local parameter shall only appear as an unevaluated operand | ||||
| 390 | // (Clause 8) within the constraint-expression. | ||||
| 391 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_requires_expr_parameter_referenced_in_evaluated_context) | ||||
| 392 | << D; | ||||
| 393 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; | ||||
| 394 | return true; | ||||
| 395 | } | ||||
| 396 | |||||
| 397 | return false; | ||||
| 398 | } | ||||
| 399 | |||||
| 400 | /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or | ||||
| 401 | /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and | ||||
| 402 | /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are | ||||
| 403 | /// satisfied. | ||||
| 404 | void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 405 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
| 406 | const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); | ||||
| 407 | if (!attr) | ||||
| 408 | return; | ||||
| 409 | |||||
| 410 | // The number of formal parameters of the declaration. | ||||
| 411 | unsigned numFormalParams; | ||||
| 412 | |||||
| 413 | // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in | ||||
| 414 | // the diagnostic. | ||||
| 415 | enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType; | ||||
| 416 | |||||
| 417 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 418 | numFormalParams = MD->param_size(); | ||||
| 419 | calleeType = CT_Method; | ||||
| 420 | } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 421 | numFormalParams = FD->param_size(); | ||||
| 422 | calleeType = CT_Function; | ||||
| 423 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 424 | QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); | ||||
| 425 | const FunctionType *fn = nullptr; | ||||
| 426 | if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 427 | fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 428 | if (!fn) return; | ||||
| 429 | calleeType = CT_Function; | ||||
| 430 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
| 431 | fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 432 | calleeType = CT_Block; | ||||
| 433 | } else { | ||||
| 434 | return; | ||||
| 435 | } | ||||
| 436 | |||||
| 437 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) { | ||||
| 438 | numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
| 439 | } else { | ||||
| 440 | numFormalParams = 0; | ||||
| 441 | } | ||||
| 442 | } else { | ||||
| 443 | return; | ||||
| 444 | } | ||||
| 445 | |||||
| 446 | // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which | ||||
| 447 | // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is | ||||
| 448 | // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters, | ||||
| 449 | // but the language forces you to have at least one. | ||||
| 450 | unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); | ||||
| 451 | assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel")(((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && \"invalid null position on sentinel\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 451, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 452 | numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos); | ||||
| 453 | |||||
| 454 | // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel. | ||||
| 455 | unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel(); | ||||
| 456 | |||||
| 457 | // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters, | ||||
| 458 | // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain. | ||||
| 459 | if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) { | ||||
| 460 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 461 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType); | ||||
| 462 | return; | ||||
| 463 | } | ||||
| 464 | |||||
| 465 | // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression. | ||||
| 466 | Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1]; | ||||
| 467 | if (!sentinelExpr) return; | ||||
| 468 | if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return; | ||||
| 469 | if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return; | ||||
| 470 | |||||
| 471 | // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr', | ||||
| 472 | // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use | ||||
| 473 | // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the | ||||
| 474 | // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers. | ||||
| 475 | SourceLocation MissingNilLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 476 | std::string NullValue; | ||||
| 477 | if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil")) | ||||
| 478 | NullValue = "nil"; | ||||
| 479 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) | ||||
| 480 | NullValue = "nullptr"; | ||||
| 481 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL")) | ||||
| 482 | NullValue = "NULL"; | ||||
| 483 | else | ||||
| 484 | NullValue = "(void*) 0"; | ||||
| 485 | |||||
| 486 | if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 487 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType); | ||||
| 488 | else | ||||
| 489 | Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) | ||||
| 490 | << int(calleeType) | ||||
| 491 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue); | ||||
| 492 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType); | ||||
| 493 | } | ||||
| 494 | |||||
| 495 | SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const { | ||||
| 496 | return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); | ||||
| 497 | } | ||||
| 498 | |||||
| 499 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 500 | // Standard Promotions and Conversions | ||||
| 501 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 502 | |||||
| 503 | /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). | ||||
| 504 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { | ||||
| 505 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. | ||||
| 506 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 507 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
| 508 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 509 | E = result.get(); | ||||
| 510 | } | ||||
| 511 | |||||
| 512 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 513 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type")((!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty.isNull() && \"DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 513, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 514 | |||||
| 515 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 516 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||
| 517 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||
| 518 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc())) | ||||
| 519 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 520 | |||||
| 521 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), | ||||
| 522 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||
| 523 | } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 524 | // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is | ||||
| 525 | // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has | ||||
| 526 | // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer | ||||
| 527 | // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression | ||||
| 528 | // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" | ||||
| 529 | // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). | ||||
| 530 | // | ||||
| 531 | // C++ 4.2p1: | ||||
| 532 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of | ||||
| 533 | // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". | ||||
| 534 | // | ||||
| 535 | if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue()) | ||||
| 536 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), | ||||
| 537 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||
| 538 | } | ||||
| 539 | return E; | ||||
| 540 | } | ||||
| 541 | |||||
| 542 | static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 543 | // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so, | ||||
| 544 | // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the | ||||
| 545 | // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this | ||||
| 546 | // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This | ||||
| 547 | // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check. | ||||
| 548 | const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); | ||||
| 549 | if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref && | ||||
| 550 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||
| 551 | const LangAS AS = | ||||
| 552 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 553 | if ((!isTargetAddressSpace(AS) || | ||||
| 554 | (isTargetAddressSpace(AS) && toTargetAddressSpace(AS) == 0)) && | ||||
| 555 | UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||
| 556 | S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) && | ||||
| 557 | !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||
| 558 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, | ||||
| 559 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null) | ||||
| 560 | << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 561 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, | ||||
| 562 | S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null)); | ||||
| 563 | } | ||||
| 564 | } | ||||
| 565 | } | ||||
| 566 | |||||
| 567 | static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE, | ||||
| 568 | SourceLocation AssignLoc, | ||||
| 569 | const Expr* RHS) { | ||||
| 570 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 571 | if (!IV) | ||||
| 572 | return; | ||||
| 573 | |||||
| 574 | DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 575 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||
| 576 | if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa")) | ||||
| 577 | return; | ||||
| 578 | |||||
| 579 | const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase(); | ||||
| 580 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); | ||||
| 581 | if (OIRE->isArrow()) | ||||
| 582 | BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 583 | if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) | ||||
| 584 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) { | ||||
| 585 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr; | ||||
| 586 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared); | ||||
| 587 | if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass() | ||||
| 588 | && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) { | ||||
| 589 | if (RHS) { | ||||
| 590 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = | ||||
| 591 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, | ||||
| 592 | &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"), | ||||
| 593 | SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 594 | if (ObjectSetClass) { | ||||
| 595 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 596 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) | ||||
| 597 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 598 | "object_setClass(") | ||||
| 599 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||
| 600 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), AssignLoc), ",") | ||||
| 601 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")"); | ||||
| 602 | } | ||||
| 603 | else | ||||
| 604 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); | ||||
| 605 | } else { | ||||
| 606 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = | ||||
| 607 | S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope, | ||||
| 608 | &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"), | ||||
| 609 | SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 610 | if (ObjectGetClass) | ||||
| 611 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) | ||||
| 612 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 613 | "object_getClass(") | ||||
| 614 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||
| 615 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), OIRE->getEndLoc()), ")"); | ||||
| 616 | else | ||||
| 617 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); | ||||
| 618 | } | ||||
| 619 | S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl); | ||||
| 620 | } | ||||
| 621 | } | ||||
| 622 | } | ||||
| 623 | |||||
| 624 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 625 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. | ||||
| 626 | if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 627 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
| 628 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 629 | E = result.get(); | ||||
| 630 | } | ||||
| 631 | |||||
| 632 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: | ||||
| 633 | // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be | ||||
| 634 | // converted to a prvalue. | ||||
| 635 | if (!E->isGLValue()) return E; | ||||
| 636 | |||||
| 637 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||
| 638 | assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?")((!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!T.isNull() && \"r-value conversion on typeless expression?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 638, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 639 | |||||
| 640 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion cannot be applied to function or array types. | ||||
| 641 | if (T->isFunctionType() || T->isArrayType()) | ||||
| 642 | return E; | ||||
| 643 | |||||
| 644 | // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of | ||||
| 645 | // expressions of certain types in C++. | ||||
| 646 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 647 | (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy || | ||||
| 648 | T->isDependentType() || | ||||
| 649 | T->isRecordType())) | ||||
| 650 | return E; | ||||
| 651 | |||||
| 652 | // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and | ||||
| 653 | // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's | ||||
| 654 | // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo | ||||
| 655 | // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified | ||||
| 656 | // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be. | ||||
| 657 | if (T->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 658 | return E; | ||||
| 659 | |||||
| 660 | // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type. | ||||
| 661 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 662 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()) && | ||||
| 663 | T->isHalfType()) { | ||||
| 664 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) | ||||
| 665 | << 0 << T; | ||||
| 666 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 667 | } | ||||
| 668 | |||||
| 669 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E); | ||||
| 670 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||
| 671 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope, | ||||
| 672 | &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"), | ||||
| 673 | SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 674 | if (ObjectGetClass) | ||||
| 675 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) | ||||
| 676 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getBeginLoc(), "object_getClass(") | ||||
| 677 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||
| 678 | SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")"); | ||||
| 679 | else | ||||
| 680 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); | ||||
| 681 | } | ||||
| 682 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = | ||||
| 683 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||
| 684 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr); | ||||
| 685 | |||||
| 686 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: | ||||
| 687 | // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the | ||||
| 688 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the | ||||
| 689 | // rvalue is T. | ||||
| 690 | // | ||||
| 691 | // C99 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||
| 692 | // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified | ||||
| 693 | // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the | ||||
| 694 | // type of the lvalue. | ||||
| 695 | if (T.hasQualifiers()) | ||||
| 696 | T = T.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 697 | |||||
| 698 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||
| 699 | if (T->isMemberPointerType() && | ||||
| 700 | Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||
| 701 | (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T); | ||||
| 702 | |||||
| 703 | ExprResult Res = CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(E); | ||||
| 704 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 705 | return Res; | ||||
| 706 | E = Res.get(); | ||||
| 707 | |||||
| 708 | // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to | ||||
| 709 | // balance that. | ||||
| 710 | if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) | ||||
| 711 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||
| 712 | |||||
| 713 | if (E->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | ||||
| 714 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||
| 715 | |||||
| 716 | // C++ [conv.lval]p3: | ||||
| 717 | // If T is cv std::nullptr_t, the result is a null pointer constant. | ||||
| 718 | CastKind CK = T->isNullPtrType() ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_LValueToRValue; | ||||
| 719 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK, E, nullptr, VK_RValue, | ||||
| 720 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 721 | |||||
| 722 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: | ||||
| 723 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version | ||||
| 724 | // of the type of the lvalue ... | ||||
| 725 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) { | ||||
| 726 | T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 727 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(), | ||||
| 728 | nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||
| 729 | } | ||||
| 730 | |||||
| 731 | return Res; | ||||
| 732 | } | ||||
| 733 | |||||
| 734 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { | ||||
| 735 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose); | ||||
| 736 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 737 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 738 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get()); | ||||
| 739 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 740 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 741 | return Res; | ||||
| 742 | } | ||||
| 743 | |||||
| 744 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion | ||||
| 745 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. | ||||
| 746 | ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 747 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 748 | ExprResult Res = E; | ||||
| 749 | // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer | ||||
| 750 | // to function type. | ||||
| 751 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 752 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), | ||||
| 753 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); | ||||
| 754 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 755 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 756 | } | ||||
| 757 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get()); | ||||
| 758 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 759 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 760 | return Res.get(); | ||||
| 761 | } | ||||
| 762 | |||||
| 763 | /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most | ||||
| 764 | /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are | ||||
| 765 | /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't | ||||
| 766 | /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. | ||||
| 767 | /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. | ||||
| 768 | ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 769 | // First, convert to an r-value. | ||||
| 770 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); | ||||
| 771 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 772 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 773 | E = Res.get(); | ||||
| 774 | |||||
| 775 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 776 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type")((!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty.isNull() && \"UsualUnaryConversions - missing type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 776, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 777 | |||||
| 778 | // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported | ||||
| 779 | if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) | ||||
| 780 | return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||
| 781 | |||||
| 782 | // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically | ||||
| 783 | // promotable type. | ||||
| 784 | if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||
| 785 | // C99 6.3.1.1p2: | ||||
| 786 | // | ||||
| 787 | // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or | ||||
| 788 | // unsigned int may be used: | ||||
| 789 | // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer | ||||
| 790 | // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int | ||||
| 791 | // and unsigned int. | ||||
| 792 | // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. | ||||
| 793 | // | ||||
| 794 | // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the | ||||
| 795 | // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an | ||||
| 796 | // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All | ||||
| 797 | // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. | ||||
| 798 | |||||
| 799 | QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E); | ||||
| 800 | if (!PTy.isNull()) { | ||||
| 801 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | ||||
| 802 | return E; | ||||
| 803 | } | ||||
| 804 | if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 805 | QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); | ||||
| 806 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get(); | ||||
| 807 | return E; | ||||
| 808 | } | ||||
| 809 | } | ||||
| 810 | return E; | ||||
| 811 | } | ||||
| 812 | |||||
| 813 | /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that | ||||
| 814 | /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16 | ||||
| 815 | /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by | ||||
| 816 | /// UsualUnaryConversions(). | ||||
| 817 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 818 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 819 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type")((!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Ty.isNull() && \"DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 819, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 820 | |||||
| 821 | ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E); | ||||
| 822 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 823 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 824 | E = Res.get(); | ||||
| 825 | |||||
| 826 | // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) | ||||
| 827 | // promote to double. | ||||
| 828 | // Note that default argument promotion applies only to float (and | ||||
| 829 | // half/fp16); it does not apply to _Float16. | ||||
| 830 | const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||
| 831 | if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || | ||||
| 832 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) { | ||||
| 833 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 834 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp64", getLangOpts())) { | ||||
| 835 | if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) { | ||||
| 836 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||
| 837 | } | ||||
| 838 | } else { | ||||
| 839 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||
| 840 | } | ||||
| 841 | } | ||||
| 842 | |||||
| 843 | // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument | ||||
| 844 | // promotion, even on class types, but note: | ||||
| 845 | // C++11 [conv.lval]p2: | ||||
| 846 | // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated | ||||
| 847 | // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the | ||||
| 848 | // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue | ||||
| 849 | // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary | ||||
| 850 | // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion | ||||
| 851 | // is a prvalue for the temporary. | ||||
| 852 | // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in | ||||
| 853 | // potentially potentially evaluated contexts. | ||||
| 854 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||
| 855 | ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
| 856 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()), | ||||
| 857 | E->getExprLoc(), E); | ||||
| 858 | if (Temp.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 859 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 860 | E = Temp.get(); | ||||
| 861 | } | ||||
| 862 | |||||
| 863 | return E; | ||||
| 864 | } | ||||
| 865 | |||||
| 866 | /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression. | ||||
| 867 | /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed | ||||
| 868 | /// when we're in an unevaluated context. | ||||
| 869 | Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) { | ||||
| 870 | if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) { | ||||
| 871 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: | ||||
| 872 | // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic, | ||||
| 873 | // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program | ||||
| 874 | // is ill-formed. | ||||
| 875 | // | ||||
| 876 | // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer | ||||
| 877 | // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles | ||||
| 878 | // initializer lists as variadic arguments. | ||||
| 879 | if (Ty->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 880 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||
| 881 | |||||
| 882 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
| 883 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||
| 884 | return VAK_Valid; | ||||
| 885 | } | ||||
| 886 | |||||
| 887 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | ||||
| 888 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||
| 889 | |||||
| 890 | if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context)) | ||||
| 891 | return VAK_Valid; | ||||
| 892 | |||||
| 893 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: | ||||
| 894 | // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9) | ||||
| 895 | // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor, | ||||
| 896 | // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, | ||||
| 897 | // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics. | ||||
| 898 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 899 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||
| 900 | if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() && | ||||
| 901 | !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() && | ||||
| 902 | !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) | ||||
| 903 | return VAK_ValidInCXX11; | ||||
| 904 | |||||
| 905 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType()) | ||||
| 906 | return VAK_Valid; | ||||
| 907 | |||||
| 908 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
| 909 | return VAK_Invalid; | ||||
| 910 | |||||
| 911 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||
| 912 | return VAK_MSVCUndefined; | ||||
| 913 | |||||
| 914 | // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're | ||||
| 915 | // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so. | ||||
| 916 | return VAK_Undefined; | ||||
| 917 | } | ||||
| 918 | |||||
| 919 | void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) { | ||||
| 920 | // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg. | ||||
| 921 | const QualType &Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 922 | VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty); | ||||
| 923 | |||||
| 924 | // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs. | ||||
| 925 | switch (VAK) { | ||||
| 926 | case VAK_ValidInCXX11: | ||||
| 927 | DiagRuntimeBehavior( | ||||
| 928 | E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||
| 929 | PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) << Ty << CT); | ||||
| 930 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
| 931 | case VAK_Valid: | ||||
| 932 | if (Ty->isRecordType()) { | ||||
| 933 | // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a | ||||
| 934 | // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that. | ||||
| 935 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||
| 936 | PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg) | ||||
| 937 | << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()"); | ||||
| 938 | } | ||||
| 939 | break; | ||||
| 940 | |||||
| 941 | case VAK_Undefined: | ||||
| 942 | case VAK_MSVCUndefined: | ||||
| 943 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||
| 944 | PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) | ||||
| 945 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT); | ||||
| 946 | break; | ||||
| 947 | |||||
| 948 | case VAK_Invalid: | ||||
| 949 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) | ||||
| 950 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 951 | diag::err_cannot_pass_non_trivial_c_struct_to_vararg) | ||||
| 952 | << Ty << CT; | ||||
| 953 | else if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
| 954 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||
| 955 | PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) | ||||
| 956 | << Ty << CT); | ||||
| 957 | else | ||||
| 958 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg) | ||||
| 959 | << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT; | ||||
| 960 | break; | ||||
| 961 | } | ||||
| 962 | } | ||||
| 963 | |||||
| 964 | /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but | ||||
| 965 | /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. | ||||
| 966 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, | ||||
| 967 | FunctionDecl *FDecl) { | ||||
| 968 | if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 969 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. | ||||
| 970 | if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && | ||||
| 971 | (CT == VariadicMethod || | ||||
| 972 | (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) { | ||||
| 973 | E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||
| 974 | |||||
| 975 | // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking. | ||||
| 976 | } else { | ||||
| 977 | ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
| 978 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 979 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 980 | E = ExprRes.get(); | ||||
| 981 | } | ||||
| 982 | } | ||||
| 983 | |||||
| 984 | ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E); | ||||
| 985 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 986 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 987 | |||||
| 988 | // Copy blocks to the heap. | ||||
| 989 | if (ExprRes.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
| 990 | maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprRes); | ||||
| 991 | |||||
| 992 | E = ExprRes.get(); | ||||
| 993 | |||||
| 994 | // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are | ||||
| 995 | // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall(). | ||||
| 996 | if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) { | ||||
| 997 | // Turn this into a trap. | ||||
| 998 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||
| 999 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; | ||||
| 1000 | UnqualifiedId Name; | ||||
| 1001 | Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"), | ||||
| 1002 | E->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 1003 | ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Name, | ||||
| 1004 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/true, | ||||
| 1005 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); | ||||
| 1006 | if (TrapFn.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1007 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1008 | |||||
| 1009 | ExprResult Call = BuildCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 1010 | None, E->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 1011 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1012 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1013 | |||||
| 1014 | ExprResult Comma = | ||||
| 1015 | ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getBeginLoc(), tok::comma, Call.get(), E); | ||||
| 1016 | if (Comma.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1017 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1018 | return Comma.get(); | ||||
| 1019 | } | ||||
| 1020 | |||||
| 1021 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 1022 | RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), | ||||
| 1023 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)) | ||||
| 1024 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1025 | |||||
| 1026 | return E; | ||||
| 1027 | } | ||||
| 1028 | |||||
| 1029 | /// Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of | ||||
| 1030 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||
| 1031 | /// | ||||
| 1032 | /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is | ||||
| 1033 | /// successfully converted to the complex type. | ||||
| 1034 | static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr, | ||||
| 1035 | ExprResult &ComplexExpr, | ||||
| 1036 | QualType IntTy, | ||||
| 1037 | QualType ComplexTy, | ||||
| 1038 | bool SkipCast) { | ||||
| 1039 | if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true; | ||||
| 1040 | if (SkipCast) return false; | ||||
| 1041 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 1042 | QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType(); | ||||
| 1043 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating); | ||||
| 1044 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy, | ||||
| 1045 | CK_FloatingRealToComplex); | ||||
| 1046 | } else { | ||||
| 1047 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType())((IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1047, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1048 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy, | ||||
| 1049 | CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); | ||||
| 1050 | } | ||||
| 1051 | return false; | ||||
| 1052 | } | ||||
| 1053 | |||||
| 1054 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of | ||||
| 1055 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||
| 1056 | static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 1057 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 1058 | QualType RHSType, | ||||
| 1059 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 1060 | // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type. | ||||
| 1061 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, | ||||
| 1062 | /*skipCast*/false)) | ||||
| 1063 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1064 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 1065 | /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign)) | ||||
| 1066 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 1067 | |||||
| 1068 | // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex. | ||||
| 1069 | // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the | ||||
| 1070 | // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds | ||||
| 1071 | // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands. | ||||
| 1072 | // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains. | ||||
| 1073 | // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real | ||||
| 1074 | // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's | ||||
| 1075 | // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example, | ||||
| 1076 | // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the | ||||
| 1077 | // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex". | ||||
| 1078 | |||||
| 1079 | // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex. | ||||
| 1080 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 1081 | |||||
| 1082 | auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType); | ||||
| 1083 | auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType); | ||||
| 1084 | QualType LHSElementType = | ||||
| 1085 | LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType; | ||||
| 1086 | QualType RHSElementType = | ||||
| 1087 | RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType; | ||||
| 1088 | |||||
| 1089 | QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType); | ||||
| 1090 | if (Order < 0) { | ||||
| 1091 | // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment. | ||||
| 1092 | ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType); | ||||
| 1093 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 1094 | if (LHSComplexType) | ||||
| 1095 | LHS = | ||||
| 1096 | S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast); | ||||
| 1097 | else | ||||
| 1098 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||
| 1099 | } | ||||
| 1100 | } else if (Order > 0) { | ||||
| 1101 | // Promote the precision of the RHS. | ||||
| 1102 | if (RHSComplexType) | ||||
| 1103 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast); | ||||
| 1104 | else | ||||
| 1105 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||
| 1106 | } | ||||
| 1107 | return ResultType; | ||||
| 1108 | } | ||||
| 1109 | |||||
| 1110 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function | ||||
| 1111 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||
| 1112 | static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr, | ||||
| 1113 | ExprResult &IntExpr, | ||||
| 1114 | QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy, | ||||
| 1115 | bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) { | ||||
| 1116 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 1117 | if (ConvertInt) | ||||
| 1118 | // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type. | ||||
| 1119 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy, | ||||
| 1120 | CK_IntegralToFloating); | ||||
| 1121 | return FloatTy; | ||||
| 1122 | } | ||||
| 1123 | |||||
| 1124 | // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float. | ||||
| 1125 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType())((IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1125, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1126 | QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy); | ||||
| 1127 | |||||
| 1128 | // _Complex int -> _Complex float | ||||
| 1129 | if (ConvertInt) | ||||
| 1130 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result, | ||||
| 1131 | CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); | ||||
| 1132 | |||||
| 1133 | // float -> _Complex float | ||||
| 1134 | if (ConvertFloat) | ||||
| 1135 | FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result, | ||||
| 1136 | CK_FloatingRealToComplex); | ||||
| 1137 | |||||
| 1138 | return result; | ||||
| 1139 | } | ||||
| 1140 | |||||
| 1141 | /// Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper | ||||
| 1142 | /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||
| 1143 | static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 1144 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 1145 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 1146 | bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType(); | ||||
| 1147 | bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType(); | ||||
| 1148 | |||||
| 1149 | // N1169 4.1.4: If one of the operands has a floating type and the other | ||||
| 1150 | // operand has a fixed-point type, the fixed-point operand | ||||
| 1151 | // is converted to the floating type [...] | ||||
| 1152 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) { | ||||
| 1153 | if (LHSFloat) | ||||
| 1154 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating); | ||||
| 1155 | else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1156 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating); | ||||
| 1157 | return LHSFloat ? LHSType : RHSType; | ||||
| 1158 | } | ||||
| 1159 | |||||
| 1160 | // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand | ||||
| 1161 | // to the bigger result. | ||||
| 1162 | if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) { | ||||
| 1163 | int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 1164 | if (order > 0) { | ||||
| 1165 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||
| 1166 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1167 | } | ||||
| 1168 | |||||
| 1169 | assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison")((order < 0 && "illegal float comparison") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("order < 0 && \"illegal float comparison\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1169, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1170 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1171 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast); | ||||
| 1172 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 1173 | } | ||||
| 1174 | |||||
| 1175 | if (LHSFloat) { | ||||
| 1176 | // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported | ||||
| 1177 | if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) | ||||
| 1178 | LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy; | ||||
| 1179 | |||||
| 1180 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 1181 | /*ConvertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign, | ||||
| 1182 | /*ConvertInt=*/ true); | ||||
| 1183 | } | ||||
| 1184 | assert(RHSFloat)((RHSFloat) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSFloat" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1184, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1185 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, | ||||
| 1186 | /*ConvertFloat=*/ true, | ||||
| 1187 | /*ConvertInt=*/!IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 1188 | } | ||||
| 1189 | |||||
| 1190 | /// Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double if | ||||
| 1191 | /// there is no support for such conversion. Helper function of | ||||
| 1192 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions(). | ||||
| 1193 | static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 1194 | QualType RHSType) { | ||||
| 1195 | /* No issue converting if at least one of the types is not a floating point | ||||
| 1196 | type or the two types have the same rank. | ||||
| 1197 | */ | ||||
| 1198 | if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType() || | ||||
| 1199 | S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType) == 0) | ||||
| 1200 | return false; | ||||
| 1201 | |||||
| 1202 | assert(LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() &&((LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType () && "The remaining types must be floating point types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() && \"The remaining types must be floating point types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1203, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 1203 | "The remaining types must be floating point types.")((LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType () && "The remaining types must be floating point types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() && \"The remaining types must be floating point types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1203, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1204 | |||||
| 1205 | auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||
| 1206 | auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); | ||||
| 1207 | |||||
| 1208 | QualType LHSElemType = LHSComplex ? | ||||
| 1209 | LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType; | ||||
| 1210 | QualType RHSElemType = RHSComplex ? | ||||
| 1211 | RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType; | ||||
| 1212 | |||||
| 1213 | // No issue if the two types have the same representation | ||||
| 1214 | if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElemType) == | ||||
| 1215 | &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElemType)) | ||||
| 1216 | return false; | ||||
| 1217 | |||||
| 1218 | bool Float128AndLongDouble = (LHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty && | ||||
| 1219 | RHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy); | ||||
| 1220 | Float128AndLongDouble |= (LHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy && | ||||
| 1221 | RHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty); | ||||
| 1222 | |||||
| 1223 | // We've handled the situation where __float128 and long double have the same | ||||
| 1224 | // representation. We allow all conversions for all possible long double types | ||||
| 1225 | // except PPC's double double. | ||||
| 1226 | return Float128AndLongDouble && | ||||
| 1227 | (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) == | ||||
| 1228 | &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble()); | ||||
| 1229 | } | ||||
| 1230 | |||||
| 1231 | typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType); | ||||
| 1232 | |||||
| 1233 | namespace { | ||||
| 1234 | /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to | ||||
| 1235 | /// permit their use as function template parameters. | ||||
| 1236 | ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { | ||||
| 1237 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||
| 1238 | } | ||||
| 1239 | |||||
| 1240 | ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { | ||||
| 1241 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType), | ||||
| 1242 | CK_IntegralComplexCast); | ||||
| 1243 | } | ||||
| 1244 | } | ||||
| 1245 | |||||
| 1246 | /// Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of | ||||
| 1247 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||
| 1248 | template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast> | ||||
| 1249 | static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 1250 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 1251 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 1252 | // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8 | ||||
| 1253 | int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 1254 | bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||
| 1255 | bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||
| 1256 | if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) { | ||||
| 1257 | // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type | ||||
| 1258 | if (order >= 0) { | ||||
| 1259 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); | ||||
| 1260 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1261 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1262 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); | ||||
| 1263 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 1264 | } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) { | ||||
| 1265 | // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the | ||||
| 1266 | // signed type, so use the unsigned type | ||||
| 1267 | if (RHSSigned) { | ||||
| 1268 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); | ||||
| 1269 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1270 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1271 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); | ||||
| 1272 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 1273 | } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 1274 | // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that | ||||
| 1275 | // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so | ||||
| 1276 | // use the signed type. | ||||
| 1277 | if (LHSSigned) { | ||||
| 1278 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); | ||||
| 1279 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1280 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1281 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); | ||||
| 1282 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 1283 | } else { | ||||
| 1284 | // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type, | ||||
| 1285 | // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long | ||||
| 1286 | // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding | ||||
| 1287 | // to the signed type. | ||||
| 1288 | QualType result = | ||||
| 1289 | S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType); | ||||
| 1290 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result); | ||||
| 1291 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1292 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result); | ||||
| 1293 | return result; | ||||
| 1294 | } | ||||
| 1295 | } | ||||
| 1296 | |||||
| 1297 | /// Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function | ||||
| 1298 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() | ||||
| 1299 | static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 1300 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 1301 | QualType RHSType, | ||||
| 1302 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 1303 | const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | ||||
| 1304 | const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | ||||
| 1305 | |||||
| 1306 | if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) { | ||||
| 1307 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||
| 1308 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||
| 1309 | QualType ScalarType = | ||||
| 1310 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> | ||||
| 1311 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 1312 | |||||
| 1313 | return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); | ||||
| 1314 | } | ||||
| 1315 | |||||
| 1316 | if (LHSComplexInt) { | ||||
| 1317 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||
| 1318 | QualType ScalarType = | ||||
| 1319 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> | ||||
| 1320 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 1321 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); | ||||
| 1322 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType, | ||||
| 1323 | CK_IntegralRealToComplex); | ||||
| 1324 | |||||
| 1325 | return ComplexType; | ||||
| 1326 | } | ||||
| 1327 | |||||
| 1328 | assert(RHSComplexInt)((RHSComplexInt) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSComplexInt", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1328, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1329 | |||||
| 1330 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); | ||||
| 1331 | QualType ScalarType = | ||||
| 1332 | handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> | ||||
| 1333 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 1334 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType); | ||||
| 1335 | |||||
| 1336 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 1337 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType, | ||||
| 1338 | CK_IntegralRealToComplex); | ||||
| 1339 | return ComplexType; | ||||
| 1340 | } | ||||
| 1341 | |||||
| 1342 | /// Return the rank of a given fixed point or integer type. The value itself | ||||
| 1343 | /// doesn't matter, but the values must be increasing with proper increasing | ||||
| 1344 | /// rank as described in N1169 4.1.1. | ||||
| 1345 | static unsigned GetFixedPointRank(QualType Ty) { | ||||
| 1346 | const auto *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); | ||||
| 1347 | assert(BTy && "Expected a builtin type.")((BTy && "Expected a builtin type.") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BTy && \"Expected a builtin type.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1347, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1348 | |||||
| 1349 | switch (BTy->getKind()) { | ||||
| 1350 | case BuiltinType::ShortFract: | ||||
| 1351 | case BuiltinType::UShortFract: | ||||
| 1352 | case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: | ||||
| 1353 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: | ||||
| 1354 | return 1; | ||||
| 1355 | case BuiltinType::Fract: | ||||
| 1356 | case BuiltinType::UFract: | ||||
| 1357 | case BuiltinType::SatFract: | ||||
| 1358 | case BuiltinType::SatUFract: | ||||
| 1359 | return 2; | ||||
| 1360 | case BuiltinType::LongFract: | ||||
| 1361 | case BuiltinType::ULongFract: | ||||
| 1362 | case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: | ||||
| 1363 | case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: | ||||
| 1364 | return 3; | ||||
| 1365 | case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: | ||||
| 1366 | case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: | ||||
| 1367 | case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: | ||||
| 1368 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: | ||||
| 1369 | return 4; | ||||
| 1370 | case BuiltinType::Accum: | ||||
| 1371 | case BuiltinType::UAccum: | ||||
| 1372 | case BuiltinType::SatAccum: | ||||
| 1373 | case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: | ||||
| 1374 | return 5; | ||||
| 1375 | case BuiltinType::LongAccum: | ||||
| 1376 | case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: | ||||
| 1377 | case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: | ||||
| 1378 | case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: | ||||
| 1379 | return 6; | ||||
| 1380 | default: | ||||
| 1381 | if (BTy->isInteger()) | ||||
| 1382 | return 0; | ||||
| 1383 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point or integer type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected fixed point or integer type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1383); | ||||
| 1384 | } | ||||
| 1385 | } | ||||
| 1386 | |||||
| 1387 | /// handleFixedPointConversion - Fixed point operations between fixed | ||||
| 1388 | /// point types and integers or other fixed point types do not fall under | ||||
| 1389 | /// usual arithmetic conversion since these conversions could result in loss | ||||
| 1390 | /// of precsision (N1169 4.1.4). These operations should be calculated with | ||||
| 1391 | /// the full precision of their result type (N1169 4.1.6.2.1). | ||||
| 1392 | static QualType handleFixedPointConversion(Sema &S, QualType LHSTy, | ||||
| 1393 | QualType RHSTy) { | ||||
| 1394 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) &&(((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType ()) && "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) && \"Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1395, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 1395 | "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type")(((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType ()) && "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) && \"Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1395, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1396 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() ||(((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType ()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1399, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 1397 | RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) &&(((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType ()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1399, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 1398 | "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only "(((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType ()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1399, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 1399 | "applied to ints or other fixed point types")(((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType ()) && "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " "applied to ints or other fixed point types") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && \"Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only \" \"applied to ints or other fixed point types\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1399, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1400 | |||||
| 1401 | // If one operand has signed fixed-point type and the other operand has | ||||
| 1402 | // unsigned fixed-point type, then the unsigned fixed-point operand is | ||||
| 1403 | // converted to its corresponding signed fixed-point type and the resulting | ||||
| 1404 | // type is the type of the converted operand. | ||||
| 1405 | if (RHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType()) | ||||
| 1406 | LHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(LHSTy); | ||||
| 1407 | else if (RHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType()) | ||||
| 1408 | RHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(RHSTy); | ||||
| 1409 | |||||
| 1410 | // The result type is the type with the highest rank, whereby a fixed-point | ||||
| 1411 | // conversion rank is always greater than an integer conversion rank; if the | ||||
| 1412 | // type of either of the operands is a saturating fixedpoint type, the result | ||||
| 1413 | // type shall be the saturating fixed-point type corresponding to the type | ||||
| 1414 | // with the highest rank; the resulting value is converted (taking into | ||||
| 1415 | // account rounding and overflow) to the precision of the resulting type. | ||||
| 1416 | // Same ranks between signed and unsigned types are resolved earlier, so both | ||||
| 1417 | // types are either signed or both unsigned at this point. | ||||
| 1418 | unsigned LHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(LHSTy); | ||||
| 1419 | unsigned RHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(RHSTy); | ||||
| 1420 | |||||
| 1421 | QualType ResultTy = LHSTyRank > RHSTyRank ? LHSTy : RHSTy; | ||||
| 1422 | |||||
| 1423 | if (LHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType()) | ||||
| 1424 | ResultTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(ResultTy); | ||||
| 1425 | |||||
| 1426 | return ResultTy; | ||||
| 1427 | } | ||||
| 1428 | |||||
| 1429 | /// Check that the usual arithmetic conversions can be performed on this pair of | ||||
| 1430 | /// expressions that might be of enumeration type. | ||||
| 1431 | static void checkEnumArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||
| 1432 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 1433 | Sema::ArithConvKind ACK) { | ||||
| 1434 | // C++2a [expr.arith.conv]p1: | ||||
| 1435 | // If one operand is of enumeration type and the other operand is of a | ||||
| 1436 | // different enumeration type or a floating-point type, this behavior is | ||||
| 1437 | // deprecated ([depr.arith.conv.enum]). | ||||
| 1438 | // | ||||
| 1439 | // Warn on this in all language modes. Produce a deprecation warning in C++20. | ||||
| 1440 | // Eventually we will presumably reject these cases (in C++23 onwards?). | ||||
| 1441 | QualType L = LHS->getType(), R = RHS->getType(); | ||||
| 1442 | bool LEnum = L->isUnscopedEnumerationType(), | ||||
| 1443 | REnum = R->isUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||
| 1444 | bool IsCompAssign = ACK == Sema::ACK_CompAssign; | ||||
| 1445 | if ((!IsCompAssign && LEnum && R->isFloatingType()) || | ||||
| 1446 | (REnum && L->isFloatingType())) { | ||||
| 1447 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 1448 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float_cxx20 | ||||
| 1449 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float) | ||||
| 1450 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 1451 | << (int)ACK << LEnum << L << R; | ||||
| 1452 | } else if (!IsCompAssign && LEnum && REnum && | ||||
| 1453 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(L, R)) { | ||||
| 1454 | unsigned DiagID; | ||||
| 1455 | if (!L->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() || | ||||
| 1456 | !R->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage()) { | ||||
| 1457 | // If either enumeration type is unnamed, it's less likely that the | ||||
| 1458 | // user cares about this, but this situation is still deprecated in | ||||
| 1459 | // C++2a. Use a different warning group. | ||||
| 1460 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 1461 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||
| 1462 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types; | ||||
| 1463 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Conditional) { | ||||
| 1464 | // Conditional expressions are separated out because they have | ||||
| 1465 | // historically had a different warning flag. | ||||
| 1466 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 1467 | ? diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||
| 1468 | : diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types; | ||||
| 1469 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Comparison) { | ||||
| 1470 | // Comparison expressions are separated out because they have | ||||
| 1471 | // historically had a different warning flag. | ||||
| 1472 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 1473 | ? diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||
| 1474 | : diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types; | ||||
| 1475 | } else { | ||||
| 1476 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 1477 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 | ||||
| 1478 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types; | ||||
| 1479 | } | ||||
| 1480 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 1481 | << (int)ACK << L << R; | ||||
| 1482 | } | ||||
| 1483 | } | ||||
| 1484 | |||||
| 1485 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to | ||||
| 1486 | /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this | ||||
| 1487 | /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is | ||||
| 1488 | /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. | ||||
| 1489 | QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 1490 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 1491 | ArithConvKind ACK) { | ||||
| 1492 | checkEnumArithmeticConversions(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc, ACK); | ||||
| 1493 | |||||
| 1494 | if (ACK != ACK_CompAssign) { | ||||
| 1495 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 1496 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1497 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 1498 | } | ||||
| 1499 | |||||
| 1500 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 1501 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1502 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 1503 | |||||
| 1504 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||
| 1505 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||
| 1506 | QualType LHSType = | ||||
| 1507 | Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 1508 | QualType RHSType = | ||||
| 1509 | Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 1510 | |||||
| 1511 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS. | ||||
| 1512 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
| 1513 | LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType(); | ||||
| 1514 | |||||
| 1515 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. | ||||
| 1516 | if (LHSType == RHSType) | ||||
| 1517 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1518 | |||||
| 1519 | // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. | ||||
| 1520 | // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). | ||||
| 1521 | if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType()) | ||||
| 1522 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 1523 | |||||
| 1524 | // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type. | ||||
| 1525 | QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType; | ||||
| 1526 | if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||
| 1527 | LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType); | ||||
| 1528 | QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 1529 | if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) | ||||
| 1530 | LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; | ||||
| 1531 | if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && ACK != ACK_CompAssign) | ||||
| 1532 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||
| 1533 | |||||
| 1534 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. | ||||
| 1535 | if (LHSType == RHSType) | ||||
| 1536 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 1537 | |||||
| 1538 | // ExtInt types aren't subject to conversions between them or normal integers, | ||||
| 1539 | // so this fails. | ||||
| 1540 | if(LHSType->isExtIntType() || RHSType->isExtIntType()) | ||||
| 1541 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 1542 | |||||
| 1543 | // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types. | ||||
| 1544 | |||||
| 1545 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where | ||||
| 1546 | // such conversions currently can't be handled. | ||||
| 1547 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 1548 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 1549 | |||||
| 1550 | // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1). | ||||
| 1551 | if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType()) | ||||
| 1552 | return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 1553 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||
| 1554 | |||||
| 1555 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). | ||||
| 1556 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||
| 1557 | return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 1558 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||
| 1559 | |||||
| 1560 | // Handle GCC complex int extension. | ||||
| 1561 | if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType()) | ||||
| 1562 | return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 1563 | ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||
| 1564 | |||||
| 1565 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) | ||||
| 1566 | return handleFixedPointConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 1567 | |||||
| 1568 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. | ||||
| 1569 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> | ||||
| 1570 | (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, ACK == ACK_CompAssign); | ||||
| 1571 | } | ||||
| 1572 | |||||
| 1573 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 1574 | // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types | ||||
| 1575 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 1576 | |||||
| 1577 | |||||
| 1578 | ExprResult | ||||
| 1579 | Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, | ||||
| 1580 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||||
| 1581 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
| 1582 | Expr *ControllingExpr, | ||||
| 1583 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, | ||||
| 1584 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) { | ||||
| 1585 | unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size(); | ||||
| 1586 | assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size())((NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1586, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1587 | |||||
| 1588 | TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs]; | ||||
| 1589 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { | ||||
| 1590 | if (ArgTypes[i]) | ||||
| 1591 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]); | ||||
| 1592 | else | ||||
| 1593 | Types[i] = nullptr; | ||||
| 1594 | } | ||||
| 1595 | |||||
| 1596 | ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 1597 | ControllingExpr, | ||||
| 1598 | llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs), | ||||
| 1599 | ArgExprs); | ||||
| 1600 | delete [] Types; | ||||
| 1601 | return ER; | ||||
| 1602 | } | ||||
| 1603 | |||||
| 1604 | ExprResult | ||||
| 1605 | Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, | ||||
| 1606 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, | ||||
| 1607 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
| 1608 | Expr *ControllingExpr, | ||||
| 1609 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, | ||||
| 1610 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) { | ||||
| 1611 | unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size(); | ||||
| 1612 | assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size())((NumAssocs == Exprs.size()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NumAssocs == Exprs.size()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1612, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1613 | |||||
| 1614 | // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle | ||||
| 1615 | // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423. | ||||
| 1616 | { | ||||
| 1617 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( | ||||
| 1618 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); | ||||
| 1619 | ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr); | ||||
| 1620 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1621 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1622 | ControllingExpr = R.get(); | ||||
| 1623 | } | ||||
| 1624 | |||||
| 1625 | // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are | ||||
| 1626 | // likely unintended. | ||||
| 1627 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && | ||||
| 1628 | ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) | ||||
| 1629 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 1630 | diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | ||||
| 1631 | |||||
| 1632 | bool TypeErrorFound = false, | ||||
| 1633 | IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(), | ||||
| 1634 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack | ||||
| 1635 | = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); | ||||
| 1636 | |||||
| 1637 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { | ||||
| 1638 | if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||
| 1639 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; | ||||
| 1640 | |||||
| 1641 | if (Types[i]) { | ||||
| 1642 | if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) | ||||
| 1643 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; | ||||
| 1644 | |||||
| 1645 | if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 1646 | IsResultDependent = true; | ||||
| 1647 | } else { | ||||
| 1648 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a | ||||
| 1649 | // complete object type other than a variably modified type." | ||||
| 1650 | unsigned D = 0; | ||||
| 1651 | if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
| 1652 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete; | ||||
| 1653 | else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType()) | ||||
| 1654 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject; | ||||
| 1655 | else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||
| 1656 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified; | ||||
| 1657 | |||||
| 1658 | if (D != 0) { | ||||
| 1659 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D) | ||||
| 1660 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||
| 1661 | << Types[i]->getType(); | ||||
| 1662 | TypeErrorFound = true; | ||||
| 1663 | } | ||||
| 1664 | |||||
| 1665 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic | ||||
| 1666 | // selection shall specify compatible types." | ||||
| 1667 | for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j) | ||||
| 1668 | if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() && | ||||
| 1669 | Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(), | ||||
| 1670 | Types[j]->getType())) { | ||||
| 1671 | Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 1672 | diag::err_assoc_compatible_types) | ||||
| 1673 | << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||
| 1674 | << Types[j]->getType() | ||||
| 1675 | << Types[i]->getType(); | ||||
| 1676 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 1677 | diag::note_compat_assoc) | ||||
| 1678 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||
| 1679 | << Types[i]->getType(); | ||||
| 1680 | TypeErrorFound = true; | ||||
| 1681 | } | ||||
| 1682 | } | ||||
| 1683 | } | ||||
| 1684 | } | ||||
| 1685 | if (TypeErrorFound) | ||||
| 1686 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1687 | |||||
| 1688 | // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't | ||||
| 1689 | // try to compute the result expression. | ||||
| 1690 | if (IsResultDependent) | ||||
| 1691 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, | ||||
| 1692 | Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 1693 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); | ||||
| 1694 | |||||
| 1695 | SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices; | ||||
| 1696 | unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U; | ||||
| 1697 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { | ||||
| 1698 | if (!Types[i]) | ||||
| 1699 | DefaultIndex = i; | ||||
| 1700 | else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(), | ||||
| 1701 | Types[i]->getType())) | ||||
| 1702 | CompatIndices.push_back(i); | ||||
| 1703 | } | ||||
| 1704 | |||||
| 1705 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have | ||||
| 1706 | // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic | ||||
| 1707 | // association list." | ||||
| 1708 | if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) { | ||||
| 1709 | // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically | ||||
| 1710 | // parenthesized in macro definitions. | ||||
| 1711 | ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 1712 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match) | ||||
| 1713 | << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType() | ||||
| 1714 | << (unsigned)CompatIndices.size(); | ||||
| 1715 | for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) { | ||||
| 1716 | Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 1717 | diag::note_compat_assoc) | ||||
| 1718 | << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() | ||||
| 1719 | << Types[I]->getType(); | ||||
| 1720 | } | ||||
| 1721 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1722 | } | ||||
| 1723 | |||||
| 1724 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association, | ||||
| 1725 | // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of | ||||
| 1726 | // the types named in its generic association list." | ||||
| 1727 | if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) { | ||||
| 1728 | // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically | ||||
| 1729 | // parenthesized in macro definitions. | ||||
| 1730 | ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 1731 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match) | ||||
| 1732 | << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 1733 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1734 | } | ||||
| 1735 | |||||
| 1736 | // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a | ||||
| 1737 | // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression, | ||||
| 1738 | // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression | ||||
| 1739 | // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the | ||||
| 1740 | // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association." | ||||
| 1741 | unsigned ResultIndex = | ||||
| 1742 | CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex; | ||||
| 1743 | |||||
| 1744 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( | ||||
| 1745 | Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 1746 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex); | ||||
| 1747 | } | ||||
| 1748 | |||||
| 1749 | /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the | ||||
| 1750 | /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it. | ||||
| 1751 | static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc, | ||||
| 1752 | unsigned Offset) { | ||||
| 1753 | return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(), | ||||
| 1754 | S.getLangOpts()); | ||||
| 1755 | } | ||||
| 1756 | |||||
| 1757 | /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up | ||||
| 1758 | /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it. | ||||
| 1759 | static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, | ||||
| 1760 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix, | ||||
| 1761 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc, | ||||
| 1762 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, | ||||
| 1763 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc) { | ||||
| 1764 | assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator")((Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Args.size() <= 2 && \"too many arguments for literal operator\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1764, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1765 | |||||
| 1766 | QualType ArgTy[2]; | ||||
| 1767 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { | ||||
| 1768 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType(); | ||||
| 1769 | if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType()) | ||||
| 1770 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]); | ||||
| 1771 | } | ||||
| 1772 | |||||
| 1773 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
| 1774 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); | ||||
| 1775 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); | ||||
| 1776 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); | ||||
| 1777 | |||||
| 1778 | LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 1779 | if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()), | ||||
| 1780 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ false, | ||||
| 1781 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false, | ||||
| 1782 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true) == Sema::LOLR_Error) | ||||
| 1783 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1784 | |||||
| 1785 | return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc); | ||||
| 1786 | } | ||||
| 1787 | |||||
| 1788 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string | ||||
| 1789 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string | ||||
| 1790 | /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from | ||||
| 1791 | /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one | ||||
| 1792 | /// string. | ||||
| 1793 | /// | ||||
| 1794 | ExprResult | ||||
| 1795 | Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) { | ||||
| 1796 | assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!")((!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!StringToks.empty() && \"Must have at least one string!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1796, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1797 | |||||
| 1798 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP); | ||||
| 1799 | if (Literal.hadError) | ||||
| 1800 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1801 | |||||
| 1802 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; | ||||
| 1803 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) | ||||
| 1804 | StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 1805 | |||||
| 1806 | QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy; | ||||
| 1807 | StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii; | ||||
| 1808 | if (Literal.isWide()) { | ||||
| 1809 | CharTy = Context.getWideCharType(); | ||||
| 1810 | Kind = StringLiteral::Wide; | ||||
| 1811 | } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) { | ||||
| 1812 | if (getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||
| 1813 | CharTy = Context.Char8Ty; | ||||
| 1814 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8; | ||||
| 1815 | } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) { | ||||
| 1816 | CharTy = Context.Char16Ty; | ||||
| 1817 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16; | ||||
| 1818 | } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) { | ||||
| 1819 | CharTy = Context.Char32Ty; | ||||
| 1820 | Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32; | ||||
| 1821 | } else if (Literal.isPascal()) { | ||||
| 1822 | CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||
| 1823 | } | ||||
| 1824 | |||||
| 1825 | // Warn on initializing an array of char from a u8 string literal; this | ||||
| 1826 | // becomes ill-formed in C++2a. | ||||
| 1827 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && | ||||
| 1828 | !getLangOpts().Char8 && Kind == StringLiteral::UTF8) { | ||||
| 1829 | Diag(StringTokLocs.front(), diag::warn_cxx20_compat_utf8_string); | ||||
| 1830 | |||||
| 1831 | // Create removals for all 'u8' prefixes in the string literal(s). This | ||||
| 1832 | // ensures C++2a compatibility (but may change the program behavior when | ||||
| 1833 | // built by non-Clang compilers for which the execution character set is | ||||
| 1834 | // not always UTF-8). | ||||
| 1835 | auto RemovalDiag = PDiag(diag::note_cxx20_compat_utf8_string_remove_u8); | ||||
| 1836 | SourceLocation RemovalDiagLoc; | ||||
| 1837 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) { | ||||
| 1838 | if (Tok.getKind() == tok::utf8_string_literal) { | ||||
| 1839 | if (RemovalDiagLoc.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 1840 | RemovalDiagLoc = Tok.getLocation(); | ||||
| 1841 | RemovalDiag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::getCharRange( | ||||
| 1842 | Tok.getLocation(), | ||||
| 1843 | Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(Tok.getLocation(), 2, | ||||
| 1844 | getSourceManager(), getLangOpts()))); | ||||
| 1845 | } | ||||
| 1846 | } | ||||
| 1847 | Diag(RemovalDiagLoc, RemovalDiag); | ||||
| 1848 | } | ||||
| 1849 | |||||
| 1850 | QualType StrTy = | ||||
| 1851 | Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(CharTy, Literal.GetNumStringChars()); | ||||
| 1852 | |||||
| 1853 | // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! | ||||
| 1854 | StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), | ||||
| 1855 | Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy, | ||||
| 1856 | &StringTokLocs[0], | ||||
| 1857 | StringTokLocs.size()); | ||||
| 1858 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) | ||||
| 1859 | return Lit; | ||||
| 1860 | |||||
| 1861 | // We're building a user-defined literal. | ||||
| 1862 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); | ||||
| 1863 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = | ||||
| 1864 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], | ||||
| 1865 | Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); | ||||
| 1866 | |||||
| 1867 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. | ||||
| 1868 | if (!UDLScope) | ||||
| 1869 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); | ||||
| 1870 | |||||
| 1871 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form | ||||
| 1872 | // operator "" X (str, len) | ||||
| 1873 | QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType(); | ||||
| 1874 | |||||
| 1875 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
| 1876 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); | ||||
| 1877 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); | ||||
| 1878 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); | ||||
| 1879 | |||||
| 1880 | QualType ArgTy[] = { | ||||
| 1881 | Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType | ||||
| 1882 | }; | ||||
| 1883 | |||||
| 1884 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 1885 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy, | ||||
| 1886 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, | ||||
| 1887 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ true, | ||||
| 1888 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true, Lit)) { | ||||
| 1889 | |||||
| 1890 | case LOLR_Cooked: { | ||||
| 1891 | llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars()); | ||||
| 1892 | IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType, | ||||
| 1893 | StringTokLocs[0]); | ||||
| 1894 | Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg }; | ||||
| 1895 | |||||
| 1896 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back()); | ||||
| 1897 | } | ||||
| 1898 | |||||
| 1899 | case LOLR_Template: { | ||||
| 1900 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; | ||||
| 1901 | TemplateArgument Arg(Lit); | ||||
| 1902 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo(Lit); | ||||
| 1903 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); | ||||
| 1904 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(), | ||||
| 1905 | &ExplicitArgs); | ||||
| 1906 | } | ||||
| 1907 | |||||
| 1908 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: { | ||||
| 1909 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; | ||||
| 1910 | |||||
| 1911 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy); | ||||
| 1912 | bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | ||||
| 1913 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); | ||||
| 1914 | |||||
| 1915 | TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy); | ||||
| 1916 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy)); | ||||
| 1917 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo)); | ||||
| 1918 | |||||
| 1919 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
| 1920 | Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I); | ||||
| 1921 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy); | ||||
| 1922 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; | ||||
| 1923 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); | ||||
| 1924 | } | ||||
| 1925 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(), | ||||
| 1926 | &ExplicitArgs); | ||||
| 1927 | } | ||||
| 1928 | case LOLR_Raw: | ||||
| 1929 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: | ||||
| 1930 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected literal operator lookup result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1930); | ||||
| 1931 | case LOLR_Error: | ||||
| 1932 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 1933 | } | ||||
| 1934 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected literal operator lookup result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1934); | ||||
| 1935 | } | ||||
| 1936 | |||||
| 1937 | DeclRefExpr * | ||||
| 1938 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||||
| 1939 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 1940 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { | ||||
| 1941 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc); | ||||
| 1942 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS); | ||||
| 1943 | } | ||||
| 1944 | |||||
| 1945 | DeclRefExpr * | ||||
| 1946 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||||
| 1947 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
| 1948 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD, | ||||
| 1949 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 1950 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||
| 1951 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS = | ||||
| 1952 | SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); | ||||
| 1953 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, NNS, FoundD, TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 1954 | TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 1955 | } | ||||
| 1956 | |||||
| 1957 | // CUDA/HIP: Check whether a captured reference variable is referencing a | ||||
| 1958 | // host variable in a device or host device lambda. | ||||
| 1959 | static bool isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(const Sema &S, | ||||
| 1960 | VarDecl *VD) { | ||||
| 1961 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDA || !VD->hasInit()) | ||||
| 1962 | return false; | ||||
| 1963 | assert(VD->getType()->isReferenceType())((VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("VD->getType()->isReferenceType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 1963, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 1964 | |||||
| 1965 | // Check whether the reference variable is referencing a host variable. | ||||
| 1966 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(VD->getInit()); | ||||
| 1967 | if (!DRE) | ||||
| 1968 | return false; | ||||
| 1969 | auto *Referee = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
| 1970 | if (!Referee || !Referee->hasGlobalStorage() || | ||||
| 1971 | Referee->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) | ||||
| 1972 | return false; | ||||
| 1973 | |||||
| 1974 | // Check whether the current function is a device or host device lambda. | ||||
| 1975 | // Check whether the reference variable is a capture by getDeclContext() | ||||
| 1976 | // since refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() is not ready at this point. | ||||
| 1977 | auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext); | ||||
| 1978 | if (MD && MD->getParent()->isLambda() && | ||||
| 1979 | MD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call && MD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | ||||
| 1980 | VD->getDeclContext() != MD) | ||||
| 1981 | return true; | ||||
| 1982 | |||||
| 1983 | return false; | ||||
| 1984 | } | ||||
| 1985 | |||||
| 1986 | NonOdrUseReason Sema::getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D) { | ||||
| 1987 | // A declaration named in an unevaluated operand never constitutes an odr-use. | ||||
| 1988 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 1989 | return NOUR_Unevaluated; | ||||
| 1990 | |||||
| 1991 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||
| 1992 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e | ||||
| 1993 | // is odr-used by e unless [...] x is a reference that is usable in | ||||
| 1994 | // constant expressions. | ||||
| 1995 | // CUDA/HIP: | ||||
| 1996 | // If a reference variable referencing a host variable is captured in a | ||||
| 1997 | // device or host device lambda, the value of the referee must be copied | ||||
| 1998 | // to the capture and the reference variable must be treated as odr-use | ||||
| 1999 | // since the value of the referee is not known at compile time and must | ||||
| 2000 | // be loaded from the captured. | ||||
| 2001 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 2002 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() && | ||||
| 2003 | !(getLangOpts().OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D)) && | ||||
| 2004 | !isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(*this, VD) && | ||||
| 2005 | VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) | ||||
| 2006 | return NOUR_Constant; | ||||
| 2007 | } | ||||
| 2008 | |||||
| 2009 | // All remaining non-variable cases constitute an odr-use. For variables, we | ||||
| 2010 | // need to wait and see how the expression is used. | ||||
| 2011 | return NOUR_None; | ||||
| 2012 | } | ||||
| 2013 | |||||
| 2014 | /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a | ||||
| 2015 | /// declaration that does not require a closure capture. | ||||
| 2016 | DeclRefExpr * | ||||
| 2017 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, | ||||
| 2018 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
| 2019 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, NamedDecl *FoundD, | ||||
| 2020 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 2021 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||
| 2022 | bool RefersToCapturedVariable = | ||||
| 2023 | isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||
| 2024 | NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc()); | ||||
| 2025 | |||||
| 2026 | DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||
| 2027 | Context, NNS, TemplateKWLoc, D, RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo, Ty, | ||||
| 2028 | VK, FoundD, TemplateArgs, getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(D)); | ||||
| 2029 | MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); | ||||
| 2030 | |||||
| 2031 | // C++ [except.spec]p17: | ||||
| 2032 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: | ||||
| 2033 | // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or | ||||
| 2034 | // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions. | ||||
| 2035 | // | ||||
| 2036 | // We delay doing this until after we've built the function reference and | ||||
| 2037 | // marked it as used so that: | ||||
| 2038 | // a) if the function is defaulted, we get errors from defining it before / | ||||
| 2039 | // instead of errors from computing its exception specification, and | ||||
| 2040 | // b) if the function is a defaulted comparison, we can use the body we | ||||
| 2041 | // build when defining it as input to the exception specification | ||||
| 2042 | // computation rather than computing a new body. | ||||
| 2043 | if (auto *FPT = Ty->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
| 2044 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { | ||||
| 2045 | if (auto *NewFPT = ResolveExceptionSpec(NameInfo.getLoc(), FPT)) | ||||
| 2046 | E->setType(Context.getQualifiedType(NewFPT, Ty.getQualifiers())); | ||||
| 2047 | } | ||||
| 2048 | } | ||||
| 2049 | |||||
| 2050 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) && | ||||
| 2051 | Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && !isUnevaluatedContext() && | ||||
| 2052 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getBeginLoc())) | ||||
| 2053 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E); | ||||
| 2054 | |||||
| 2055 | FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D); | ||||
| 2056 | if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 2057 | FD = IFD->getAnonField(); | ||||
| 2058 | if (FD) { | ||||
| 2059 | UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD); | ||||
| 2060 | // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member. | ||||
| 2061 | if (FD->isBitField()) | ||||
| 2062 | E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField); | ||||
| 2063 | } | ||||
| 2064 | |||||
| 2065 | // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier | ||||
| 2066 | // designates a bit-field. | ||||
| 2067 | if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 2068 | if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding()) | ||||
| 2069 | E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind()); | ||||
| 2070 | |||||
| 2071 | return E; | ||||
| 2072 | } | ||||
| 2073 | |||||
| 2074 | /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and | ||||
| 2075 | /// possibly a list of template arguments. | ||||
| 2076 | /// | ||||
| 2077 | /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call | ||||
| 2078 | /// DecomposeTemplateName. | ||||
| 2079 | /// | ||||
| 2080 | /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for | ||||
| 2081 | /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in | ||||
| 2082 | /// some way. | ||||
| 2083 | void | ||||
| 2084 | Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, | ||||
| 2085 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, | ||||
| 2086 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
| 2087 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { | ||||
| 2088 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { | ||||
| 2089 | Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); | ||||
| 2090 | Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); | ||||
| 2091 | |||||
| 2092 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), | ||||
| 2093 | Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); | ||||
| 2094 | translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer); | ||||
| 2095 | |||||
| 2096 | TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get(); | ||||
| 2097 | SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; | ||||
| 2098 | NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); | ||||
| 2099 | TemplateArgs = &Buffer; | ||||
| 2100 | } else { | ||||
| 2101 | NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id); | ||||
| 2102 | TemplateArgs = nullptr; | ||||
| 2103 | } | ||||
| 2104 | } | ||||
| 2105 | |||||
| 2106 | static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic( | ||||
| 2107 | const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
| 2108 | DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
| 2109 | unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) { | ||||
| 2110 | DeclContext *Ctx = | ||||
| 2111 | SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false); | ||||
| 2112 | if (!TC) { | ||||
| 2113 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. | ||||
| 2114 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) | ||||
| 2115 | if (Ctx) | ||||
| 2116 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx | ||||
| 2117 | << SS.getRange(); | ||||
| 2118 | else | ||||
| 2119 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo; | ||||
| 2120 | return; | ||||
| 2121 | } | ||||
| 2122 | |||||
| 2123 | std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||
| 2124 | bool DroppedSpecifier = | ||||
| 2125 | TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; | ||||
| 2126 | unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() | ||||
| 2127 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl | ||||
| 2128 | : diag::note_previous_decl; | ||||
| 2129 | if (!Ctx) | ||||
| 2130 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo, | ||||
| 2131 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); | ||||
| 2132 | else | ||||
| 2133 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) | ||||
| 2134 | << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier | ||||
| 2135 | << SS.getRange(), | ||||
| 2136 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); | ||||
| 2137 | } | ||||
| 2138 | |||||
| 2139 | /// Diagnose a lookup that found results in an enclosing class during error | ||||
| 2140 | /// recovery. This usually indicates that the results were found in a dependent | ||||
| 2141 | /// base class that could not be searched as part of a template definition. | ||||
| 2142 | /// Always issues a diagnostic (though this may be only a warning in MS | ||||
| 2143 | /// compatibility mode). | ||||
| 2144 | /// | ||||
| 2145 | /// Return \c true if the error is unrecoverable, or \c false if the caller | ||||
| 2146 | /// should attempt to recover using these lookup results. | ||||
| 2147 | bool Sema::DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R) { | ||||
| 2148 | // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points | ||||
| 2149 | // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a | ||||
| 2150 | // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check. | ||||
| 2151 | bool isDefaultArgument = | ||||
| 2152 | !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && | ||||
| 2153 | CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind == | ||||
| 2154 | CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation; | ||||
| 2155 | CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); | ||||
| 2156 | bool isInstance = CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstance() && | ||||
| 2157 | R.getNamingClass() == CurMethod->getParent() && | ||||
| 2158 | !isDefaultArgument; | ||||
| 2159 | |||||
| 2160 | // There are two ways we can find a class-scope declaration during template | ||||
| 2161 | // instantiation that we did not find in the template definition: if it is a | ||||
| 2162 | // member of a dependent base class, or if it is declared after the point of | ||||
| 2163 | // use in the same class. Distinguish these by comparing the class in which | ||||
| 2164 | // the member was found to the naming class of the lookup. | ||||
| 2165 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_found_in_dependent_base; | ||||
| 2166 | unsigned NoteID = diag::note_member_declared_at; | ||||
| 2167 | if (R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext()->Equals(R.getNamingClass())) { | ||||
| 2168 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_found_later_in_class | ||||
| 2169 | : diag::err_found_later_in_class; | ||||
| 2170 | } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||
| 2171 | DiagID = diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base; | ||||
| 2172 | NoteID = diag::note_dependent_member_use; | ||||
| 2173 | } | ||||
| 2174 | |||||
| 2175 | if (isInstance) { | ||||
| 2176 | // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. | ||||
| 2177 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) | ||||
| 2178 | << R.getLookupName() | ||||
| 2179 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->"); | ||||
| 2180 | CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc()); | ||||
| 2181 | } else { | ||||
| 2182 | // FIXME: Add a FixItHint to insert 'Base::' or 'Derived::' (assuming | ||||
| 2183 | // they're not shadowed). | ||||
| 2184 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) << R.getLookupName(); | ||||
| 2185 | } | ||||
| 2186 | |||||
| 2187 | for (NamedDecl *D : R) | ||||
| 2188 | Diag(D->getLocation(), NoteID); | ||||
| 2189 | |||||
| 2190 | // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation | ||||
| 2191 | // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise | ||||
| 2192 | // the caller will try to create an implicit member call and this is wrong | ||||
| 2193 | // for default arguments. | ||||
| 2194 | // | ||||
| 2195 | // FIXME: Is this special case necessary? We could allow the caller to | ||||
| 2196 | // diagnose this. | ||||
| 2197 | if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) { | ||||
| 2198 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object); | ||||
| 2199 | return true; | ||||
| 2200 | } | ||||
| 2201 | |||||
| 2202 | // Tell the callee to try to recover. | ||||
| 2203 | return false; | ||||
| 2204 | } | ||||
| 2205 | |||||
| 2206 | /// Diagnose an empty lookup. | ||||
| 2207 | /// | ||||
| 2208 | /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found | ||||
| 2209 | bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, | ||||
| 2210 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, | ||||
| 2211 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
| 2212 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) { | ||||
| 2213 | DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); | ||||
| 2214 | |||||
| 2215 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; | ||||
| 2216 | unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; | ||||
| 2217 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || | ||||
| 2218 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || | ||||
| 2219 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { | ||||
| 2220 | diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; | ||||
| 2221 | diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; | ||||
| 2222 | } | ||||
| 2223 | |||||
| 2224 | // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an | ||||
| 2225 | // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the | ||||
| 2226 | // original lookup would not have found something because it was a | ||||
| 2227 | // dependent name. | ||||
| 2228 | DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr; | ||||
| 2229 | while (DC) { | ||||
| 2230 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
| 2231 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||
| 2232 | |||||
| 2233 | if (!R.empty()) { | ||||
| 2234 | // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. | ||||
| 2235 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
| 2236 | |||||
| 2237 | // If there's a best viable function among the results, only mention | ||||
| 2238 | // that one in the notes. | ||||
| 2239 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), | ||||
| 2240 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
| 2241 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Candidates); | ||||
| 2242 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
| 2243 | if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best) == | ||||
| 2244 | OR_Success) { | ||||
| 2245 | R.clear(); | ||||
| 2246 | R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); | ||||
| 2247 | R.resolveKind(); | ||||
| 2248 | } | ||||
| 2249 | |||||
| 2250 | return DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R); | ||||
| 2251 | } | ||||
| 2252 | |||||
| 2253 | R.clear(); | ||||
| 2254 | } | ||||
| 2255 | |||||
| 2256 | DC = DC->getLookupParent(); | ||||
| 2257 | } | ||||
| 2258 | |||||
| 2259 | // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. | ||||
| 2260 | TypoCorrection Corrected; | ||||
| 2261 | if (S && Out) { | ||||
| 2262 | SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc(); | ||||
| 2263 | assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&((!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExplicitTemplateArgs && \"Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2264, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 2264 | "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!")((!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExplicitTemplateArgs && \"Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2264, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2265 | *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed( | ||||
| 2266 | R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, CCC, | ||||
| 2267 | [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) { | ||||
| 2268 | emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args, | ||||
| 2269 | diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest); | ||||
| 2270 | }, | ||||
| 2271 | nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery); | ||||
| 2272 | if (*Out) | ||||
| 2273 | return true; | ||||
| 2274 | } else if (S && | ||||
| 2275 | (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), | ||||
| 2276 | S, &SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery))) { | ||||
| 2277 | std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); | ||||
| 2278 | bool DroppedSpecifier = | ||||
| 2279 | Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; | ||||
| 2280 | R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); | ||||
| 2281 | |||||
| 2282 | bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false; | ||||
| 2283 | bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false; | ||||
| 2284 | NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); | ||||
| 2285 | if (ND) { | ||||
| 2286 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { | ||||
| 2287 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(), | ||||
| 2288 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
| 2289 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
| 2290 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { | ||||
| 2291 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = | ||||
| 2292 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD)) | ||||
| 2293 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( | ||||
| 2294 | FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs, | ||||
| 2295 | Args, OCS); | ||||
| 2296 | else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) | ||||
| 2297 | if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0) | ||||
| 2298 | AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), | ||||
| 2299 | Args, OCS); | ||||
| 2300 | } | ||||
| 2301 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { | ||||
| 2302 | case OR_Success: | ||||
| 2303 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
| 2304 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | ||||
| 2305 | break; | ||||
| 2306 | default: | ||||
| 2307 | // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note. | ||||
| 2308 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | ||||
| 2309 | break; | ||||
| 2310 | } | ||||
| 2311 | } | ||||
| 2312 | R.addDecl(ND); | ||||
| 2313 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||
| 2314 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; | ||||
| 2315 | if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) { | ||||
| 2316 | const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType(); | ||||
| 2317 | Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
| 2318 | } | ||||
| 2319 | if (!Record) | ||||
| 2320 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | ||||
| 2321 | ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); | ||||
| 2322 | R.setNamingClass(Record); | ||||
| 2323 | } | ||||
| 2324 | |||||
| 2325 | auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
| 2326 | AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) || | ||||
| 2327 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND); | ||||
| 2328 | // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or | ||||
| 2329 | // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser | ||||
| 2330 | // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo | ||||
| 2331 | // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going | ||||
| 2332 | // to recover well anyway. | ||||
| 2333 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) || | ||||
| 2334 | getAsTypeTemplateDecl(UnderlyingND) || | ||||
| 2335 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND); | ||||
| 2336 | } else { | ||||
| 2337 | // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it | ||||
| 2338 | // because we aren't able to recover. | ||||
| 2339 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true; | ||||
| 2340 | } | ||||
| 2341 | |||||
| 2342 | if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) { | ||||
| 2343 | unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() | ||||
| 2344 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl | ||||
| 2345 | : diag::note_previous_decl; | ||||
| 2346 | if (SS.isEmpty()) | ||||
| 2347 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name, | ||||
| 2348 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); | ||||
| 2349 | else | ||||
| 2350 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) | ||||
| 2351 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) | ||||
| 2352 | << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(), | ||||
| 2353 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); | ||||
| 2354 | |||||
| 2355 | // Tell the callee whether to try to recover. | ||||
| 2356 | return !AcceptableWithRecovery; | ||||
| 2357 | } | ||||
| 2358 | } | ||||
| 2359 | R.clear(); | ||||
| 2360 | |||||
| 2361 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. | ||||
| 2362 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) | ||||
| 2363 | if (!SS.isEmpty()) { | ||||
| 2364 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) | ||||
| 2365 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) | ||||
| 2366 | << SS.getRange(); | ||||
| 2367 | return true; | ||||
| 2368 | } | ||||
| 2369 | |||||
| 2370 | // Give up, we can't recover. | ||||
| 2371 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; | ||||
| 2372 | return true; | ||||
| 2373 | } | ||||
| 2374 | |||||
| 2375 | /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has | ||||
| 2376 | /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then | ||||
| 2377 | /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only | ||||
| 2378 | /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts | ||||
| 2379 | /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's | ||||
| 2380 | /// instantiation model, but it's close enough. | ||||
| 2381 | static Expr * | ||||
| 2382 | recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, | ||||
| 2383 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
| 2384 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 2385 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { | ||||
| 2386 | // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or | ||||
| 2387 | // contexts where 'this' is available. | ||||
| 2388 | QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType(); | ||||
| 2389 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; | ||||
| 2390 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) | ||||
| 2391 | RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | ||||
| 2392 | else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext)) | ||||
| 2393 | RD = MD->getParent(); | ||||
| 2394 | if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases()) | ||||
| 2395 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 2396 | |||||
| 2397 | // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this' | ||||
| 2398 | // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit. | ||||
| 2399 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); | ||||
| 2400 | auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base); | ||||
| 2401 | DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD; | ||||
| 2402 | |||||
| 2403 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { | ||||
| 2404 | DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->"); | ||||
| 2405 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create( | ||||
| 2406 | Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true, | ||||
| 2407 | /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 2408 | /*FirstQualifierFoundInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2409 | } | ||||
| 2410 | |||||
| 2411 | // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will | ||||
| 2412 | // perform name lookup during template instantiation. | ||||
| 2413 | CXXScopeSpec SS; | ||||
| 2414 | auto *NNS = | ||||
| 2415 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl()); | ||||
| 2416 | SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc)); | ||||
| 2417 | return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||
| 2418 | Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||
| 2419 | TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2420 | } | ||||
| 2421 | |||||
| 2422 | ExprResult | ||||
| 2423 | Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
| 2424 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id, | ||||
| 2425 | bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, | ||||
| 2426 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC, | ||||
| 2427 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) { | ||||
| 2428 | assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&((!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && \"cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2429, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 2429 | "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen")((!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && \"cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2429, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2430 | if (SS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 2431 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2432 | |||||
| 2433 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; | ||||
| 2434 | |||||
| 2435 | // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. | ||||
| 2436 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; | ||||
| 2437 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; | ||||
| 2438 | DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2439 | |||||
| 2440 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); | ||||
| 2441 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||
| 2442 | SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc(); | ||||
| 2443 | |||||
| 2444 | if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) { | ||||
| 2445 | // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed | ||||
| 2446 | // placeholder expression node. | ||||
| 2447 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2448 | } | ||||
| 2449 | |||||
| 2450 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: | ||||
| 2451 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: | ||||
| 2452 | // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, | ||||
| 2453 | // (note: handled after lookup) | ||||
| 2454 | // -- a template-id that is dependent, | ||||
| 2455 | // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) | ||||
| 2456 | // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, | ||||
| 2457 | // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that | ||||
| 2458 | // names a dependent type. | ||||
| 2459 | // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; | ||||
| 2460 | // we need to handle these differently. | ||||
| 2461 | bool DependentID = false; | ||||
| 2462 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && | ||||
| 2463 | Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 2464 | DependentID = true; | ||||
| 2465 | } else if (SS.isSet()) { | ||||
| 2466 | if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) { | ||||
| 2467 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) | ||||
| 2468 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2469 | } else { | ||||
| 2470 | DependentID = true; | ||||
| 2471 | } | ||||
| 2472 | } | ||||
| 2473 | |||||
| 2474 | if (DependentID) | ||||
| 2475 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||
| 2476 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2477 | |||||
| 2478 | // Perform the required lookup. | ||||
| 2479 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, | ||||
| 2480 | (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam) | ||||
| 2481 | ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam | ||||
| 2482 | : LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 2483 | if (TemplateKWLoc.isValid() || TemplateArgs) { | ||||
| 2484 | // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in | ||||
| 2485 | // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the | ||||
| 2486 | // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If | ||||
| 2487 | // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those | ||||
| 2488 | // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it. | ||||
| 2489 | bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; | ||||
| 2490 | AssumedTemplateKind AssumedTemplate; | ||||
| 2491 | if (LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false, | ||||
| 2492 | MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 2493 | &AssumedTemplate)) | ||||
| 2494 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2495 | |||||
| 2496 | if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization || | ||||
| 2497 | (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)) | ||||
| 2498 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||
| 2499 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2500 | } else { | ||||
| 2501 | bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||
| 2502 | LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp); | ||||
| 2503 | |||||
| 2504 | // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent | ||||
| 2505 | // id-expression. | ||||
| 2506 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) | ||||
| 2507 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, | ||||
| 2508 | IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2509 | |||||
| 2510 | // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do | ||||
| 2511 | // some special Objective-C lookup, too. | ||||
| 2512 | if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { | ||||
| 2513 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true)); | ||||
| 2514 | if (E.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 2515 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2516 | |||||
| 2517 | if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>()) | ||||
| 2518 | return Ex; | ||||
| 2519 | } | ||||
| 2520 | } | ||||
| 2521 | |||||
| 2522 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) | ||||
| 2523 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2524 | |||||
| 2525 | // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90, | ||||
| 2526 | // extension in C99, forbidden in C++). | ||||
| 2527 | if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 2528 | NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S); | ||||
| 2529 | if (D) R.addDecl(D); | ||||
| 2530 | } | ||||
| 2531 | |||||
| 2532 | // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for | ||||
| 2533 | // argument-dependent lookup. | ||||
| 2534 | bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); | ||||
| 2535 | |||||
| 2536 | if (R.empty() && !ADL) { | ||||
| 2537 | if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { | ||||
| 2538 | if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo, | ||||
| 2539 | TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs)) | ||||
| 2540 | return E; | ||||
| 2541 | } | ||||
| 2542 | |||||
| 2543 | // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly. | ||||
| 2544 | if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier) | ||||
| 2545 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2546 | |||||
| 2547 | // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function | ||||
| 2548 | // call, diagnose the problem. | ||||
| 2549 | TypoExpr *TE = nullptr; | ||||
| 2550 | DefaultFilterCCC DefaultValidator(II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() | ||||
| 2551 | : nullptr); | ||||
| 2552 | DefaultValidator.IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand; | ||||
| 2553 | assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&(((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && "Typo correction callback misconfigured") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && \"Typo correction callback misconfigured\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2554, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 2554 | "Typo correction callback misconfigured")(((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && "Typo correction callback misconfigured") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && \"Typo correction callback misconfigured\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2554, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2555 | if (CCC) { | ||||
| 2556 | // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is. | ||||
| 2557 | CCC->setTypoName(II); | ||||
| 2558 | if (SS.isValid()) | ||||
| 2559 | CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep()); | ||||
| 2560 | } | ||||
| 2561 | // FIXME: DiagnoseEmptyLookup produces bad diagnostics if we're looking for | ||||
| 2562 | // a template name, but we happen to have always already looked up the name | ||||
| 2563 | // before we get here if it must be a template name. | ||||
| 2564 | if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator, nullptr, | ||||
| 2565 | None, &TE)) { | ||||
| 2566 | if (TE && KeywordReplacement) { | ||||
| 2567 | auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE); | ||||
| 2568 | auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection(); | ||||
| 2569 | if (BestTC.isKeyword()) { | ||||
| 2570 | auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); | ||||
| 2571 | if (State.DiagHandler) | ||||
| 2572 | State.DiagHandler(BestTC); | ||||
| 2573 | KeywordReplacement->startToken(); | ||||
| 2574 | KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID()); | ||||
| 2575 | KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II); | ||||
| 2576 | KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin()); | ||||
| 2577 | // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has | ||||
| 2578 | // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr). | ||||
| 2579 | clearDelayedTypo(TE); | ||||
| 2580 | // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a | ||||
| 2581 | // valid-but-null ExprResult. | ||||
| 2582 | return (Expr*)nullptr; | ||||
| 2583 | } | ||||
| 2584 | State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); | ||||
| 2585 | } | ||||
| 2586 | return TE ? TE : ExprError(); | ||||
| 2587 | } | ||||
| 2588 | |||||
| 2589 | assert(!R.empty() &&((!R.empty() && "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2590, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 2590 | "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results")((!R.empty() && "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() && \"DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2590, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2591 | |||||
| 2592 | // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let | ||||
| 2593 | // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to | ||||
| 2594 | // reference the ivar. | ||||
| 2595 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { | ||||
| 2596 | R.clear(); | ||||
| 2597 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); | ||||
| 2598 | // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable | ||||
| 2599 | // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it. | ||||
| 2600 | if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get()) | ||||
| 2601 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2602 | return E; | ||||
| 2603 | } | ||||
| 2604 | } | ||||
| 2605 | |||||
| 2606 | // This is guaranteed from this point on. | ||||
| 2607 | assert(!R.empty() || ADL)((!R.empty() || ADL) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!R.empty() || ADL", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2607, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2608 | |||||
| 2609 | // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. | ||||
| 2610 | // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3: | ||||
| 2611 | // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access | ||||
| 2612 | // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the | ||||
| 2613 | // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup | ||||
| 2614 | // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type | ||||
| 2615 | // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a | ||||
| 2616 | // class member access expression using (*this) as the | ||||
| 2617 | // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator. | ||||
| 2618 | // | ||||
| 2619 | // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R | ||||
| 2620 | // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the | ||||
| 2621 | // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a | ||||
| 2622 | // non-static member function: | ||||
| 2623 | // | ||||
| 2624 | // C++ [expr.ref]p4: | ||||
| 2625 | // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . . | ||||
| 2626 | // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a | ||||
| 2627 | // member function call. | ||||
| 2628 | // | ||||
| 2629 | // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important | ||||
| 2630 | // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a | ||||
| 2631 | // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent | ||||
| 2632 | // instance method. | ||||
| 2633 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { | ||||
| 2634 | bool MightBeImplicitMember; | ||||
| 2635 | if (!IsAddressOfOperand) | ||||
| 2636 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; | ||||
| 2637 | else if (!SS.isEmpty()) | ||||
| 2638 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; | ||||
| 2639 | else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) | ||||
| 2640 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; | ||||
| 2641 | else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) | ||||
| 2642 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; | ||||
| 2643 | else | ||||
| 2644 | MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || | ||||
| 2645 | isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || | ||||
| 2646 | isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); | ||||
| 2647 | |||||
| 2648 | if (MightBeImplicitMember) | ||||
| 2649 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, | ||||
| 2650 | R, TemplateArgs, S); | ||||
| 2651 | } | ||||
| 2652 | |||||
| 2653 | if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) { | ||||
| 2654 | |||||
| 2655 | // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it | ||||
| 2656 | // in BuildTemplateIdExpr(). | ||||
| 2657 | // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration. | ||||
| 2658 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId && | ||||
| 2659 | Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) { | ||||
| 2660 | assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&((R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && "There should only be one declaration found." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && \"There should only be one declaration found.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2661, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 2661 | "There should only be one declaration found.")((R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && "There should only be one declaration found." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && \"There should only be one declaration found.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2661, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2662 | } | ||||
| 2663 | |||||
| 2664 | return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 2665 | } | ||||
| 2666 | |||||
| 2667 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL); | ||||
| 2668 | } | ||||
| 2669 | |||||
| 2670 | /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified | ||||
| 2671 | /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. | ||||
| 2672 | /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along | ||||
| 2673 | /// this path. | ||||
| 2674 | ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr( | ||||
| 2675 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, | ||||
| 2676 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) { | ||||
| 2677 | DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); | ||||
| 2678 | if (!DC) | ||||
| 2679 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 2680 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); | ||||
| 2681 | |||||
| 2682 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) | ||||
| 2683 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2684 | |||||
| 2685 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 2686 | LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); | ||||
| 2687 | |||||
| 2688 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) | ||||
| 2689 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2690 | |||||
| 2691 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) | ||||
| 2692 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 2693 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); | ||||
| 2694 | |||||
| 2695 | if (R.empty()) { | ||||
| 2696 | // Don't diagnose problems with invalid record decl, the secondary no_member | ||||
| 2697 | // diagnostic during template instantiation is likely bogus, e.g. if a class | ||||
| 2698 | // is invalid because it's derived from an invalid base class, then missing | ||||
| 2699 | // members were likely supposed to be inherited. | ||||
| 2700 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | ||||
| 2701 | if (CD->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
| 2702 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2703 | Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member) | ||||
| 2704 | << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange(); | ||||
| 2705 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2706 | } | ||||
| 2707 | |||||
| 2708 | if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { | ||||
| 2709 | // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in | ||||
| 2710 | // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to | ||||
| 2711 | // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode. | ||||
| 2712 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; | ||||
| 2713 | if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) | ||||
| 2714 | DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; | ||||
| 2715 | SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 2716 | auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID); | ||||
| 2717 | D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString() | ||||
| 2718 | << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 2719 | |||||
| 2720 | // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE | ||||
| 2721 | // context. | ||||
| 2722 | if (!RecoveryTSI) | ||||
| 2723 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2724 | |||||
| 2725 | // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover. | ||||
| 2726 | D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename "); | ||||
| 2727 | |||||
| 2728 | // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type. | ||||
| 2729 | QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); | ||||
| 2730 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; | ||||
| 2731 | TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc()); | ||||
| 2732 | |||||
| 2733 | QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty); | ||||
| 2734 | ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET); | ||||
| 2735 | QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); | ||||
| 2736 | QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); | ||||
| 2737 | |||||
| 2738 | *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET); | ||||
| 2739 | |||||
| 2740 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 2741 | } | ||||
| 2742 | |||||
| 2743 | // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually | ||||
| 2744 | // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in | ||||
| 2745 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming | ||||
| 2746 | // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11. | ||||
| 2747 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand) | ||||
| 2748 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, | ||||
| 2749 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 2750 | R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); | ||||
| 2751 | |||||
| 2752 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false); | ||||
| 2753 | } | ||||
| 2754 | |||||
| 2755 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently | ||||
| 2756 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we | ||||
| 2757 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. | ||||
| 2758 | /// | ||||
| 2759 | /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's | ||||
| 2760 | /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. | ||||
| 2761 | DeclResult Sema::LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, | ||||
| 2762 | IdentifierInfo *II) { | ||||
| 2763 | SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); | ||||
| 2764 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||
| 2765 | |||||
| 2766 | // Check for error condition which is already reported. | ||||
| 2767 | if (!CurMethod) | ||||
| 2768 | return DeclResult(true); | ||||
| 2769 | |||||
| 2770 | // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, | ||||
| 2771 | // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have | ||||
| 2772 | // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. | ||||
| 2773 | // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with | ||||
| 2774 | // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. | ||||
| 2775 | |||||
| 2776 | // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for | ||||
| 2777 | // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an | ||||
| 2778 | // ivar, that's an error. | ||||
| 2779 | bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod(); | ||||
| 2780 | |||||
| 2781 | bool LookForIvars; | ||||
| 2782 | if (Lookup.empty()) | ||||
| 2783 | LookForIvars = true; | ||||
| 2784 | else if (IsClassMethod) | ||||
| 2785 | LookForIvars = false; | ||||
| 2786 | else | ||||
| 2787 | LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && | ||||
| 2788 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); | ||||
| 2789 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; | ||||
| 2790 | if (LookForIvars) { | ||||
| 2791 | IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||
| 2792 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; | ||||
| 2793 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr; | ||||
| 2794 | if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) { | ||||
| 2795 | // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. | ||||
| 2796 | if (IsClassMethod) { | ||||
| 2797 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 2798 | return DeclResult(true); | ||||
| 2799 | } | ||||
| 2800 | |||||
| 2801 | // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. | ||||
| 2802 | if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && | ||||
| 2803 | !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) && | ||||
| 2804 | !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) | ||||
| 2805 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 2806 | |||||
| 2807 | // Success. | ||||
| 2808 | return IV; | ||||
| 2809 | } | ||||
| 2810 | } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { | ||||
| 2811 | // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. | ||||
| 2812 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { | ||||
| 2813 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; | ||||
| 2814 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { | ||||
| 2815 | if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || | ||||
| 2816 | declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared)) | ||||
| 2817 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 2818 | } | ||||
| 2819 | } | ||||
| 2820 | } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() && | ||||
| 2821 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) { | ||||
| 2822 | // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error. | ||||
| 2823 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = | ||||
| 2824 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl())) { | ||||
| 2825 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 2826 | return DeclResult(true); | ||||
| 2827 | } | ||||
| 2828 | } | ||||
| 2829 | |||||
| 2830 | // Didn't encounter an error, didn't find an ivar. | ||||
| 2831 | return DeclResult(false); | ||||
| 2832 | } | ||||
| 2833 | |||||
| 2834 | ExprResult Sema::BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 2835 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV) { | ||||
| 2836 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||
| 2837 | assert(CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() &&((CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && "should not reference ivar from this context") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && \"should not reference ivar from this context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2838, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 2838 | "should not reference ivar from this context")((CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && "should not reference ivar from this context") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && \"should not reference ivar from this context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2838, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2839 | |||||
| 2840 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); | ||||
| 2841 | assert(IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context")((IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("IFace && \"should not reference ivar from this context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 2841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 2842 | |||||
| 2843 | // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent | ||||
| 2844 | // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. | ||||
| 2845 | if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
| 2846 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2847 | |||||
| 2848 | // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). | ||||
| 2849 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) | ||||
| 2850 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2851 | |||||
| 2852 | // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't | ||||
| 2853 | // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. | ||||
| 2854 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); | ||||
| 2855 | UnqualifiedId SelfName; | ||||
| 2856 | SelfName.setImplicitSelfParam(&II); | ||||
| 2857 | CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; | ||||
| 2858 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; | ||||
| 2859 | ExprResult SelfExpr = | ||||
| 2860 | ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc, SelfName, | ||||
| 2861 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, | ||||
| 2862 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); | ||||
| 2863 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 2864 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2865 | |||||
| 2866 | SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get()); | ||||
| 2867 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 2868 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2869 | |||||
| 2870 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true); | ||||
| 2871 | |||||
| 2872 | ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily(); | ||||
| 2873 | if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize && | ||||
| 2874 | !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV)) | ||||
| 2875 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 2876 | |||||
| 2877 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context) | ||||
| 2878 | ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc, | ||||
| 2879 | IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true); | ||||
| 2880 | |||||
| 2881 | if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { | ||||
| 2882 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && | ||||
| 2883 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc)) | ||||
| 2884 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result); | ||||
| 2885 | } | ||||
| 2886 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
| 2887 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = CurContext->getInnermostBlockDecl()) | ||||
| 2888 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.push_back({Loc, BD}); | ||||
| 2889 | |||||
| 2890 | return Result; | ||||
| 2891 | } | ||||
| 2892 | |||||
| 2893 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently | ||||
| 2894 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we | ||||
| 2895 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. If so, build an expression referencing | ||||
| 2896 | /// that ivar. | ||||
| 2897 | ExprResult | ||||
| 2898 | Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, | ||||
| 2899 | IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { | ||||
| 2900 | // FIXME: Integrate this lookup step into LookupParsedName. | ||||
| 2901 | DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II); | ||||
| 2902 | if (Ivar.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 2903 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 2904 | if (Ivar.isUsable()) | ||||
| 2905 | return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, Lookup.getNameLoc(), | ||||
| 2906 | cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Ivar.get())); | ||||
| 2907 | |||||
| 2908 | if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) | ||||
| 2909 | LookupBuiltin(Lookup); | ||||
| 2910 | |||||
| 2911 | // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. | ||||
| 2912 | return ExprResult(false); | ||||
| 2913 | } | ||||
| 2914 | |||||
| 2915 | /// Cast a base object to a member's actual type. | ||||
| 2916 | /// | ||||
| 2917 | /// There are two relevant checks: | ||||
| 2918 | /// | ||||
| 2919 | /// C++ [class.access.base]p7: | ||||
| 2920 | /// | ||||
| 2921 | /// If a class member access operator [...] is used to access a non-static | ||||
| 2922 | /// data member or non-static member function, the reference is ill-formed if | ||||
| 2923 | /// the left operand [...] cannot be implicitly converted to a pointer to the | ||||
| 2924 | /// naming class of the right operand. | ||||
| 2925 | /// | ||||
| 2926 | /// C++ [expr.ref]p7: | ||||
| 2927 | /// | ||||
| 2928 | /// If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the | ||||
| 2929 | /// program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is an | ||||
| 2930 | /// ambiguous base (11.8) of the naming class (11.9.3) of E2. | ||||
| 2931 | /// | ||||
| 2932 | /// Note that the latter check does not consider access; the access of the | ||||
| 2933 | /// "real" base class is checked as appropriate when checking the access of the | ||||
| 2934 | /// member name. | ||||
| 2935 | ExprResult | ||||
| 2936 | Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, | ||||
| 2937 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, | ||||
| 2938 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, | ||||
| 2939 | NamedDecl *Member) { | ||||
| 2940 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); | ||||
| 2941 | if (!RD) | ||||
| 2942 | return From; | ||||
| 2943 | |||||
| 2944 | QualType DestRecordType; | ||||
| 2945 | QualType DestType; | ||||
| 2946 | QualType FromRecordType; | ||||
| 2947 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); | ||||
| 2948 | bool PointerConversions = false; | ||||
| 2949 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) { | ||||
| 2950 | DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); | ||||
| 2951 | auto FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
| 2952 | DestRecordType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType( | ||||
| 2953 | DestRecordType, FromPtrType | ||||
| 2954 | ? FromType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() | ||||
| 2955 | : FromType.getAddressSpace()); | ||||
| 2956 | |||||
| 2957 | if (FromPtrType) { | ||||
| 2958 | DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType); | ||||
| 2959 | FromRecordType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 2960 | PointerConversions = true; | ||||
| 2961 | } else { | ||||
| 2962 | DestType = DestRecordType; | ||||
| 2963 | FromRecordType = FromType; | ||||
| 2964 | } | ||||
| 2965 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) { | ||||
| 2966 | if (Method->isStatic()) | ||||
| 2967 | return From; | ||||
| 2968 | |||||
| 2969 | DestType = Method->getThisType(); | ||||
| 2970 | DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 2971 | |||||
| 2972 | if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 2973 | FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 2974 | PointerConversions = true; | ||||
| 2975 | } else { | ||||
| 2976 | FromRecordType = FromType; | ||||
| 2977 | DestType = DestRecordType; | ||||
| 2978 | } | ||||
| 2979 | |||||
| 2980 | LangAS FromAS = FromRecordType.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 2981 | LangAS DestAS = DestRecordType.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 2982 | if (FromAS != DestAS) { | ||||
| 2983 | QualType FromRecordTypeWithoutAS = | ||||
| 2984 | Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordType); | ||||
| 2985 | QualType FromTypeWithDestAS = | ||||
| 2986 | Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordTypeWithoutAS, DestAS); | ||||
| 2987 | if (PointerConversions) | ||||
| 2988 | FromTypeWithDestAS = Context.getPointerType(FromTypeWithDestAS); | ||||
| 2989 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromTypeWithDestAS, | ||||
| 2990 | CK_AddressSpaceConversion, From->getValueKind()) | ||||
| 2991 | .get(); | ||||
| 2992 | } | ||||
| 2993 | } else { | ||||
| 2994 | // No conversion necessary. | ||||
| 2995 | return From; | ||||
| 2996 | } | ||||
| 2997 | |||||
| 2998 | if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 2999 | return From; | ||||
| 3000 | |||||
| 3001 | // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. | ||||
| 3002 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) | ||||
| 3003 | return From; | ||||
| 3004 | |||||
| 3005 | SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 3006 | SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin(); | ||||
| 3007 | |||||
| 3008 | ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 3009 | |||||
| 3010 | // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: | ||||
| 3011 | // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its | ||||
| 3012 | // class name. | ||||
| 3013 | // | ||||
| 3014 | // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a | ||||
| 3015 | // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type | ||||
| 3016 | // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows | ||||
| 3017 | // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: | ||||
| 3018 | // | ||||
| 3019 | // class Base { public: int x; }; | ||||
| 3020 | // class Derived1 : public Base { }; | ||||
| 3021 | // class Derived2 : public Base { }; | ||||
| 3022 | // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; | ||||
| 3023 | // | ||||
| 3024 | // void VeryDerived::f() { | ||||
| 3025 | // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects | ||||
| 3026 | // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 | ||||
| 3027 | // } | ||||
| 3028 | if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) { | ||||
| 3029 | QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0); | ||||
| 3030 | assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type")((QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("QType->isRecordType() && \"lookup done with non-record type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3030, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3031 | |||||
| 3032 | QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0); | ||||
| 3033 | |||||
| 3034 | // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base | ||||
| 3035 | // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it. | ||||
| 3036 | // Otherwise build the appropriate casts. | ||||
| 3037 | if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) { | ||||
| 3038 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | ||||
| 3039 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType, | ||||
| 3040 | FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) | ||||
| 3041 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3042 | |||||
| 3043 | if (PointerConversions) | ||||
| 3044 | QType = Context.getPointerType(QType); | ||||
| 3045 | From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, | ||||
| 3046 | VK, &BasePath).get(); | ||||
| 3047 | |||||
| 3048 | FromType = QType; | ||||
| 3049 | FromRecordType = QRecordType; | ||||
| 3050 | |||||
| 3051 | // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type, | ||||
| 3052 | // we're done. | ||||
| 3053 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) | ||||
| 3054 | return From; | ||||
| 3055 | } | ||||
| 3056 | } | ||||
| 3057 | |||||
| 3058 | CXXCastPath BasePath; | ||||
| 3059 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType, | ||||
| 3060 | FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath, | ||||
| 3061 | /*IgnoreAccess=*/true)) | ||||
| 3062 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3063 | |||||
| 3064 | return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, | ||||
| 3065 | VK, &BasePath); | ||||
| 3066 | } | ||||
| 3067 | |||||
| 3068 | bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
| 3069 | const LookupResult &R, | ||||
| 3070 | bool HasTrailingLParen) { | ||||
| 3071 | // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. | ||||
| 3072 | if (!HasTrailingLParen) | ||||
| 3073 | return false; | ||||
| 3074 | |||||
| 3075 | // Never if a scope specifier was provided. | ||||
| 3076 | if (SS.isSet()) | ||||
| 3077 | return false; | ||||
| 3078 | |||||
| 3079 | // Only in C++ or ObjC++. | ||||
| 3080 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 3081 | return false; | ||||
| 3082 | |||||
| 3083 | // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during | ||||
| 3084 | // normal lookup: | ||||
| 3085 | for (NamedDecl *D : R) { | ||||
| 3086 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||
| 3087 | // -- a declaration of a class member | ||||
| 3088 | // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the | ||||
| 3089 | // original decl. | ||||
| 3090 | if (D->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||
| 3091 | return false; | ||||
| 3092 | |||||
| 3093 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||
| 3094 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a | ||||
| 3095 | // using-declaration | ||||
| 3096 | // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we | ||||
| 3097 | // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types | ||||
| 3098 | // turn off ADL anyway). | ||||
| 3099 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 3100 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); | ||||
| 3101 | else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||
| 3102 | return false; | ||||
| 3103 | |||||
| 3104 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: | ||||
| 3105 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function | ||||
| 3106 | // template | ||||
| 3107 | // And also for builtin functions. | ||||
| 3108 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 3109 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); | ||||
| 3110 | |||||
| 3111 | // But also builtin functions. | ||||
| 3112 | if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) | ||||
| 3113 | return false; | ||||
| 3114 | } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) | ||||
| 3115 | return false; | ||||
| 3116 | } | ||||
| 3117 | |||||
| 3118 | return true; | ||||
| 3119 | } | ||||
| 3120 | |||||
| 3121 | |||||
| 3122 | /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration | ||||
| 3123 | /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that | ||||
| 3124 | /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration | ||||
| 3125 | /// will in fact be used. | ||||
| 3126 | static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { | ||||
| 3127 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
| 3128 | return true; | ||||
| 3129 | |||||
| 3130 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 3131 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 3132 | return true; | ||||
| 3133 | } | ||||
| 3134 | |||||
| 3135 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 3136 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 3137 | return true; | ||||
| 3138 | } | ||||
| 3139 | |||||
| 3140 | if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 3141 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 3142 | return true; | ||||
| 3143 | } | ||||
| 3144 | |||||
| 3145 | return false; | ||||
| 3146 | } | ||||
| 3147 | |||||
| 3148 | // Certain multiversion types should be treated as overloaded even when there is | ||||
| 3149 | // only one result. | ||||
| 3150 | static bool ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(const LookupResult &R) { | ||||
| 3151 | assert(R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result")((R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("R.isSingleResult() && \"Expected only a single result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3151, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3152 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); | ||||
| 3153 | return FD && | ||||
| 3154 | (FD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()); | ||||
| 3155 | } | ||||
| 3156 | |||||
| 3157 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, | ||||
| 3158 | LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL, | ||||
| 3159 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { | ||||
| 3160 | // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, | ||||
| 3161 | // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. | ||||
| 3162 | if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && | ||||
| 3163 | !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>() && | ||||
| 3164 | !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R)) | ||||
| 3165 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(), | ||||
| 3166 | R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr, | ||||
| 3167 | AcceptInvalidDecl); | ||||
| 3168 | |||||
| 3169 | // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one | ||||
| 3170 | // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be | ||||
| 3171 | // functions and function templates. | ||||
| 3172 | if (R.isSingleResult() && !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R) && | ||||
| 3173 | CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) | ||||
| 3174 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3175 | |||||
| 3176 | // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress | ||||
| 3177 | // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when | ||||
| 3178 | // we've picked a target. | ||||
| 3179 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
| 3180 | |||||
| 3181 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE | ||||
| 3182 | = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(), | ||||
| 3183 | SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), | ||||
| 3184 | R.getLookupNameInfo(), | ||||
| 3185 | NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(), | ||||
| 3186 | R.begin(), R.end()); | ||||
| 3187 | |||||
| 3188 | return ULE; | ||||
| 3189 | } | ||||
| 3190 | |||||
| 3191 | static void | ||||
| 3192 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | ||||
| 3193 | ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC); | ||||
| 3194 | |||||
| 3195 | /// Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. | ||||
| 3196 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr( | ||||
| 3197 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, | ||||
| 3198 | NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, | ||||
| 3199 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { | ||||
| 3200 | assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration")((D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D && \"Cannot refer to a NULL declaration\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3200, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3201 | assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&((!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && \"Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 3202 | "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template")((!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && \"Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3203 | |||||
| 3204 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); | ||||
| 3205 | if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) | ||||
| 3206 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3207 | |||||
| 3208 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 3209 | // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing | ||||
| 3210 | // a template argument list. | ||||
| 3211 | diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName(Template), Loc); | ||||
| 3212 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3213 | } | ||||
| 3214 | |||||
| 3215 | // Make sure that we're referring to a value. | ||||
| 3216 | ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); | ||||
| 3217 | if (!VD) { | ||||
| 3218 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) | ||||
| 3219 | << D << SS.getRange(); | ||||
| 3220 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||
| 3221 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3222 | } | ||||
| 3223 | |||||
| 3224 | // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress | ||||
| 3225 | // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup | ||||
| 3226 | // on this function name, because this might not be the function | ||||
| 3227 | // that overload resolution actually selects. | ||||
| 3228 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc)) | ||||
| 3229 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3230 | |||||
| 3231 | // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. | ||||
| 3232 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl) | ||||
| 3233 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3234 | |||||
| 3235 | // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here, | ||||
| 3236 | // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this | ||||
| 3237 | // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression. | ||||
| 3238 | if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) | ||||
| 3239 | if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||
| 3240 | return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(), | ||||
| 3241 | indirectField); | ||||
| 3242 | |||||
| 3243 | { | ||||
| 3244 | QualType type = VD->getType(); | ||||
| 3245 | if (type.isNull()) | ||||
| 3246 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3247 | ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3248 | |||||
| 3249 | // In 'T ...V;', the type of the declaration 'V' is 'T...', but the type of | ||||
| 3250 | // a reference to 'V' is simply (unexpanded) 'T'. The type, like the value, | ||||
| 3251 | // is expanded by some outer '...' in the context of the use. | ||||
| 3252 | type = type.getNonPackExpansionType(); | ||||
| 3253 | |||||
| 3254 | switch (D->getKind()) { | ||||
| 3255 | // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds. | ||||
| 3256 | #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind) | ||||
| 3257 | #define VALUE(type, base) | ||||
| 3258 | #define DECL(type, base) \ | ||||
| 3259 | case Decl::type: | ||||
| 3260 | #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" | ||||
| 3261 | llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid value decl kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3261); | ||||
| 3262 | |||||
| 3263 | // These shouldn't make it here. | ||||
| 3264 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: | ||||
| 3265 | llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("forming non-member reference to ivar?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3265); | ||||
| 3266 | |||||
| 3267 | // Enum constants are always r-values and never references. | ||||
| 3268 | // Unresolved using declarations are dependent. | ||||
| 3269 | case Decl::EnumConstant: | ||||
| 3270 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: | ||||
| 3271 | case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction: | ||||
| 3272 | case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper: | ||||
| 3273 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3274 | break; | ||||
| 3275 | |||||
| 3276 | // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for | ||||
| 3277 | // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for | ||||
| 3278 | // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really | ||||
| 3279 | // exist in the high-level semantics. | ||||
| 3280 | case Decl::Field: | ||||
| 3281 | case Decl::IndirectField: | ||||
| 3282 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: | ||||
| 3283 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "building reference to field in C?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"building reference to field in C?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3284, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 3284 | "building reference to field in C?")((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "building reference to field in C?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && \"building reference to field in C?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3284, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3285 | |||||
| 3286 | // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but | ||||
| 3287 | // for internal consistency we do this anyway. | ||||
| 3288 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 3289 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3290 | break; | ||||
| 3291 | |||||
| 3292 | // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values | ||||
| 3293 | // depending on the type. | ||||
| 3294 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: { | ||||
| 3295 | if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
| 3296 | type = reftype->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 3297 | valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference | ||||
| 3298 | break; | ||||
| 3299 | } | ||||
| 3300 | |||||
| 3301 | // [expr.prim.id.unqual]p2: | ||||
| 3302 | // If the entity is a template parameter object for a template | ||||
| 3303 | // parameter of type T, the type of the expression is const T. | ||||
| 3304 | // [...] The expression is an lvalue if the entity is a [...] template | ||||
| 3305 | // parameter object. | ||||
| 3306 | if (type->isRecordType()) { | ||||
| 3307 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType().withConst(); | ||||
| 3308 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3309 | break; | ||||
| 3310 | } | ||||
| 3311 | |||||
| 3312 | // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case | ||||
| 3313 | // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever. | ||||
| 3314 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3315 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 3316 | break; | ||||
| 3317 | } | ||||
| 3318 | |||||
| 3319 | case Decl::Var: | ||||
| 3320 | case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization: | ||||
| 3321 | case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization: | ||||
| 3322 | case Decl::Decomposition: | ||||
| 3323 | case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr: | ||||
| 3324 | // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value. | ||||
| 3325 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 3326 | !type.hasQualifiers() && | ||||
| 3327 | type->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 3328 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3329 | break; | ||||
| 3330 | } | ||||
| 3331 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
| 3332 | |||||
| 3333 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: | ||||
| 3334 | case Decl::ParmVar: { | ||||
| 3335 | // These are always l-values. | ||||
| 3336 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3337 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 3338 | |||||
| 3339 | // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in | ||||
| 3340 | // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually | ||||
| 3341 | // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no. | ||||
| 3342 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) { | ||||
| 3343 | QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc); | ||||
| 3344 | if (!CapturedType.isNull()) | ||||
| 3345 | type = CapturedType; | ||||
| 3346 | } | ||||
| 3347 | |||||
| 3348 | break; | ||||
| 3349 | } | ||||
| 3350 | |||||
| 3351 | case Decl::Binding: { | ||||
| 3352 | // These are always lvalues. | ||||
| 3353 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3354 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 3355 | // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually | ||||
| 3356 | // decides how that's supposed to work. | ||||
| 3357 | auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD); | ||||
| 3358 | if (BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) { | ||||
| 3359 | auto *DD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(BD->getDecomposedDecl()); | ||||
| 3360 | if (DD && DD->hasLocalStorage()) | ||||
| 3361 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD, CurContext); | ||||
| 3362 | } | ||||
| 3363 | break; | ||||
| 3364 | } | ||||
| 3365 | |||||
| 3366 | case Decl::Function: { | ||||
| 3367 | if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||
| 3368 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { | ||||
| 3369 | type = Context.BuiltinFnTy; | ||||
| 3370 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3371 | break; | ||||
| 3372 | } | ||||
| 3373 | } | ||||
| 3374 | |||||
| 3375 | const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 3376 | |||||
| 3377 | // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype | ||||
| 3378 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. | ||||
| 3379 | if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
| 3380 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||
| 3381 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3382 | break; | ||||
| 3383 | } | ||||
| 3384 | |||||
| 3385 | // Functions are l-values in C++. | ||||
| 3386 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 3387 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3388 | break; | ||||
| 3389 | } | ||||
| 3390 | |||||
| 3391 | // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a | ||||
| 3392 | // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only | ||||
| 3393 | // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing | ||||
| 3394 | // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function | ||||
| 3395 | // type. | ||||
| 3396 | if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() && | ||||
| 3397 | isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty)) | ||||
| 3398 | type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(), | ||||
| 3399 | fty->getExtInfo()); | ||||
| 3400 | |||||
| 3401 | // Functions are r-values in C. | ||||
| 3402 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3403 | break; | ||||
| 3404 | } | ||||
| 3405 | |||||
| 3406 | case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide: | ||||
| 3407 | llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("building reference to deduction guide" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3407); | ||||
| 3408 | |||||
| 3409 | case Decl::MSProperty: | ||||
| 3410 | case Decl::MSGuid: | ||||
| 3411 | case Decl::TemplateParamObject: | ||||
| 3412 | // FIXME: Should MSGuidDecl and template parameter objects be subject to | ||||
| 3413 | // capture in OpenMP, or duplicated between host and device? | ||||
| 3414 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3415 | break; | ||||
| 3416 | |||||
| 3417 | case Decl::CXXMethod: | ||||
| 3418 | // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype | ||||
| 3419 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. | ||||
| 3420 | // This should only be possible with a type written directly. | ||||
| 3421 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto | ||||
| 3422 | = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType())) | ||||
| 3423 | if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
| 3424 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||
| 3425 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3426 | break; | ||||
| 3427 | } | ||||
| 3428 | |||||
| 3429 | // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static. | ||||
| 3430 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) { | ||||
| 3431 | valueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 3432 | break; | ||||
| 3433 | } | ||||
| 3434 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
| 3435 | |||||
| 3436 | case Decl::CXXConversion: | ||||
| 3437 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: | ||||
| 3438 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: | ||||
| 3439 | valueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 3440 | break; | ||||
| 3441 | } | ||||
| 3442 | |||||
| 3443 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD, | ||||
| 3444 | /*FIXME: TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 3445 | TemplateArgs); | ||||
| 3446 | } | ||||
| 3447 | } | ||||
| 3448 | |||||
| 3449 | static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source, | ||||
| 3450 | SmallString<32> &Target) { | ||||
| 3451 | Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1)); | ||||
| 3452 | char *ResultPtr = &Target[0]; | ||||
| 3453 | const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr; | ||||
| 3454 | bool success = | ||||
| 3455 | llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr); | ||||
| 3456 | (void)success; | ||||
| 3457 | assert(success)((success) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("success" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3458 | Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]); | ||||
| 3459 | } | ||||
| 3460 | |||||
| 3461 | ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 3462 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK) { | ||||
| 3463 | // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function. | ||||
| 3464 | Decl *currentDecl = nullptr; | ||||
| 3465 | if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock()) | ||||
| 3466 | currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||
| 3467 | else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda()) | ||||
| 3468 | currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator; | ||||
| 3469 | else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion()) | ||||
| 3470 | currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl; | ||||
| 3471 | else | ||||
| 3472 | currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); | ||||
| 3473 | |||||
| 3474 | if (!currentDecl) { | ||||
| 3475 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); | ||||
| 3476 | currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | ||||
| 3477 | } | ||||
| 3478 | |||||
| 3479 | QualType ResTy; | ||||
| 3480 | StringLiteral *SL = nullptr; | ||||
| 3481 | if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) | ||||
| 3482 | ResTy = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 3483 | else { | ||||
| 3484 | // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of | ||||
| 3485 | // the string. | ||||
| 3486 | auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IK, currentDecl); | ||||
| 3487 | unsigned Length = Str.length(); | ||||
| 3488 | |||||
| 3489 | llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); | ||||
| 3490 | if (IK == PredefinedExpr::LFunction || IK == PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig) { | ||||
| 3491 | ResTy = | ||||
| 3492 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.WideCharTy.withConst()); | ||||
| 3493 | SmallString<32> RawChars; | ||||
| 3494 | ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(), | ||||
| 3495 | Str, RawChars); | ||||
| 3496 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr, | ||||
| 3497 | ArrayType::Normal, | ||||
| 3498 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); | ||||
| 3499 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide, | ||||
| 3500 | /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc); | ||||
| 3501 | } else { | ||||
| 3502 | ResTy = Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()); | ||||
| 3503 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr, | ||||
| 3504 | ArrayType::Normal, | ||||
| 3505 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); | ||||
| 3506 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii, | ||||
| 3507 | /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc); | ||||
| 3508 | } | ||||
| 3509 | } | ||||
| 3510 | |||||
| 3511 | return PredefinedExpr::Create(Context, Loc, ResTy, IK, SL); | ||||
| 3512 | } | ||||
| 3513 | |||||
| 3514 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||
| 3515 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK; | ||||
| 3516 | |||||
| 3517 | switch (Kind) { | ||||
| 3518 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown simple primary expr!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3518); | ||||
| 3519 | case tok::kw___func__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] | ||||
| 3520 | case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; | ||||
| 3521 | case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS] | ||||
| 3522 | case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS] | ||||
| 3523 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break; // [MS] | ||||
| 3524 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig; break; // [MS] | ||||
| 3525 | case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; | ||||
| 3526 | } | ||||
| 3527 | |||||
| 3528 | return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IK); | ||||
| 3529 | } | ||||
| 3530 | |||||
| 3531 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { | ||||
| 3532 | SmallString<16> CharBuffer; | ||||
| 3533 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||
| 3534 | StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid); | ||||
| 3535 | if (Invalid) | ||||
| 3536 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3537 | |||||
| 3538 | CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), | ||||
| 3539 | PP, Tok.getKind()); | ||||
| 3540 | if (Literal.hadError()) | ||||
| 3541 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3542 | |||||
| 3543 | QualType Ty; | ||||
| 3544 | if (Literal.isWide()) | ||||
| 3545 | Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++. | ||||
| 3546 | else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().Char8) | ||||
| 3547 | Ty = Context.Char8Ty; // u8'x' -> char8_t when it exists. | ||||
| 3548 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) | ||||
| 3549 | Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11. | ||||
| 3550 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) | ||||
| 3551 | Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11. | ||||
| 3552 | else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar()) | ||||
| 3553 | Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++. | ||||
| 3554 | else | ||||
| 3555 | Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++ | ||||
| 3556 | |||||
| 3557 | CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii; | ||||
| 3558 | if (Literal.isWide()) | ||||
| 3559 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide; | ||||
| 3560 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) | ||||
| 3561 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16; | ||||
| 3562 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) | ||||
| 3563 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32; | ||||
| 3564 | else if (Literal.isUTF8()) | ||||
| 3565 | Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8; | ||||
| 3566 | |||||
| 3567 | Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty, | ||||
| 3568 | Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 3569 | |||||
| 3570 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) | ||||
| 3571 | return Lit; | ||||
| 3572 | |||||
| 3573 | // We're building a user-defined literal. | ||||
| 3574 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); | ||||
| 3575 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = | ||||
| 3576 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); | ||||
| 3577 | |||||
| 3578 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. | ||||
| 3579 | if (!UDLScope) | ||||
| 3580 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl)); | ||||
| 3581 | |||||
| 3582 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form | ||||
| 3583 | // operator "" X (ch) | ||||
| 3584 | return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc, | ||||
| 3585 | Lit, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 3586 | } | ||||
| 3587 | |||||
| 3588 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) { | ||||
| 3589 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | ||||
| 3590 | return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val), | ||||
| 3591 | Context.IntTy, Loc); | ||||
| 3592 | } | ||||
| 3593 | |||||
| 3594 | static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal, | ||||
| 3595 | QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 3596 | const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); | ||||
| 3597 | |||||
| 3598 | using llvm::APFloat; | ||||
| 3599 | APFloat Val(Format); | ||||
| 3600 | |||||
| 3601 | APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val); | ||||
| 3602 | |||||
| 3603 | // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if | ||||
| 3604 | // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). | ||||
| 3605 | if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || | ||||
| 3606 | ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { | ||||
| 3607 | unsigned diagnostic; | ||||
| 3608 | SmallString<20> buffer; | ||||
| 3609 | if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { | ||||
| 3610 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; | ||||
| 3611 | APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer); | ||||
| 3612 | } else { | ||||
| 3613 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; | ||||
| 3614 | APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer); | ||||
| 3615 | } | ||||
| 3616 | |||||
| 3617 | S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic) | ||||
| 3618 | << Ty | ||||
| 3619 | << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); | ||||
| 3620 | } | ||||
| 3621 | |||||
| 3622 | bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); | ||||
| 3623 | return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc); | ||||
| 3624 | } | ||||
| 3625 | |||||
| 3626 | bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 3627 | assert(E && "Invalid expression")((E && "Invalid expression") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E && \"Invalid expression\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3627, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3628 | |||||
| 3629 | if (E->isValueDependent()) | ||||
| 3630 | return false; | ||||
| 3631 | |||||
| 3632 | QualType QT = E->getType(); | ||||
| 3633 | if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) { | ||||
| 3634 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT; | ||||
| 3635 | return true; | ||||
| 3636 | } | ||||
| 3637 | |||||
| 3638 | llvm::APSInt ValueAPS; | ||||
| 3639 | ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS); | ||||
| 3640 | |||||
| 3641 | if (R.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 3642 | return true; | ||||
| 3643 | |||||
| 3644 | bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive(); | ||||
| 3645 | if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) { | ||||
| 3646 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value) | ||||
| 3647 | << ValueAPS.toString(10) << ValueIsPositive; | ||||
| 3648 | return true; | ||||
| 3649 | } | ||||
| 3650 | |||||
| 3651 | return false; | ||||
| 3652 | } | ||||
| 3653 | |||||
| 3654 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { | ||||
| 3655 | // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit | ||||
| 3656 | // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix. | ||||
| 3657 | if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { | ||||
| 3658 | const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); | ||||
| 3659 | return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0'); | ||||
| 3660 | } | ||||
| 3661 | |||||
| 3662 | SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer; | ||||
| 3663 | // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to | ||||
| 3664 | // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling() | ||||
| 3665 | // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at | ||||
| 3666 | // the EOF, so it is also safe. | ||||
| 3667 | SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1); | ||||
| 3668 | |||||
| 3669 | // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. | ||||
| 3670 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||
| 3671 | StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid); | ||||
| 3672 | if (Invalid) | ||||
| 3673 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3674 | |||||
| 3675 | NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), | ||||
| 3676 | PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts(), | ||||
| 3677 | PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getDiagnostics()); | ||||
| 3678 | if (Literal.hadError) | ||||
| 3679 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3680 | |||||
| 3681 | if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) { | ||||
| 3682 | // We're building a user-defined literal. | ||||
| 3683 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); | ||||
| 3684 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = | ||||
| 3685 | getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); | ||||
| 3686 | |||||
| 3687 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. | ||||
| 3688 | if (!UDLScope) | ||||
| 3689 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl)); | ||||
| 3690 | |||||
| 3691 | QualType CookedTy; | ||||
| 3692 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { | ||||
| 3693 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type | ||||
| 3694 | // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form | ||||
| 3695 | // operator "" X (f L) | ||||
| 3696 | CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy; | ||||
| 3697 | } else { | ||||
| 3698 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type | ||||
| 3699 | // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form | ||||
| 3700 | // operator "" X (n ULL) | ||||
| 3701 | CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||
| 3702 | } | ||||
| 3703 | |||||
| 3704 | DeclarationName OpName = | ||||
| 3705 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); | ||||
| 3706 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); | ||||
| 3707 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); | ||||
| 3708 | |||||
| 3709 | SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation(); | ||||
| 3710 | |||||
| 3711 | // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw | ||||
| 3712 | // literal or a cooked one. | ||||
| 3713 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 3714 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy, | ||||
| 3715 | /*AllowRaw*/ true, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, | ||||
| 3716 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false, | ||||
| 3717 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ !Literal.isImaginary)) { | ||||
| 3718 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: | ||||
| 3719 | // Lookup failure for imaginary constants isn't fatal, there's still the | ||||
| 3720 | // GNU extension producing _Complex types. | ||||
| 3721 | break; | ||||
| 3722 | case LOLR_Error: | ||||
| 3723 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3724 | case LOLR_Cooked: { | ||||
| 3725 | Expr *Lit; | ||||
| 3726 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { | ||||
| 3727 | Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 3728 | } else { | ||||
| 3729 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0); | ||||
| 3730 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) | ||||
| 3731 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) | ||||
| 3732 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||
| 3733 | Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy, | ||||
| 3734 | Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 3735 | } | ||||
| 3736 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc); | ||||
| 3737 | } | ||||
| 3738 | |||||
| 3739 | case LOLR_Raw: { | ||||
| 3740 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the | ||||
| 3741 | // literal is treated as a call of the form | ||||
| 3742 | // operator "" X ("n") | ||||
| 3743 | unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); | ||||
| 3744 | QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType( | ||||
| 3745 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()), | ||||
| 3746 | llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0); | ||||
| 3747 | Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create( | ||||
| 3748 | Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii, | ||||
| 3749 | /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1); | ||||
| 3750 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc); | ||||
| 3751 | } | ||||
| 3752 | |||||
| 3753 | case LOLR_Template: { | ||||
| 3754 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator | ||||
| 3755 | // template), L is treated as a call fo the form | ||||
| 3756 | // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>() | ||||
| 3757 | // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck. | ||||
| 3758 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; | ||||
| 3759 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy); | ||||
| 3760 | bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); | ||||
| 3761 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); | ||||
| 3762 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) { | ||||
| 3763 | Value = TokSpelling[I]; | ||||
| 3764 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy); | ||||
| 3765 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; | ||||
| 3766 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); | ||||
| 3767 | } | ||||
| 3768 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc, | ||||
| 3769 | &ExplicitArgs); | ||||
| 3770 | } | ||||
| 3771 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: | ||||
| 3772 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected literal operator lookup result" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3772); | ||||
| 3773 | } | ||||
| 3774 | } | ||||
| 3775 | |||||
| 3776 | Expr *Res; | ||||
| 3777 | |||||
| 3778 | if (Literal.isFixedPointLiteral()) { | ||||
| 3779 | QualType Ty; | ||||
| 3780 | |||||
| 3781 | if (Literal.isAccum) { | ||||
| 3782 | if (Literal.isHalf) { | ||||
| 3783 | Ty = Context.ShortAccumTy; | ||||
| 3784 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { | ||||
| 3785 | Ty = Context.LongAccumTy; | ||||
| 3786 | } else { | ||||
| 3787 | Ty = Context.AccumTy; | ||||
| 3788 | } | ||||
| 3789 | } else if (Literal.isFract) { | ||||
| 3790 | if (Literal.isHalf) { | ||||
| 3791 | Ty = Context.ShortFractTy; | ||||
| 3792 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { | ||||
| 3793 | Ty = Context.LongFractTy; | ||||
| 3794 | } else { | ||||
| 3795 | Ty = Context.FractTy; | ||||
| 3796 | } | ||||
| 3797 | } | ||||
| 3798 | |||||
| 3799 | if (Literal.isUnsigned) Ty = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Ty); | ||||
| 3800 | |||||
| 3801 | bool isSigned = !Literal.isUnsigned; | ||||
| 3802 | unsigned scale = Context.getFixedPointScale(Ty); | ||||
| 3803 | unsigned bit_width = Context.getTypeInfo(Ty).Width; | ||||
| 3804 | |||||
| 3805 | llvm::APInt Val(bit_width, 0, isSigned); | ||||
| 3806 | bool Overflowed = Literal.GetFixedPointValue(Val, scale); | ||||
| 3807 | bool ValIsZero = Val.isNullValue() && !Overflowed; | ||||
| 3808 | |||||
| 3809 | auto MaxVal = Context.getFixedPointMax(Ty).getValue(); | ||||
| 3810 | if (Literal.isFract && Val == MaxVal + 1 && !ValIsZero) | ||||
| 3811 | // Clause 6.4.4 - The value of a constant shall be in the range of | ||||
| 3812 | // representable values for its type, with exception for constants of a | ||||
| 3813 | // fract type with a value of exactly 1; such a constant shall denote | ||||
| 3814 | // the maximal value for the type. | ||||
| 3815 | --Val; | ||||
| 3816 | else if (Val.ugt(MaxVal) || Overflowed) | ||||
| 3817 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_too_large_for_fixed_point); | ||||
| 3818 | |||||
| 3819 | Res = FixedPointLiteral::CreateFromRawInt(Context, Val, Ty, | ||||
| 3820 | Tok.getLocation(), scale); | ||||
| 3821 | } else if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { | ||||
| 3822 | QualType Ty; | ||||
| 3823 | if (Literal.isHalf){ | ||||
| 3824 | if (getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts())) | ||||
| 3825 | Ty = Context.HalfTy; | ||||
| 3826 | else { | ||||
| 3827 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16); | ||||
| 3828 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3829 | } | ||||
| 3830 | } else if (Literal.isFloat) | ||||
| 3831 | Ty = Context.FloatTy; | ||||
| 3832 | else if (Literal.isLong) | ||||
| 3833 | Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; | ||||
| 3834 | else if (Literal.isFloat16) | ||||
| 3835 | Ty = Context.Float16Ty; | ||||
| 3836 | else if (Literal.isFloat128) | ||||
| 3837 | Ty = Context.Float128Ty; | ||||
| 3838 | else | ||||
| 3839 | Ty = Context.DoubleTy; | ||||
| 3840 | |||||
| 3841 | Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 3842 | |||||
| 3843 | if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) { | ||||
| 3844 | if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) { | ||||
| 3845 | if (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) { | ||||
| 3846 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||
| 3847 | } | ||||
| 3848 | } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( | ||||
| 3849 | "cl_khr_fp64", getLangOpts())) { | ||||
| 3850 | // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled. | ||||
| 3851 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64); | ||||
| 3852 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||
| 3853 | } | ||||
| 3854 | } | ||||
| 3855 | } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { | ||||
| 3856 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 3857 | } else { | ||||
| 3858 | QualType Ty; | ||||
| 3859 | |||||
| 3860 | // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature. | ||||
| 3861 | if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) { | ||||
| 3862 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 3863 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), | ||||
| 3864 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? | ||||
| 3865 | diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong); | ||||
| 3866 | else | ||||
| 3867 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong); | ||||
| 3868 | } | ||||
| 3869 | |||||
| 3870 | // 'z/uz' literals are a C++2b feature. | ||||
| 3871 | if (Literal.isSizeT) | ||||
| 3872 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 3873 | ? getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2b | ||||
| 3874 | ? diag::warn_cxx20_compat_size_t_suffix | ||||
| 3875 | : diag::ext_cxx2b_size_t_suffix | ||||
| 3876 | : diag::err_cxx2b_size_t_suffix); | ||||
| 3877 | |||||
| 3878 | // Get the value in the widest-possible width. | ||||
| 3879 | unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth(); | ||||
| 3880 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0); | ||||
| 3881 | |||||
| 3882 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { | ||||
| 3883 | // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull. | ||||
| 3884 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) | ||||
| 3885 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; | ||||
| 3886 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||
| 3887 | assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&((Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && "long long is not intmax_t?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && \"long long is not intmax_t?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3888, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 3888 | "long long is not intmax_t?")((Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && "long long is not intmax_t?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && \"long long is not intmax_t?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3888, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3889 | } else { | ||||
| 3890 | // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into | ||||
| 3891 | // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. | ||||
| 3892 | |||||
| 3893 | // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to | ||||
| 3894 | // be an unsigned int. | ||||
| 3895 | bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; | ||||
| 3896 | |||||
| 3897 | // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. | ||||
| 3898 | unsigned Width = 0; | ||||
| 3899 | |||||
| 3900 | // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized. | ||||
| 3901 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) { | ||||
| 3902 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) { | ||||
| 3903 | Width = 8; | ||||
| 3904 | Ty = Context.CharTy; | ||||
| 3905 | } else { | ||||
| 3906 | Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger; | ||||
| 3907 | Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width, | ||||
| 3908 | /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned); | ||||
| 3909 | } | ||||
| 3910 | } | ||||
| 3911 | |||||
| 3912 | // Check C++2b size_t literals. | ||||
| 3913 | if (Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||
| 3914 | assert(!Literal.MicrosoftInteger &&((!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && \"size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3915, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 3915 | "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals")((!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && \"size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 3915, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 3916 | unsigned SizeTSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getTypeWidth( | ||||
| 3917 | Context.getTargetInfo().getSizeType()); | ||||
| 3918 | |||||
| 3919 | // Does it fit in size_t? | ||||
| 3920 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(SizeTSize)) { | ||||
| 3921 | // Does it fit in ssize_t? | ||||
| 3922 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[SizeTSize - 1] == 0) | ||||
| 3923 | Ty = Context.getSignedSizeType(); | ||||
| 3924 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||
| 3925 | Ty = Context.getSizeType(); | ||||
| 3926 | Width = SizeTSize; | ||||
| 3927 | } | ||||
| 3928 | } | ||||
| 3929 | |||||
| 3930 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong && | ||||
| 3931 | !Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||
| 3932 | // Are int/unsigned possibilities? | ||||
| 3933 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); | ||||
| 3934 | |||||
| 3935 | // Does it fit in a unsigned int? | ||||
| 3936 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { | ||||
| 3937 | // Does it fit in a signed int? | ||||
| 3938 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) | ||||
| 3939 | Ty = Context.IntTy; | ||||
| 3940 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||
| 3941 | Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; | ||||
| 3942 | Width = IntSize; | ||||
| 3943 | } | ||||
| 3944 | } | ||||
| 3945 | |||||
| 3946 | // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? | ||||
| 3947 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong && !Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||
| 3948 | unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); | ||||
| 3949 | |||||
| 3950 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long? | ||||
| 3951 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { | ||||
| 3952 | // Does it fit in a signed long? | ||||
| 3953 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) | ||||
| 3954 | Ty = Context.LongTy; | ||||
| 3955 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||
| 3956 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | ||||
| 3957 | // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2 | ||||
| 3958 | // is compatible. | ||||
| 3959 | else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
| 3960 | const unsigned LongLongSize = | ||||
| 3961 | Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | ||||
| 3962 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), | ||||
| 3963 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 3964 | ? Literal.isLong | ||||
| 3965 | ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx | ||||
| 3966 | : /*C++98 UB*/ diag:: | ||||
| 3967 | ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx | ||||
| 3968 | : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long) | ||||
| 3969 | << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0 | ||||
| 3970 | : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1); | ||||
| 3971 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; | ||||
| 3972 | } | ||||
| 3973 | Width = LongSize; | ||||
| 3974 | } | ||||
| 3975 | } | ||||
| 3976 | |||||
| 3977 | // Check long long if needed. | ||||
| 3978 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isSizeT) { | ||||
| 3979 | unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | ||||
| 3980 | |||||
| 3981 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? | ||||
| 3982 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { | ||||
| 3983 | // Does it fit in a signed long long? | ||||
| 3984 | // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the | ||||
| 3985 | // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode. | ||||
| 3986 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 || | ||||
| 3987 | (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong))) | ||||
| 3988 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; | ||||
| 3989 | else if (AllowUnsigned) | ||||
| 3990 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||
| 3991 | Width = LongLongSize; | ||||
| 3992 | } | ||||
| 3993 | } | ||||
| 3994 | |||||
| 3995 | // If we still couldn't decide a type, we either have 'size_t' literal | ||||
| 3996 | // that is out of range, or a decimal literal that does not fit in a | ||||
| 3997 | // signed long long and has no U suffix. | ||||
| 3998 | if (Ty.isNull()) { | ||||
| 3999 | if (Literal.isSizeT) | ||||
| 4000 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_size_t_literal_too_large) | ||||
| 4001 | << Literal.isUnsigned; | ||||
| 4002 | else | ||||
| 4003 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), | ||||
| 4004 | diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed); | ||||
| 4005 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; | ||||
| 4006 | Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); | ||||
| 4007 | } | ||||
| 4008 | |||||
| 4009 | if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) | ||||
| 4010 | ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width); | ||||
| 4011 | } | ||||
| 4012 | Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); | ||||
| 4013 | } | ||||
| 4014 | |||||
| 4015 | // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. | ||||
| 4016 | if (Literal.isImaginary) { | ||||
| 4017 | Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, | ||||
| 4018 | Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); | ||||
| 4019 | |||||
| 4020 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_imaginary_constant); | ||||
| 4021 | } | ||||
| 4022 | return Res; | ||||
| 4023 | } | ||||
| 4024 | |||||
| 4025 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 4026 | assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr")((E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E && \"ActOnParenExpr() missing expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4026, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4027 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E); | ||||
| 4028 | } | ||||
| 4029 | |||||
| 4030 | static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||
| 4031 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 4032 | SourceRange ArgRange) { | ||||
| 4033 | // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in | ||||
| 4034 | // scalar or vector data type argument..." | ||||
| 4035 | // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic | ||||
| 4036 | // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void. | ||||
| 4037 | if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) { | ||||
| 4038 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type) | ||||
| 4039 | << T << ArgRange; | ||||
| 4040 | return true; | ||||
| 4041 | } | ||||
| 4042 | |||||
| 4043 | assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&(((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && "Scalar types should always be complete") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && \"Scalar types should always be complete\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4044, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 4044 | "Scalar types should always be complete")(((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && "Scalar types should always be complete") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && \"Scalar types should always be complete\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4044, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4045 | return false; | ||||
| 4046 | } | ||||
| 4047 | |||||
| 4048 | static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||
| 4049 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 4050 | SourceRange ArgRange, | ||||
| 4051 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { | ||||
| 4052 | // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++. | ||||
| 4053 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 4054 | return true; | ||||
| 4055 | |||||
| 4056 | // C99 6.5.3.4p1: | ||||
| 4057 | if (T->isFunctionType() && | ||||
| 4058 | (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf || | ||||
| 4059 | TraitKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf)) { | ||||
| 4060 | // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. | ||||
| 4061 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type) | ||||
| 4062 | << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; | ||||
| 4063 | return false; | ||||
| 4064 | } | ||||
| 4065 | |||||
| 4066 | // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where | ||||
| 4067 | // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k) | ||||
| 4068 | if (T->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 4069 | unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type | ||||
| 4070 | : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type; | ||||
| 4071 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; | ||||
| 4072 | return false; | ||||
| 4073 | } | ||||
| 4074 | |||||
| 4075 | return true; | ||||
| 4076 | } | ||||
| 4077 | |||||
| 4078 | static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T, | ||||
| 4079 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 4080 | SourceRange ArgRange, | ||||
| 4081 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { | ||||
| 4082 | // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the | ||||
| 4083 | // runtime doesn't allow it. | ||||
| 4084 | if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) { | ||||
| 4085 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) | ||||
| 4086 | << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf) | ||||
| 4087 | << ArgRange; | ||||
| 4088 | return true; | ||||
| 4089 | } | ||||
| 4090 | |||||
| 4091 | return false; | ||||
| 4092 | } | ||||
| 4093 | |||||
| 4094 | /// Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed | ||||
| 4095 | /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is. | ||||
| 4096 | static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, | ||||
| 4097 | Expr *E) { | ||||
| 4098 | // Don't warn if the operation changed the type. | ||||
| 4099 | if (T != E->getType()) | ||||
| 4100 | return; | ||||
| 4101 | |||||
| 4102 | // Now look for array decays. | ||||
| 4103 | ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||
| 4104 | if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay) | ||||
| 4105 | return; | ||||
| 4106 | |||||
| 4107 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 4108 | << ICE->getType() | ||||
| 4109 | << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(); | ||||
| 4110 | } | ||||
| 4111 | |||||
| 4112 | /// Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression | ||||
| 4113 | /// and type traits. | ||||
| 4114 | /// | ||||
| 4115 | /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand | ||||
| 4116 | /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify | ||||
| 4117 | /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template | ||||
| 4118 | /// instantiation, etc. | ||||
| 4119 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, | ||||
| 4120 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||
| 4121 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); | ||||
| 4122 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType())((!ExprTy->isReferenceType()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!ExprTy->isReferenceType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4122, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4123 | |||||
| 4124 | bool IsUnevaluatedOperand = | ||||
| 4125 | (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || | ||||
| 4126 | ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_VecStep); | ||||
| 4127 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand) { | ||||
| 4128 | ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E); | ||||
| 4129 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4130 | return true; | ||||
| 4131 | E = Result.get(); | ||||
| 4132 | } | ||||
| 4133 | |||||
| 4134 | // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context, | ||||
| 4135 | // so side effects could result in unintended consequences. | ||||
| 4136 | // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'sizeof' is sometimes | ||||
| 4137 | // used to build SFINAE gadgets. | ||||
| 4138 | // FIXME: Should we consider instantiation-dependent operands to 'alignof'? | ||||
| 4139 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand && !inTemplateInstantiation() && | ||||
| 4140 | !E->isInstantiationDependent() && | ||||
| 4141 | E->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) | ||||
| 4142 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); | ||||
| 4143 | |||||
| 4144 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) | ||||
| 4145 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4146 | E->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 4147 | |||||
| 4148 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. | ||||
| 4149 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4150 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) | ||||
| 4151 | return false; | ||||
| 4152 | |||||
| 4153 | // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of | ||||
| 4154 | // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to | ||||
| 4155 | // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown | ||||
| 4156 | // bound). | ||||
| 4157 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { | ||||
| 4158 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||
| 4159 | E->getExprLoc(), Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()), | ||||
| 4160 | diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||
| 4161 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) | ||||
| 4162 | return true; | ||||
| 4163 | } else { | ||||
| 4164 | if (RequireCompleteSizedExprType( | ||||
| 4165 | E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||
| 4166 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) | ||||
| 4167 | return true; | ||||
| 4168 | } | ||||
| 4169 | |||||
| 4170 | // Completing the expression's type may have changed it. | ||||
| 4171 | ExprTy = E->getType(); | ||||
| 4172 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType())((!ExprTy->isReferenceType()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!ExprTy->isReferenceType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4172, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4173 | |||||
| 4174 | if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 4175 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) | ||||
| 4176 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4177 | return true; | ||||
| 4178 | } | ||||
| 4179 | |||||
| 4180 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4181 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) | ||||
| 4182 | return true; | ||||
| 4183 | |||||
| 4184 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) { | ||||
| 4185 | if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||
| 4186 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) { | ||||
| 4187 | QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType(); | ||||
| 4188 | QualType Type = PVD->getType(); | ||||
| 4189 | if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 4190 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param) | ||||
| 4191 | << Type << OType; | ||||
| 4192 | Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||
| 4193 | } | ||||
| 4194 | } | ||||
| 4195 | } | ||||
| 4196 | |||||
| 4197 | // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array | ||||
| 4198 | // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most | ||||
| 4199 | // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x". | ||||
| 4200 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) { | ||||
| 4201 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), | ||||
| 4202 | BO->getLHS()); | ||||
| 4203 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), | ||||
| 4204 | BO->getRHS()); | ||||
| 4205 | } | ||||
| 4206 | } | ||||
| 4207 | |||||
| 4208 | return false; | ||||
| 4209 | } | ||||
| 4210 | |||||
| 4211 | /// Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type | ||||
| 4212 | /// traits. | ||||
| 4213 | /// | ||||
| 4214 | /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints | ||||
| 4215 | /// on those operands. | ||||
| 4216 | /// | ||||
| 4217 | /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. | ||||
| 4218 | /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state: | ||||
| 4219 | /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ... | ||||
| 4220 | /// | ||||
| 4221 | /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4 | ||||
| 4222 | /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer | ||||
| 4223 | /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof. | ||||
| 4224 | /// | ||||
| 4225 | /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions. | ||||
| 4226 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, | ||||
| 4227 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 4228 | SourceRange ExprRange, | ||||
| 4229 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||
| 4230 | if (ExprType->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 4231 | return false; | ||||
| 4232 | |||||
| 4233 | // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: | ||||
| 4234 | // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result | ||||
| 4235 | // is the size of the referenced type. | ||||
| 4236 | // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: | ||||
| 4237 | // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result | ||||
| 4238 | // shall be the alignment of the referenced type. | ||||
| 4239 | if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
| 4240 | ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4241 | |||||
| 4242 | // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: | ||||
| 4243 | // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result | ||||
| 4244 | // is the alignment of the element type. | ||||
| 4245 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || | ||||
| 4246 | ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) | ||||
| 4247 | ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType); | ||||
| 4248 | |||||
| 4249 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) | ||||
| 4250 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange); | ||||
| 4251 | |||||
| 4252 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. | ||||
| 4253 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, | ||||
| 4254 | ExprKind)) | ||||
| 4255 | return false; | ||||
| 4256 | |||||
| 4257 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||
| 4258 | OpLoc, ExprType, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||
| 4259 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), ExprRange)) | ||||
| 4260 | return true; | ||||
| 4261 | |||||
| 4262 | if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 4263 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) | ||||
| 4264 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << ExprRange; | ||||
| 4265 | return true; | ||||
| 4266 | } | ||||
| 4267 | |||||
| 4268 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, | ||||
| 4269 | ExprKind)) | ||||
| 4270 | return true; | ||||
| 4271 | |||||
| 4272 | return false; | ||||
| 4273 | } | ||||
| 4274 | |||||
| 4275 | static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||
| 4276 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. | ||||
| 4277 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 4278 | return false; | ||||
| 4279 | |||||
| 4280 | if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { | ||||
| 4281 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) | ||||
| 4282 | << 1 << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4283 | return true; | ||||
| 4284 | } | ||||
| 4285 | |||||
| 4286 | ValueDecl *D = nullptr; | ||||
| 4287 | Expr *Inner = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 4288 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Inner)) { | ||||
| 4289 | D = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 4290 | } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Inner)) { | ||||
| 4291 | D = ME->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
| 4292 | } | ||||
| 4293 | |||||
| 4294 | // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a | ||||
| 4295 | // complete definition so that we can compute the layout. | ||||
| 4296 | // | ||||
| 4297 | // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member | ||||
| 4298 | // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression | ||||
| 4299 | // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member | ||||
| 4300 | // in a trailing-return-type. | ||||
| 4301 | // | ||||
| 4302 | // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC | ||||
| 4303 | // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the | ||||
| 4304 | // nonsensical answer 0. | ||||
| 4305 | // | ||||
| 4306 | // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just | ||||
| 4307 | // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing | ||||
| 4308 | // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of | ||||
| 4309 | // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal | ||||
| 4310 | // use-case. | ||||
| 4311 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 4312 | // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a | ||||
| 4313 | // definition if we can find a member of it. | ||||
| 4314 | if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) { | ||||
| 4315 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type) | ||||
| 4316 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4317 | return true; | ||||
| 4318 | } | ||||
| 4319 | |||||
| 4320 | // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have | ||||
| 4321 | // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a | ||||
| 4322 | // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to | ||||
| 4323 | // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial. | ||||
| 4324 | if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||
| 4325 | return false; | ||||
| 4326 | } | ||||
| 4327 | |||||
| 4328 | return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind); | ||||
| 4329 | } | ||||
| 4330 | |||||
| 4331 | bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 4332 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 4333 | |||||
| 4334 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. | ||||
| 4335 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 4336 | return false; | ||||
| 4337 | |||||
| 4338 | return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep); | ||||
| 4339 | } | ||||
| 4340 | |||||
| 4341 | static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, | ||||
| 4342 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) { | ||||
| 4343 | assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType())((T->isVariablyModifiedType()) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("T->isVariablyModifiedType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4343, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4344 | assert(CSI != nullptr)((CSI != nullptr) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CSI != nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4345 | |||||
| 4346 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions. | ||||
| 4347 | do { | ||||
| 4348 | const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); | ||||
| 4349 | switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) { | ||||
| 4350 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||
| 4351 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||
| 4352 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||
| 4353 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: | ||||
| 4354 | #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) | ||||
| 4355 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" | ||||
| 4356 | T = QualType(); | ||||
| 4357 | break; | ||||
| 4358 | // These types are never variably-modified. | ||||
| 4359 | case Type::Builtin: | ||||
| 4360 | case Type::Complex: | ||||
| 4361 | case Type::Vector: | ||||
| 4362 | case Type::ExtVector: | ||||
| 4363 | case Type::ConstantMatrix: | ||||
| 4364 | case Type::Record: | ||||
| 4365 | case Type::Enum: | ||||
| 4366 | case Type::Elaborated: | ||||
| 4367 | case Type::TemplateSpecialization: | ||||
| 4368 | case Type::ObjCObject: | ||||
| 4369 | case Type::ObjCInterface: | ||||
| 4370 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 4371 | case Type::ObjCTypeParam: | ||||
| 4372 | case Type::Pipe: | ||||
| 4373 | case Type::ExtInt: | ||||
| 4374 | llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("type class is never variably-modified!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4374); | ||||
| 4375 | case Type::Adjusted: | ||||
| 4376 | T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType(); | ||||
| 4377 | break; | ||||
| 4378 | case Type::Decayed: | ||||
| 4379 | T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4380 | break; | ||||
| 4381 | case Type::Pointer: | ||||
| 4382 | T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4383 | break; | ||||
| 4384 | case Type::BlockPointer: | ||||
| 4385 | T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4386 | break; | ||||
| 4387 | case Type::LValueReference: | ||||
| 4388 | case Type::RValueReference: | ||||
| 4389 | T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4390 | break; | ||||
| 4391 | case Type::MemberPointer: | ||||
| 4392 | T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4393 | break; | ||||
| 4394 | case Type::ConstantArray: | ||||
| 4395 | case Type::IncompleteArray: | ||||
| 4396 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. | ||||
| 4397 | T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType(); | ||||
| 4398 | break; | ||||
| 4399 | case Type::VariableArray: { | ||||
| 4400 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. | ||||
| 4401 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty); | ||||
| 4402 | |||||
| 4403 | // Unknown size indication requires no size computation. | ||||
| 4404 | // Otherwise, evaluate and record it. | ||||
| 4405 | auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr(); | ||||
| 4406 | if (Size && !CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT) && | ||||
| 4407 | (isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) || isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))) | ||||
| 4408 | CSI->addVLATypeCapture(Size->getExprLoc(), VAT, Context.getSizeType()); | ||||
| 4409 | |||||
| 4410 | T = VAT->getElementType(); | ||||
| 4411 | break; | ||||
| 4412 | } | ||||
| 4413 | case Type::FunctionProto: | ||||
| 4414 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: | ||||
| 4415 | T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType(); | ||||
| 4416 | break; | ||||
| 4417 | case Type::Paren: | ||||
| 4418 | case Type::TypeOf: | ||||
| 4419 | case Type::UnaryTransform: | ||||
| 4420 | case Type::Attributed: | ||||
| 4421 | case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | ||||
| 4422 | case Type::MacroQualified: | ||||
| 4423 | // Keep walking after single level desugaring. | ||||
| 4424 | T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context); | ||||
| 4425 | break; | ||||
| 4426 | case Type::Typedef: | ||||
| 4427 | T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar(); | ||||
| 4428 | break; | ||||
| 4429 | case Type::Decltype: | ||||
| 4430 | T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar(); | ||||
| 4431 | break; | ||||
| 4432 | case Type::Auto: | ||||
| 4433 | case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | ||||
| 4434 | T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType(); | ||||
| 4435 | break; | ||||
| 4436 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: | ||||
| 4437 | T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); | ||||
| 4438 | break; | ||||
| 4439 | case Type::Atomic: | ||||
| 4440 | T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType(); | ||||
| 4441 | break; | ||||
| 4442 | } | ||||
| 4443 | } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType()); | ||||
| 4444 | } | ||||
| 4445 | |||||
| 4446 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. | ||||
| 4447 | ExprResult | ||||
| 4448 | Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||
| 4449 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 4450 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, | ||||
| 4451 | SourceRange R) { | ||||
| 4452 | if (!TInfo) | ||||
| 4453 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4454 | |||||
| 4455 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); | ||||
| 4456 | |||||
| 4457 | if (!T->isDependentType() && | ||||
| 4458 | CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind)) | ||||
| 4459 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4460 | |||||
| 4461 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { | ||||
| 4462 | if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||
| 4463 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), | ||||
| 4464 | E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend()); | ||||
| 4465 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||
| 4466 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I); | ||||
| 4467 | if (CSI == nullptr) | ||||
| 4468 | break; | ||||
| 4469 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; | ||||
| 4470 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||
| 4471 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; | ||||
| 4472 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||
| 4473 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; | ||||
| 4474 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||
| 4475 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||
| 4476 | if (DC) { | ||||
| 4477 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) | ||||
| 4478 | break; | ||||
| 4479 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI); | ||||
| 4480 | } | ||||
| 4481 | } | ||||
| 4482 | } | ||||
| 4483 | } | ||||
| 4484 | |||||
| 4485 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. | ||||
| 4486 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( | ||||
| 4487 | ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd()); | ||||
| 4488 | } | ||||
| 4489 | |||||
| 4490 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression | ||||
| 4491 | /// operand. | ||||
| 4492 | ExprResult | ||||
| 4493 | Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 4494 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { | ||||
| 4495 | ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
| 4496 | if (PE.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4497 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4498 | |||||
| 4499 | E = PE.get(); | ||||
| 4500 | |||||
| 4501 | // Verify that the operand is valid. | ||||
| 4502 | bool isInvalid = false; | ||||
| 4503 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 4504 | // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. | ||||
| 4505 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { | ||||
| 4506 | isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E, ExprKind); | ||||
| 4507 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) { | ||||
| 4508 | isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E); | ||||
| 4509 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) { | ||||
| 4510 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr); | ||||
| 4511 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 4512 | } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. | ||||
| 4513 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0; | ||||
| 4514 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 4515 | } else { | ||||
| 4516 | isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf); | ||||
| 4517 | } | ||||
| 4518 | |||||
| 4519 | if (isInvalid) | ||||
| 4520 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4521 | |||||
| 4522 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) { | ||||
| 4523 | PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); | ||||
| 4524 | if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4525 | E = PE.get(); | ||||
| 4526 | } | ||||
| 4527 | |||||
| 4528 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. | ||||
| 4529 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( | ||||
| 4530 | ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); | ||||
| 4531 | } | ||||
| 4532 | |||||
| 4533 | /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c | ||||
| 4534 | /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof | ||||
| 4535 | /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. | ||||
| 4536 | ExprResult | ||||
| 4537 | Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 4538 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType, | ||||
| 4539 | void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) { | ||||
| 4540 | // If error parsing type, ignore. | ||||
| 4541 | if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4542 | |||||
| 4543 | if (IsType) { | ||||
| 4544 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||
| 4545 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo); | ||||
| 4546 | return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange); | ||||
| 4547 | } | ||||
| 4548 | |||||
| 4549 | Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; | ||||
| 4550 | ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind); | ||||
| 4551 | return Result; | ||||
| 4552 | } | ||||
| 4553 | |||||
| 4554 | static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 4555 | bool IsReal) { | ||||
| 4556 | if (V.get()->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 4557 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 4558 | |||||
| 4559 | // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values. | ||||
| 4560 | if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) { | ||||
| 4561 | V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get()); | ||||
| 4562 | if (V.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4563 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 4564 | } | ||||
| 4565 | |||||
| 4566 | // These operators return the element type of a complex type. | ||||
| 4567 | if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) | ||||
| 4568 | return CT->getElementType(); | ||||
| 4569 | |||||
| 4570 | // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. | ||||
| 4571 | if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) | ||||
| 4572 | return V.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 4573 | |||||
| 4574 | // Test for placeholders. | ||||
| 4575 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get()); | ||||
| 4576 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 4577 | if (PR.get() != V.get()) { | ||||
| 4578 | V = PR; | ||||
| 4579 | return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal); | ||||
| 4580 | } | ||||
| 4581 | |||||
| 4582 | // Reject anything else. | ||||
| 4583 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType() | ||||
| 4584 | << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); | ||||
| 4585 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 4586 | } | ||||
| 4587 | |||||
| 4588 | |||||
| 4589 | |||||
| 4590 | ExprResult | ||||
| 4591 | Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 4592 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) { | ||||
| 4593 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; | ||||
| 4594 | switch (Kind) { | ||||
| 4595 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown unary op!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4595); | ||||
| 4596 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break; | ||||
| 4597 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break; | ||||
| 4598 | } | ||||
| 4599 | |||||
| 4600 | // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | ||||
| 4601 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input); | ||||
| 4602 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4603 | Input = Result.get(); | ||||
| 4604 | |||||
| 4605 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
| 4606 | } | ||||
| 4607 | |||||
| 4608 | /// Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal. | ||||
| 4609 | /// | ||||
| 4610 | /// \return true on error | ||||
| 4611 | static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S, | ||||
| 4612 | SourceLocation opLoc, | ||||
| 4613 | Expr *op) { | ||||
| 4614 | assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())((op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4614, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4615 | if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() && | ||||
| 4616 | !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime) | ||||
| 4617 | return false; | ||||
| 4618 | |||||
| 4619 | S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) | ||||
| 4620 | << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 4621 | << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4622 | return true; | ||||
| 4623 | } | ||||
| 4624 | |||||
| 4625 | static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) { | ||||
| 4626 | auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 4627 | if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens)) | ||||
| 4628 | return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType(); | ||||
| 4629 | return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens); | ||||
| 4630 | } | ||||
| 4631 | |||||
| 4632 | ExprResult | ||||
| 4633 | Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc, | ||||
| 4634 | Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) { | ||||
| 4635 | if (base
| ||||
| 4636 | base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) | ||||
| 4637 | return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 4638 | SourceLocation(), /*Length*/ nullptr, | ||||
| 4639 | /*Stride=*/nullptr, rbLoc); | ||||
| 4640 | |||||
| 4641 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | ||||
| 4642 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) { | ||||
| 4643 | ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base); | ||||
| 4644 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4645 | base = result.get(); | ||||
| 4646 | } | ||||
| 4647 | |||||
| 4648 | // Check if base and idx form a MatrixSubscriptExpr. | ||||
| 4649 | // | ||||
| 4650 | // Helper to check for comma expressions, which are not allowed as indices for | ||||
| 4651 | // matrix subscript expressions. | ||||
| 4652 | auto CheckAndReportCommaError = [this, base, rbLoc](Expr *E) { | ||||
| 4653 | if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E) && cast<BinaryOperator>(E)->isCommaOp()) { | ||||
| 4654 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_subscript_comma) | ||||
| 4655 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); | ||||
| 4656 | return true; | ||||
| 4657 | } | ||||
| 4658 | return false; | ||||
| 4659 | }; | ||||
| 4660 | // The matrix subscript operator ([][])is considered a single operator. | ||||
| 4661 | // Separating the index expressions by parenthesis is not allowed. | ||||
| 4662 | if (base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType( | ||||
| 4663 | BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx) && | ||||
| 4664 | !isa<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base)) { | ||||
| 4665 | Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_separate_incomplete_index) | ||||
| 4666 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); | ||||
| 4667 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4668 | } | ||||
| 4669 | // If the base is a MatrixSubscriptExpr, try to create a new | ||||
| 4670 | // MatrixSubscriptExpr. | ||||
| 4671 | auto *matSubscriptE = dyn_cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base); | ||||
| 4672 | if (matSubscriptE
| ||||
| 4673 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(idx)) | ||||
| 4674 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4675 | |||||
| 4676 | assert(matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() &&((matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && \"base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4677, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 4677 | "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript")((matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && \"base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4677, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4678 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr( | ||||
| 4679 | matSubscriptE->getBase(), matSubscriptE->getRowIdx(), idx, rbLoc); | ||||
| 4680 | } | ||||
| 4681 | |||||
| 4682 | // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index | ||||
| 4683 | // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other | ||||
| 4684 | // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload | ||||
| 4685 | // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack | ||||
| 4686 | // at the overload. | ||||
| 4687 | bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false; | ||||
| 4688 | if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 4689 | IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base); | ||||
| 4690 | if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) { | ||||
| 4691 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base); | ||||
| 4692 | if (result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4693 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4694 | base = result.get(); | ||||
| 4695 | } | ||||
| 4696 | } | ||||
| 4697 | |||||
| 4698 | // If the base is a matrix type, try to create a new MatrixSubscriptExpr. | ||||
| 4699 | if (base->getType()->isMatrixType()) { | ||||
| 4700 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(idx)) | ||||
| 4701 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4702 | |||||
| 4703 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(base, idx, nullptr, rbLoc); | ||||
| 4704 | } | ||||
| 4705 | |||||
| 4706 | // A comma-expression as the index is deprecated in C++2a onwards. | ||||
| 4707 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && | ||||
| 4708 | ((isa<BinaryOperator>(idx) && cast<BinaryOperator>(idx)->isCommaOp()) || | ||||
| 4709 | (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx) && | ||||
| 4710 | cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx)->getOperator() == OO_Comma))) { | ||||
| 4711 | Diag(idx->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_comma_subscript) | ||||
| 4712 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); | ||||
| 4713 | } | ||||
| 4714 | |||||
| 4715 | if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 4716 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx); | ||||
| 4717 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4718 | idx = result.get(); | ||||
| 4719 | } | ||||
| 4720 | |||||
| 4721 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. | ||||
| 4722 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 4723 | (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) { | ||||
| 4724 | return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy, | ||||
| 4725 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); | ||||
| 4726 | } | ||||
| 4727 | |||||
| 4728 | // MSDN, property (C++) | ||||
| 4729 | // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx | ||||
| 4730 | // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a | ||||
| 4731 | // class or structure definition. For example: | ||||
| 4732 | // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[]; | ||||
| 4733 | // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array | ||||
| 4734 | // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b), | ||||
| 4735 | // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i); | ||||
| 4736 | if (IsMSPropertySubscript
| ||||
| 4737 | // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference | ||||
| 4738 | // or MS property subscript. | ||||
| 4739 | return new (Context) MSPropertySubscriptExpr( | ||||
| 4740 | base, idx, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); | ||||
| 4741 | } | ||||
| 4742 | |||||
| 4743 | // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record | ||||
| 4744 | // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*, | ||||
| 4745 | // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion | ||||
| 4746 | // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution | ||||
| 4747 | // to do if there aren't any record types involved. | ||||
| 4748 | // | ||||
| 4749 | // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied | ||||
| 4750 | // to overload resolution and so should not take this path. | ||||
| 4751 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
| ||||
| 4752 | (base->getType()->isRecordType() || | ||||
| 4753 | (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
| 4754 | idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) { | ||||
| 4755 | return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx); | ||||
| 4756 | } | ||||
| 4757 | |||||
| 4758 | ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc); | ||||
| 4759 | |||||
| 4760 | if (!Res.isInvalid() && isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get())) | ||||
| 4761 | CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get())); | ||||
| 4762 | |||||
| 4763 | return Res; | ||||
| 4764 | } | ||||
| 4765 | |||||
| 4766 | ExprResult Sema::tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty) { | ||||
| 4767 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty); | ||||
| 4768 | InitializationKind Kind = | ||||
| 4769 | InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation()); | ||||
| 4770 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, E); | ||||
| 4771 | return InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, E); | ||||
| 4772 | } | ||||
| 4773 | |||||
| 4774 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, | ||||
| 4775 | Expr *ColumnIdx, | ||||
| 4776 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { | ||||
| 4777 | ExprResult BaseR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | ||||
| 4778 | if (BaseR.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4779 | return BaseR; | ||||
| 4780 | Base = BaseR.get(); | ||||
| 4781 | |||||
| 4782 | ExprResult RowR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RowIdx); | ||||
| 4783 | if (RowR.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4784 | return RowR; | ||||
| 4785 | RowIdx = RowR.get(); | ||||
| 4786 | |||||
| 4787 | if (!ColumnIdx) | ||||
| 4788 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr( | ||||
| 4789 | Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, Context.IncompleteMatrixIdxTy, RBLoc); | ||||
| 4790 | |||||
| 4791 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if any of the operands is type-dependent. | ||||
| 4792 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || RowIdx->isTypeDependent() || | ||||
| 4793 | ColumnIdx->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 4794 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, | ||||
| 4795 | Context.DependentTy, RBLoc); | ||||
| 4796 | |||||
| 4797 | ExprResult ColumnR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ColumnIdx); | ||||
| 4798 | if (ColumnR.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4799 | return ColumnR; | ||||
| 4800 | ColumnIdx = ColumnR.get(); | ||||
| 4801 | |||||
| 4802 | // Check that IndexExpr is an integer expression. If it is a constant | ||||
| 4803 | // expression, check that it is less than Dim (= the number of elements in the | ||||
| 4804 | // corresponding dimension). | ||||
| 4805 | auto IsIndexValid = [&](Expr *IndexExpr, unsigned Dim, | ||||
| 4806 | bool IsColumnIdx) -> Expr * { | ||||
| 4807 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && | ||||
| 4808 | !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 4809 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_not_integer) | ||||
| 4810 | << IsColumnIdx; | ||||
| 4811 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 4812 | } | ||||
| 4813 | |||||
| 4814 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Idx = | ||||
| 4815 | IndexExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { | ||||
| 4816 | if ((*Idx < 0 || *Idx >= Dim)) { | ||||
| 4817 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_outside_range) | ||||
| 4818 | << IsColumnIdx << Dim; | ||||
| 4819 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 4820 | } | ||||
| 4821 | } | ||||
| 4822 | |||||
| 4823 | ExprResult ConvExpr = | ||||
| 4824 | tryConvertExprToType(IndexExpr, Context.getSizeType()); | ||||
| 4825 | assert(!ConvExpr.isInvalid() &&((!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && "should be able to convert any integer type to size type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && \"should be able to convert any integer type to size type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4826, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 4826 | "should be able to convert any integer type to size type")((!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && "should be able to convert any integer type to size type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && \"should be able to convert any integer type to size type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 4826, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 4827 | return ConvExpr.get(); | ||||
| 4828 | }; | ||||
| 4829 | |||||
| 4830 | auto *MTy = Base->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||
| 4831 | RowIdx = IsIndexValid(RowIdx, MTy->getNumRows(), false); | ||||
| 4832 | ColumnIdx = IsIndexValid(ColumnIdx, MTy->getNumColumns(), true); | ||||
| 4833 | if (!RowIdx || !ColumnIdx) | ||||
| 4834 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4835 | |||||
| 4836 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, | ||||
| 4837 | MTy->getElementType(), RBLoc); | ||||
| 4838 | } | ||||
| 4839 | |||||
| 4840 | void Sema::CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E) { | ||||
| 4841 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); | ||||
| 4842 | const Expr *StrippedExpr = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 4843 | |||||
| 4844 | // For expressions like `&(*s).b`, the base is recorded and what should be | ||||
| 4845 | // checked. | ||||
| 4846 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; | ||||
| 4847 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(StrippedExpr)) && !Member->isArrow()) | ||||
| 4848 | StrippedExpr = Member->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 4849 | |||||
| 4850 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.erase(StrippedExpr); | ||||
| 4851 | } | ||||
| 4852 | |||||
| 4853 | void Sema::CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) { | ||||
| 4854 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 4855 | return; | ||||
| 4856 | |||||
| 4857 | QualType ResultTy = E->getType(); | ||||
| 4858 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); | ||||
| 4859 | |||||
| 4860 | // Bail if the element is an array since it is not memory access. | ||||
| 4861 | if (isa<ArrayType>(ResultTy)) | ||||
| 4862 | return; | ||||
| 4863 | |||||
| 4864 | if (ResultTy->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { | ||||
| 4865 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); | ||||
| 4866 | return; | ||||
| 4867 | } | ||||
| 4868 | |||||
| 4869 | // Check if the base type is a pointer to a member access of a struct | ||||
| 4870 | // marked with noderef. | ||||
| 4871 | const Expr *Base = E->getBase(); | ||||
| 4872 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); | ||||
| 4873 | if (!(isa<ArrayType>(BaseTy) || isa<PointerType>(BaseTy))) | ||||
| 4874 | // Not a pointer access | ||||
| 4875 | return; | ||||
| 4876 | |||||
| 4877 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; | ||||
| 4878 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base->IgnoreParenCasts())) && | ||||
| 4879 | Member->isArrow()) | ||||
| 4880 | Base = Member->getBase(); | ||||
| 4881 | |||||
| 4882 | if (const auto *Ptr = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Base->getType())) { | ||||
| 4883 | if (Ptr->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) | ||||
| 4884 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); | ||||
| 4885 | } | ||||
| 4886 | } | ||||
| 4887 | |||||
| 4888 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, | ||||
| 4889 | Expr *LowerBound, | ||||
| 4890 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, | ||||
| 4891 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, | ||||
| 4892 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, | ||||
| 4893 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { | ||||
| 4894 | if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && | ||||
| 4895 | !Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType( | ||||
| 4896 | BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { | ||||
| 4897 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | ||||
| 4898 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4899 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4900 | Base = Result.get(); | ||||
| 4901 | } | ||||
| 4902 | if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 4903 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound); | ||||
| 4904 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4905 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4906 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||
| 4907 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4908 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4909 | LowerBound = Result.get(); | ||||
| 4910 | } | ||||
| 4911 | if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 4912 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length); | ||||
| 4913 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4914 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4915 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||
| 4916 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4917 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4918 | Length = Result.get(); | ||||
| 4919 | } | ||||
| 4920 | if (Stride && Stride->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 4921 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Stride); | ||||
| 4922 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4923 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4924 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||
| 4925 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4926 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 4927 | Stride = Result.get(); | ||||
| 4928 | } | ||||
| 4929 | |||||
| 4930 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. | ||||
| 4931 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || | ||||
| 4932 | (LowerBound && | ||||
| 4933 | (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) || | ||||
| 4934 | (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent())) || | ||||
| 4935 | (Stride && (Stride->isTypeDependent() || Stride->isValueDependent()))) { | ||||
| 4936 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( | ||||
| 4937 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, | ||||
| 4938 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); | ||||
| 4939 | } | ||||
| 4940 | |||||
| 4941 | // Perform default conversions. | ||||
| 4942 | QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base); | ||||
| 4943 | QualType ResultTy; | ||||
| 4944 | if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||
| 4945 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 4946 | } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 4947 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); | ||||
| 4948 | } else { | ||||
| 4949 | return ExprError( | ||||
| 4950 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value) | ||||
| 4951 | << Base->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 4952 | } | ||||
| 4953 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 | ||||
| 4954 | if (LowerBound) { | ||||
| 4955 | auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4956 | LowerBound); | ||||
| 4957 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4958 | return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4959 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) | ||||
| 4960 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 4961 | LowerBound = Res.get(); | ||||
| 4962 | |||||
| 4963 | if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||
| 4964 | LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||
| 4965 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) | ||||
| 4966 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4967 | } | ||||
| 4968 | if (Length) { | ||||
| 4969 | auto Res = | ||||
| 4970 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length); | ||||
| 4971 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4972 | return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4973 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) | ||||
| 4974 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 4975 | Length = Res.get(); | ||||
| 4976 | |||||
| 4977 | if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||
| 4978 | Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||
| 4979 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) | ||||
| 4980 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4981 | } | ||||
| 4982 | if (Stride) { | ||||
| 4983 | ExprResult Res = | ||||
| 4984 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Stride->getExprLoc(), Stride); | ||||
| 4985 | if (Res.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 4986 | return ExprError(Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 4987 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) | ||||
| 4988 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 4989 | Stride = Res.get(); | ||||
| 4990 | |||||
| 4991 | if (Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||
| 4992 | Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||
| 4993 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) | ||||
| 4994 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 4995 | } | ||||
| 4996 | |||||
| 4997 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, | ||||
| 4998 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object | ||||
| 4999 | // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) | ||||
| 5000 | // incomplete types are not object types. | ||||
| 5001 | if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 5002 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type) | ||||
| 5003 | << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5004 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5005 | } | ||||
| 5006 | |||||
| 5007 | if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy, | ||||
| 5008 | diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base)) | ||||
| 5009 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5010 | |||||
| 5011 | if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||
| 5012 | Expr::EvalResult Result; | ||||
| 5013 | if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { | ||||
| 5014 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||
| 5015 | // The array section must be a subset of the original array. | ||||
| 5016 | llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue = Result.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 5017 | if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) { | ||||
| 5018 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array) | ||||
| 5019 | << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5020 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5021 | } | ||||
| 5022 | } | ||||
| 5023 | } | ||||
| 5024 | |||||
| 5025 | if (Length) { | ||||
| 5026 | Expr::EvalResult Result; | ||||
| 5027 | if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { | ||||
| 5028 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||
| 5029 | // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers. | ||||
| 5030 | llvm::APSInt LengthValue = Result.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 5031 | if (LengthValue.isNegative()) { | ||||
| 5032 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative) | ||||
| 5033 | << LengthValue.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) | ||||
| 5034 | << Length->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5035 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5036 | } | ||||
| 5037 | } | ||||
| 5038 | } else if (ColonLocFirst.isValid() && | ||||
| 5039 | (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() && | ||||
| 5040 | !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) { | ||||
| 5041 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||
| 5042 | // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be | ||||
| 5043 | // specified explicitly. | ||||
| 5044 | Diag(ColonLocFirst, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined) | ||||
| 5045 | << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType()); | ||||
| 5046 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5047 | } | ||||
| 5048 | |||||
| 5049 | if (Stride) { | ||||
| 5050 | Expr::EvalResult Result; | ||||
| 5051 | if (Stride->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) { | ||||
| 5052 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] | ||||
| 5053 | // The stride must evaluate to a positive integer. | ||||
| 5054 | llvm::APSInt StrideValue = Result.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 5055 | if (!StrideValue.isStrictlyPositive()) { | ||||
| 5056 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_stride_non_positive) | ||||
| 5057 | << StrideValue.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) | ||||
| 5058 | << Stride->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5059 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5060 | } | ||||
| 5061 | } | ||||
| 5062 | } | ||||
| 5063 | |||||
| 5064 | if (!Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType( | ||||
| 5065 | BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { | ||||
| 5066 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base); | ||||
| 5067 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5068 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5069 | Base = Result.get(); | ||||
| 5070 | } | ||||
| 5071 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( | ||||
| 5072 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.OMPArraySectionTy, VK_LValue, | ||||
| 5073 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); | ||||
| 5074 | } | ||||
| 5075 | |||||
| 5076 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
| 5077 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
| 5078 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, | ||||
| 5079 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets) { | ||||
| 5080 | if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 5081 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); | ||||
| 5082 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5083 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5084 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||
| 5085 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5086 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5087 | Base = Result.get(); | ||||
| 5088 | } | ||||
| 5089 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); | ||||
| 5090 | // Delay analysis of the types/expressions if instantiation/specialization is | ||||
| 5091 | // required. | ||||
| 5092 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() && Base->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 5093 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.DependentTy, Base, | ||||
| 5094 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc, Dims, Brackets); | ||||
| 5095 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() || | ||||
| 5096 | (!Base->isTypeDependent() && | ||||
| 5097 | BaseTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType())) | ||||
| 5098 | return ExprError(Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 5099 | diag::err_omp_non_pointer_type_array_shaping_base) | ||||
| 5100 | << Base->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 5101 | |||||
| 5102 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> NewDims; | ||||
| 5103 | bool ErrorFound = false; | ||||
| 5104 | for (Expr *Dim : Dims) { | ||||
| 5105 | if (Dim->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 5106 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Dim); | ||||
| 5107 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||
| 5108 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||
| 5109 | continue; | ||||
| 5110 | } | ||||
| 5111 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get()); | ||||
| 5112 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||
| 5113 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||
| 5114 | continue; | ||||
| 5115 | } | ||||
| 5116 | Dim = Result.get(); | ||||
| 5117 | } | ||||
| 5118 | if (!Dim->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 5119 | ExprResult Result = | ||||
| 5120 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Dim->getExprLoc(), Dim); | ||||
| 5121 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||
| 5122 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||
| 5123 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_shaping_not_integer) | ||||
| 5124 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5125 | continue; | ||||
| 5126 | } | ||||
| 5127 | Dim = Result.get(); | ||||
| 5128 | Expr::EvalResult EvResult; | ||||
| 5129 | if (!Dim->isValueDependent() && Dim->EvaluateAsInt(EvResult, Context)) { | ||||
| 5130 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.4 Array Shaping] | ||||
| 5131 | // Each si is an integral type expression that must evaluate to a | ||||
| 5132 | // positive integer. | ||||
| 5133 | llvm::APSInt Value = EvResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 5134 | if (!Value.isStrictlyPositive()) { | ||||
| 5135 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_shaping_dimension_not_positive) | ||||
| 5136 | << Value.toString(/*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) | ||||
| 5137 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5138 | ErrorFound = true; | ||||
| 5139 | continue; | ||||
| 5140 | } | ||||
| 5141 | } | ||||
| 5142 | } | ||||
| 5143 | NewDims.push_back(Dim); | ||||
| 5144 | } | ||||
| 5145 | if (ErrorFound) | ||||
| 5146 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5147 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPArrayShapingTy, Base, | ||||
| 5148 | LParenLoc, RParenLoc, NewDims, Brackets); | ||||
| 5149 | } | ||||
| 5150 | |||||
| 5151 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, | ||||
| 5152 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, | ||||
| 5153 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data) { | ||||
| 5154 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition, 4> ID; | ||||
| 5155 | bool IsCorrect = true; | ||||
| 5156 | for (const OMPIteratorData &D : Data) { | ||||
| 5157 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; | ||||
| 5158 | SourceLocation StartLoc; | ||||
| 5159 | QualType DeclTy; | ||||
| 5160 | if (!D.Type.getAsOpaquePtr()) { | ||||
| 5161 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators | ||||
| 5162 | // In an iterator-specifier, if the iterator-type is not specified then | ||||
| 5163 | // the type of that iterator is of int type. | ||||
| 5164 | DeclTy = Context.IntTy; | ||||
| 5165 | StartLoc = D.DeclIdentLoc; | ||||
| 5166 | } else { | ||||
| 5167 | DeclTy = GetTypeFromParser(D.Type, &TInfo); | ||||
| 5168 | StartLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 5169 | } | ||||
| 5170 | |||||
| 5171 | bool IsDeclTyDependent = DeclTy->isDependentType() || | ||||
| 5172 | DeclTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || | ||||
| 5173 | DeclTy->isInstantiationDependentType(); | ||||
| 5174 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent) { | ||||
| 5175 | if (!DeclTy->isIntegralType(Context) && !DeclTy->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||
| 5176 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ | ||||
| 5177 | // The iterator-type must be an integral or pointer type. | ||||
| 5178 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) | ||||
| 5179 | << DeclTy; | ||||
| 5180 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5181 | continue; | ||||
| 5182 | } | ||||
| 5183 | if (DeclTy.isConstant(Context)) { | ||||
| 5184 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ | ||||
| 5185 | // The iterator-type must not be const qualified. | ||||
| 5186 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) | ||||
| 5187 | << DeclTy; | ||||
| 5188 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5189 | continue; | ||||
| 5190 | } | ||||
| 5191 | } | ||||
| 5192 | |||||
| 5193 | // Iterator declaration. | ||||
| 5194 | assert(D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected.")((D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("D.DeclIdent && \"Identifier expected.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5194, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5195 | // Always try to create iterator declarator to avoid extra error messages | ||||
| 5196 | // about unknown declarations use. | ||||
| 5197 | auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, D.DeclIdentLoc, | ||||
| 5198 | D.DeclIdent, DeclTy, TInfo, SC_None); | ||||
| 5199 | VD->setImplicit(); | ||||
| 5200 | if (S) { | ||||
| 5201 | // Check for conflicting previous declaration. | ||||
| 5202 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(VD->getDeclName(), D.DeclIdentLoc); | ||||
| 5203 | LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
| 5204 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); | ||||
| 5205 | Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); | ||||
| 5206 | LookupName(Previous, S); | ||||
| 5207 | |||||
| 5208 | FilterLookupForScope(Previous, CurContext, S, /*ConsiderLinkage=*/false, | ||||
| 5209 | /*AllowInlineNamespace=*/false); | ||||
| 5210 | if (!Previous.empty()) { | ||||
| 5211 | NamedDecl *Old = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); | ||||
| 5212 | Diag(D.DeclIdentLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 5213 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); | ||||
| 5214 | } else { | ||||
| 5215 | PushOnScopeChains(VD, S); | ||||
| 5216 | } | ||||
| 5217 | } else { | ||||
| 5218 | CurContext->addDecl(VD); | ||||
| 5219 | } | ||||
| 5220 | Expr *Begin = D.Range.Begin; | ||||
| 5221 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Begin && !Begin->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 5222 | ExprResult BeginRes = | ||||
| 5223 | PerformImplicitConversion(Begin, DeclTy, AA_Converting); | ||||
| 5224 | Begin = BeginRes.get(); | ||||
| 5225 | } | ||||
| 5226 | Expr *End = D.Range.End; | ||||
| 5227 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && End && !End->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 5228 | ExprResult EndRes = PerformImplicitConversion(End, DeclTy, AA_Converting); | ||||
| 5229 | End = EndRes.get(); | ||||
| 5230 | } | ||||
| 5231 | Expr *Step = D.Range.Step; | ||||
| 5232 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Step && !Step->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 5233 | if (!Step->getType()->isIntegralType(Context)) { | ||||
| 5234 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_not_integral) | ||||
| 5235 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5236 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5237 | continue; | ||||
| 5238 | } | ||||
| 5239 | Optional<llvm::APSInt> Result = Step->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context); | ||||
| 5240 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions | ||||
| 5241 | // If the step expression of a range-specification equals zero, the | ||||
| 5242 | // behavior is unspecified. | ||||
| 5243 | if (Result && Result->isNullValue()) { | ||||
| 5244 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_constant_zero) | ||||
| 5245 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5246 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5247 | continue; | ||||
| 5248 | } | ||||
| 5249 | } | ||||
| 5250 | if (!Begin || !End || !IsCorrect) { | ||||
| 5251 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5252 | continue; | ||||
| 5253 | } | ||||
| 5254 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &IDElem = ID.emplace_back(); | ||||
| 5255 | IDElem.IteratorDecl = VD; | ||||
| 5256 | IDElem.AssignmentLoc = D.AssignLoc; | ||||
| 5257 | IDElem.Range.Begin = Begin; | ||||
| 5258 | IDElem.Range.End = End; | ||||
| 5259 | IDElem.Range.Step = Step; | ||||
| 5260 | IDElem.ColonLoc = D.ColonLoc; | ||||
| 5261 | IDElem.SecondColonLoc = D.SecColonLoc; | ||||
| 5262 | } | ||||
| 5263 | if (!IsCorrect) { | ||||
| 5264 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. | ||||
| 5265 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { | ||||
| 5266 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) | ||||
| 5267 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
| 5268 | } | ||||
| 5269 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5270 | } | ||||
| 5271 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorHelperData, 4> Helpers; | ||||
| 5272 | if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | ||||
| 5273 | // Build number of ityeration for each iteration range. | ||||
| 5274 | // Ni = ((Stepi > 0) ? ((Endi + Stepi -1 - Begini)/Stepi) : | ||||
| 5275 | // ((Begini-Stepi-1-Endi) / -Stepi); | ||||
| 5276 | for (OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { | ||||
| 5277 | // (Endi - Begini) | ||||
| 5278 | ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, D.Range.End, | ||||
| 5279 | D.Range.Begin); | ||||
| 5280 | if(!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5281 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5282 | continue; | ||||
| 5283 | } | ||||
| 5284 | ExprResult St, St1; | ||||
| 5285 | if (D.Range.Step) { | ||||
| 5286 | St = D.Range.Step; | ||||
| 5287 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi | ||||
| 5288 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res.get(), St.get()); | ||||
| 5289 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5290 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5291 | continue; | ||||
| 5292 | } | ||||
| 5293 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1 | ||||
| 5294 | Res = | ||||
| 5295 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res.get(), | ||||
| 5296 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get()); | ||||
| 5297 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5298 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5299 | continue; | ||||
| 5300 | } | ||||
| 5301 | // ((Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1) / Stepi | ||||
| 5302 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res.get(), St.get()); | ||||
| 5303 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5304 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5305 | continue; | ||||
| 5306 | } | ||||
| 5307 | St1 = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_Minus, D.Range.Step); | ||||
| 5308 | // (Begini - Endi) | ||||
| 5309 | ExprResult Res1 = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, | ||||
| 5310 | D.Range.Begin, D.Range.End); | ||||
| 5311 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5312 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5313 | continue; | ||||
| 5314 | } | ||||
| 5315 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi | ||||
| 5316 | Res1 = | ||||
| 5317 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res1.get(), St1.get()); | ||||
| 5318 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5319 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5320 | continue; | ||||
| 5321 | } | ||||
| 5322 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1 | ||||
| 5323 | Res1 = | ||||
| 5324 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res1.get(), | ||||
| 5325 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get()); | ||||
| 5326 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5327 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5328 | continue; | ||||
| 5329 | } | ||||
| 5330 | // ((Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1) / (-Stepi) | ||||
| 5331 | Res1 = | ||||
| 5332 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res1.get(), St1.get()); | ||||
| 5333 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5334 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5335 | continue; | ||||
| 5336 | } | ||||
| 5337 | // Stepi > 0. | ||||
| 5338 | ExprResult CmpRes = | ||||
| 5339 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_GT, D.Range.Step, | ||||
| 5340 | ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 0).get()); | ||||
| 5341 | if (!CmpRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5342 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5343 | continue; | ||||
| 5344 | } | ||||
| 5345 | Res = ActOnConditionalOp(D.AssignmentLoc, D.AssignmentLoc, CmpRes.get(), | ||||
| 5346 | Res.get(), Res1.get()); | ||||
| 5347 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5348 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5349 | continue; | ||||
| 5350 | } | ||||
| 5351 | } | ||||
| 5352 | Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Res.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/false); | ||||
| 5353 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5354 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5355 | continue; | ||||
| 5356 | } | ||||
| 5357 | |||||
| 5358 | // Build counter update. | ||||
| 5359 | // Build counter. | ||||
| 5360 | auto *CounterVD = | ||||
| 5361 | VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 5362 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, | ||||
| 5363 | Res.get()->getType(), nullptr, SC_None); | ||||
| 5364 | CounterVD->setImplicit(); | ||||
| 5365 | ExprResult RefRes = | ||||
| 5366 | BuildDeclRefExpr(CounterVD, CounterVD->getType(), VK_LValue, | ||||
| 5367 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 5368 | // Build counter update. | ||||
| 5369 | // I = Begini + counter * Stepi; | ||||
| 5370 | ExprResult UpdateRes; | ||||
| 5371 | if (D.Range.Step) { | ||||
| 5372 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp( | ||||
| 5373 | D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Mul, | ||||
| 5374 | DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()).get(), St.get()); | ||||
| 5375 | } else { | ||||
| 5376 | UpdateRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()); | ||||
| 5377 | } | ||||
| 5378 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5379 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5380 | continue; | ||||
| 5381 | } | ||||
| 5382 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, D.Range.Begin, | ||||
| 5383 | UpdateRes.get()); | ||||
| 5384 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5385 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5386 | continue; | ||||
| 5387 | } | ||||
| 5388 | ExprResult VDRes = | ||||
| 5389 | BuildDeclRefExpr(cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl), | ||||
| 5390 | cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl)->getType(), VK_LValue, | ||||
| 5391 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 5392 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Assign, VDRes.get(), | ||||
| 5393 | UpdateRes.get()); | ||||
| 5394 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5395 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5396 | continue; | ||||
| 5397 | } | ||||
| 5398 | UpdateRes = | ||||
| 5399 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(UpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); | ||||
| 5400 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5401 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5402 | continue; | ||||
| 5403 | } | ||||
| 5404 | ExprResult CounterUpdateRes = | ||||
| 5405 | CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_PreInc, RefRes.get()); | ||||
| 5406 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5407 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5408 | continue; | ||||
| 5409 | } | ||||
| 5410 | CounterUpdateRes = | ||||
| 5411 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(CounterUpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); | ||||
| 5412 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 5413 | IsCorrect = false; | ||||
| 5414 | continue; | ||||
| 5415 | } | ||||
| 5416 | OMPIteratorHelperData &HD = Helpers.emplace_back(); | ||||
| 5417 | HD.CounterVD = CounterVD; | ||||
| 5418 | HD.Upper = Res.get(); | ||||
| 5419 | HD.Update = UpdateRes.get(); | ||||
| 5420 | HD.CounterUpdate = CounterUpdateRes.get(); | ||||
| 5421 | } | ||||
| 5422 | } else { | ||||
| 5423 | Helpers.assign(ID.size(), {}); | ||||
| 5424 | } | ||||
| 5425 | if (!IsCorrect) { | ||||
| 5426 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. | ||||
| 5427 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { | ||||
| 5428 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) | ||||
| 5429 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
| 5430 | } | ||||
| 5431 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5432 | } | ||||
| 5433 | return OMPIteratorExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPIteratorTy, IteratorKwLoc, | ||||
| 5434 | LLoc, RLoc, ID, Helpers); | ||||
| 5435 | } | ||||
| 5436 | |||||
| 5437 | ExprResult | ||||
| 5438 | Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, | ||||
| 5439 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { | ||||
| 5440 | Expr *LHSExp = Base; | ||||
| 5441 | Expr *RHSExp = Idx; | ||||
| 5442 | |||||
| 5443 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 5444 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 5445 | |||||
| 5446 | // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is | ||||
| 5447 | // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise. | ||||
| 5448 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
| 5449 | for (auto *Op : {LHSExp, RHSExp}) { | ||||
| 5450 | Op = Op->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||||
| 5451 | if (Op->getType()->isArrayType() && !Op->isLValue()) | ||||
| 5452 | VK = VK_XValue; | ||||
| 5453 | } | ||||
| 5454 | } | ||||
| 5455 | |||||
| 5456 | // Perform default conversions. | ||||
| 5457 | if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||
| 5458 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp); | ||||
| 5459 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5460 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5461 | LHSExp = Result.get(); | ||||
| 5462 | } | ||||
| 5463 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp); | ||||
| 5464 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5465 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5466 | RHSExp = Result.get(); | ||||
| 5467 | |||||
| 5468 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); | ||||
| 5469 | |||||
| 5470 | // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent | ||||
| 5471 | // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be | ||||
| 5472 | // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base | ||||
| 5473 | // and index from the expression types. | ||||
| 5474 | Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; | ||||
| 5475 | QualType ResultType; | ||||
| 5476 | if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 5477 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5478 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5479 | ResultType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 5480 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy
| ||||
| 5481 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5482 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5483 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 5484 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy
| ||||
| 5485 | LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
| 5486 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5487 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5488 | |||||
| 5489 | // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript | ||||
| 5490 | // expression. | ||||
| 5491 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) | ||||
| 5492 | return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr, | ||||
| 5493 | nullptr); | ||||
| 5494 | |||||
| 5495 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 5496 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy
| ||||
| 5497 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". | ||||
| 5498 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5499 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5500 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 5501 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy
| ||||
| 5502 | RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { | ||||
| 5503 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". | ||||
| 5504 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5505 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5506 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 5507 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) { | ||||
| 5508 | Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) | ||||
| 5509 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5510 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5511 | } | ||||
| 5512 | } else if (const VectorType *VTy
| ||||
| 5513 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] | ||||
| 5514 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5515 | // We apply C++ DR1213 to vector subscripting too. | ||||
| 5516 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) { | ||||
| 5517 | ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHSExp); | ||||
| 5518 | if (Materialized.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5519 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5520 | LHSExp = Materialized.get(); | ||||
| 5521 | } | ||||
| 5522 | VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 5523 | if (VK != VK_RValue) | ||||
| 5524 | OK = OK_VectorComponent; | ||||
| 5525 | |||||
| 5526 | ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); | ||||
| 5527 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 5528 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 5529 | Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 5530 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; | ||||
| 5531 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) | ||||
| 5532 | ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, Combined); | ||||
| 5533 | } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 5534 | // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by | ||||
| 5535 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that | ||||
| 5536 | // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't | ||||
| 5537 | // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then | ||||
| 5538 | // force the promotion here. | ||||
| 5539 | Diag(LHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) | ||||
| 5540 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5541 | LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), | ||||
| 5542 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||
| 5543 | LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); | ||||
| 5544 | |||||
| 5545 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5546 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5547 | ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| |||||
| 5548 | } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 5549 | // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case | ||||
| 5550 | Diag(RHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) | ||||
| 5551 | << RHSExp->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5552 | RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), | ||||
| 5553 | CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); | ||||
| 5554 | RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); | ||||
| 5555 | |||||
| 5556 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; | ||||
| 5557 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; | ||||
| 5558 | ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 5559 | } else { | ||||
| 5560 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) | ||||
| 5561 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 5562 | } | ||||
| 5563 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 | ||||
| 5564 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 5565 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) | ||||
| 5566 | << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 5567 | |||||
| 5568 | if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||
| 5569 | IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) | ||||
| 5570 | && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 5571 | Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5572 | |||||
| 5573 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, | ||||
| 5574 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object | ||||
| 5575 | // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) | ||||
| 5576 | // incomplete types are not object types. | ||||
| 5577 | if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 5578 | Diag(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) | ||||
| 5579 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5580 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5581 | } | ||||
| 5582 | |||||
| 5583 | if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 5584 | // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void | ||||
| 5585 | Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type) | ||||
| 5586 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5587 | |||||
| 5588 | // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values. | ||||
| 5589 | // See IsCForbiddenLValueType. | ||||
| 5590 | if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 5591 | } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && | ||||
| 5592 | RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||
| 5593 | LLoc, ResultType, | ||||
| 5594 | diag::err_subscript_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, BaseExpr)) | ||||
| 5595 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5596 | |||||
| 5597 | assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||((VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5598, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 5598 | !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType())((VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5598, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5599 | |||||
| 5600 | if (LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && | ||||
| 5601 | FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { | ||||
| 5602 | if (auto *TT = | ||||
| 5603 | LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) { | ||||
| 5604 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), | ||||
| 5605 | E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend()); | ||||
| 5606 | I != E; ++I) { | ||||
| 5607 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I); | ||||
| 5608 | if (CSI == nullptr) | ||||
| 5609 | break; | ||||
| 5610 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; | ||||
| 5611 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||
| 5612 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; | ||||
| 5613 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||
| 5614 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; | ||||
| 5615 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) | ||||
| 5616 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||
| 5617 | if (DC) { | ||||
| 5618 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) | ||||
| 5619 | break; | ||||
| 5620 | captureVariablyModifiedType( | ||||
| 5621 | Context, LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(), CSI); | ||||
| 5622 | } | ||||
| 5623 | } | ||||
| 5624 | } | ||||
| 5625 | } | ||||
| 5626 | |||||
| 5627 | return new (Context) | ||||
| 5628 | ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc); | ||||
| 5629 | } | ||||
| 5630 | |||||
| 5631 | bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||
| 5632 | ParmVarDecl *Param) { | ||||
| 5633 | if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { | ||||
| 5634 | // If we've already cleared out the location for the default argument, | ||||
| 5635 | // that means we're parsing it right now. | ||||
| 5636 | if (!UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.count(Param)) { | ||||
| 5637 | Diag(Param->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD; | ||||
| 5638 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::note_recursive_default_argument_used_here); | ||||
| 5639 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); | ||||
| 5640 | return true; | ||||
| 5641 | } | ||||
| 5642 | |||||
| 5643 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) | ||||
| 5644 | << FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); | ||||
| 5645 | Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], | ||||
| 5646 | diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); | ||||
| 5647 | return true; | ||||
| 5648 | } | ||||
| 5649 | |||||
| 5650 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() && | ||||
| 5651 | InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param)) | ||||
| 5652 | return true; | ||||
| 5653 | |||||
| 5654 | assert(Param->hasInit() && "default argument but no initializer?")((Param->hasInit() && "default argument but no initializer?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Param->hasInit() && \"default argument but no initializer?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5654, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5655 | |||||
| 5656 | // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to | ||||
| 5657 | // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll | ||||
| 5658 | // be properly destroyed. | ||||
| 5659 | // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new | ||||
| 5660 | // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. | ||||
| 5661 | // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because | ||||
| 5662 | // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything. | ||||
| 5663 | if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) { | ||||
| 5664 | // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are | ||||
| 5665 | // any explicit objects. | ||||
| 5666 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects()); | ||||
| 5667 | |||||
| 5668 | // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this | ||||
| 5669 | // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument | ||||
| 5670 | // expressions should never be able to capture anything. | ||||
| 5671 | assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&((!Init->getNumObjects() && "default argument expression has capturing blocks?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Init->getNumObjects() && \"default argument expression has capturing blocks?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5672, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 5672 | "default argument expression has capturing blocks?")((!Init->getNumObjects() && "default argument expression has capturing blocks?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Init->getNumObjects() && \"default argument expression has capturing blocks?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5672, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5673 | } | ||||
| 5674 | |||||
| 5675 | // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. | ||||
| 5676 | // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression | ||||
| 5677 | // as being "referenced". | ||||
| 5678 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( | ||||
| 5679 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Param); | ||||
| 5680 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(), | ||||
| 5681 | /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true); | ||||
| 5682 | return false; | ||||
| 5683 | } | ||||
| 5684 | |||||
| 5685 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||
| 5686 | FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) { | ||||
| 5687 | assert(Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg")((Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Param->hasDefaultArg() && \"can't build nonexistent default arg\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5687, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5688 | if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD, Param)) | ||||
| 5689 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 5690 | return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, CurContext); | ||||
| 5691 | } | ||||
| 5692 | |||||
| 5693 | Sema::VariadicCallType | ||||
| 5694 | Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||
| 5695 | Expr *Fn) { | ||||
| 5696 | if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
| 5697 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl)) | ||||
| 5698 | return VariadicConstructor; | ||||
| 5699 | else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
| 5700 | return VariadicBlock; | ||||
| 5701 | else if (FDecl) { | ||||
| 5702 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) | ||||
| 5703 | if (Method->isInstance()) | ||||
| 5704 | return VariadicMethod; | ||||
| 5705 | } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) | ||||
| 5706 | return VariadicMethod; | ||||
| 5707 | return VariadicFunction; | ||||
| 5708 | } | ||||
| 5709 | return VariadicDoesNotApply; | ||||
| 5710 | } | ||||
| 5711 | |||||
| 5712 | namespace { | ||||
| 5713 | class FunctionCallCCC final : public FunctionCallFilterCCC { | ||||
| 5714 | public: | ||||
| 5715 | FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName, | ||||
| 5716 | unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME) | ||||
| 5717 | : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME), | ||||
| 5718 | FunctionName(FuncName) {} | ||||
| 5719 | |||||
| 5720 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { | ||||
| 5721 | if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() || | ||||
| 5722 | candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) { | ||||
| 5723 | return false; | ||||
| 5724 | } | ||||
| 5725 | |||||
| 5726 | return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate); | ||||
| 5727 | } | ||||
| 5728 | |||||
| 5729 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { | ||||
| 5730 | return std::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(*this); | ||||
| 5731 | } | ||||
| 5732 | |||||
| 5733 | private: | ||||
| 5734 | const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName; | ||||
| 5735 | }; | ||||
| 5736 | } | ||||
| 5737 | |||||
| 5738 | static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn, | ||||
| 5739 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||
| 5740 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { | ||||
| 5741 | MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn); | ||||
| 5742 | DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 5743 | SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 5744 | |||||
| 5745 | FunctionCallCCC CCC(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(), Args.size(), ME); | ||||
| 5746 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo( | ||||
| 5747 | DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, | ||||
| 5748 | S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr, CCC, | ||||
| 5749 | Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { | ||||
| 5750 | if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) { | ||||
| 5751 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { | ||||
| 5752 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); | ||||
| 5753 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; | ||||
| 5754 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { | ||||
| 5755 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) | ||||
| 5756 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args, | ||||
| 5757 | OCS); | ||||
| 5758 | } | ||||
| 5759 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) { | ||||
| 5760 | case OR_Success: | ||||
| 5761 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; | ||||
| 5762 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); | ||||
| 5763 | break; | ||||
| 5764 | default: | ||||
| 5765 | break; | ||||
| 5766 | } | ||||
| 5767 | } | ||||
| 5768 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); | ||||
| 5769 | if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) | ||||
| 5770 | return Corrected; | ||||
| 5771 | } | ||||
| 5772 | } | ||||
| 5773 | return TypoCorrection(); | ||||
| 5774 | } | ||||
| 5775 | |||||
| 5776 | /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in | ||||
| 5777 | /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with | ||||
| 5778 | /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and | ||||
| 5779 | /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this | ||||
| 5780 | /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns | ||||
| 5781 | /// true if the call is ill-formed. | ||||
| 5782 | bool | ||||
| 5783 | Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, | ||||
| 5784 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||
| 5785 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||
| 5786 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
| 5787 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
| 5788 | bool IsExecConfig) { | ||||
| 5789 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking. | ||||
| 5790 | if (FDecl) | ||||
| 5791 | if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) | ||||
| 5792 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID)) | ||||
| 5793 | return false; | ||||
| 5794 | |||||
| 5795 | // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by | ||||
| 5796 | // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... | ||||
| 5797 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
| 5798 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||
| 5799 | unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams; | ||||
| 5800 | unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() | ||||
| 5801 | ? 1 /* block */ | ||||
| 5802 | : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */ | ||||
| 5803 | : 0 /* function */); | ||||
| 5804 | |||||
| 5805 | // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default | ||||
| 5806 | // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. | ||||
| 5807 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||
| 5808 | if (Args.size() < MinArgs) { | ||||
| 5809 | TypoCorrection TC; | ||||
| 5810 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { | ||||
| 5811 | unsigned diag_id = | ||||
| 5812 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||
| 5813 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest | ||||
| 5814 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest; | ||||
| 5815 | diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs | ||||
| 5816 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||
| 5817 | << TC.getCorrectionRange()); | ||||
| 5818 | } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||
| 5819 | Diag(RParenLoc, | ||||
| 5820 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||
| 5821 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one | ||||
| 5822 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one) | ||||
| 5823 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5824 | else | ||||
| 5825 | Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||
| 5826 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args | ||||
| 5827 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) | ||||
| 5828 | << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||
| 5829 | << Fn->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 5830 | |||||
| 5831 | // Emit the location of the prototype. | ||||
| 5832 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) | ||||
| 5833 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||
| 5834 | |||||
| 5835 | return true; | ||||
| 5836 | } | ||||
| 5837 | // We reserve space for the default arguments when we create | ||||
| 5838 | // the call expression, before calling ConvertArgumentsForCall. | ||||
| 5839 | assert((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) &&(((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && \"We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5840, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 5840 | "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!")(((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && \"We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5840, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5841 | } | ||||
| 5842 | |||||
| 5843 | // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop | ||||
| 5844 | // them. | ||||
| 5845 | if (Args.size() > NumParams) { | ||||
| 5846 | if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
| 5847 | TypoCorrection TC; | ||||
| 5848 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { | ||||
| 5849 | unsigned diag_id = | ||||
| 5850 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() | ||||
| 5851 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest | ||||
| 5852 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest; | ||||
| 5853 | diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams | ||||
| 5854 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||
| 5855 | << TC.getCorrectionRange()); | ||||
| 5856 | } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl && | ||||
| 5857 | FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName()) | ||||
| 5858 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 5859 | MinArgs == NumParams | ||||
| 5860 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one | ||||
| 5861 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one) | ||||
| 5862 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) | ||||
| 5863 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 5864 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 5865 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 5866 | else | ||||
| 5867 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 5868 | MinArgs == NumParams | ||||
| 5869 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args | ||||
| 5870 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) | ||||
| 5871 | << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) | ||||
| 5872 | << Fn->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 5873 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 5874 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 5875 | |||||
| 5876 | // Emit the location of the prototype. | ||||
| 5877 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) | ||||
| 5878 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||
| 5879 | |||||
| 5880 | // This deletes the extra arguments. | ||||
| 5881 | Call->shrinkNumArgs(NumParams); | ||||
| 5882 | return true; | ||||
| 5883 | } | ||||
| 5884 | } | ||||
| 5885 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; | ||||
| 5886 | VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn); | ||||
| 5887 | |||||
| 5888 | Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getBeginLoc(), FDecl, Proto, 0, Args, | ||||
| 5889 | AllArgs, CallType); | ||||
| 5890 | if (Invalid) | ||||
| 5891 | return true; | ||||
| 5892 | unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); | ||||
| 5893 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) | ||||
| 5894 | Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]); | ||||
| 5895 | |||||
| 5896 | return false; | ||||
| 5897 | } | ||||
| 5898 | |||||
| 5899 | bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||
| 5900 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, | ||||
| 5901 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
| 5902 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, | ||||
| 5903 | VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit, | ||||
| 5904 | bool IsListInitialization) { | ||||
| 5905 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); | ||||
| 5906 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||
| 5907 | size_t ArgIx = 0; | ||||
| 5908 | // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). | ||||
| 5909 | for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) { | ||||
| 5910 | QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i); | ||||
| 5911 | |||||
| 5912 | Expr *Arg; | ||||
| 5913 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr; | ||||
| 5914 | if (ArgIx < Args.size()) { | ||||
| 5915 | Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; | ||||
| 5916 | |||||
| 5917 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), ProtoArgType, | ||||
| 5918 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) | ||||
| 5919 | return true; | ||||
| 5920 | |||||
| 5921 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. | ||||
| 5922 | bool CFAudited = false; | ||||
| 5923 | if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy && | ||||
| 5924 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && | ||||
| 5925 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) | ||||
| 5926 | Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg); | ||||
| 5927 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && | ||||
| 5928 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && | ||||
| 5929 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) | ||||
| 5930 | CFAudited = true; | ||||
| 5931 | |||||
| 5932 | if (Proto->getExtParameterInfo(i).isNoEscape()) | ||||
| 5933 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Context))) | ||||
| 5934 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape(); | ||||
| 5935 | |||||
| 5936 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||
| 5937 | Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param, | ||||
| 5938 | ProtoArgType) | ||||
| 5939 | : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
| 5940 | Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i)); | ||||
| 5941 | |||||
| 5942 | // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API. | ||||
| 5943 | if (CFAudited) | ||||
| 5944 | Entity.setParameterCFAudited(); | ||||
| 5945 | |||||
| 5946 | ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
| 5947 | Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit); | ||||
| 5948 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5949 | return true; | ||||
| 5950 | |||||
| 5951 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
| 5952 | } else { | ||||
| 5953 | assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee")((Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Param && \"can't use default arguments without a known callee\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 5953, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 5954 | |||||
| 5955 | ExprResult ArgExpr = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param); | ||||
| 5956 | if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 5957 | return true; | ||||
| 5958 | |||||
| 5959 | Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
| 5960 | } | ||||
| 5961 | |||||
| 5962 | // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This | ||||
| 5963 | // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr | ||||
| 5964 | // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator. | ||||
| 5965 | CheckArrayAccess(Arg); | ||||
| 5966 | |||||
| 5967 | // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7). | ||||
| 5968 | CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg); | ||||
| 5969 | |||||
| 5970 | AllArgs.push_back(Arg); | ||||
| 5971 | } | ||||
| 5972 | |||||
| 5973 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". | ||||
| 5974 | if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { | ||||
| 5975 | // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that | ||||
| 5976 | // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic. | ||||
| 5977 | if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl && | ||||
| 5978 | FDecl->isExternC()) { | ||||
| 5979 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) { | ||||
| 5980 | QualType paramType; // ignored | ||||
| 5981 | ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType); | ||||
| 5982 | Invalid |= arg.isInvalid(); | ||||
| 5983 | AllArgs.push_back(arg.get()); | ||||
| 5984 | } | ||||
| 5985 | |||||
| 5986 | // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7). | ||||
| 5987 | } else { | ||||
| 5988 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) { | ||||
| 5989 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl); | ||||
| 5990 | Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid(); | ||||
| 5991 | AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get()); | ||||
| 5992 | } | ||||
| 5993 | } | ||||
| 5994 | |||||
| 5995 | // Check for array bounds violations. | ||||
| 5996 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) | ||||
| 5997 | CheckArrayAccess(A); | ||||
| 5998 | } | ||||
| 5999 | return Invalid; | ||||
| 6000 | } | ||||
| 6001 | |||||
| 6002 | static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) { | ||||
| 6003 | TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); | ||||
| 6004 | if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>()) | ||||
| 6005 | TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc(); | ||||
| 6006 | if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>()) | ||||
| 6007 | S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array) | ||||
| 6008 | << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); | ||||
| 6009 | } | ||||
| 6010 | |||||
| 6011 | /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static | ||||
| 6012 | /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by | ||||
| 6013 | /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large. | ||||
| 6014 | /// | ||||
| 6015 | /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the | ||||
| 6016 | /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the | ||||
| 6017 | /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of | ||||
| 6018 | /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression. | ||||
| 6019 | void | ||||
| 6020 | Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, | ||||
| 6021 | ParmVarDecl *Param, | ||||
| 6022 | const Expr *ArgExpr) { | ||||
| 6023 | // Static array parameters are not supported in C++. | ||||
| 6024 | if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 6025 | return; | ||||
| 6026 | |||||
| 6027 | QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType(); | ||||
| 6028 | |||||
| 6029 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy); | ||||
| 6030 | if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static) | ||||
| 6031 | return; | ||||
| 6032 | |||||
| 6033 | if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 6034 | Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { | ||||
| 6035 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 6036 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); | ||||
| 6037 | return; | ||||
| 6038 | } | ||||
| 6039 | |||||
| 6040 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT); | ||||
| 6041 | if (!CAT) | ||||
| 6042 | return; | ||||
| 6043 | |||||
| 6044 | const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT = | ||||
| 6045 | Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()); | ||||
| 6046 | if (!ArgCAT) | ||||
| 6047 | return; | ||||
| 6048 | |||||
| 6049 | if (getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(CAT->getElementType(), | ||||
| 6050 | ArgCAT->getElementType())) { | ||||
| 6051 | if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) { | ||||
| 6052 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) | ||||
| 6053 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 6054 | << (unsigned)ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue() | ||||
| 6055 | << (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue() << 0; | ||||
| 6056 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); | ||||
| 6057 | } | ||||
| 6058 | return; | ||||
| 6059 | } | ||||
| 6060 | |||||
| 6061 | Optional<CharUnits> ArgSize = | ||||
| 6062 | getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(ArgCAT); | ||||
| 6063 | Optional<CharUnits> ParmSize = getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(CAT); | ||||
| 6064 | if (ArgSize && ParmSize && *ArgSize < *ParmSize) { | ||||
| 6065 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) | ||||
| 6066 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() << (unsigned)ArgSize->getQuantity() | ||||
| 6067 | << (unsigned)ParmSize->getQuantity() << 1; | ||||
| 6068 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); | ||||
| 6069 | } | ||||
| 6070 | } | ||||
| 6071 | |||||
| 6072 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it | ||||
| 6073 | /// to have a function type. | ||||
| 6074 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn); | ||||
| 6075 | |||||
| 6076 | /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out | ||||
| 6077 | /// immediately during argument processing? | ||||
| 6078 | static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) { | ||||
| 6079 | // Placeholders are never sugared. | ||||
| 6080 | const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type); | ||||
| 6081 | if (!placeholder) return false; | ||||
| 6082 | |||||
| 6083 | switch (placeholder->getKind()) { | ||||
| 6084 | // Ignore all the non-placeholder types. | ||||
| 6085 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||
| 6086 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 6087 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||
| 6088 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||
| 6089 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 6090 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||
| 6091 | // In practice we'll never use this, since all SVE types are sugared | ||||
| 6092 | // via TypedefTypes rather than exposed directly as BuiltinTypes. | ||||
| 6093 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ | ||||
| 6094 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 6095 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | ||||
| 6096 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ | ||||
| 6097 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 6098 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | ||||
| 6099 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 6100 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | ||||
| 6101 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) | ||||
| 6102 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID: | ||||
| 6103 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | ||||
| 6104 | return false; | ||||
| 6105 | |||||
| 6106 | // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved | ||||
| 6107 | // by the call machinery. | ||||
| 6108 | case BuiltinType::Overload: | ||||
| 6109 | return false; | ||||
| 6110 | |||||
| 6111 | // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and | ||||
| 6112 | // should be left in place. | ||||
| 6113 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: | ||||
| 6114 | return false; | ||||
| 6115 | |||||
| 6116 | // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible. | ||||
| 6117 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | ||||
| 6118 | return true; | ||||
| 6119 | |||||
| 6120 | // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try | ||||
| 6121 | // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types. | ||||
| 6122 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||
| 6123 | return true; | ||||
| 6124 | |||||
| 6125 | // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported. | ||||
| 6126 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: | ||||
| 6127 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: | ||||
| 6128 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | ||||
| 6129 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | ||||
| 6130 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: | ||||
| 6131 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: | ||||
| 6132 | return true; | ||||
| 6133 | |||||
| 6134 | } | ||||
| 6135 | llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad builtin type kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6135); | ||||
| 6136 | } | ||||
| 6137 | |||||
| 6138 | /// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to | ||||
| 6139 | /// handle later. | ||||
| 6140 | static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) { | ||||
| 6141 | // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of | ||||
| 6142 | // dying at the first failure. | ||||
| 6143 | bool hasInvalid = false; | ||||
| 6144 | for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||
| 6145 | if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) { | ||||
| 6146 | ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]); | ||||
| 6147 | if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true; | ||||
| 6148 | else args[i] = result.get(); | ||||
| 6149 | } | ||||
| 6150 | } | ||||
| 6151 | return hasInvalid; | ||||
| 6152 | } | ||||
| 6153 | |||||
| 6154 | /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address | ||||
| 6155 | /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address | ||||
| 6156 | /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the | ||||
| 6157 | /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space | ||||
| 6158 | /// as the call. | ||||
| 6159 | /// | ||||
| 6160 | /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e. | ||||
| 6161 | /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without | ||||
| 6162 | /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten | ||||
| 6163 | /// FunctionDecl is returned. | ||||
| 6164 | /// TODO: Handle pointer return types. | ||||
| 6165 | static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context, | ||||
| 6166 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, | ||||
| 6167 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { | ||||
| 6168 | |||||
| 6169 | QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType(); | ||||
| 6170 | const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType); | ||||
| 6171 | |||||
| 6172 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) || !FT || | ||||
| 6173 | ArgExprs.size() < FT->getNumParams()) | ||||
| 6174 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 6175 | |||||
| 6176 | bool NeedsNewDecl = false; | ||||
| 6177 | unsigned i = 0; | ||||
| 6178 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams; | ||||
| 6179 | |||||
| 6180 | for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) { | ||||
| 6181 | |||||
| 6182 | // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup. | ||||
| 6183 | ExprResult ArgRes = | ||||
| 6184 | Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]); | ||||
| 6185 | if (ArgRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6186 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 6187 | Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get(); | ||||
| 6188 | QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); | ||||
| 6189 | if (!ParamType->isPointerType() || | ||||
| 6190 | ParamType.hasAddressSpace() || | ||||
| 6191 | !ArgType->isPointerType() || | ||||
| 6192 | !ArgType->getPointeeType().hasAddressSpace()) { | ||||
| 6193 | OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType); | ||||
| 6194 | continue; | ||||
| 6195 | } | ||||
| 6196 | |||||
| 6197 | QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 6198 | if (PointeeType.hasAddressSpace()) | ||||
| 6199 | continue; | ||||
| 6200 | |||||
| 6201 | NeedsNewDecl = true; | ||||
| 6202 | LangAS AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 6203 | |||||
| 6204 | PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS); | ||||
| 6205 | OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType)); | ||||
| 6206 | } | ||||
| 6207 | |||||
| 6208 | if (!NeedsNewDecl) | ||||
| 6209 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 6210 | |||||
| 6211 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||
| 6212 | EPI.Variadic = FT->isVariadic(); | ||||
| 6213 | QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), | ||||
| 6214 | OverloadParams, EPI); | ||||
| 6215 | DeclContext *Parent = FDecl->getParent(); | ||||
| 6216 | FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, | ||||
| 6217 | FDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
| 6218 | FDecl->getLocation(), | ||||
| 6219 | FDecl->getIdentifier(), | ||||
| 6220 | OverloadTy, | ||||
| 6221 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, | ||||
| 6222 | SC_Extern, false, | ||||
| 6223 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); | ||||
| 6224 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||
| 6225 | FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy); | ||||
| 6226 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
| 6227 | QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i); | ||||
| 6228 | ParmVarDecl *Parm = | ||||
| 6229 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 6230 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType, | ||||
| 6231 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); | ||||
| 6232 | Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); | ||||
| 6233 | Params.push_back(Parm); | ||||
| 6234 | } | ||||
| 6235 | OverloadDecl->setParams(Params); | ||||
| 6236 | Sema->mergeDeclAttributes(OverloadDecl, FDecl); | ||||
| 6237 | return OverloadDecl; | ||||
| 6238 | } | ||||
| 6239 | |||||
| 6240 | static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn, | ||||
| 6241 | FunctionDecl *Callee, | ||||
| 6242 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { | ||||
| 6243 | // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and | ||||
| 6244 | // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an | ||||
| 6245 | // invalid number of args. | ||||
| 6246 | if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(), | ||||
| 6247 | /*PartialOverloading=*/false) && | ||||
| 6248 | !Callee->isVariadic()) | ||||
| 6249 | return; | ||||
| 6250 | if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size()) | ||||
| 6251 | return; | ||||
| 6252 | |||||
| 6253 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = | ||||
| 6254 | S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, Fn->getBeginLoc(), ArgExprs, true)) { | ||||
| 6255 | S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 6256 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) | ||||
| 6257 | ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call | ||||
| 6258 | : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) | ||||
| 6259 | << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 6260 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), | ||||
| 6261 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) | ||||
| 6262 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); | ||||
| 6263 | return; | ||||
| 6264 | } | ||||
| 6265 | } | ||||
| 6266 | |||||
| 6267 | static bool enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound( | ||||
| 6268 | const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, Sema &S) { | ||||
| 6269 | |||||
| 6270 | const auto GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass = | ||||
| 6271 | [](Sema &S) -> const CXXRecordDecl * { | ||||
| 6272 | const DeclContext *const DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); | ||||
| 6273 | if (!DC || !DC->getParent()) | ||||
| 6274 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 6275 | |||||
| 6276 | // If the call to some member function was made from within a member | ||||
| 6277 | // function body 'M' return return 'M's parent. | ||||
| 6278 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) | ||||
| 6279 | return MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
| 6280 | // else the call was made from within a default member initializer of a | ||||
| 6281 | // class, so return the class. | ||||
| 6282 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) | ||||
| 6283 | return RD->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
| 6284 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 6285 | }; | ||||
| 6286 | // If our DeclContext is neither a member function nor a class (in the | ||||
| 6287 | // case of a lambda in a default member initializer), we can't have an | ||||
| 6288 | // enclosing 'this'. | ||||
| 6289 | |||||
| 6290 | const CXXRecordDecl *const CurParentClass = GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass(S); | ||||
| 6291 | if (!CurParentClass) | ||||
| 6292 | return false; | ||||
| 6293 | |||||
| 6294 | // The naming class for implicit member functions call is the class in which | ||||
| 6295 | // name lookup starts. | ||||
| 6296 | const CXXRecordDecl *const NamingClass = | ||||
| 6297 | UME->getNamingClass()->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
| 6298 | assert(NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access")((NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("NamingClass && \"Must have naming class even for implicit access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6298, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6299 | |||||
| 6300 | // If the unresolved member functions were found in a 'naming class' that is | ||||
| 6301 | // related (either the same or derived from) to the class that contains the | ||||
| 6302 | // member function that itself contained the implicit member access. | ||||
| 6303 | |||||
| 6304 | return CurParentClass == NamingClass || | ||||
| 6305 | CurParentClass->isDerivedFrom(NamingClass); | ||||
| 6306 | } | ||||
| 6307 | |||||
| 6308 | static void | ||||
| 6309 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( | ||||
| 6310 | Sema &S, const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, SourceLocation CallLoc) { | ||||
| 6311 | |||||
| 6312 | if (!UME) | ||||
| 6313 | return; | ||||
| 6314 | |||||
| 6315 | LambdaScopeInfo *const CurLSI = S.getCurLambda(); | ||||
| 6316 | // Only try and implicitly capture 'this' within a C++ Lambda if it hasn't | ||||
| 6317 | // already been captured, or if this is an implicit member function call (if | ||||
| 6318 | // it isn't, an attempt to capture 'this' should already have been made). | ||||
| 6319 | if (!CurLSI || CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CurLSI->ImpCap_None || | ||||
| 6320 | !UME->isImplicitAccess() || CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) | ||||
| 6321 | return; | ||||
| 6322 | |||||
| 6323 | // Check if the naming class in which the unresolved members were found is | ||||
| 6324 | // related (same as or is a base of) to the enclosing class. | ||||
| 6325 | |||||
| 6326 | if (!enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound(UME, S)) | ||||
| 6327 | return; | ||||
| 6328 | |||||
| 6329 | |||||
| 6330 | DeclContext *EnclosingFunctionCtx = S.CurContext->getParent()->getParent(); | ||||
| 6331 | // If the enclosing function is not dependent, then this lambda is | ||||
| 6332 | // capture ready, so if we can capture this, do so. | ||||
| 6333 | if (!EnclosingFunctionCtx->isDependentContext()) { | ||||
| 6334 | // If the current lambda and all enclosing lambdas can capture 'this' - | ||||
| 6335 | // then go ahead and capture 'this' (since our unresolved overload set | ||||
| 6336 | // contains at least one non-static member function). | ||||
| 6337 | if (!S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc, /*Explcit*/ false, /*Diagnose*/ false)) | ||||
| 6338 | S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc); | ||||
| 6339 | } else if (S.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { | ||||
| 6340 | // ... since this is an implicit member reference, that might potentially | ||||
| 6341 | // involve a 'this' capture, mark 'this' for potential capture in | ||||
| 6342 | // enclosing lambdas. | ||||
| 6343 | if (CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle != CurLSI->ImpCap_None) | ||||
| 6344 | CurLSI->addPotentialThisCapture(CallLoc); | ||||
| 6345 | } | ||||
| 6346 | } | ||||
| 6347 | |||||
| 6348 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
| 6349 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6350 | Expr *ExecConfig) { | ||||
| 6351 | ExprResult Call = | ||||
| 6352 | BuildCallExpr(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, | ||||
| 6353 | /*IsExecConfig=*/false, /*AllowRecovery=*/true); | ||||
| 6354 | if (Call.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6355 | return Call; | ||||
| 6356 | |||||
| 6357 | // Diagnose uses of the C++20 "ADL-only template-id call" feature in earlier | ||||
| 6358 | // language modes. | ||||
| 6359 | if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Fn)) { | ||||
| 6360 | if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||
| 6361 | ULE->decls_begin() == ULE->decls_end()) { | ||||
| 6362 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 6363 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_adl_only_template_id | ||||
| 6364 | : diag::ext_adl_only_template_id) | ||||
| 6365 | << ULE->getName(); | ||||
| 6366 | } | ||||
| 6367 | } | ||||
| 6368 | |||||
| 6369 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) | ||||
| 6370 | Call = ActOnOpenMPCall(Call, Scope, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6371 | ExecConfig); | ||||
| 6372 | |||||
| 6373 | return Call; | ||||
| 6374 | } | ||||
| 6375 | |||||
| 6376 | /// BuildCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. | ||||
| 6377 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma | ||||
| 6378 | /// locations. | ||||
| 6379 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
| 6380 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6381 | Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig, | ||||
| 6382 | bool AllowRecovery) { | ||||
| 6383 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. | ||||
| 6384 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn); | ||||
| 6385 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6386 | Fn = Result.get(); | ||||
| 6387 | |||||
| 6388 | if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs)) | ||||
| 6389 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6390 | |||||
| 6391 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 6392 | // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. | ||||
| 6393 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { | ||||
| 6394 | if (!ArgExprs.empty()) { | ||||
| 6395 | // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. | ||||
| 6396 | Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) | ||||
| 6397 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | ||||
| 6398 | SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 6399 | ArgExprs.back()->getEndLoc())); | ||||
| 6400 | } | ||||
| 6401 | |||||
| 6402 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, /*Args=*/{}, Context.VoidTy, | ||||
| 6403 | VK_RValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 6404 | } | ||||
| 6405 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) { | ||||
| 6406 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn); | ||||
| 6407 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6408 | Fn = result.get(); | ||||
| 6409 | } | ||||
| 6410 | |||||
| 6411 | // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, | ||||
| 6412 | // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. | ||||
| 6413 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) { | ||||
| 6414 | if (ExecConfig) { | ||||
| 6415 | return CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create( | ||||
| 6416 | Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs, | ||||
| 6417 | Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 6418 | } else { | ||||
| 6419 | |||||
| 6420 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( | ||||
| 6421 | *this, dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()), | ||||
| 6422 | Fn->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 6423 | |||||
| 6424 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, | ||||
| 6425 | VK_RValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 6426 | } | ||||
| 6427 | } | ||||
| 6428 | |||||
| 6429 | // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). | ||||
| 6430 | if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) | ||||
| 6431 | return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, | ||||
| 6432 | RParenLoc); | ||||
| 6433 | |||||
| 6434 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
| 6435 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); | ||||
| 6436 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6437 | Fn = result.get(); | ||||
| 6438 | } | ||||
| 6439 | |||||
| 6440 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) { | ||||
| 6441 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, | ||||
| 6442 | RParenLoc, AllowRecovery); | ||||
| 6443 | } | ||||
| 6444 | } | ||||
| 6445 | |||||
| 6446 | // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions. | ||||
| 6447 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
| 6448 | OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn); | ||||
| 6449 | |||||
| 6450 | // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved. | ||||
| 6451 | if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) { | ||||
| 6452 | if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) | ||||
| 6453 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy, | ||||
| 6454 | VK_RValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 6455 | OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression; | ||||
| 6456 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) | ||||
| 6457 | return BuildOverloadedCallExpr( | ||||
| 6458 | Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, | ||||
| 6459 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand); | ||||
| 6460 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, | ||||
| 6461 | RParenLoc, AllowRecovery); | ||||
| 6462 | } | ||||
| 6463 | } | ||||
| 6464 | |||||
| 6465 | // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. | ||||
| 6466 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
| 6467 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); | ||||
| 6468 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6469 | Fn = result.get(); | ||||
| 6470 | } | ||||
| 6471 | |||||
| 6472 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 6473 | |||||
| 6474 | bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false; | ||||
| 6475 | NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr; | ||||
| 6476 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) { | ||||
| 6477 | if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) { | ||||
| 6478 | CallingNDeclIndirectly = true; | ||||
| 6479 | NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 6480 | } | ||||
| 6481 | } | ||||
| 6482 | |||||
| 6483 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) { | ||||
| 6484 | NDecl = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 6485 | |||||
| 6486 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); | ||||
| 6487 | if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { | ||||
| 6488 | // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters | ||||
| 6489 | // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments | ||||
| 6490 | // in ArgExprs. | ||||
| 6491 | if ((FDecl = | ||||
| 6492 | rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) { | ||||
| 6493 | NDecl = FDecl; | ||||
| 6494 | Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||
| 6495 | Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false, | ||||
| 6496 | SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl, | ||||
| 6497 | nullptr, DRE->isNonOdrUse()); | ||||
| 6498 | } | ||||
| 6499 | } | ||||
| 6500 | } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) | ||||
| 6501 | NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
| 6502 | |||||
| 6503 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) { | ||||
| 6504 | if (CallingNDeclIndirectly && !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable( | ||||
| 6505 | FD, /*Complain=*/true, Fn->getBeginLoc())) | ||||
| 6506 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6507 | |||||
| 6508 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(*FD, *Fn)) | ||||
| 6509 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6510 | |||||
| 6511 | checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs); | ||||
| 6512 | } | ||||
| 6513 | |||||
| 6514 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && | ||||
| 6515 | (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))) { | ||||
| 6516 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6516, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6517 | assert((Fn->containsErrors() ||(((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang ::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 6518 | llvm::any_of(ArgExprs,(((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang ::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 6519 | [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) &&(((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang ::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 6520 | "should only occur in error-recovery path.")(((Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang ::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Fn->containsErrors() || llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6520, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6521 | QualType ReturnType = | ||||
| 6522 | llvm::isa_and_nonnull<FunctionDecl>(NDecl) | ||||
| 6523 | ? cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)->getCallResultType() | ||||
| 6524 | : Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 6525 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, ReturnType, | ||||
| 6526 | Expr::getValueKindForType(ReturnType), RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6527 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 6528 | } | ||||
| 6529 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6530 | ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); | ||||
| 6531 | } | ||||
| 6532 | |||||
| 6533 | /// Parse a __builtin_astype expression. | ||||
| 6534 | /// | ||||
| 6535 | /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type ) | ||||
| 6536 | /// | ||||
| 6537 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, | ||||
| 6538 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 6539 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
| 6540 | QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy); | ||||
| 6541 | return BuildAsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 6542 | } | ||||
| 6543 | |||||
| 6544 | /// Create a new AsTypeExpr node (bitcast) from the arguments. | ||||
| 6545 | ExprResult Sema::BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, | ||||
| 6546 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 6547 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
| 6548 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 6549 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 6550 | QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); | ||||
| 6551 | if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && | ||||
| 6552 | Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) | ||||
| 6553 | return ExprError( | ||||
| 6554 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size) | ||||
| 6555 | << DestTy << SrcTy << E->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6556 | return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DestTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 6557 | } | ||||
| 6558 | |||||
| 6559 | /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the | ||||
| 6560 | /// provided arguments. | ||||
| 6561 | /// | ||||
| 6562 | /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type ) | ||||
| 6563 | /// | ||||
| 6564 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, | ||||
| 6565 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 6566 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
| 6567 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||
| 6568 | GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo); | ||||
| 6569 | return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 6570 | } | ||||
| 6571 | |||||
| 6572 | /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, | ||||
| 6573 | /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should | ||||
| 6574 | /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or | ||||
| 6575 | /// block-pointer type. | ||||
| 6576 | /// | ||||
| 6577 | /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available | ||||
| 6578 | ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, | ||||
| 6579 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
| 6580 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, | ||||
| 6581 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Config, | ||||
| 6582 | bool IsExecConfig, ADLCallKind UsesADL) { | ||||
| 6583 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); | ||||
| 6584 | unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0); | ||||
| 6585 | |||||
| 6586 | // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly. | ||||
| 6587 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { | ||||
| 6588 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called); | ||||
| 6589 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6590 | } | ||||
| 6591 | |||||
| 6592 | // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM, | ||||
| 6593 | // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions | ||||
| 6594 | // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here, | ||||
| 6595 | // but can be very challenging to debug. | ||||
| 6596 | // Likewise, X86 interrupt handlers may only call routines with attribute | ||||
| 6597 | // no_caller_saved_registers since there is no efficient way to | ||||
| 6598 | // save and restore the non-GPR state. | ||||
| 6599 | if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl()) { | ||||
| 6600 | if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) { | ||||
| 6601 | bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp"); | ||||
| 6602 | if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>())) { | ||||
| 6603 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention); | ||||
| 6604 | if (FDecl) | ||||
| 6605 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||
| 6606 | } | ||||
| 6607 | } | ||||
| 6608 | if (Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>() && | ||||
| 6609 | ((!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>()))) { | ||||
| 6610 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_regsave); | ||||
| 6611 | if (FDecl) | ||||
| 6612 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; | ||||
| 6613 | } | ||||
| 6614 | } | ||||
| 6615 | |||||
| 6616 | // Promote the function operand. | ||||
| 6617 | // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting | ||||
| 6618 | // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call. | ||||
| 6619 | ExprResult Result; | ||||
| 6620 | QualType ResultTy; | ||||
| 6621 | if (BuiltinID && | ||||
| 6622 | Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) { | ||||
| 6623 | // Extract the return type from the (builtin) function pointer type. | ||||
| 6624 | // FIXME Several builtins still have setType in | ||||
| 6625 | // Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall. One should review their definitions in | ||||
| 6626 | // Builtins.def to ensure they are correct before removing setType calls. | ||||
| 6627 | QualType FnPtrTy = Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()); | ||||
| 6628 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, FnPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get(); | ||||
| 6629 | ResultTy = FDecl->getCallResultType(); | ||||
| 6630 | } else { | ||||
| 6631 | Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn); | ||||
| 6632 | ResultTy = Context.BoolTy; | ||||
| 6633 | } | ||||
| 6634 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6635 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6636 | Fn = Result.get(); | ||||
| 6637 | |||||
| 6638 | // Check for a valid function type, but only if it is not a builtin which | ||||
| 6639 | // requires custom type checking. These will be handled by | ||||
| 6640 | // CheckBuiltinFunctionCall below just after creation of the call expression. | ||||
| 6641 | const FunctionType *FuncT = nullptr; | ||||
| 6642 | if (!BuiltinID || !Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) { | ||||
| 6643 | retry: | ||||
| 6644 | if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 6645 | // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall | ||||
| 6646 | // have type pointer to function". | ||||
| 6647 | FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 6648 | if (!FuncT) | ||||
| 6649 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) | ||||
| 6650 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6651 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT = | ||||
| 6652 | Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
| 6653 | FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 6654 | } else { | ||||
| 6655 | // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type. | ||||
| 6656 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { | ||||
| 6657 | ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); | ||||
| 6658 | if (rewrite.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6659 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6660 | Fn = rewrite.get(); | ||||
| 6661 | goto retry; | ||||
| 6662 | } | ||||
| 6663 | |||||
| 6664 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) | ||||
| 6665 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6666 | } | ||||
| 6667 | } | ||||
| 6668 | |||||
| 6669 | // Get the number of parameters in the function prototype, if any. | ||||
| 6670 | // We will allocate space for max(Args.size(), NumParams) arguments | ||||
| 6671 | // in the call expression. | ||||
| 6672 | const auto *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT); | ||||
| 6673 | unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; | ||||
| 6674 | |||||
| 6675 | CallExpr *TheCall; | ||||
| 6676 | if (Config) { | ||||
| 6677 | assert(UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL &&((UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && \"CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6678, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 6678 | "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL")((UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && \"CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6678, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6679 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), | ||||
| 6680 | Args, ResultTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6681 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams); | ||||
| 6682 | } else { | ||||
| 6683 | TheCall = | ||||
| 6684 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6685 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL); | ||||
| 6686 | } | ||||
| 6687 | |||||
| 6688 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||
| 6689 | // Forget about the nulled arguments since typo correction | ||||
| 6690 | // do not handle them well. | ||||
| 6691 | TheCall->shrinkNumArgs(Args.size()); | ||||
| 6692 | // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct | ||||
| 6693 | // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle | ||||
| 6694 | // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been | ||||
| 6695 | // dealt with. | ||||
| 6696 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall); | ||||
| 6697 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6698 | CallExpr *TheOldCall = TheCall; | ||||
| 6699 | TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get()); | ||||
| 6700 | bool CorrectedTypos = TheCall != TheOldCall; | ||||
| 6701 | if (!TheCall) return Result; | ||||
| 6702 | Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()); | ||||
| 6703 | |||||
| 6704 | // A new call expression node was created if some typos were corrected. | ||||
| 6705 | // However it may not have been constructed with enough storage. In this | ||||
| 6706 | // case, rebuild the node with enough storage. The waste of space is | ||||
| 6707 | // immaterial since this only happens when some typos were corrected. | ||||
| 6708 | if (CorrectedTypos && Args.size() < NumParams) { | ||||
| 6709 | if (Config) | ||||
| 6710 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create( | ||||
| 6711 | Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args, ResultTy, VK_RValue, | ||||
| 6712 | RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams); | ||||
| 6713 | else | ||||
| 6714 | TheCall = | ||||
| 6715 | CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6716 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL); | ||||
| 6717 | } | ||||
| 6718 | // We can now handle the nulled arguments for the default arguments. | ||||
| 6719 | TheCall->setNumArgsUnsafe(std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams)); | ||||
| 6720 | } | ||||
| 6721 | |||||
| 6722 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom type checking. | ||||
| 6723 | if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) | ||||
| 6724 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); | ||||
| 6725 | |||||
| 6726 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { | ||||
| 6727 | if (Config) { | ||||
| 6728 | // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions | ||||
| 6729 | if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | ||||
| 6730 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function) | ||||
| 6731 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6732 | |||||
| 6733 | // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type | ||||
| 6734 | if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && | ||||
| 6735 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() && | ||||
| 6736 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType()) | ||||
| 6737 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) | ||||
| 6738 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6739 | } else { | ||||
| 6740 | // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured | ||||
| 6741 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | ||||
| 6742 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config) | ||||
| 6743 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6744 | } | ||||
| 6745 | } | ||||
| 6746 | |||||
| 6747 | // Check for a valid return type | ||||
| 6748 | if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getBeginLoc(), TheCall, | ||||
| 6749 | FDecl)) | ||||
| 6750 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6751 | |||||
| 6752 | // We know the result type of the call, set it. | ||||
| 6753 | TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context)); | ||||
| 6754 | TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType())); | ||||
| 6755 | |||||
| 6756 | if (Proto) { | ||||
| 6757 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc, | ||||
| 6758 | IsExecConfig)) | ||||
| 6759 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6760 | } else { | ||||
| 6761 | assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!")((isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && \"Unknown FunctionType!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6761, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6762 | |||||
| 6763 | if (FDecl) { | ||||
| 6764 | // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based | ||||
| 6765 | // on our knowledge of the function definition. | ||||
| 6766 | const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; | ||||
| 6767 | if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) { | ||||
| 6768 | Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
| 6769 | if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size())) | ||||
| 6770 | Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) | ||||
| 6771 | << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 6772 | } | ||||
| 6773 | |||||
| 6774 | // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have | ||||
| 6775 | // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype. | ||||
| 6776 | if (!FDecl->hasPrototype()) | ||||
| 6777 | Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
| 6778 | } | ||||
| 6779 | |||||
| 6780 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). | ||||
| 6781 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||
| 6782 | Expr *Arg = Args[i]; | ||||
| 6783 | |||||
| 6784 | if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) { | ||||
| 6785 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
| 6786 | Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i)); | ||||
| 6787 | ExprResult ArgE = | ||||
| 6788 | PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg); | ||||
| 6789 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6790 | return true; | ||||
| 6791 | |||||
| 6792 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
| 6793 | |||||
| 6794 | } else { | ||||
| 6795 | ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); | ||||
| 6796 | |||||
| 6797 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6798 | return true; | ||||
| 6799 | |||||
| 6800 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
| 6801 | } | ||||
| 6802 | |||||
| 6803 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getType(), | ||||
| 6804 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) | ||||
| 6805 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6806 | |||||
| 6807 | TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); | ||||
| 6808 | } | ||||
| 6809 | } | ||||
| 6810 | |||||
| 6811 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) | ||||
| 6812 | if (!Method->isStatic()) | ||||
| 6813 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) | ||||
| 6814 | << Fn->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 6815 | |||||
| 6816 | // Check for sentinels | ||||
| 6817 | if (NDecl) | ||||
| 6818 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args); | ||||
| 6819 | |||||
| 6820 | // Warn for unions passing across security boundary (CMSE). | ||||
| 6821 | if (FuncT != nullptr && FuncT->getCmseNSCallAttr()) { | ||||
| 6822 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { | ||||
| 6823 | if (const auto *RT = | ||||
| 6824 | dyn_cast<RecordType>(Args[i]->getType().getCanonicalType())) { | ||||
| 6825 | if (RT->getDecl()->isOrContainsUnion()) | ||||
| 6826 | Diag(Args[i]->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_cmse_nonsecure_union) | ||||
| 6827 | << 0 << i; | ||||
| 6828 | } | ||||
| 6829 | } | ||||
| 6830 | } | ||||
| 6831 | |||||
| 6832 | // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. | ||||
| 6833 | if (FDecl) { | ||||
| 6834 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
| 6835 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6836 | |||||
| 6837 | checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FDecl, TheCall); | ||||
| 6838 | |||||
| 6839 | if (BuiltinID) | ||||
| 6840 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); | ||||
| 6841 | } else if (NDecl) { | ||||
| 6842 | if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
| 6843 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6844 | } else { | ||||
| 6845 | if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto)) | ||||
| 6846 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6847 | } | ||||
| 6848 | |||||
| 6849 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FDecl); | ||||
| 6850 | } | ||||
| 6851 | |||||
| 6852 | ExprResult | ||||
| 6853 | Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty, | ||||
| 6854 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) { | ||||
| 6855 | assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type")((Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty && \"ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6855, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6856 | assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression")((InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("InitExpr && \"ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 6856, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 6857 | |||||
| 6858 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||
| 6859 | QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); | ||||
| 6860 | if (!TInfo) | ||||
| 6861 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType); | ||||
| 6862 | |||||
| 6863 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr); | ||||
| 6864 | } | ||||
| 6865 | |||||
| 6866 | ExprResult | ||||
| 6867 | Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||
| 6868 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) { | ||||
| 6869 | QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); | ||||
| 6870 | |||||
| 6871 | if (literalType->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 6872 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||
| 6873 | LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType), | ||||
| 6874 | diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||
| 6875 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) | ||||
| 6876 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6877 | if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) | ||||
| 6878 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) | ||||
| 6879 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())); | ||||
| 6880 | } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && | ||||
| 6881 | RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, | ||||
| 6882 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type, | ||||
| 6883 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) | ||||
| 6884 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6885 | |||||
| 6886 | InitializedEntity Entity | ||||
| 6887 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo); | ||||
| 6888 | InitializationKind Kind | ||||
| 6889 | = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc, | ||||
| 6890 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), | ||||
| 6891 | /*InitList=*/true); | ||||
| 6892 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr); | ||||
| 6893 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr, | ||||
| 6894 | &literalType); | ||||
| 6895 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6896 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6897 | LiteralExpr = Result.get(); | ||||
| 6898 | |||||
| 6899 | bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod(); | ||||
| 6900 | |||||
| 6901 | // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason. | ||||
| 6902 | // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with | ||||
| 6903 | // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are | ||||
| 6904 | // otherwise prvalues. | ||||
| 6905 | // | ||||
| 6906 | // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with | ||||
| 6907 | // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't | ||||
| 6908 | // follow it there.) | ||||
| 6909 | // | ||||
| 6910 | // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and | ||||
| 6911 | // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries | ||||
| 6912 | // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out | ||||
| 6913 | // of thin air". | ||||
| 6914 | // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer | ||||
| 6915 | // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound | ||||
| 6916 | // literal. | ||||
| 6917 | // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should | ||||
| 6918 | // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved. | ||||
| 6919 | ExprValueKind VK = | ||||
| 6920 | (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType())) | ||||
| 6921 | ? VK_RValue | ||||
| 6922 | : VK_LValue; | ||||
| 6923 | |||||
| 6924 | if (isFileScope) | ||||
| 6925 | if (auto ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(LiteralExpr)) | ||||
| 6926 | for (unsigned i = 0, j = ILE->getNumInits(); i != j; i++) { | ||||
| 6927 | Expr *Init = ILE->getInit(i); | ||||
| 6928 | ILE->setInit(i, ConstantExpr::Create(Context, Init)); | ||||
| 6929 | } | ||||
| 6930 | |||||
| 6931 | auto *E = new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, | ||||
| 6932 | VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope); | ||||
| 6933 | if (isFileScope) { | ||||
| 6934 | if (!LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() && | ||||
| 6935 | !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 6936 | !literalType->isDependentType()) // C99 6.5.2.5p3 | ||||
| 6937 | if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType)) | ||||
| 6938 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6939 | } else if (literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && | ||||
| 6940 | literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { | ||||
| 6941 | // Embedded-C extensions to C99 6.5.2.5: | ||||
| 6942 | // "If the compound literal occurs inside the body of a function, the | ||||
| 6943 | // type name shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." | ||||
| 6944 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_compound_literal_with_address_space) | ||||
| 6945 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()); | ||||
| 6946 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 6947 | } | ||||
| 6948 | |||||
| 6949 | if (!isFileScope && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 6950 | // Compound literals that have automatic storage duration are destroyed at | ||||
| 6951 | // the end of the scope in C; in C++, they're just temporaries. | ||||
| 6952 | |||||
| 6953 | // Emit diagnostics if it is or contains a C union type that is non-trivial | ||||
| 6954 | // to destruct. | ||||
| 6955 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) | ||||
| 6956 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 6957 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, NTCUK_Destruct); | ||||
| 6958 | |||||
| 6959 | // Diagnose jumps that enter or exit the lifetime of the compound literal. | ||||
| 6960 | if (literalType.isDestructedType()) { | ||||
| 6961 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||
| 6962 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(E); | ||||
| 6963 | getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); | ||||
| 6964 | } | ||||
| 6965 | } | ||||
| 6966 | |||||
| 6967 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || | ||||
| 6968 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||
| 6969 | checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(E->getInitializer(), | ||||
| 6970 | E->getInitializer()->getExprLoc()); | ||||
| 6971 | |||||
| 6972 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(E); | ||||
| 6973 | } | ||||
| 6974 | |||||
| 6975 | ExprResult | ||||
| 6976 | Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, | ||||
| 6977 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | ||||
| 6978 | // Only produce each kind of designated initialization diagnostic once. | ||||
| 6979 | SourceLocation FirstDesignator; | ||||
| 6980 | bool DiagnosedArrayDesignator = false; | ||||
| 6981 | bool DiagnosedNestedDesignator = false; | ||||
| 6982 | bool DiagnosedMixedDesignator = false; | ||||
| 6983 | |||||
| 6984 | // Check that any designated initializers are syntactically valid in the | ||||
| 6985 | // current language mode. | ||||
| 6986 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
| 6987 | if (auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[I])) { | ||||
| 6988 | if (FirstDesignator.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 6989 | FirstDesignator = DIE->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 6990 | |||||
| 6991 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 6992 | break; | ||||
| 6993 | |||||
| 6994 | if (!DiagnosedNestedDesignator && DIE->size() > 1) { | ||||
| 6995 | DiagnosedNestedDesignator = true; | ||||
| 6996 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_nested) | ||||
| 6997 | << DIE->getDesignatorsSourceRange(); | ||||
| 6998 | } | ||||
| 6999 | |||||
| 7000 | for (auto &Desig : DIE->designators()) { | ||||
| 7001 | if (!Desig.isFieldDesignator() && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator) { | ||||
| 7002 | DiagnosedArrayDesignator = true; | ||||
| 7003 | Diag(Desig.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_array) | ||||
| 7004 | << Desig.getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7005 | } | ||||
| 7006 | } | ||||
| 7007 | |||||
| 7008 | if (!DiagnosedMixedDesignator && | ||||
| 7009 | !isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) { | ||||
| 7010 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; | ||||
| 7011 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) | ||||
| 7012 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7013 | Diag(InitArgList[0]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) | ||||
| 7014 | << InitArgList[0]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7015 | } | ||||
| 7016 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator && | ||||
| 7017 | isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) { | ||||
| 7018 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; | ||||
| 7019 | auto *DIE = cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0]); | ||||
| 7020 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) | ||||
| 7021 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7022 | Diag(InitArgList[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) | ||||
| 7023 | << InitArgList[I]->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7024 | } | ||||
| 7025 | } | ||||
| 7026 | |||||
| 7027 | if (FirstDesignator.isValid()) { | ||||
| 7028 | // Only diagnose designated initiaization as a C++20 extension if we didn't | ||||
| 7029 | // already diagnose use of (non-C++20) C99 designator syntax. | ||||
| 7030 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator && | ||||
| 7031 | !DiagnosedNestedDesignator && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator) { | ||||
| 7032 | Diag(FirstDesignator, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 | ||||
| 7033 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_designated_init | ||||
| 7034 | : diag::ext_cxx_designated_init); | ||||
| 7035 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||
| 7036 | Diag(FirstDesignator, diag::ext_designated_init); | ||||
| 7037 | } | ||||
| 7038 | } | ||||
| 7039 | |||||
| 7040 | return BuildInitList(LBraceLoc, InitArgList, RBraceLoc); | ||||
| 7041 | } | ||||
| 7042 | |||||
| 7043 | ExprResult | ||||
| 7044 | Sema::BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, | ||||
| 7045 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { | ||||
| 7046 | // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and | ||||
| 7047 | // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being initialized. | ||||
| 7048 | |||||
| 7049 | // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be | ||||
| 7050 | // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't. | ||||
| 7051 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
| 7052 | if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 7053 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]); | ||||
| 7054 | |||||
| 7055 | // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because | ||||
| 7056 | // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc. | ||||
| 7057 | if (result.isInvalid()) continue; | ||||
| 7058 | |||||
| 7059 | InitArgList[I] = result.get(); | ||||
| 7060 | } | ||||
| 7061 | } | ||||
| 7062 | |||||
| 7063 | InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList, | ||||
| 7064 | RBraceLoc); | ||||
| 7065 | E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. | ||||
| 7066 | return E; | ||||
| 7067 | } | ||||
| 7068 | |||||
| 7069 | /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC. | ||||
| 7070 | void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) { | ||||
| 7071 | assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType())((E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7071, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7072 | assert(E.get()->isRValue())((E.get()->isRValue()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E.get()->isRValue()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7072, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7073 | |||||
| 7074 | // Only do this in an r-value context. | ||||
| 7075 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return; | ||||
| 7076 | |||||
| 7077 | E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( | ||||
| 7078 | Context, E.get()->getType(), CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(), | ||||
| 7079 | /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||
| 7080 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||
| 7081 | } | ||||
| 7082 | |||||
| 7083 | /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object | ||||
| 7084 | /// pointer type. | ||||
| 7085 | CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) { | ||||
| 7086 | QualType type = E.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7087 | if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 7088 | return CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 7089 | } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 7090 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E); | ||||
| 7091 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
| 7092 | } else { | ||||
| 7093 | assert(type->isPointerType())((type->isPointerType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type->isPointerType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7093, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7094 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
| 7095 | } | ||||
| 7096 | } | ||||
| 7097 | |||||
| 7098 | /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages | ||||
| 7099 | /// except the final cast and returning the kind required. | ||||
| 7100 | CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) { | ||||
| 7101 | // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer. | ||||
| 7102 | // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with | ||||
| 7103 | // pointers. Everything else should be possible. | ||||
| 7104 | |||||
| 7105 | QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7106 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) | ||||
| 7107 | return CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 7108 | |||||
| 7109 | switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7110 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7111 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7111); | ||||
| 7112 | |||||
| 7113 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||
| 7114 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7115 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7116 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7117 | case Type::STK_CPointer: { | ||||
| 7118 | LangAS SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 7119 | LangAS DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 7120 | if (SrcAS != DestAS) | ||||
| 7121 | return CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||
| 7122 | if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(SrcTy, DestTy)) | ||||
| 7123 | return CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 7124 | return CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 7125 | } | ||||
| 7126 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7127 | return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer | ||||
| 7128 | ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); | ||||
| 7129 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7130 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer) | ||||
| 7131 | return CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 7132 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer) | ||||
| 7133 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
| 7134 | maybeExtendBlockObject(Src); | ||||
| 7135 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
| 7136 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||
| 7137 | return CK_PointerToBoolean; | ||||
| 7138 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||
| 7139 | return CK_PointerToIntegral; | ||||
| 7140 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||
| 7141 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7142 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7143 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7144 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7145 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("illegal cast from pointer" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7145); | ||||
| 7146 | } | ||||
| 7147 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7147); | ||||
| 7148 | |||||
| 7149 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7150 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7151 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7152 | return CK_FixedPointCast; | ||||
| 7153 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||
| 7154 | return CK_FixedPointToBoolean; | ||||
| 7155 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||
| 7156 | return CK_FixedPointToIntegral; | ||||
| 7157 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||
| 7158 | return CK_FixedPointToFloating; | ||||
| 7159 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7160 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7161 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 7162 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) | ||||
| 7163 | << DestTy; | ||||
| 7164 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 7165 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||
| 7166 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7167 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7168 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7169 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast to pointer type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("illegal cast to pointer type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7169); | ||||
| 7170 | } | ||||
| 7171 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7171); | ||||
| 7172 | |||||
| 7173 | case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer | ||||
| 7174 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||
| 7175 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7176 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||
| 7177 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7178 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7179 | if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 7180 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||
| 7181 | return CK_NullToPointer; | ||||
| 7182 | return CK_IntegralToPointer; | ||||
| 7183 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||
| 7184 | return CK_IntegralToBoolean; | ||||
| 7185 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||
| 7186 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 7187 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||
| 7188 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||
| 7189 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7190 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||
| 7191 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||
| 7192 | CK_IntegralCast); | ||||
| 7193 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; | ||||
| 7194 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7195 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||
| 7196 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||
| 7197 | CK_IntegralToFloating); | ||||
| 7198 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; | ||||
| 7199 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7200 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7200); | ||||
| 7201 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7202 | return CK_IntegralToFixedPoint; | ||||
| 7203 | } | ||||
| 7204 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7204); | ||||
| 7205 | |||||
| 7206 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||
| 7207 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7208 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||
| 7209 | return CK_FloatingCast; | ||||
| 7210 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||
| 7211 | return CK_FloatingToBoolean; | ||||
| 7212 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||
| 7213 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; | ||||
| 7214 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7215 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||
| 7216 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||
| 7217 | CK_FloatingCast); | ||||
| 7218 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; | ||||
| 7219 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7220 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||
| 7221 | DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||
| 7222 | CK_FloatingToIntegral); | ||||
| 7223 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; | ||||
| 7224 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||
| 7225 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7226 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7227 | llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("valid float->pointer cast?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7227); | ||||
| 7228 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7229 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7229); | ||||
| 7230 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7231 | return CK_FloatingToFixedPoint; | ||||
| 7232 | } | ||||
| 7233 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7233); | ||||
| 7234 | |||||
| 7235 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7236 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7237 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7238 | return CK_FloatingComplexCast; | ||||
| 7239 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7240 | return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; | ||||
| 7241 | case Type::STK_Floating: { | ||||
| 7242 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
| 7243 | if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) | ||||
| 7244 | return CK_FloatingComplexToReal; | ||||
| 7245 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal); | ||||
| 7246 | return CK_FloatingCast; | ||||
| 7247 | } | ||||
| 7248 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||
| 7249 | return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean; | ||||
| 7250 | case Type::STK_Integral: | ||||
| 7251 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||
| 7252 | SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||
| 7253 | CK_FloatingComplexToReal); | ||||
| 7254 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; | ||||
| 7255 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||
| 7256 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7257 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7258 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("valid complex float->pointer cast?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7258); | ||||
| 7259 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7260 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7260); | ||||
| 7261 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7262 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 7263 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) | ||||
| 7264 | << SrcTy; | ||||
| 7265 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 7266 | } | ||||
| 7267 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7267); | ||||
| 7268 | |||||
| 7269 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7270 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { | ||||
| 7271 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: | ||||
| 7272 | return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; | ||||
| 7273 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: | ||||
| 7274 | return CK_IntegralComplexCast; | ||||
| 7275 | case Type::STK_Integral: { | ||||
| 7276 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
| 7277 | if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) | ||||
| 7278 | return CK_IntegralComplexToReal; | ||||
| 7279 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal); | ||||
| 7280 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 7281 | } | ||||
| 7282 | case Type::STK_Bool: | ||||
| 7283 | return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean; | ||||
| 7284 | case Type::STK_Floating: | ||||
| 7285 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), | ||||
| 7286 | SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), | ||||
| 7287 | CK_IntegralComplexToReal); | ||||
| 7288 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||
| 7289 | case Type::STK_CPointer: | ||||
| 7290 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: | ||||
| 7291 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 7292 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("valid complex int->pointer cast?" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7292); | ||||
| 7293 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: | ||||
| 7294 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("member pointer type in C", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7294); | ||||
| 7295 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: | ||||
| 7296 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 7297 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) | ||||
| 7298 | << SrcTy; | ||||
| 7299 | return CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 7300 | } | ||||
| 7301 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Should have returned before this" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7301); | ||||
| 7302 | } | ||||
| 7303 | |||||
| 7304 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled scalar cast", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7304); | ||||
| 7305 | } | ||||
| 7306 | |||||
| 7307 | static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len, | ||||
| 7308 | QualType &eltType) { | ||||
| 7309 | // Vectors are simple. | ||||
| 7310 | if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||
| 7311 | len = vecType->getNumElements(); | ||||
| 7312 | eltType = vecType->getElementType(); | ||||
| 7313 | assert(eltType->isScalarType())((eltType->isScalarType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("eltType->isScalarType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7313, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7314 | return true; | ||||
| 7315 | } | ||||
| 7316 | |||||
| 7317 | // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if | ||||
| 7318 | // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types). | ||||
| 7319 | if (!type->isRealType()) return false; | ||||
| 7320 | |||||
| 7321 | len = 1; | ||||
| 7322 | eltType = type; | ||||
| 7323 | return true; | ||||
| 7324 | } | ||||
| 7325 | |||||
| 7326 | /// Are the two types SVE-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the | ||||
| 7327 | /// first SVE type (e.g. an SVE VLAT) to the second type (e.g. an SVE VLST) | ||||
| 7328 | /// allowed? | ||||
| 7329 | /// | ||||
| 7330 | /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from | ||||
| 7331 | /// the perspective of SVE bitcasts. | ||||
| 7332 | bool Sema::isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||
| 7333 | assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType())((srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7333, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7334 | |||||
| 7335 | auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { | ||||
| 7336 | if (!FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType()) | ||||
| 7337 | return false; | ||||
| 7338 | |||||
| 7339 | const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 7340 | return VecTy && | ||||
| 7341 | VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector; | ||||
| 7342 | }; | ||||
| 7343 | |||||
| 7344 | return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) || | ||||
| 7345 | ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy); | ||||
| 7346 | } | ||||
| 7347 | |||||
| 7348 | /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given | ||||
| 7349 | /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes, | ||||
| 7350 | /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element | ||||
| 7351 | /// size? | ||||
| 7352 | /// | ||||
| 7353 | /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a | ||||
| 7354 | /// vector nor a real type. | ||||
| 7355 | bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||
| 7356 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType())((destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7356, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7357 | |||||
| 7358 | // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these | ||||
| 7359 | // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers | ||||
| 7360 | // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the | ||||
| 7361 | // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast). | ||||
| 7362 | // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float. | ||||
| 7363 | if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; | ||||
| 7364 | if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; | ||||
| 7365 | |||||
| 7366 | uint64_t srcLen, destLen; | ||||
| 7367 | QualType srcEltTy, destEltTy; | ||||
| 7368 | if (!breakDownVectorType(srcTy, srcLen, srcEltTy)) return false; | ||||
| 7369 | if (!breakDownVectorType(destTy, destLen, destEltTy)) return false; | ||||
| 7370 | |||||
| 7371 | // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a | ||||
| 7372 | // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw | ||||
| 7373 | // element size multiplied by the element count. | ||||
| 7374 | uint64_t srcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(srcEltTy); | ||||
| 7375 | uint64_t destEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(destEltTy); | ||||
| 7376 | |||||
| 7377 | return (srcLen * srcEltSize == destLen * destEltSize); | ||||
| 7378 | } | ||||
| 7379 | |||||
| 7380 | /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is | ||||
| 7381 | /// known to be a vector type? | ||||
| 7382 | bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { | ||||
| 7383 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType())((destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7383, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7384 | |||||
| 7385 | switch (Context.getLangOpts().getLaxVectorConversions()) { | ||||
| 7386 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::None: | ||||
| 7387 | return false; | ||||
| 7388 | |||||
| 7389 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::Integer: | ||||
| 7390 | if (!srcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | ||||
| 7391 | auto *Vec = srcTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 7392 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||
| 7393 | return false; | ||||
| 7394 | } | ||||
| 7395 | if (!destTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { | ||||
| 7396 | auto *Vec = destTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 7397 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) | ||||
| 7398 | return false; | ||||
| 7399 | } | ||||
| 7400 | // OK, integer (vector) -> integer (vector) bitcast. | ||||
| 7401 | break; | ||||
| 7402 | |||||
| 7403 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All: | ||||
| 7404 | break; | ||||
| 7405 | } | ||||
| 7406 | |||||
| 7407 | return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy); | ||||
| 7408 | } | ||||
| 7409 | |||||
| 7410 | bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, | ||||
| 7411 | CastKind &Kind) { | ||||
| 7412 | assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!")((VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VectorTy->isVectorType() && \"Not a vector type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7412, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7413 | |||||
| 7414 | if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) { | ||||
| 7415 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy)) | ||||
| 7416 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||
| 7417 | Ty->isVectorType() ? | ||||
| 7418 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : | ||||
| 7419 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) | ||||
| 7420 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; | ||||
| 7421 | } else | ||||
| 7422 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||
| 7423 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) | ||||
| 7424 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; | ||||
| 7425 | |||||
| 7426 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 7427 | return false; | ||||
| 7428 | } | ||||
| 7429 | |||||
| 7430 | ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) { | ||||
| 7431 | QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
| 7432 | |||||
| 7433 | if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType()) | ||||
| 7434 | return SplattedExpr; | ||||
| 7435 | |||||
| 7436 | assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||((DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7437, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 7437 | DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())((DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7437, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7438 | |||||
| 7439 | CastKind CK; | ||||
| 7440 | if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) { | ||||
| 7441 | // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but | ||||
| 7442 | // only when splatting vectors. | ||||
| 7443 | if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 7444 | // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast | ||||
| 7445 | // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating. | ||||
| 7446 | ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy, | ||||
| 7447 | CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral); | ||||
| 7448 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); | ||||
| 7449 | CK = CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||
| 7450 | } else { | ||||
| 7451 | CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral; | ||||
| 7452 | } | ||||
| 7453 | } else { | ||||
| 7454 | ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr; | ||||
| 7455 | CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy); | ||||
| 7456 | if (CastExprRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 7457 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7458 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); | ||||
| 7459 | } | ||||
| 7460 | return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK); | ||||
| 7461 | } | ||||
| 7462 | |||||
| 7463 | ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, | ||||
| 7464 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) { | ||||
| 7465 | assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!")((DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DestTy->isExtVectorType() && \"Not an extended vector type!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7465, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7466 | |||||
| 7467 | QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 7468 | |||||
| 7469 | // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to | ||||
| 7470 | // an ExtVectorType. | ||||
| 7471 | // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed. | ||||
| 7472 | // (See OpenCL 6.2). | ||||
| 7473 | if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 7474 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy) || | ||||
| 7475 | (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 7476 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestTy, SrcTy))) { | ||||
| 7477 | Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) | ||||
| 7478 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; | ||||
| 7479 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7480 | } | ||||
| 7481 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 7482 | return CastExpr; | ||||
| 7483 | } | ||||
| 7484 | |||||
| 7485 | // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate | ||||
| 7486 | // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then | ||||
| 7487 | // splat from elt type to vector. | ||||
| 7488 | if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 7489 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), | ||||
| 7490 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) | ||||
| 7491 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; | ||||
| 7492 | |||||
| 7493 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; | ||||
| 7494 | return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr); | ||||
| 7495 | } | ||||
| 7496 | |||||
| 7497 | ExprResult | ||||
| 7498 | Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
| 7499 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, | ||||
| 7500 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) { | ||||
| 7501 | assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&((!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && \"ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 7502 | "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr")((!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr") ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && \"ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7502, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7503 | |||||
| 7504 | TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType()); | ||||
| 7505 | if (D.isInvalidType()) | ||||
| 7506 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7507 | |||||
| 7508 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 7509 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). | ||||
| 7510 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); | ||||
| 7511 | } else { | ||||
| 7512 | // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with. | ||||
| 7513 | ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr); | ||||
| 7514 | if (!Res.isUsable()) | ||||
| 7515 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7516 | CastExpr = Res.get(); | ||||
| 7517 | } | ||||
| 7518 | |||||
| 7519 | checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D); | ||||
| 7520 | |||||
| 7521 | QualType castType = castTInfo->getType(); | ||||
| 7522 | Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo); | ||||
| 7523 | |||||
| 7524 | bool isVectorLiteral = false; | ||||
| 7525 | |||||
| 7526 | // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal, | ||||
| 7527 | // i.e. all the elements are integer constants. | ||||
| 7528 | ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr); | ||||
| 7529 | ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr); | ||||
| 7530 | if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||
| 7531 | && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) { | ||||
| 7532 | if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) { | ||||
| 7533 | Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); | ||||
| 7534 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7535 | } | ||||
| 7536 | if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) { | ||||
| 7537 | Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0)); | ||||
| 7538 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && !E->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||
| 7539 | isVectorLiteral = true; | ||||
| 7540 | } | ||||
| 7541 | else | ||||
| 7542 | isVectorLiteral = true; | ||||
| 7543 | } | ||||
| 7544 | |||||
| 7545 | // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' | ||||
| 7546 | // then handle it as such. | ||||
| 7547 | if (isVectorLiteral) | ||||
| 7548 | return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo); | ||||
| 7549 | |||||
| 7550 | // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. | ||||
| 7551 | // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a | ||||
| 7552 | // sequence of BinOp comma operators. | ||||
| 7553 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) { | ||||
| 7554 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr); | ||||
| 7555 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7556 | CastExpr = Result.get(); | ||||
| 7557 | } | ||||
| 7558 | |||||
| 7559 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() && | ||||
| 7560 | !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc)) | ||||
| 7561 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7562 | |||||
| 7563 | CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr); | ||||
| 7564 | |||||
| 7565 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr); | ||||
| 7566 | |||||
| 7567 | DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr); | ||||
| 7568 | |||||
| 7569 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr); | ||||
| 7570 | } | ||||
| 7571 | |||||
| 7572 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, | ||||
| 7573 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, | ||||
| 7574 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { | ||||
| 7575 | assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&(((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && "Expected paren or paren list expression") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && \"Expected paren or paren list expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7576, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 7576 | "Expected paren or paren list expression")(((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && "Expected paren or paren list expression") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && \"Expected paren or paren list expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7576, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7577 | |||||
| 7578 | Expr **exprs; | ||||
| 7579 | unsigned numExprs; | ||||
| 7580 | Expr *subExpr; | ||||
| 7581 | SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc; | ||||
| 7582 | if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 7583 | LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc(); | ||||
| 7584 | LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc(); | ||||
| 7585 | exprs = PE->getExprs(); | ||||
| 7586 | numExprs = PE->getNumExprs(); | ||||
| 7587 | } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance | ||||
| 7588 | LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen(); | ||||
| 7589 | LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen(); | ||||
| 7590 | subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 7591 | exprs = &subExpr; | ||||
| 7592 | numExprs = 1; | ||||
| 7593 | } | ||||
| 7594 | |||||
| 7595 | QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); | ||||
| 7596 | assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type")((Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isVectorType() && \"Expected vector type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 7596, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 7597 | |||||
| 7598 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; | ||||
| 7599 | const VectorType *VTy = Ty->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 7600 | unsigned numElems = VTy->getNumElements(); | ||||
| 7601 | |||||
| 7602 | // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of | ||||
| 7603 | // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector. | ||||
| 7604 | // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be | ||||
| 7605 | // replicated to all the components of the vector | ||||
| 7606 | if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) { | ||||
| 7607 | // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the | ||||
| 7608 | // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will | ||||
| 7609 | // be replicated to all the components of the vector | ||||
| 7610 | if (numExprs == 1) { | ||||
| 7611 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); | ||||
| 7612 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); | ||||
| 7613 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 7614 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7615 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy, | ||||
| 7616 | PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); | ||||
| 7617 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get()); | ||||
| 7618 | } | ||||
| 7619 | else if (numExprs < numElems) { | ||||
| 7620 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 7621 | diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers); | ||||
| 7622 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7623 | } | ||||
| 7624 | else | ||||
| 7625 | initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); | ||||
| 7626 | } | ||||
| 7627 | else { | ||||
| 7628 | // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value, | ||||
| 7629 | // it will be replicated to all components of the vector. | ||||
| 7630 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 7631 | VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector && | ||||
| 7632 | numExprs == 1) { | ||||
| 7633 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); | ||||
| 7634 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); | ||||
| 7635 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 7636 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7637 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy, | ||||
| 7638 | PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); | ||||
| 7639 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get()); | ||||
| 7640 | } | ||||
| 7641 | |||||
| 7642 | initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); | ||||
| 7643 | } | ||||
| 7644 | // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly | ||||
| 7645 | // braces instead of the original commas. | ||||
| 7646 | InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc, | ||||
| 7647 | initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc); | ||||
| 7648 | initE->setType(Ty); | ||||
| 7649 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE); | ||||
| 7650 | } | ||||
| 7651 | |||||
| 7652 | /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn | ||||
| 7653 | /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators. | ||||
| 7654 | ExprResult | ||||
| 7655 | Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) { | ||||
| 7656 | ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr); | ||||
| 7657 | if (!E) | ||||
| 7658 | return OrigExpr; | ||||
| 7659 | |||||
| 7660 | ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0)); | ||||
| 7661 | |||||
| 7662 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) | ||||
| 7663 | Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(), | ||||
| 7664 | E->getExpr(i)); | ||||
| 7665 | |||||
| 7666 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 7667 | |||||
| 7668 | return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get()); | ||||
| 7669 | } | ||||
| 7670 | |||||
| 7671 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, | ||||
| 7672 | SourceLocation R, | ||||
| 7673 | MultiExprArg Val) { | ||||
| 7674 | return ParenListExpr::Create(Context, L, Val, R); | ||||
| 7675 | } | ||||
| 7676 | |||||
| 7677 | /// Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer | ||||
| 7678 | /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is | ||||
| 7679 | /// emitted. | ||||
| 7680 | bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||
| 7681 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 7682 | Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||
| 7683 | Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 7684 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind = | ||||
| 7685 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 7686 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); | ||||
| 7687 | |||||
| 7688 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) { | ||||
| 7689 | NullExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 7690 | NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||
| 7691 | NullKind = | ||||
| 7692 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 7693 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); | ||||
| 7694 | } | ||||
| 7695 | |||||
| 7696 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) | ||||
| 7697 | return false; | ||||
| 7698 | |||||
| 7699 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) | ||||
| 7700 | return false; | ||||
| 7701 | |||||
| 7702 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { | ||||
| 7703 | // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL" | ||||
| 7704 | // string in the source code. | ||||
| 7705 | NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 7706 | SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc(); | ||||
| 7707 | if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL")) | ||||
| 7708 | return false; | ||||
| 7709 | } | ||||
| 7710 | |||||
| 7711 | int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr); | ||||
| 7712 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null) | ||||
| 7713 | << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType | ||||
| 7714 | << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7715 | return true; | ||||
| 7716 | } | ||||
| 7717 | |||||
| 7718 | /// Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise. | ||||
| 7719 | static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 7720 | QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); | ||||
| 7721 | |||||
| 7722 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type. | ||||
| 7723 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 7724 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) | ||||
| 7725 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7726 | return true; | ||||
| 7727 | } | ||||
| 7728 | |||||
| 7729 | // C99 6.5.15p2 | ||||
| 7730 | if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false; | ||||
| 7731 | |||||
| 7732 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) | ||||
| 7733 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7734 | return true; | ||||
| 7735 | } | ||||
| 7736 | |||||
| 7737 | /// Handle when one or both operands are void type. | ||||
| 7738 | static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 7739 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||
| 7740 | Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get(); | ||||
| 7741 | Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 7742 | |||||
| 7743 | if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 7744 | S.Diag(RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) | ||||
| 7745 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7746 | if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 7747 | S.Diag(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) | ||||
| 7748 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7749 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid); | ||||
| 7750 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid); | ||||
| 7751 | return S.Context.VoidTy; | ||||
| 7752 | } | ||||
| 7753 | |||||
| 7754 | /// Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy, | ||||
| 7755 | /// true otherwise. | ||||
| 7756 | static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr, | ||||
| 7757 | QualType PointerTy) { | ||||
| 7758 | if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) || | ||||
| 7759 | !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, | ||||
| 7760 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) | ||||
| 7761 | return true; | ||||
| 7762 | |||||
| 7763 | NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 7764 | return false; | ||||
| 7765 | } | ||||
| 7766 | |||||
| 7767 | /// Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting | ||||
| 7768 | /// type. | ||||
| 7769 | static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 7770 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 7771 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 7772 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7773 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7774 | |||||
| 7775 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) { | ||||
| 7776 | // Two identical pointers types are always compatible. | ||||
| 7777 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 7778 | } | ||||
| 7779 | |||||
| 7780 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; | ||||
| 7781 | |||||
| 7782 | // Get the pointee types. | ||||
| 7783 | bool IsBlockPointer = false; | ||||
| 7784 | if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
| 7785 | lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 7786 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 7787 | IsBlockPointer = true; | ||||
| 7788 | } else { | ||||
| 7789 | lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 7790 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 7791 | } | ||||
| 7792 | |||||
| 7793 | // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to | ||||
| 7794 | // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is | ||||
| 7795 | // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite | ||||
| 7796 | // type. | ||||
| 7797 | |||||
| 7798 | // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified | ||||
| 7799 | // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should | ||||
| 7800 | // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or | ||||
| 7801 | // anything. | ||||
| 7802 | Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 7803 | Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 7804 | |||||
| 7805 | LangAS ResultAddrSpace = LangAS::Default; | ||||
| 7806 | LangAS LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 7807 | LangAS RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 7808 | |||||
| 7809 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address | ||||
| 7810 | // spaces is disallowed. | ||||
| 7811 | if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual)) | ||||
| 7812 | ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace; | ||||
| 7813 | else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual)) | ||||
| 7814 | ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace; | ||||
| 7815 | else { | ||||
| 7816 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) | ||||
| 7817 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 7818 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7819 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 7820 | } | ||||
| 7821 | |||||
| 7822 | unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
| 7823 | auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 7824 | lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
| 7825 | rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); | ||||
| 7826 | |||||
| 7827 | // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers | ||||
| 7828 | // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in | ||||
| 7829 | // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two | ||||
| 7830 | // qual types are compatible iff | ||||
| 7831 | // * corresponded types are compatible | ||||
| 7832 | // * CVR qualifiers are equal | ||||
| 7833 | // * address spaces are equal | ||||
| 7834 | // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified | ||||
| 7835 | // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with | ||||
| 7836 | // merged qualifiers. | ||||
| 7837 | LHSCastKind = | ||||
| 7838 | LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||
| 7839 | RHSCastKind = | ||||
| 7840 | RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||
| 7841 | lhQual.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 7842 | rhQual.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 7843 | |||||
| 7844 | lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual); | ||||
| 7845 | rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual); | ||||
| 7846 | |||||
| 7847 | QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee); | ||||
| 7848 | |||||
| 7849 | if (CompositeTy.isNull()) { | ||||
| 7850 | // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good | ||||
| 7851 | // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick | ||||
| 7852 | // to get a consistent AST. | ||||
| 7853 | QualType incompatTy; | ||||
| 7854 | incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType( | ||||
| 7855 | S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace)); | ||||
| 7856 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind); | ||||
| 7857 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind); | ||||
| 7858 | |||||
| 7859 | // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room | ||||
| 7860 | // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers. | ||||
| 7861 | // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and | ||||
| 7862 | // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees: | ||||
| 7863 | // local int *global *a; | ||||
| 7864 | // global int *global *b; | ||||
| 7865 | // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1. | ||||
| 7866 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) | ||||
| 7867 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 7868 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7869 | |||||
| 7870 | return incompatTy; | ||||
| 7871 | } | ||||
| 7872 | |||||
| 7873 | // The pointer types are compatible. | ||||
| 7874 | // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier | ||||
| 7875 | // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd | ||||
| 7876 | // operands of the conditional operator. | ||||
| 7877 | QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() { | ||||
| 7878 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
| 7879 | Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 7880 | CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace); | ||||
| 7881 | return S.Context | ||||
| 7882 | .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals) | ||||
| 7883 | .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual); | ||||
| 7884 | } | ||||
| 7885 | return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual); | ||||
| 7886 | }(); | ||||
| 7887 | if (IsBlockPointer) | ||||
| 7888 | ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy); | ||||
| 7889 | else | ||||
| 7890 | ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy); | ||||
| 7891 | |||||
| 7892 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind); | ||||
| 7893 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind); | ||||
| 7894 | return ResultTy; | ||||
| 7895 | } | ||||
| 7896 | |||||
| 7897 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers. | ||||
| 7898 | static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, | ||||
| 7899 | ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 7900 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 7901 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 7902 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7903 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7904 | |||||
| 7905 | if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 7906 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||
| 7907 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy); | ||||
| 7908 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 7909 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 7910 | return destType; | ||||
| 7911 | } | ||||
| 7912 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||
| 7913 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 7914 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7915 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 7916 | } | ||||
| 7917 | |||||
| 7918 | // We have 2 block pointer types. | ||||
| 7919 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||
| 7920 | } | ||||
| 7921 | |||||
| 7922 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers. | ||||
| 7923 | static QualType | ||||
| 7924 | checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 7925 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 7926 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 7927 | // get the pointer types | ||||
| 7928 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7929 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 7930 | |||||
| 7931 | // get the "pointed to" types | ||||
| 7932 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 7933 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 7934 | |||||
| 7935 | // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) | ||||
| 7936 | if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { | ||||
| 7937 | // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) | ||||
| 7938 | QualType destPointee | ||||
| 7939 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||
| 7940 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||
| 7941 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||
| 7942 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||
| 7943 | // Promote to void*. | ||||
| 7944 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 7945 | return destType; | ||||
| 7946 | } | ||||
| 7947 | if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { | ||||
| 7948 | QualType destPointee | ||||
| 7949 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||
| 7950 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||
| 7951 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||
| 7952 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||
| 7953 | // Promote to void*. | ||||
| 7954 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 7955 | return destType; | ||||
| 7956 | } | ||||
| 7957 | |||||
| 7958 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||
| 7959 | } | ||||
| 7960 | |||||
| 7961 | /// Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second | ||||
| 7962 | /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise. | ||||
| 7963 | static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int, | ||||
| 7964 | Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 7965 | bool IsIntFirstExpr) { | ||||
| 7966 | if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || | ||||
| 7967 | !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 7968 | return false; | ||||
| 7969 | |||||
| 7970 | Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr; | ||||
| 7971 | Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get(); | ||||
| 7972 | |||||
| 7973 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) | ||||
| 7974 | << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType() | ||||
| 7975 | << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 7976 | Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(), | ||||
| 7977 | CK_IntegralToPointer); | ||||
| 7978 | return true; | ||||
| 7979 | } | ||||
| 7980 | |||||
| 7981 | /// Simple conversion between integer and floating point types. | ||||
| 7982 | /// | ||||
| 7983 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the | ||||
| 7984 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. | ||||
| 7985 | /// | ||||
| 7986 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar | ||||
| 7987 | /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two | ||||
| 7988 | /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result | ||||
| 7989 | /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No | ||||
| 7990 | /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use | ||||
| 7991 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always | ||||
| 7992 | /// promotes promotable types. | ||||
| 7993 | static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 7994 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 7995 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 7996 | LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 7997 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 7998 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 7999 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 8000 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8001 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8002 | |||||
| 8003 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||
| 8004 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||
| 8005 | QualType LHSType = | ||||
| 8006 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 8007 | QualType RHSType = | ||||
| 8008 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 8009 | |||||
| 8010 | if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 8011 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) | ||||
| 8012 | << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8013 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8014 | } | ||||
| 8015 | |||||
| 8016 | if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 8017 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) | ||||
| 8018 | << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8019 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8020 | } | ||||
| 8021 | |||||
| 8022 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. | ||||
| 8023 | if (LHSType == RHSType) | ||||
| 8024 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 8025 | |||||
| 8026 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). | ||||
| 8027 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) | ||||
| 8028 | return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 8029 | /*IsCompAssign = */ false); | ||||
| 8030 | |||||
| 8031 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. | ||||
| 8032 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> | ||||
| 8033 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false); | ||||
| 8034 | } | ||||
| 8035 | |||||
| 8036 | /// Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the | ||||
| 8037 | /// condition in length. | ||||
| 8038 | /// | ||||
| 8039 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the | ||||
| 8040 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. | ||||
| 8041 | /// | ||||
| 8042 | /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands | ||||
| 8043 | /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted | ||||
| 8044 | /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition | ||||
| 8045 | /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result | ||||
| 8046 | /// and the condition must have the same number of bits. | ||||
| 8047 | static QualType | ||||
| 8048 | OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 8049 | QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 8050 | QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8051 | if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 8052 | |||||
| 8053 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 8054 | assert(CV)((CV) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CV", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8054, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8055 | |||||
| 8056 | // Determine the vector result type | ||||
| 8057 | unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements(); | ||||
| 8058 | QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements); | ||||
| 8059 | |||||
| 8060 | // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits | ||||
| 8061 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType()) | ||||
| 8062 | != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) { | ||||
| 8063 | // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print | ||||
| 8064 | // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description. | ||||
| 8065 | std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(); | ||||
| 8066 | SmallString<64> Str; | ||||
| 8067 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); | ||||
| 8068 | OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)"; | ||||
| 8069 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) | ||||
| 8070 | << CondTy << OS.str(); | ||||
| 8071 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8072 | } | ||||
| 8073 | |||||
| 8074 | // Convert operands to the vector result type | ||||
| 8075 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||
| 8076 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||
| 8077 | |||||
| 8078 | return VectorTy; | ||||
| 8079 | } | ||||
| 8080 | |||||
| 8081 | /// Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector | ||||
| 8082 | static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, | ||||
| 8083 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 8084 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of | ||||
| 8085 | // integral type. | ||||
| 8086 | const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 8087 | assert(CondTy)((CondTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CondTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8087, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8088 | QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType(); | ||||
| 8089 | if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false; | ||||
| 8090 | |||||
| 8091 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) | ||||
| 8092 | << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8093 | return true; | ||||
| 8094 | } | ||||
| 8095 | |||||
| 8096 | /// Return false if the vector condition type and the vector | ||||
| 8097 | /// result type are compatible. | ||||
| 8098 | /// | ||||
| 8099 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same | ||||
| 8100 | /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number | ||||
| 8101 | /// of bits. | ||||
| 8102 | static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy, | ||||
| 8103 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 8104 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 8105 | const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 8106 | assert(CV && RV)((CV && RV) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CV && RV", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8106, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8107 | |||||
| 8108 | if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) { | ||||
| 8109 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size) | ||||
| 8110 | << CondTy << VecResTy; | ||||
| 8111 | return true; | ||||
| 8112 | } | ||||
| 8113 | |||||
| 8114 | QualType CVE = CV->getElementType(); | ||||
| 8115 | QualType RVE = RV->getElementType(); | ||||
| 8116 | |||||
| 8117 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) { | ||||
| 8118 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) | ||||
| 8119 | << CondTy << VecResTy; | ||||
| 8120 | return true; | ||||
| 8121 | } | ||||
| 8122 | |||||
| 8123 | return false; | ||||
| 8124 | } | ||||
| 8125 | |||||
| 8126 | /// Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in | ||||
| 8127 | /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1 | ||||
| 8128 | /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type. | ||||
| 8129 | static QualType | ||||
| 8130 | OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond, | ||||
| 8131 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 8132 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 8133 | Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get()); | ||||
| 8134 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8135 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8136 | QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 8137 | |||||
| 8138 | if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) | ||||
| 8139 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8140 | |||||
| 8141 | // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the | ||||
| 8142 | // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. | ||||
| 8143 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 8144 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 8145 | QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, | ||||
| 8146 | /*isCompAssign*/false, | ||||
| 8147 | /*AllowBothBool*/true, | ||||
| 8148 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); | ||||
| 8149 | if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 8150 | // The result type must match the condition type as specified in | ||||
| 8151 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6. | ||||
| 8152 | if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc)) | ||||
| 8153 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8154 | return VecResTy; | ||||
| 8155 | } | ||||
| 8156 | |||||
| 8157 | // Both operands are scalar. | ||||
| 8158 | return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8159 | } | ||||
| 8160 | |||||
| 8161 | /// Return true if the Expr is block type | ||||
| 8162 | static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { | ||||
| 8163 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 8164 | QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType(); | ||||
| 8165 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 8166 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block); | ||||
| 8167 | return true; | ||||
| 8168 | } | ||||
| 8169 | } | ||||
| 8170 | return false; | ||||
| 8171 | } | ||||
| 8172 | |||||
| 8173 | /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. | ||||
| 8174 | /// In that case, LHS = cond. | ||||
| 8175 | /// C99 6.5.15 | ||||
| 8176 | QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 8177 | ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, | ||||
| 8178 | ExprObjectKind &OK, | ||||
| 8179 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 8180 | |||||
| 8181 | ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 8182 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 8183 | LHS = LHSResult; | ||||
| 8184 | |||||
| 8185 | ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 8186 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 8187 | RHS = RHSResult; | ||||
| 8188 | |||||
| 8189 | // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. | ||||
| 8190 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 8191 | return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8192 | |||||
| 8193 | VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 8194 | OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 8195 | |||||
| 8196 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && | ||||
| 8197 | (Cond.get()->isTypeDependent() || LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || | ||||
| 8198 | RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())) { | ||||
| 8199 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8199, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8200 | assert((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() ||(((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors () || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 8201 | RHS.get()->containsErrors()) &&(((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors () || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 8202 | "should only occur in error-recovery path.")(((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors () || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && "should only occur in error-recovery path." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && \"should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8202, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8203 | return Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 8204 | } | ||||
| 8205 | |||||
| 8206 | // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently | ||||
| 8207 | // different to merit its own checker. | ||||
| 8208 | if ((getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) || | ||||
| 8209 | Cond.get()->getType()->isExtVectorType()) | ||||
| 8210 | return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8211 | |||||
| 8212 | // First, check the condition. | ||||
| 8213 | Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get()); | ||||
| 8214 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8215 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8216 | if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) | ||||
| 8217 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8218 | |||||
| 8219 | // Now check the two expressions. | ||||
| 8220 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 8221 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||
| 8222 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, | ||||
| 8223 | /*AllowBothBool*/true, | ||||
| 8224 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); | ||||
| 8225 | |||||
| 8226 | QualType ResTy = | ||||
| 8227 | UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, ACK_Conditional); | ||||
| 8228 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8229 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8230 | |||||
| 8231 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 8232 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 8233 | |||||
| 8234 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where | ||||
| 8235 | // such conversions currently can't be handled. | ||||
| 8236 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) { | ||||
| 8237 | Diag(QuestionLoc, | ||||
| 8238 | diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||
| 8239 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8240 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8241 | } | ||||
| 8242 | |||||
| 8243 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary | ||||
| 8244 | // selection operator (?:). | ||||
| 8245 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 8246 | (checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) { | ||||
| 8247 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8248 | } | ||||
| 8249 | |||||
| 8250 | // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions | ||||
| 8251 | // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. | ||||
| 8252 | if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||
| 8253 | // Disallow invalid arithmetic conversions, such as those between ExtInts of | ||||
| 8254 | // different sizes, or between ExtInts and other types. | ||||
| 8255 | if (ResTy.isNull() && (LHSTy->isExtIntType() || RHSTy->isExtIntType())) { | ||||
| 8256 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||
| 8257 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 8258 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8259 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8260 | } | ||||
| 8261 | |||||
| 8262 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); | ||||
| 8263 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); | ||||
| 8264 | |||||
| 8265 | return ResTy; | ||||
| 8266 | } | ||||
| 8267 | |||||
| 8268 | // And if they're both bfloat (which isn't arithmetic), that's fine too. | ||||
| 8269 | if (LHSTy->isBFloat16Type() && RHSTy->isBFloat16Type()) { | ||||
| 8270 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8271 | } | ||||
| 8272 | |||||
| 8273 | // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that | ||||
| 8274 | // type. | ||||
| 8275 | if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 | ||||
| 8276 | if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||
| 8277 | if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) | ||||
| 8278 | // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has | ||||
| 8279 | // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. | ||||
| 8280 | return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 8281 | // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. | ||||
| 8282 | } | ||||
| 8283 | |||||
| 8284 | // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." | ||||
| 8285 | // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). | ||||
| 8286 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 8287 | return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 8288 | } | ||||
| 8289 | |||||
| 8290 | // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has | ||||
| 8291 | // the type of the other operand." | ||||
| 8292 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8293 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy; | ||||
| 8294 | |||||
| 8295 | // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. | ||||
| 8296 | QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 8297 | QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8298 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8299 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8300 | if (!compositeType.isNull()) | ||||
| 8301 | return compositeType; | ||||
| 8302 | |||||
| 8303 | |||||
| 8304 | // Handle block pointer types. | ||||
| 8305 | if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) | ||||
| 8306 | return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 8307 | QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8308 | |||||
| 8309 | // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). | ||||
| 8310 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 8311 | return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 8312 | QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8313 | |||||
| 8314 | // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that | ||||
| 8315 | // null pointers have been filtered out by this point. | ||||
| 8316 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, | ||||
| 8317 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/true)) | ||||
| 8318 | return RHSTy; | ||||
| 8319 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, | ||||
| 8320 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/false)) | ||||
| 8321 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8322 | |||||
| 8323 | // Allow ?: operations in which both operands have the same | ||||
| 8324 | // built-in sizeless type. | ||||
| 8325 | if (LHSTy->isSizelessBuiltinType() && LHSTy == RHSTy) | ||||
| 8326 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8327 | |||||
| 8328 | // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer | ||||
| 8329 | // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most | ||||
| 8330 | // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. | ||||
| 8331 | if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) | ||||
| 8332 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8333 | |||||
| 8334 | // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. | ||||
| 8335 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||
| 8336 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 8337 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8338 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8339 | } | ||||
| 8340 | |||||
| 8341 | /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of | ||||
| 8342 | /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. | ||||
| 8343 | QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 8344 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { | ||||
| 8345 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 8346 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 8347 | |||||
| 8348 | // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result | ||||
| 8349 | // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the | ||||
| 8350 | // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. | ||||
| 8351 | if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
| 8352 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||
| 8353 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 8354 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8355 | } | ||||
| 8356 | if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
| 8357 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||
| 8358 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 8359 | return RHSTy; | ||||
| 8360 | } | ||||
| 8361 | // And the same for struct objc_object* / id | ||||
| 8362 | if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
| 8363 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||
| 8364 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 8365 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8366 | } | ||||
| 8367 | if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
| 8368 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||
| 8369 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 8370 | return RHSTy; | ||||
| 8371 | } | ||||
| 8372 | // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL | ||||
| 8373 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) && | ||||
| 8374 | (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||
| 8375 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8376 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8377 | } | ||||
| 8378 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) && | ||||
| 8379 | (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { | ||||
| 8380 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8381 | return RHSTy; | ||||
| 8382 | } | ||||
| 8383 | // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. | ||||
| 8384 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 8385 | |||||
| 8386 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { | ||||
| 8387 | // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. | ||||
| 8388 | return LHSTy; | ||||
| 8389 | } | ||||
| 8390 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
| 8391 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
| 8392 | QualType compositeType = LHSTy; | ||||
| 8393 | |||||
| 8394 | // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be | ||||
| 8395 | // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite | ||||
| 8396 | // type. This allows | ||||
| 8397 | // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b | ||||
| 8398 | // where B is a subclass of A. | ||||
| 8399 | // | ||||
| 8400 | // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' | ||||
| 8401 | // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are | ||||
| 8402 | // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite | ||||
| 8403 | // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. | ||||
| 8404 | |||||
| 8405 | // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. | ||||
| 8406 | // It could return the composite type. | ||||
| 8407 | if (!(compositeType = | ||||
| 8408 | Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) { | ||||
| 8409 | // Nothing more to do. | ||||
| 8410 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { | ||||
| 8411 | compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; | ||||
| 8412 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { | ||||
| 8413 | compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; | ||||
| 8414 | } else if ((LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || | ||||
| 8415 | RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && | ||||
| 8416 | Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT, | ||||
| 8417 | true)) { | ||||
| 8418 | // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. | ||||
| 8419 | // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to | ||||
| 8420 | // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be | ||||
| 8421 | // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. | ||||
| 8422 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
| 8423 | } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||
| 8424 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
| 8425 | } else { | ||||
| 8426 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) | ||||
| 8427 | << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||
| 8428 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8429 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); | ||||
| 8430 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8431 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8432 | return incompatTy; | ||||
| 8433 | } | ||||
| 8434 | // The object pointer types are compatible. | ||||
| 8435 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8436 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8437 | return compositeType; | ||||
| 8438 | } | ||||
| 8439 | // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' | ||||
| 8440 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 8441 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
| 8442 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', | ||||
| 8443 | // so these types are not compatible. | ||||
| 8444 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||
| 8445 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8446 | LHS = RHS = true; | ||||
| 8447 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8448 | } | ||||
| 8449 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 8450 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 8451 | QualType destPointee | ||||
| 8452 | = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||
| 8453 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||
| 8454 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||
| 8455 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||
| 8456 | // Promote to void*. | ||||
| 8457 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8458 | return destType; | ||||
| 8459 | } | ||||
| 8460 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||
| 8461 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
| 8462 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', | ||||
| 8463 | // so these types are not compatible. | ||||
| 8464 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy | ||||
| 8465 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 8466 | LHS = RHS = true; | ||||
| 8467 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8468 | } | ||||
| 8469 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 8470 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 8471 | QualType destPointee | ||||
| 8472 | = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); | ||||
| 8473 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); | ||||
| 8474 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. | ||||
| 8475 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp); | ||||
| 8476 | // Promote to void*. | ||||
| 8477 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 8478 | return destType; | ||||
| 8479 | } | ||||
| 8480 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 8481 | } | ||||
| 8482 | |||||
| 8483 | /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps | ||||
| 8484 | /// ParenRange in parentheses. | ||||
| 8485 | static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 8486 | const PartialDiagnostic &Note, | ||||
| 8487 | SourceRange ParenRange) { | ||||
| 8488 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); | ||||
| 8489 | if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() && | ||||
| 8490 | EndLoc.isValid()) { | ||||
| 8491 | Self.Diag(Loc, Note) | ||||
| 8492 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(") | ||||
| 8493 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); | ||||
| 8494 | } else { | ||||
| 8495 | // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note. | ||||
| 8496 | Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange; | ||||
| 8497 | } | ||||
| 8498 | } | ||||
| 8499 | |||||
| 8500 | static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 8501 | return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) || | ||||
| 8502 | BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) || | ||||
| 8503 | BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc) || Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or; | ||||
| 8504 | // This only checks for bitwise-or and bitwise-and, but not bitwise-xor and | ||||
| 8505 | // not any of the logical operators. Bitwise-xor is commonly used as a | ||||
| 8506 | // logical-xor because there is no logical-xor operator. The logical | ||||
| 8507 | // operators, including uses of xor, have a high false positive rate for | ||||
| 8508 | // precedence warnings. | ||||
| 8509 | } | ||||
| 8510 | |||||
| 8511 | /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary | ||||
| 8512 | /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator, | ||||
| 8513 | /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side | ||||
| 8514 | /// expression. | ||||
| 8515 | static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode, | ||||
| 8516 | Expr **RHSExprs) { | ||||
| 8517 | // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis. | ||||
| 8518 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||
| 8519 | E = E->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); | ||||
| 8520 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||
| 8521 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 8522 | E = MTE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 8523 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||
| 8524 | } | ||||
| 8525 | |||||
| 8526 | // Built-in binary operator. | ||||
| 8527 | if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||
| 8528 | if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) { | ||||
| 8529 | *Opcode = OP->getOpcode(); | ||||
| 8530 | *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS(); | ||||
| 8531 | return true; | ||||
| 8532 | } | ||||
| 8533 | } | ||||
| 8534 | |||||
| 8535 | // Overloaded operator. | ||||
| 8536 | if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 8537 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) | ||||
| 8538 | return false; | ||||
| 8539 | |||||
| 8540 | // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into | ||||
| 8541 | // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op. | ||||
| 8542 | OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator(); | ||||
| 8543 | if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow || | ||||
| 8544 | OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus) | ||||
| 8545 | return false; | ||||
| 8546 | |||||
| 8547 | BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO); | ||||
| 8548 | if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) { | ||||
| 8549 | *Opcode = OpKind; | ||||
| 8550 | *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1); | ||||
| 8551 | return true; | ||||
| 8552 | } | ||||
| 8553 | } | ||||
| 8554 | |||||
| 8555 | return false; | ||||
| 8556 | } | ||||
| 8557 | |||||
| 8558 | /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type | ||||
| 8559 | /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is | ||||
| 8560 | /// commonly interpreted as boolean. | ||||
| 8561 | static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 8562 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 8563 | |||||
| 8564 | if (E->getType()->isBooleanType()) | ||||
| 8565 | return true; | ||||
| 8566 | if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) | ||||
| 8567 | return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp(); | ||||
| 8568 | if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) | ||||
| 8569 | return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot; | ||||
| 8570 | if (E->getType()->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 8571 | return true; | ||||
| 8572 | // FIXME: What about overloaded operator calls returning "unspecified boolean | ||||
| 8573 | // type"s (commonly pointer-to-members)? | ||||
| 8574 | |||||
| 8575 | return false; | ||||
| 8576 | } | ||||
| 8577 | |||||
| 8578 | /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator | ||||
| 8579 | /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed | ||||
| 8580 | /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example: | ||||
| 8581 | /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2". | ||||
| 8582 | static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self, | ||||
| 8583 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 8584 | Expr *Condition, | ||||
| 8585 | Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||
| 8586 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 8587 | BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode; | ||||
| 8588 | Expr *CondRHS; | ||||
| 8589 | |||||
| 8590 | if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS)) | ||||
| 8591 | return; | ||||
| 8592 | if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS)) | ||||
| 8593 | return; | ||||
| 8594 | |||||
| 8595 | // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right- | ||||
| 8596 | // hand side that looks boolean, so warn. | ||||
| 8597 | |||||
| 8598 | unsigned DiagID = BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(CondOpcode) | ||||
| 8599 | ? diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_conditional | ||||
| 8600 | : diag::warn_precedence_conditional; | ||||
| 8601 | |||||
| 8602 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, DiagID) | ||||
| 8603 | << Condition->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 8604 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode); | ||||
| 8605 | |||||
| 8606 | SuggestParentheses( | ||||
| 8607 | Self, OpLoc, | ||||
| 8608 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||
| 8609 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode), | ||||
| 8610 | SourceRange(Condition->getBeginLoc(), Condition->getEndLoc())); | ||||
| 8611 | |||||
| 8612 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, | ||||
| 8613 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first), | ||||
| 8614 | SourceRange(CondRHS->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); | ||||
| 8615 | } | ||||
| 8616 | |||||
| 8617 | /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression. | ||||
| 8618 | static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin, | ||||
| 8619 | QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy, | ||||
| 8620 | ASTContext &Ctx) { | ||||
| 8621 | if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||
| 8622 | return ResTy; | ||||
| 8623 | |||||
| 8624 | auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) { | ||||
| 8625 | Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx); | ||||
| 8626 | if (Kind) { | ||||
| 8627 | // For our purposes, treat _Nullable_result as _Nullable. | ||||
| 8628 | if (*Kind == NullabilityKind::NullableResult) | ||||
| 8629 | return NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||
| 8630 | return *Kind; | ||||
| 8631 | } | ||||
| 8632 | return NullabilityKind::Unspecified; | ||||
| 8633 | }; | ||||
| 8634 | |||||
| 8635 | auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy); | ||||
| 8636 | NullabilityKind MergedKind; | ||||
| 8637 | |||||
| 8638 | // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression. | ||||
| 8639 | if (IsBin) { | ||||
| 8640 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) | ||||
| 8641 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull; | ||||
| 8642 | else | ||||
| 8643 | MergedKind = RHSKind; | ||||
| 8644 | // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression. | ||||
| 8645 | } else { | ||||
| 8646 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable || | ||||
| 8647 | RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable) | ||||
| 8648 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable; | ||||
| 8649 | else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) | ||||
| 8650 | MergedKind = RHSKind; | ||||
| 8651 | else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) | ||||
| 8652 | MergedKind = LHSKind; | ||||
| 8653 | else | ||||
| 8654 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified; | ||||
| 8655 | } | ||||
| 8656 | |||||
| 8657 | // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability. | ||||
| 8658 | if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind) | ||||
| 8659 | return ResTy; | ||||
| 8660 | |||||
| 8661 | // Strip all nullability from ResTy. | ||||
| 8662 | while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx)) | ||||
| 8663 | ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx); | ||||
| 8664 | |||||
| 8665 | // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind. | ||||
| 8666 | auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind); | ||||
| 8667 | return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy); | ||||
| 8668 | } | ||||
| 8669 | |||||
| 8670 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null | ||||
| 8671 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. | ||||
| 8672 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, | ||||
| 8673 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, | ||||
| 8674 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||
| 8675 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 8676 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||
| 8677 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it | ||||
| 8678 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have | ||||
| 8679 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. | ||||
| 8680 | ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr); | ||||
| 8681 | ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 8682 | ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 8683 | |||||
| 8684 | if (!CondResult.isUsable()) | ||||
| 8685 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8686 | |||||
| 8687 | if (LHSExpr) { | ||||
| 8688 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) | ||||
| 8689 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8690 | } | ||||
| 8691 | |||||
| 8692 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) | ||||
| 8693 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8694 | |||||
| 8695 | CondExpr = CondResult.get(); | ||||
| 8696 | LHSExpr = LHSResult.get(); | ||||
| 8697 | RHSExpr = RHSResult.get(); | ||||
| 8698 | } | ||||
| 8699 | |||||
| 8700 | // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS | ||||
| 8701 | // was the condition. | ||||
| 8702 | OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr; | ||||
| 8703 | Expr *commonExpr = nullptr; | ||||
| 8704 | if (!LHSExpr) { | ||||
| 8705 | commonExpr = CondExpr; | ||||
| 8706 | // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't | ||||
| 8707 | // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such | ||||
| 8708 | // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax. | ||||
| 8709 | if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 8710 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr); | ||||
| 8711 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8712 | commonExpr = result.get(); | ||||
| 8713 | } | ||||
| 8714 | // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except | ||||
| 8715 | // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional. | ||||
| 8716 | if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 8717 | && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent() | ||||
| 8718 | && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind() | ||||
| 8719 | && commonExpr->isGLValue() | ||||
| 8720 | && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() | ||||
| 8721 | && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() | ||||
| 8722 | && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) { | ||||
| 8723 | ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr); | ||||
| 8724 | if (commonRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8725 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8726 | commonExpr = commonRes.get(); | ||||
| 8727 | } | ||||
| 8728 | |||||
| 8729 | // If the common expression is a class or array prvalue, materialize it | ||||
| 8730 | // so that we can safely refer to it multiple times. | ||||
| 8731 | if (commonExpr->isRValue() && (commonExpr->getType()->isRecordType() || | ||||
| 8732 | commonExpr->getType()->isArrayType())) { | ||||
| 8733 | ExprResult MatExpr = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(commonExpr); | ||||
| 8734 | if (MatExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8735 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8736 | commonExpr = MatExpr.get(); | ||||
| 8737 | } | ||||
| 8738 | |||||
| 8739 | opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 8740 | commonExpr->getType(), | ||||
| 8741 | commonExpr->getValueKind(), | ||||
| 8742 | commonExpr->getObjectKind(), | ||||
| 8743 | commonExpr); | ||||
| 8744 | LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue; | ||||
| 8745 | } | ||||
| 8746 | |||||
| 8747 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 8748 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 8749 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 8750 | ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 8751 | QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 8752 | VK, OK, QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8753 | if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() || | ||||
| 8754 | RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 8755 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 8756 | |||||
| 8757 | DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), | ||||
| 8758 | RHS.get()); | ||||
| 8759 | |||||
| 8760 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc); | ||||
| 8761 | |||||
| 8762 | result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy, | ||||
| 8763 | Context); | ||||
| 8764 | |||||
| 8765 | if (!commonExpr) | ||||
| 8766 | return new (Context) | ||||
| 8767 | ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc, | ||||
| 8768 | RHS.get(), result, VK, OK); | ||||
| 8769 | |||||
| 8770 | return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator( | ||||
| 8771 | commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, | ||||
| 8772 | ColonLoc, result, VK, OK); | ||||
| 8773 | } | ||||
| 8774 | |||||
| 8775 | // Check if we have a conversion between incompatible cmse function pointer | ||||
| 8776 | // types, that is, a conversion between a function pointer with the | ||||
| 8777 | // cmse_nonsecure_call attribute and one without. | ||||
| 8778 | static bool IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, | ||||
| 8779 | QualType ToType) { | ||||
| 8780 | if (const auto *ToFn = | ||||
| 8781 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType))) { | ||||
| 8782 | if (const auto *FromFn = | ||||
| 8783 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType))) { | ||||
| 8784 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||
| 8785 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); | ||||
| 8786 | |||||
| 8787 | return ToEInfo.getCmseNSCall() != FromEInfo.getCmseNSCall(); | ||||
| 8788 | } | ||||
| 8789 | } | ||||
| 8790 | return false; | ||||
| 8791 | } | ||||
| 8792 | |||||
| 8793 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite | ||||
| 8794 | // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this | ||||
| 8795 | // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. | ||||
| 8796 | // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. | ||||
| 8797 | // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. | ||||
| 8798 | static Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 8799 | checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { | ||||
| 8800 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!")((LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType.isCanonical() && \"LHS not canonicalized!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8800, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8801 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!")((RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSType.isCanonical() && \"RHS not canonicalized!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8801, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8802 | |||||
| 8803 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) | ||||
| 8804 | const Type *lhptee, *rhptee; | ||||
| 8805 | Qualifiers lhq, rhq; | ||||
| 8806 | std::tie(lhptee, lhq) = | ||||
| 8807 | cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||
| 8808 | std::tie(rhptee, rhq) = | ||||
| 8809 | cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||
| 8810 | |||||
| 8811 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; | ||||
| 8812 | |||||
| 8813 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints | ||||
| 8814 | // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the | ||||
| 8815 | // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; | ||||
| 8816 | |||||
| 8817 | // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay. | ||||
| 8818 | if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() && | ||||
| 8819 | lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) { | ||||
| 8820 | // Ignore lifetime for further calculation. | ||||
| 8821 | lhq.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
| 8822 | rhq.removeObjCLifetime(); | ||||
| 8823 | } | ||||
| 8824 | |||||
| 8825 | if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) { | ||||
| 8826 | // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. | ||||
| 8827 | if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq)) | ||||
| 8828 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||
| 8829 | |||||
| 8830 | // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to | ||||
| 8831 | // and from void*. | ||||
| 8832 | else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime() | ||||
| 8833 | .compatiblyIncludes( | ||||
| 8834 | rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()) | ||||
| 8835 | && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType())) | ||||
| 8836 | ; // keep old | ||||
| 8837 | |||||
| 8838 | // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal. | ||||
| 8839 | else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) | ||||
| 8840 | ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||
| 8841 | |||||
| 8842 | // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated | ||||
| 8843 | // as still compatible in C. | ||||
| 8844 | else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||
| 8845 | } | ||||
| 8846 | |||||
| 8847 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or | ||||
| 8848 | // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified | ||||
| 8849 | // version of void... | ||||
| 8850 | if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 8851 | if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) | ||||
| 8852 | return ConvTy; | ||||
| 8853 | |||||
| 8854 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. | ||||
| 8855 | assert(rhptee->isFunctionType())((rhptee->isFunctionType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("rhptee->isFunctionType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8855, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8856 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; | ||||
| 8857 | } | ||||
| 8858 | |||||
| 8859 | if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 8860 | if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) | ||||
| 8861 | return ConvTy; | ||||
| 8862 | |||||
| 8863 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. | ||||
| 8864 | assert(lhptee->isFunctionType())((lhptee->isFunctionType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("lhptee->isFunctionType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8864, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8865 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; | ||||
| 8866 | } | ||||
| 8867 | |||||
| 8868 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or | ||||
| 8869 | // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... | ||||
| 8870 | QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0); | ||||
| 8871 | if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) { | ||||
| 8872 | // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. | ||||
| 8873 | // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs | ||||
| 8874 | // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. | ||||
| 8875 | if (lhptee->isCharType()) | ||||
| 8876 | ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||
| 8877 | else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
| 8878 | ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans); | ||||
| 8879 | |||||
| 8880 | if (rhptee->isCharType()) | ||||
| 8881 | rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; | ||||
| 8882 | else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
| 8883 | rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans); | ||||
| 8884 | |||||
| 8885 | if (ltrans == rtrans) { | ||||
| 8886 | // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility | ||||
| 8887 | // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign | ||||
| 8888 | // warning can be disabled. | ||||
| 8889 | if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible) | ||||
| 8890 | return ConvTy; | ||||
| 8891 | |||||
| 8892 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign; | ||||
| 8893 | } | ||||
| 8894 | |||||
| 8895 | // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply | ||||
| 8896 | // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If | ||||
| 8897 | // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same | ||||
| 8898 | // level of indirection, this must be the issue. | ||||
| 8899 | if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) { | ||||
| 8900 | do { | ||||
| 8901 | std::tie(lhptee, lhq) = | ||||
| 8902 | cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||
| 8903 | std::tie(rhptee, rhq) = | ||||
| 8904 | cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); | ||||
| 8905 | |||||
| 8906 | // Inconsistent address spaces at this point is invalid, even if the | ||||
| 8907 | // address spaces would be compatible. | ||||
| 8908 | // FIXME: This doesn't catch address space mismatches for pointers of | ||||
| 8909 | // different nesting levels, like: | ||||
| 8910 | // __local int *** a; | ||||
| 8911 | // int ** b = a; | ||||
| 8912 | // It's not clear how to actually determine when such pointers are | ||||
| 8913 | // invalidly incompatible. | ||||
| 8914 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) | ||||
| 8915 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch; | ||||
| 8916 | |||||
| 8917 | } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)); | ||||
| 8918 | |||||
| 8919 | if (lhptee == rhptee) | ||||
| 8920 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; | ||||
| 8921 | } | ||||
| 8922 | |||||
| 8923 | // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. | ||||
| 8924 | if (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) | ||||
| 8925 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; | ||||
| 8926 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||
| 8927 | } | ||||
| 8928 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 8929 | S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans)) | ||||
| 8930 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; | ||||
| 8931 | if (IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(S, ltrans, rtrans)) | ||||
| 8932 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; | ||||
| 8933 | return ConvTy; | ||||
| 8934 | } | ||||
| 8935 | |||||
| 8936 | /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two | ||||
| 8937 | /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer | ||||
| 8938 | /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer | ||||
| 8939 | // types. | ||||
| 8940 | static Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 8941 | checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 8942 | QualType RHSType) { | ||||
| 8943 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!")((LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType.isCanonical() && \"LHS not canonicalized!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8943, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8944 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!")((RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSType.isCanonical() && \"RHS not canonicalized!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8944, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8945 | |||||
| 8946 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; | ||||
| 8947 | |||||
| 8948 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) | ||||
| 8949 | lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 8950 | rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 8951 | |||||
| 8952 | // In C++, the types have to match exactly. | ||||
| 8953 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 8954 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; | ||||
| 8955 | |||||
| 8956 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; | ||||
| 8957 | |||||
| 8958 | // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. | ||||
| 8959 | Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||
| 8960 | Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); | ||||
| 8961 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
| 8962 | LQuals.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 8963 | RQuals.removeAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 8964 | } | ||||
| 8965 | if (LQuals != RQuals) | ||||
| 8966 | ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||
| 8967 | |||||
| 8968 | // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block | ||||
| 8969 | // assignment. | ||||
| 8970 | // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be | ||||
| 8971 | // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible | ||||
| 8972 | // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of | ||||
| 8973 | // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer | ||||
| 8974 | // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type: | ||||
| 8975 | // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address | ||||
| 8976 | // space of RHS. | ||||
| 8977 | // * unqualified types should be compatible. | ||||
| 8978 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
| 8979 | if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible( | ||||
| 8980 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals), | ||||
| 8981 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals))) | ||||
| 8982 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; | ||||
| 8983 | } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 8984 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; | ||||
| 8985 | |||||
| 8986 | return ConvTy; | ||||
| 8987 | } | ||||
| 8988 | |||||
| 8989 | /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types | ||||
| 8990 | /// for assignment compatibility. | ||||
| 8991 | static Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 8992 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, | ||||
| 8993 | QualType RHSType) { | ||||
| 8994 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!")((LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType.isCanonical() && \"LHS was not canonicalized!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8994, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8995 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!")((RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSType.isCanonical() && \"RHS was not canonicalized!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 8995, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 8996 | |||||
| 8997 | if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||
| 8998 | // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. | ||||
| 8999 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && | ||||
| 9000 | !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) | ||||
| 9001 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||
| 9002 | return Sema::Compatible; | ||||
| 9003 | } | ||||
| 9004 | if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { | ||||
| 9005 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && | ||||
| 9006 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) | ||||
| 9007 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||
| 9008 | return Sema::Compatible; | ||||
| 9009 | } | ||||
| 9010 | QualType lhptee = LHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 9011 | QualType rhptee = RHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 9012 | |||||
| 9013 | if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) && | ||||
| 9014 | // make an exception for id<P> | ||||
| 9015 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||
| 9016 | return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; | ||||
| 9017 | |||||
| 9018 | if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 9019 | return Sema::Compatible; | ||||
| 9020 | if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) | ||||
| 9021 | return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; | ||||
| 9022 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; | ||||
| 9023 | } | ||||
| 9024 | |||||
| 9025 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 9026 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 9027 | QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { | ||||
| 9028 | // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what | ||||
| 9029 | // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints | ||||
| 9030 | // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't | ||||
| 9031 | // usually happen on valid code. | ||||
| 9032 | OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue); | ||||
| 9033 | ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr; | ||||
| 9034 | CastKind K; | ||||
| 9035 | |||||
| 9036 | return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false); | ||||
| 9037 | } | ||||
| 9038 | |||||
| 9039 | /// This helper function returns true if QT is a vector type that has element | ||||
| 9040 | /// type ElementType. | ||||
| 9041 | static bool isVector(QualType QT, QualType ElementType) { | ||||
| 9042 | if (const VectorType *VT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||
| 9043 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == ElementType; | ||||
| 9044 | return false; | ||||
| 9045 | } | ||||
| 9046 | |||||
| 9047 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently | ||||
| 9048 | /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking | ||||
| 9049 | /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: | ||||
| 9050 | /// | ||||
| 9051 | /// int a, *pint; | ||||
| 9052 | /// short *pshort; | ||||
| 9053 | /// struct foo *pfoo; | ||||
| 9054 | /// | ||||
| 9055 | /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type | ||||
| 9056 | /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast | ||||
| 9057 | /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast | ||||
| 9058 | /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type | ||||
| 9059 | /// | ||||
| 9060 | /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the | ||||
| 9061 | /// C99 spec dictates. | ||||
| 9062 | /// | ||||
| 9063 | /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible. | ||||
| 9064 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 9065 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 9066 | CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) { | ||||
| 9067 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 9068 | QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType; | ||||
| 9069 | |||||
| 9070 | // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing | ||||
| 9071 | // them. | ||||
| 9072 | LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9073 | RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9074 | |||||
| 9075 | // Common case: no conversion required. | ||||
| 9076 | if (LHSType == RHSType) { | ||||
| 9077 | Kind = CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 9078 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9079 | } | ||||
| 9080 | |||||
| 9081 | // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an | ||||
| 9082 | // atomic qualification step. | ||||
| 9083 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) { | ||||
| 9084 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = | ||||
| 9085 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind); | ||||
| 9086 | if (result != Compatible) | ||||
| 9087 | return result; | ||||
| 9088 | if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS) | ||||
| 9089 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind); | ||||
| 9090 | Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic; | ||||
| 9091 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9092 | } | ||||
| 9093 | |||||
| 9094 | // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a | ||||
| 9095 | // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, | ||||
| 9096 | // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, | ||||
| 9097 | // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the | ||||
| 9098 | // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting | ||||
| 9099 | // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference | ||||
| 9100 | // type. | ||||
| 9101 | if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
| 9102 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9103 | Kind = CK_LValueBitCast; | ||||
| 9104 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9105 | } | ||||
| 9106 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9107 | } | ||||
| 9108 | |||||
| 9109 | // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type | ||||
| 9110 | // to the same ExtVector type. | ||||
| 9111 | if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||
| 9112 | if (RHSType->isExtVectorType()) | ||||
| 9113 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9114 | if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||
| 9115 | // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type. | ||||
| 9116 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||
| 9117 | RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get()); | ||||
| 9118 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; | ||||
| 9119 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9120 | } | ||||
| 9121 | } | ||||
| 9122 | |||||
| 9123 | // Conversions to or from vector type. | ||||
| 9124 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 9125 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 9126 | // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC | ||||
| 9127 | // vector type and vice versa | ||||
| 9128 | if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9129 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9130 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9131 | } | ||||
| 9132 | |||||
| 9133 | // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both | ||||
| 9134 | // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; | ||||
| 9135 | // no bits are changed but the result type is different. | ||||
| 9136 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||
| 9137 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9138 | return IncompatibleVectors; | ||||
| 9139 | } | ||||
| 9140 | } | ||||
| 9141 | |||||
| 9142 | // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between | ||||
| 9143 | // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the | ||||
| 9144 | // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle | ||||
| 9145 | // the case where LHS is a scalar. | ||||
| 9146 | if (LHSType->isScalarType()) { | ||||
| 9147 | const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 9148 | if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 && | ||||
| 9149 | isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||
| 9150 | ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS; | ||||
| 9151 | *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 9152 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9153 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9154 | } | ||||
| 9155 | } | ||||
| 9156 | |||||
| 9157 | // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors. | ||||
| 9158 | if ((LHSType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) || | ||||
| 9159 | (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isSizelessBuiltinType())) | ||||
| 9160 | if (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType) || | ||||
| 9161 | Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9162 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9163 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9164 | } | ||||
| 9165 | |||||
| 9166 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9167 | } | ||||
| 9168 | |||||
| 9169 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where | ||||
| 9170 | // such conversions currently can't be handled. | ||||
| 9171 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 9172 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9173 | |||||
| 9174 | // Disallow assigning a _Complex to a real type in C++ mode since it simply | ||||
| 9175 | // discards the imaginary part. | ||||
| 9176 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>() && | ||||
| 9177 | !LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()) | ||||
| 9178 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9179 | |||||
| 9180 | // Arithmetic conversions. | ||||
| 9181 | if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() && | ||||
| 9182 | !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) { | ||||
| 9183 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||
| 9184 | Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType); | ||||
| 9185 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9186 | } | ||||
| 9187 | |||||
| 9188 | // Conversions to normal pointers. | ||||
| 9189 | if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) { | ||||
| 9190 | // U* -> T* | ||||
| 9191 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9192 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 9193 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 9194 | if (AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR) | ||||
| 9195 | Kind = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; | ||||
| 9196 | else if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(RHSType, LHSType)) | ||||
| 9197 | Kind = CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 9198 | else | ||||
| 9199 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9200 | return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 9201 | } | ||||
| 9202 | |||||
| 9203 | // int -> T* | ||||
| 9204 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9205 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null? | ||||
| 9206 | return IntToPointer; | ||||
| 9207 | } | ||||
| 9208 | |||||
| 9209 | // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, | ||||
| 9210 | // with two exceptions: | ||||
| 9211 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9212 | // - conversions to void* | ||||
| 9213 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 9214 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9215 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9216 | } | ||||
| 9217 | |||||
| 9218 | // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type | ||||
| 9219 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
| 9220 | Context.hasSameType(LHSType, | ||||
| 9221 | Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { | ||||
| 9222 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9223 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9224 | } | ||||
| 9225 | |||||
| 9226 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9227 | return IncompatiblePointer; | ||||
| 9228 | } | ||||
| 9229 | |||||
| 9230 | // U^ -> void* | ||||
| 9231 | if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { | ||||
| 9232 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 9233 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 9234 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() | ||||
| 9235 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 9236 | .getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 9237 | Kind = | ||||
| 9238 | AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9239 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9240 | } | ||||
| 9241 | } | ||||
| 9242 | |||||
| 9243 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9244 | } | ||||
| 9245 | |||||
| 9246 | // Conversions to block pointers. | ||||
| 9247 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) { | ||||
| 9248 | // U^ -> T^ | ||||
| 9249 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 9250 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() | ||||
| 9251 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 9252 | .getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 9253 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() | ||||
| 9254 | ->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 9255 | .getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 9256 | Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9257 | return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 9258 | } | ||||
| 9259 | |||||
| 9260 | // int or null -> T^ | ||||
| 9261 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9262 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null | ||||
| 9263 | return IntToBlockPointer; | ||||
| 9264 | } | ||||
| 9265 | |||||
| 9266 | // id -> T^ | ||||
| 9267 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||
| 9268 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||
| 9269 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9270 | } | ||||
| 9271 | |||||
| 9272 | // void* -> T^ | ||||
| 9273 | if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
| 9274 | if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 9275 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; | ||||
| 9276 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9277 | } | ||||
| 9278 | |||||
| 9279 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9280 | } | ||||
| 9281 | |||||
| 9282 | // Conversions to Objective-C pointers. | ||||
| 9283 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) { | ||||
| 9284 | // A* -> B* | ||||
| 9285 | if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 9286 | Kind = CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 9287 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = | ||||
| 9288 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 9289 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | ||||
| 9290 | result == Compatible && | ||||
| 9291 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 9292 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; | ||||
| 9293 | return result; | ||||
| 9294 | } | ||||
| 9295 | |||||
| 9296 | // int or null -> A* | ||||
| 9297 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9298 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null | ||||
| 9299 | return IntToPointer; | ||||
| 9300 | } | ||||
| 9301 | |||||
| 9302 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, | ||||
| 9303 | // with two exceptions: | ||||
| 9304 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9305 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
| 9306 | |||||
| 9307 | // - conversions from 'void*' | ||||
| 9308 | if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) { | ||||
| 9309 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9310 | } | ||||
| 9311 | |||||
| 9312 | // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type | ||||
| 9313 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && | ||||
| 9314 | Context.hasSameType(RHSType, | ||||
| 9315 | Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { | ||||
| 9316 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9317 | } | ||||
| 9318 | |||||
| 9319 | return IncompatiblePointer; | ||||
| 9320 | } | ||||
| 9321 | |||||
| 9322 | // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer. | ||||
| 9323 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||
| 9324 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) { | ||||
| 9325 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||
| 9326 | maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS); | ||||
| 9327 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; | ||||
| 9328 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9329 | } | ||||
| 9330 | |||||
| 9331 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9332 | } | ||||
| 9333 | |||||
| 9334 | // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above. | ||||
| 9335 | if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9336 | // T* -> _Bool | ||||
| 9337 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { | ||||
| 9338 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; | ||||
| 9339 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9340 | } | ||||
| 9341 | |||||
| 9342 | // T* -> int | ||||
| 9343 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9344 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; | ||||
| 9345 | return PointerToInt; | ||||
| 9346 | } | ||||
| 9347 | |||||
| 9348 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9349 | } | ||||
| 9350 | |||||
| 9351 | // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above. | ||||
| 9352 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9353 | // T* -> _Bool | ||||
| 9354 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { | ||||
| 9355 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; | ||||
| 9356 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9357 | } | ||||
| 9358 | |||||
| 9359 | // T* -> int | ||||
| 9360 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9361 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; | ||||
| 9362 | return PointerToInt; | ||||
| 9363 | } | ||||
| 9364 | |||||
| 9365 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9366 | } | ||||
| 9367 | |||||
| 9368 | // struct A -> struct B | ||||
| 9369 | if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9370 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9371 | Kind = CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 9372 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9373 | } | ||||
| 9374 | } | ||||
| 9375 | |||||
| 9376 | if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9377 | Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler; | ||||
| 9378 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9379 | } | ||||
| 9380 | |||||
| 9381 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9382 | } | ||||
| 9383 | |||||
| 9384 | /// Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is | ||||
| 9385 | /// used to initialize the transparent union. | ||||
| 9386 | static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, | ||||
| 9387 | ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType, | ||||
| 9388 | FieldDecl *Field) { | ||||
| 9389 | // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member | ||||
| 9390 | // of the transparent union. | ||||
| 9391 | Expr *E = EResult.get(); | ||||
| 9392 | InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 9393 | E, SourceLocation()); | ||||
| 9394 | Initializer->setType(UnionType); | ||||
| 9395 | Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); | ||||
| 9396 | |||||
| 9397 | // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent | ||||
| 9398 | // union type from this initializer list. | ||||
| 9399 | TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType); | ||||
| 9400 | EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, | ||||
| 9401 | VK_RValue, Initializer, false); | ||||
| 9402 | } | ||||
| 9403 | |||||
| 9404 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 9405 | Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, | ||||
| 9406 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||
| 9407 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 9408 | |||||
| 9409 | // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential | ||||
| 9410 | // transparent_union GCC extension. | ||||
| 9411 | const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); | ||||
| 9412 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) | ||||
| 9413 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9414 | |||||
| 9415 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. | ||||
| 9416 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); | ||||
| 9417 | FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr; | ||||
| 9418 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. | ||||
| 9419 | for (auto *it : UD->fields()) { | ||||
| 9420 | if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||
| 9421 | // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: | ||||
| 9422 | // 1) void pointer | ||||
| 9423 | // 2) null pointer constant | ||||
| 9424 | if (RHSType->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 9425 | if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 9426 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 9427 | InitField = it; | ||||
| 9428 | break; | ||||
| 9429 | } | ||||
| 9430 | |||||
| 9431 | if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 9432 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
| 9433 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), | ||||
| 9434 | CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 9435 | InitField = it; | ||||
| 9436 | break; | ||||
| 9437 | } | ||||
| 9438 | } | ||||
| 9439 | |||||
| 9440 | CastKind Kind; | ||||
| 9441 | if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind) | ||||
| 9442 | == Compatible) { | ||||
| 9443 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind); | ||||
| 9444 | InitField = it; | ||||
| 9445 | break; | ||||
| 9446 | } | ||||
| 9447 | } | ||||
| 9448 | |||||
| 9449 | if (!InitField) | ||||
| 9450 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9451 | |||||
| 9452 | ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField); | ||||
| 9453 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9454 | } | ||||
| 9455 | |||||
| 9456 | Sema::AssignConvertType | ||||
| 9457 | Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS, | ||||
| 9458 | bool Diagnose, | ||||
| 9459 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited, | ||||
| 9460 | bool ConvertRHS) { | ||||
| 9461 | // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if | ||||
| 9462 | // they ask us to issue diagnostics. | ||||
| 9463 | assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed")(((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && \"can't indicate whether we diagnosed\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9463, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 9464 | |||||
| 9465 | // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly, | ||||
| 9466 | // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere | ||||
| 9467 | // to put the updated value. | ||||
| 9468 | ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS; | ||||
| 9469 | ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS; | ||||
| 9470 | |||||
| 9471 | if (const auto *LHSPtrType = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 9472 | if (const auto *RHSPtrType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 9473 | if (RHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && | ||||
| 9474 | !LHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { | ||||
| 9475 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 9476 | diag::warn_noderef_to_dereferenceable_pointer) | ||||
| 9477 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 9478 | } | ||||
| 9479 | } | ||||
| 9480 | } | ||||
| 9481 | |||||
| 9482 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 9483 | if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) { | ||||
| 9484 | // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the | ||||
| 9485 | // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the | ||||
| 9486 | // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. | ||||
| 9487 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 9488 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 9489 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
| 9490 | AA_Assigning); | ||||
| 9491 | } else { | ||||
| 9492 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = | ||||
| 9493 | TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
| 9494 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, | ||||
| 9495 | AllowedExplicit::None, | ||||
| 9496 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, | ||||
| 9497 | /*CStyle=*/false, | ||||
| 9498 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); | ||||
| 9499 | if (ICS.isFailure()) | ||||
| 9500 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9501 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
| 9502 | ICS, AA_Assigning); | ||||
| 9503 | } | ||||
| 9504 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 9505 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9506 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible; | ||||
| 9507 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | ||||
| 9508 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 9509 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; | ||||
| 9510 | return result; | ||||
| 9511 | } | ||||
| 9512 | |||||
| 9513 | // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C | ||||
| 9514 | // structures. | ||||
| 9515 | // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should | ||||
| 9516 | // happen there, though. | ||||
| 9517 | } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { | ||||
| 9518 | // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These | ||||
| 9519 | // functions need to be resolved here. | ||||
| 9520 | DeclAccessPair DAP; | ||||
| 9521 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( | ||||
| 9522 | RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP)) | ||||
| 9523 | RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD); | ||||
| 9524 | else | ||||
| 9525 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9526 | } | ||||
| 9527 | |||||
| 9528 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is | ||||
| 9529 | // a null pointer constant. | ||||
| 9530 | if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
| 9531 | LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) && | ||||
| 9532 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 9533 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
| 9534 | if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) { | ||||
| 9535 | CastKind Kind; | ||||
| 9536 | CXXCastPath Path; | ||||
| 9537 | CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path, | ||||
| 9538 | /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose); | ||||
| 9539 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||
| 9540 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_RValue, &Path); | ||||
| 9541 | } | ||||
| 9542 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9543 | } | ||||
| 9544 | |||||
| 9545 | // OpenCL queue_t type assignment. | ||||
| 9546 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||
| 9547 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
| 9548 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 9549 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9550 | } | ||||
| 9551 | |||||
| 9552 | // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper | ||||
| 9553 | // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all | ||||
| 9554 | // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary | ||||
| 9555 | // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). | ||||
| 9556 | // | ||||
| 9557 | // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. | ||||
| 9558 | if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
| 9559 | // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false. | ||||
| 9560 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose); | ||||
| 9561 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 9562 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9563 | } | ||||
| 9564 | CastKind Kind; | ||||
| 9565 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = | ||||
| 9566 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS); | ||||
| 9567 | |||||
| 9568 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the | ||||
| 9569 | // type of the assignment expression. | ||||
| 9570 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, | ||||
| 9571 | // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. | ||||
| 9572 | // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression | ||||
| 9573 | // does not have reference type. | ||||
| 9574 | if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) { | ||||
| 9575 | QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
| 9576 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 9577 | |||||
| 9578 | // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting | ||||
| 9579 | // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload | ||||
| 9580 | // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure. | ||||
| 9581 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && | ||||
| 9582 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, | ||||
| 9583 | Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) { | ||||
| 9584 | if (!Diagnose) | ||||
| 9585 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9586 | } | ||||
| 9587 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && | ||||
| 9588 | (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getBeginLoc(), LHSType, | ||||
| 9589 | E->getType(), E, Diagnose) || | ||||
| 9590 | CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) { | ||||
| 9591 | if (!Diagnose) | ||||
| 9592 | return Incompatible; | ||||
| 9593 | // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we | ||||
| 9594 | // can find further errors. | ||||
| 9595 | RHS = E; | ||||
| 9596 | return Compatible; | ||||
| 9597 | } | ||||
| 9598 | |||||
| 9599 | if (ConvertRHS) | ||||
| 9600 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind); | ||||
| 9601 | } | ||||
| 9602 | |||||
| 9603 | return result; | ||||
| 9604 | } | ||||
| 9605 | |||||
| 9606 | namespace { | ||||
| 9607 | /// The original operand to an operator, prior to the application of the usual | ||||
| 9608 | /// arithmetic conversions and converting the arguments of a builtin operator | ||||
| 9609 | /// candidate. | ||||
| 9610 | struct OriginalOperand { | ||||
| 9611 | explicit OriginalOperand(Expr *Op) : Orig(Op), Conversion(nullptr) { | ||||
| 9612 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Op)) | ||||
| 9613 | Op = MTE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 9614 | if (auto *BTE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Op)) | ||||
| 9615 | Op = BTE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 9616 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Op)) { | ||||
| 9617 | Orig = ICE->getSubExprAsWritten(); | ||||
| 9618 | Conversion = ICE->getConversionFunction(); | ||||
| 9619 | } | ||||
| 9620 | } | ||||
| 9621 | |||||
| 9622 | QualType getType() const { return Orig->getType(); } | ||||
| 9623 | |||||
| 9624 | Expr *Orig; | ||||
| 9625 | NamedDecl *Conversion; | ||||
| 9626 | }; | ||||
| 9627 | } | ||||
| 9628 | |||||
| 9629 | QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 9630 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||
| 9631 | OriginalOperand OrigLHS(LHS.get()), OrigRHS(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 9632 | |||||
| 9633 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) | ||||
| 9634 | << OrigLHS.getType() << OrigRHS.getType() | ||||
| 9635 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 9636 | |||||
| 9637 | // If a user-defined conversion was applied to either of the operands prior | ||||
| 9638 | // to applying the built-in operator rules, tell the user about it. | ||||
| 9639 | if (OrigLHS.Conversion) { | ||||
| 9640 | Diag(OrigLHS.Conversion->getLocation(), | ||||
| 9641 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) | ||||
| 9642 | << 0 << LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 9643 | } | ||||
| 9644 | if (OrigRHS.Conversion) { | ||||
| 9645 | Diag(OrigRHS.Conversion->getLocation(), | ||||
| 9646 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) | ||||
| 9647 | << 1 << RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 9648 | } | ||||
| 9649 | |||||
| 9650 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 9651 | } | ||||
| 9652 | |||||
| 9653 | // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and | ||||
| 9654 | // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error | ||||
| 9655 | // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases. | ||||
| 9656 | QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 9657 | ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||
| 9658 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); | ||||
| 9659 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); | ||||
| 9660 | |||||
| 9661 | bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType(); | ||||
| 9662 | bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType(); | ||||
| 9663 | |||||
| 9664 | if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) { | ||||
| 9665 | Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); | ||||
| 9666 | Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); | ||||
| 9667 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) | ||||
| 9668 | << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType() | ||||
| 9669 | << Vector->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 9670 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 9671 | } | ||||
| 9672 | |||||
| 9673 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) | ||||
| 9674 | << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 9675 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 9676 | |||||
| 9677 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 9678 | } | ||||
| 9679 | |||||
| 9680 | /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting | ||||
| 9681 | /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat. | ||||
| 9682 | /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar | ||||
| 9683 | /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except | ||||
| 9684 | /// for float->int. | ||||
| 9685 | /// | ||||
| 9686 | /// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2: | ||||
| 9687 | /// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank | ||||
| 9688 | /// than the type of the vector element. | ||||
| 9689 | /// | ||||
| 9690 | /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions | ||||
| 9691 | /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure) | ||||
| 9692 | static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar, | ||||
| 9693 | QualType scalarTy, | ||||
| 9694 | QualType vectorEltTy, | ||||
| 9695 | QualType vectorTy, | ||||
| 9696 | unsigned &DiagID) { | ||||
| 9697 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, | ||||
| 9698 | // if necessary. | ||||
| 9699 | CastKind scalarCast = CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 9700 | |||||
| 9701 | if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||
| 9702 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() || | ||||
| 9703 | (scalarTy->isIntegerType() && | ||||
| 9704 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0))) { | ||||
| 9705 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; | ||||
| 9706 | return true; | ||||
| 9707 | } | ||||
| 9708 | if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) | ||||
| 9709 | return true; | ||||
| 9710 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 9711 | } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 9712 | if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 9713 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 9714 | S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0) { | ||||
| 9715 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; | ||||
| 9716 | return true; | ||||
| 9717 | } | ||||
| 9718 | scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; | ||||
| 9719 | } | ||||
| 9720 | else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) | ||||
| 9721 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||
| 9722 | else | ||||
| 9723 | return true; | ||||
| 9724 | } else { | ||||
| 9725 | return true; | ||||
| 9726 | } | ||||
| 9727 | |||||
| 9728 | // Adjust scalar if desired. | ||||
| 9729 | if (scalar) { | ||||
| 9730 | if (scalarCast != CK_NoOp) | ||||
| 9731 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast); | ||||
| 9732 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||
| 9733 | } | ||||
| 9734 | return false; | ||||
| 9735 | } | ||||
| 9736 | |||||
| 9737 | /// Convert vector E to a vector with the same number of elements but different | ||||
| 9738 | /// element type. | ||||
| 9739 | static ExprResult convertVector(Expr *E, QualType ElementType, Sema &S) { | ||||
| 9740 | const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 9741 | assert(VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector")((VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("VecTy && \"Expression E must be a vector\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9741, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 9742 | QualType NewVecTy = S.Context.getVectorType(ElementType, | ||||
| 9743 | VecTy->getNumElements(), | ||||
| 9744 | VecTy->getVectorKind()); | ||||
| 9745 | |||||
| 9746 | // Look through the implicit cast. Return the subexpression if its type is | ||||
| 9747 | // NewVecTy. | ||||
| 9748 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 9749 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType() == NewVecTy) | ||||
| 9750 | return ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 9751 | |||||
| 9752 | auto Cast = ElementType->isIntegerType() ? CK_IntegralCast : CK_FloatingCast; | ||||
| 9753 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E, NewVecTy, Cast); | ||||
| 9754 | } | ||||
| 9755 | |||||
| 9756 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type | ||||
| 9757 | /// IntTy without losing precision. | ||||
| 9758 | static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, | ||||
| 9759 | QualType OtherIntTy) { | ||||
| 9760 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9761 | |||||
| 9762 | // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would | ||||
| 9763 | // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be | ||||
| 9764 | // demoted without loss of precision. | ||||
| 9765 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | ||||
| 9766 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context); | ||||
| 9767 | int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy); | ||||
| 9768 | bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||
| 9769 | bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); | ||||
| 9770 | |||||
| 9771 | if (CstInt) { | ||||
| 9772 | // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active | ||||
| 9773 | // bits that the vector element type, reject it. | ||||
| 9774 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 9775 | unsigned NumBits = IntSigned | ||||
| 9776 | ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits() | ||||
| 9777 | : Result.getActiveBits()) | ||||
| 9778 | : Result.getActiveBits(); | ||||
| 9779 | if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits) | ||||
| 9780 | return true; | ||||
| 9781 | |||||
| 9782 | // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type | ||||
| 9783 | // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector | ||||
| 9784 | // element reject it. | ||||
| 9785 | return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned && | ||||
| 9786 | NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy)); | ||||
| 9787 | } | ||||
| 9788 | |||||
| 9789 | // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's | ||||
| 9790 | // order is greater than that of the vector element type. | ||||
| 9791 | return (Order < 0); | ||||
| 9792 | } | ||||
| 9793 | |||||
| 9794 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type | ||||
| 9795 | /// FloatTy without losing precision. | ||||
| 9796 | static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, | ||||
| 9797 | QualType FloatTy) { | ||||
| 9798 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9799 | |||||
| 9800 | // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point | ||||
| 9801 | // number of the appropriate type. | ||||
| 9802 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | ||||
| 9803 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context); | ||||
| 9804 | |||||
| 9805 | uint64_t Bits = 0; | ||||
| 9806 | if (CstInt) { | ||||
| 9807 | // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to | ||||
| 9808 | // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion. | ||||
| 9809 | // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat | ||||
| 9810 | // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method | ||||
| 9811 | // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred. | ||||
| 9812 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 9813 | llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy)); | ||||
| 9814 | Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(), | ||||
| 9815 | llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero); | ||||
| 9816 | llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy), | ||||
| 9817 | !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()); | ||||
| 9818 | bool Ignored = false; | ||||
| 9819 | Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, | ||||
| 9820 | &Ignored); | ||||
| 9821 | if (Result != ConvertBack) | ||||
| 9822 | return true; | ||||
| 9823 | } else { | ||||
| 9824 | // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of | ||||
| 9825 | // the float. | ||||
| 9826 | Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy); | ||||
| 9827 | unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision( | ||||
| 9828 | S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy)); | ||||
| 9829 | if (Bits > FloatPrec) | ||||
| 9830 | return true; | ||||
| 9831 | } | ||||
| 9832 | |||||
| 9833 | return false; | ||||
| 9834 | } | ||||
| 9835 | |||||
| 9836 | /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches | ||||
| 9837 | /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit | ||||
| 9838 | /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element | ||||
| 9839 | /// type without causing truncation of Scalar. | ||||
| 9840 | static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar, | ||||
| 9841 | ExprResult *Vector) { | ||||
| 9842 | QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9843 | QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9844 | const VectorType *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 9845 | |||||
| 9846 | assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&((!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && \"ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9847, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 9847 | "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!")((!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && \"ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9847, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 9848 | |||||
| 9849 | QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType(); | ||||
| 9850 | |||||
| 9851 | // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are | ||||
| 9852 | // not integral or floating point types. | ||||
| 9853 | if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType()) | ||||
| 9854 | return true; | ||||
| 9855 | |||||
| 9856 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, | ||||
| 9857 | // if necessary. | ||||
| 9858 | CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 9859 | |||||
| 9860 | // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is | ||||
| 9861 | // an integer. | ||||
| 9862 | // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise | ||||
| 9863 | // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer | ||||
| 9864 | // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform | ||||
| 9865 | // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language. | ||||
| 9866 | // We should accept it on a language independent basis. | ||||
| 9867 | if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && | ||||
| 9868 | ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && | ||||
| 9869 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) { | ||||
| 9870 | |||||
| 9871 | if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy)) | ||||
| 9872 | return true; | ||||
| 9873 | |||||
| 9874 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; | ||||
| 9875 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) && | ||||
| 9876 | ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 9877 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(VectorEltTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(ScalarTy)) | ||||
| 9878 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingToIntegral; | ||||
| 9879 | else | ||||
| 9880 | return true; | ||||
| 9881 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 9882 | if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { | ||||
| 9883 | |||||
| 9884 | // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher | ||||
| 9885 | // Order than the vector element type. | ||||
| 9886 | llvm::APFloat Result(0.0); | ||||
| 9887 | |||||
| 9888 | // Determine whether this is a constant scalar. In the event that the | ||||
| 9889 | // value is dependent (and thus cannot be evaluated by the constant | ||||
| 9890 | // evaluator), skip the evaluation. This will then diagnose once the | ||||
| 9891 | // expression is instantiated. | ||||
| 9892 | bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
| 9893 | Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context); | ||||
| 9894 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy); | ||||
| 9895 | if (!CstScalar && Order < 0) | ||||
| 9896 | return true; | ||||
| 9897 | |||||
| 9898 | // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type, | ||||
| 9899 | // reject it. | ||||
| 9900 | if (CstScalar) { | ||||
| 9901 | bool Truncated = false; | ||||
| 9902 | Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy), | ||||
| 9903 | llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated); | ||||
| 9904 | if (Truncated) | ||||
| 9905 | return true; | ||||
| 9906 | } | ||||
| 9907 | |||||
| 9908 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; | ||||
| 9909 | } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) { | ||||
| 9910 | if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy)) | ||||
| 9911 | return true; | ||||
| 9912 | |||||
| 9913 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; | ||||
| 9914 | } else | ||||
| 9915 | return true; | ||||
| 9916 | } else if (ScalarTy->isEnumeralType()) | ||||
| 9917 | return true; | ||||
| 9918 | |||||
| 9919 | // Adjust scalar if desired. | ||||
| 9920 | if (Scalar) { | ||||
| 9921 | if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp) | ||||
| 9922 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast); | ||||
| 9923 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||
| 9924 | } | ||||
| 9925 | return false; | ||||
| 9926 | } | ||||
| 9927 | |||||
| 9928 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 9929 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, | ||||
| 9930 | bool AllowBothBool, | ||||
| 9931 | bool AllowBoolConversions) { | ||||
| 9932 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 9933 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 9934 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 9935 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 9936 | } | ||||
| 9937 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 9938 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 9939 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 9940 | |||||
| 9941 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||
| 9942 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||
| 9943 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9944 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 9945 | |||||
| 9946 | const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 9947 | const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 9948 | assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType)((LHSVecType || RHSVecType) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSVecType || RHSVecType", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 9948, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 9949 | |||||
| 9950 | if ((LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type()) || | ||||
| 9951 | (RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type())) | ||||
| 9952 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 9953 | |||||
| 9954 | // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed | ||||
| 9955 | // for some operators but not others. | ||||
| 9956 | if (!AllowBothBool && | ||||
| 9957 | LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool && | ||||
| 9958 | RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) | ||||
| 9959 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 9960 | |||||
| 9961 | // If the vector types are identical, return. | ||||
| 9962 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 9963 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 9964 | |||||
| 9965 | // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type. | ||||
| 9966 | if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType && | ||||
| 9967 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||
| 9968 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { | ||||
| 9969 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 9970 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 9971 | } | ||||
| 9972 | |||||
| 9973 | if (!IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 9974 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 9975 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 9976 | } | ||||
| 9977 | |||||
| 9978 | // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors | ||||
| 9979 | // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool | ||||
| 9980 | // operand must have integer element type. | ||||
| 9981 | if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType && | ||||
| 9982 | LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() && | ||||
| 9983 | (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) == | ||||
| 9984 | Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) { | ||||
| 9985 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector && | ||||
| 9986 | LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() && | ||||
| 9987 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) { | ||||
| 9988 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 9989 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 9990 | } | ||||
| 9991 | if (!IsCompAssign && | ||||
| 9992 | LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool && | ||||
| 9993 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector && | ||||
| 9994 | RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 9995 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 9996 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 9997 | } | ||||
| 9998 | } | ||||
| 9999 | |||||
| 10000 | // Expressions containing fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors are invalid | ||||
| 10001 | // since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. | ||||
| 10002 | auto IsSveConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { | ||||
| 10003 | const VectorType *VecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 10004 | return FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && VecType && | ||||
| 10005 | (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector || | ||||
| 10006 | VecType->getVectorKind() == | ||||
| 10007 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector); | ||||
| 10008 | }; | ||||
| 10009 | |||||
| 10010 | if (IsSveConversion(LHSType, RHSType) || IsSveConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||
| 10011 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_ambiguous) << LHSType << RHSType; | ||||
| 10012 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10013 | } | ||||
| 10014 | |||||
| 10015 | // Expressions containing GNU and SVE (fixed or sizeless) vectors are invalid | ||||
| 10016 | // since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. | ||||
| 10017 | auto IsSveGnuConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { | ||||
| 10018 | const VectorType *FirstVecType = FirstType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 10019 | const VectorType *SecondVecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 10020 | |||||
| 10021 | if (FirstVecType && SecondVecType) | ||||
| 10022 | return FirstVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector && | ||||
| 10023 | (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == | ||||
| 10024 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector || | ||||
| 10025 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == | ||||
| 10026 | VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector); | ||||
| 10027 | |||||
| 10028 | return FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && SecondVecType && | ||||
| 10029 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector; | ||||
| 10030 | }; | ||||
| 10031 | |||||
| 10032 | if (IsSveGnuConversion(LHSType, RHSType) || | ||||
| 10033 | IsSveGnuConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) { | ||||
| 10034 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_gnu_ambiguous) << LHSType << RHSType; | ||||
| 10035 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10036 | } | ||||
| 10037 | |||||
| 10038 | // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to | ||||
| 10039 | // the vector element type and splat. | ||||
| 10040 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable; | ||||
| 10041 | if (!RHSVecType) { | ||||
| 10042 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { | ||||
| 10043 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType, | ||||
| 10044 | LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType, | ||||
| 10045 | DiagID)) | ||||
| 10046 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 10047 | } else { | ||||
| 10048 | if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS)) | ||||
| 10049 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 10050 | } | ||||
| 10051 | } | ||||
| 10052 | if (!LHSVecType) { | ||||
| 10053 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) { | ||||
| 10054 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS), | ||||
| 10055 | LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(), | ||||
| 10056 | RHSType, DiagID)) | ||||
| 10057 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 10058 | } else { | ||||
| 10059 | if (LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue || | ||||
| 10060 | !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS)) | ||||
| 10061 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 10062 | } | ||||
| 10063 | } | ||||
| 10064 | |||||
| 10065 | // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and | ||||
| 10066 | // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks | ||||
| 10067 | // and emit proper diagnostics. | ||||
| 10068 | QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; | ||||
| 10069 | const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType; | ||||
| 10070 | QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; | ||||
| 10071 | ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS; | ||||
| 10072 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) { | ||||
| 10073 | // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size | ||||
| 10074 | // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is | ||||
| 10075 | // scalar, the result is always the vector type. | ||||
| 10076 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 10077 | *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 10078 | return VecType; | ||||
| 10079 | // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding | ||||
| 10080 | // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs' | ||||
| 10081 | // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in | ||||
| 10082 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for | ||||
| 10083 | // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type. | ||||
| 10084 | } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() || OtherType->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 10085 | (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) { | ||||
| 10086 | ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS; | ||||
| 10087 | *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 10088 | return VecType; | ||||
| 10089 | } | ||||
| 10090 | } | ||||
| 10091 | |||||
| 10092 | // Okay, the expression is invalid. | ||||
| 10093 | |||||
| 10094 | // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that. | ||||
| 10095 | if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) || | ||||
| 10096 | (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) { | ||||
| 10097 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar) | ||||
| 10098 | << LHSType << RHSType | ||||
| 10099 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10100 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10101 | } | ||||
| 10102 | |||||
| 10103 | // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1: | ||||
| 10104 | // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall | ||||
| 10105 | // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per | ||||
| 10106 | // section 6.2.1. | ||||
| 10107 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 10108 | RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) && | ||||
| 10109 | LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) { | ||||
| 10110 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType | ||||
| 10111 | << RHSType; | ||||
| 10112 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10113 | } | ||||
| 10114 | |||||
| 10115 | |||||
| 10116 | // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach | ||||
| 10117 | // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type | ||||
| 10118 | // without truncation. | ||||
| 10119 | if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) || | ||||
| 10120 | (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) { | ||||
| 10121 | QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; | ||||
| 10122 | QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; | ||||
| 10123 | unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0; | ||||
| 10124 | Diag(Loc, | ||||
| 10125 | diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation) | ||||
| 10126 | << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector; | ||||
| 10127 | |||||
| 10128 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10129 | } | ||||
| 10130 | |||||
| 10131 | // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic. | ||||
| 10132 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) | ||||
| 10133 | << LHSType << RHSType | ||||
| 10134 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10135 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10136 | } | ||||
| 10137 | |||||
| 10138 | // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an | ||||
| 10139 | // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an | ||||
| 10140 | // integer instead of a pointer. | ||||
| 10141 | static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10142 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) { | ||||
| 10143 | // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant, | ||||
| 10144 | // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively | ||||
| 10145 | // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow. | ||||
| 10146 | bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||
| 10147 | bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||
| 10148 | |||||
| 10149 | QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10150 | |||||
| 10151 | // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and | ||||
| 10152 | // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about. | ||||
| 10153 | if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() || | ||||
| 10154 | NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType()) | ||||
| 10155 | return; | ||||
| 10156 | |||||
| 10157 | // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter | ||||
| 10158 | // what the other expression is. | ||||
| 10159 | if (!IsCompare) { | ||||
| 10160 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation) | ||||
| 10161 | << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) | ||||
| 10162 | << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); | ||||
| 10163 | return; | ||||
| 10164 | } | ||||
| 10165 | |||||
| 10166 | // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer | ||||
| 10167 | // if the other expression is a pointer. | ||||
| 10168 | if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() || | ||||
| 10169 | NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType()) | ||||
| 10170 | return; | ||||
| 10171 | |||||
| 10172 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation) | ||||
| 10173 | << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType | ||||
| 10174 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10175 | } | ||||
| 10176 | |||||
| 10177 | static void DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||
| 10178 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 10179 | const auto *LUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(LHS); | ||||
| 10180 | const auto *RUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(RHS); | ||||
| 10181 | if (!LUE || !RUE) | ||||
| 10182 | return; | ||||
| 10183 | if (LUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf || LUE->isArgumentType() || | ||||
| 10184 | RUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf) | ||||
| 10185 | return; | ||||
| 10186 | |||||
| 10187 | const Expr *LHSArg = LUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 10188 | QualType LHSTy = LHSArg->getType(); | ||||
| 10189 | QualType RHSTy; | ||||
| 10190 | |||||
| 10191 | if (RUE->isArgumentType()) | ||||
| 10192 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 10193 | else | ||||
| 10194 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens()->getType(); | ||||
| 10195 | |||||
| 10196 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && !RHSTy->isPointerType()) { | ||||
| 10197 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSTy->getPointeeType(), RHSTy)) | ||||
| 10198 | return; | ||||
| 10199 | |||||
| 10200 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_ptr) << LHS << LHS->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10201 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) { | ||||
| 10202 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) | ||||
| 10203 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_pointer_declared_here) | ||||
| 10204 | << LHSArgDecl; | ||||
| 10205 | } | ||||
| 10206 | } else if (const auto *ArrayTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(LHSTy)) { | ||||
| 10207 | QualType ArrayElemTy = ArrayTy->getElementType(); | ||||
| 10208 | if (ArrayElemTy != S.Context.getBaseElementType(ArrayTy) || | ||||
| 10209 | ArrayElemTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType() || | ||||
| 10210 | RHSTy->isReferenceType() || ArrayElemTy->isCharType() || | ||||
| 10211 | S.Context.getTypeSize(ArrayElemTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSTy)) | ||||
| 10212 | return; | ||||
| 10213 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_array) | ||||
| 10214 | << LHSArg->getSourceRange() << ArrayElemTy << RHSTy; | ||||
| 10215 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) { | ||||
| 10216 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) | ||||
| 10217 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_array_declared_here) | ||||
| 10218 | << LHSArgDecl; | ||||
| 10219 | } | ||||
| 10220 | |||||
| 10221 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_precedence_silence) << RHS; | ||||
| 10222 | } | ||||
| 10223 | } | ||||
| 10224 | |||||
| 10225 | static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 10226 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10227 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) { | ||||
| 10228 | // Check for division/remainder by zero. | ||||
| 10229 | Expr::EvalResult RHSValue; | ||||
| 10230 | if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 10231 | RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && | ||||
| 10232 | RHSValue.Val.getInt() == 0) | ||||
| 10233 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), | ||||
| 10234 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero) | ||||
| 10235 | << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 10236 | } | ||||
| 10237 | |||||
| 10238 | QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10239 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10240 | bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) { | ||||
| 10241 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||
| 10242 | |||||
| 10243 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10244 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10245 | if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) | ||||
| 10246 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, | ||||
| 10247 | /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||
| 10248 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); | ||||
| 10249 | if (!IsDiv && | ||||
| 10250 | (LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() || RHSTy->isConstantMatrixType())) | ||||
| 10251 | return CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 10252 | // For division, only matrix-by-scalar is supported. Other combinations with | ||||
| 10253 | // matrix types are invalid. | ||||
| 10254 | if (IsDiv && LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) | ||||
| 10255 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 10256 | |||||
| 10257 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||
| 10258 | LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||
| 10259 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 10260 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10261 | |||||
| 10262 | |||||
| 10263 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType()) | ||||
| 10264 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10265 | if (IsDiv) { | ||||
| 10266 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv); | ||||
| 10267 | DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc); | ||||
| 10268 | } | ||||
| 10269 | return compType; | ||||
| 10270 | } | ||||
| 10271 | |||||
| 10272 | QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( | ||||
| 10273 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 10274 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||
| 10275 | |||||
| 10276 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 10277 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 10278 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && | ||||
| 10279 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
| 10280 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, | ||||
| 10281 | /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||
| 10282 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); | ||||
| 10283 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10284 | } | ||||
| 10285 | |||||
| 10286 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||
| 10287 | LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||
| 10288 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 10289 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10290 | |||||
| 10291 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 10292 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10293 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */); | ||||
| 10294 | return compType; | ||||
| 10295 | } | ||||
| 10296 | |||||
| 10297 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers. | ||||
| 10298 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10299 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 10300 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 10301 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type | ||||
| 10302 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) | ||||
| 10303 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 10304 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10305 | } | ||||
| 10306 | |||||
| 10307 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer. | ||||
| 10308 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10309 | Expr *Pointer) { | ||||
| 10310 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 10311 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type | ||||
| 10312 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) | ||||
| 10313 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10314 | } | ||||
| 10315 | |||||
| 10316 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a null pointer. | ||||
| 10317 | /// | ||||
| 10318 | /// If \p IsGNUIdiom is true, the operation is using the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' | ||||
| 10319 | /// idiom, which we recognize as a GNU extension. | ||||
| 10320 | /// | ||||
| 10321 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10322 | Expr *Pointer, bool IsGNUIdiom) { | ||||
| 10323 | if (IsGNUIdiom) | ||||
| 10324 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_gnu_null_ptr_arith) | ||||
| 10325 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10326 | else | ||||
| 10327 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_arith_null_ptr) | ||||
| 10328 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10329 | } | ||||
| 10330 | |||||
| 10331 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers. | ||||
| 10332 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10333 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { | ||||
| 10334 | assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10334, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10335 | assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10335, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10336 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 10337 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type | ||||
| 10338 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) | ||||
| 10339 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 10340 | // We only show the second type if it differs from the first. | ||||
| 10341 | << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(), | ||||
| 10342 | RHS->getType()) | ||||
| 10343 | << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 10344 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10345 | } | ||||
| 10346 | |||||
| 10347 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer. | ||||
| 10348 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10349 | Expr *Pointer) { | ||||
| 10350 | assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10350, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10351 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 10352 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type | ||||
| 10353 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) | ||||
| 10354 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType() | ||||
| 10355 | << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */ | ||||
| 10356 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10357 | } | ||||
| 10358 | |||||
| 10359 | /// Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type | ||||
| 10360 | /// | ||||
| 10361 | /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type | ||||
| 10362 | static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10363 | Expr *Operand) { | ||||
| 10364 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); | ||||
| 10365 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
| 10366 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); | ||||
| 10367 | |||||
| 10368 | assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType())((ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10368, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10369 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 10370 | return S.RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||
| 10371 | Loc, PointeeTy, | ||||
| 10372 | diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||
| 10373 | Operand->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 10374 | } | ||||
| 10375 | |||||
| 10376 | /// Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand. | ||||
| 10377 | /// | ||||
| 10378 | /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types | ||||
| 10379 | /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed | ||||
| 10380 | /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an | ||||
| 10381 | /// extension. | ||||
| 10382 | /// | ||||
| 10383 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). | ||||
| 10384 | static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10385 | Expr *Operand) { | ||||
| 10386 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); | ||||
| 10387 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
| 10388 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); | ||||
| 10389 | |||||
| 10390 | if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true; | ||||
| 10391 | |||||
| 10392 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 10393 | if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { | ||||
| 10394 | diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand); | ||||
| 10395 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 10396 | } | ||||
| 10397 | if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 10398 | diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand); | ||||
| 10399 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 10400 | } | ||||
| 10401 | |||||
| 10402 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false; | ||||
| 10403 | |||||
| 10404 | return true; | ||||
| 10405 | } | ||||
| 10406 | |||||
| 10407 | /// Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer | ||||
| 10408 | /// operands. | ||||
| 10409 | /// | ||||
| 10410 | /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much | ||||
| 10411 | /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic | ||||
| 10412 | /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS | ||||
| 10413 | /// are (potentially problematic) pointers. | ||||
| 10414 | /// | ||||
| 10415 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). | ||||
| 10416 | static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10417 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 10418 | bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); | ||||
| 10419 | bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); | ||||
| 10420 | if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true; | ||||
| 10421 | |||||
| 10422 | QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy; | ||||
| 10423 | if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 10424 | if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 10425 | |||||
| 10426 | // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces | ||||
| 10427 | if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) { | ||||
| 10428 | if (!LHSPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RHSPointeeTy)) { | ||||
| 10429 | S.Diag(Loc, | ||||
| 10430 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) | ||||
| 10431 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/ | ||||
| 10432 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10433 | return false; | ||||
| 10434 | } | ||||
| 10435 | } | ||||
| 10436 | |||||
| 10437 | // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. | ||||
| 10438 | bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); | ||||
| 10439 | bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); | ||||
| 10440 | if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) { | ||||
| 10441 | if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); | ||||
| 10442 | else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 10443 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 10444 | |||||
| 10445 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 10446 | } | ||||
| 10447 | |||||
| 10448 | bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); | ||||
| 10449 | bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); | ||||
| 10450 | if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) { | ||||
| 10451 | if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); | ||||
| 10452 | else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, | ||||
| 10453 | RHSExpr); | ||||
| 10454 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 10455 | |||||
| 10456 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 10457 | } | ||||
| 10458 | |||||
| 10459 | if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr)) | ||||
| 10460 | return false; | ||||
| 10461 | if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr)) | ||||
| 10462 | return false; | ||||
| 10463 | |||||
| 10464 | return true; | ||||
| 10465 | } | ||||
| 10466 | |||||
| 10467 | /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string | ||||
| 10468 | /// literal. | ||||
| 10469 | static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 10470 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 10471 | StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 10472 | Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 10473 | if (!StrExpr) { | ||||
| 10474 | StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 10475 | IndexExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||
| 10476 | } | ||||
| 10477 | |||||
| 10478 | bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr && | ||||
| 10479 | IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); | ||||
| 10480 | if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) | ||||
| 10481 | return; | ||||
| 10482 | |||||
| 10483 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 10484 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int) | ||||
| 10485 | << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); | ||||
| 10486 | |||||
| 10487 | // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str". | ||||
| 10488 | if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 10489 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 10490 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) | ||||
| 10491 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&") | ||||
| 10492 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[") | ||||
| 10493 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]"); | ||||
| 10494 | } else | ||||
| 10495 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); | ||||
| 10496 | } | ||||
| 10497 | |||||
| 10498 | /// Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string. | ||||
| 10499 | static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 10500 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 10501 | const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr; | ||||
| 10502 | const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr = | ||||
| 10503 | dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 10504 | |||||
| 10505 | if (!CharExpr) { | ||||
| 10506 | CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 10507 | StringRefExpr = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 10508 | } | ||||
| 10509 | |||||
| 10510 | if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr) | ||||
| 10511 | return; | ||||
| 10512 | |||||
| 10513 | const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 10514 | |||||
| 10515 | // Return if not a PointerType. | ||||
| 10516 | if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||
| 10517 | return; | ||||
| 10518 | |||||
| 10519 | // Return if not a CharacterType. | ||||
| 10520 | if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType()) | ||||
| 10521 | return; | ||||
| 10522 | |||||
| 10523 | ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext(); | ||||
| 10524 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 10525 | |||||
| 10526 | const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 10527 | if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() && | ||||
| 10528 | CharType->isIntegerType() && | ||||
| 10529 | llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) { | ||||
| 10530 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) | ||||
| 10531 | << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy; | ||||
| 10532 | } else { | ||||
| 10533 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) | ||||
| 10534 | << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 10535 | } | ||||
| 10536 | |||||
| 10537 | // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str. | ||||
| 10538 | if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) { | ||||
| 10539 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 10540 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) | ||||
| 10541 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&") | ||||
| 10542 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[") | ||||
| 10543 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]"); | ||||
| 10544 | } else { | ||||
| 10545 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); | ||||
| 10546 | } | ||||
| 10547 | } | ||||
| 10548 | |||||
| 10549 | /// Emit error when two pointers are incompatible. | ||||
| 10550 | static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10551 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 10552 | assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10552, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10553 | assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10553, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10554 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) | ||||
| 10555 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 10556 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10557 | } | ||||
| 10558 | |||||
| 10559 | // C99 6.5.6 | ||||
| 10560 | QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10561 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 10562 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { | ||||
| 10563 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||
| 10564 | |||||
| 10565 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 10566 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 10567 | QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands( | ||||
| 10568 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, | ||||
| 10569 | /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||
| 10570 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector); | ||||
| 10571 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||
| 10572 | return compType; | ||||
| 10573 | } | ||||
| 10574 | |||||
| 10575 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || | ||||
| 10576 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { | ||||
| 10577 | QualType compType = | ||||
| 10578 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); | ||||
| 10579 | if (CompLHSTy) | ||||
| 10580 | *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||
| 10581 | return compType; | ||||
| 10582 | } | ||||
| 10583 | |||||
| 10584 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||
| 10585 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||
| 10586 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 10587 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10588 | |||||
| 10589 | // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal". | ||||
| 10590 | if (Opc == BO_Add) { | ||||
| 10591 | diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 10592 | diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 10593 | } | ||||
| 10594 | |||||
| 10595 | // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). | ||||
| 10596 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||
| 10597 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||
| 10598 | return compType; | ||||
| 10599 | } | ||||
| 10600 | |||||
| 10601 | // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp; | ||||
| 10602 | // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer. | ||||
| 10603 | Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 10604 | |||||
| 10605 | bool isObjCPointer; | ||||
| 10606 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||
| 10607 | isObjCPointer = false; | ||||
| 10608 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 10609 | isObjCPointer = true; | ||||
| 10610 | } else { | ||||
| 10611 | std::swap(PExp, IExp); | ||||
| 10612 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { | ||||
| 10613 | isObjCPointer = false; | ||||
| 10614 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 10615 | isObjCPointer = true; | ||||
| 10616 | } else { | ||||
| 10617 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10618 | } | ||||
| 10619 | } | ||||
| 10620 | assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10620, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10621 | |||||
| 10622 | if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 10623 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10624 | |||||
| 10625 | // Adding to a null pointer results in undefined behavior. | ||||
| 10626 | if (PExp->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||
| 10627 | Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { | ||||
| 10628 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. | ||||
| 10629 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; | ||||
| 10630 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||
| 10631 | (!IExp->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 10632 | (!IExp->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) || | ||||
| 10633 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { | ||||
| 10634 | // Check the conditions to see if this is the 'p = nullptr + n' idiom. | ||||
| 10635 | bool IsGNUIdiom = BinaryOperator::isNullPointerArithmeticExtension( | ||||
| 10636 | Context, BO_Add, PExp, IExp); | ||||
| 10637 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, PExp, IsGNUIdiom); | ||||
| 10638 | } | ||||
| 10639 | } | ||||
| 10640 | |||||
| 10641 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp)) | ||||
| 10642 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10643 | |||||
| 10644 | if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp)) | ||||
| 10645 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10646 | |||||
| 10647 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic | ||||
| 10648 | CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp); | ||||
| 10649 | |||||
| 10650 | if (CompLHSTy) { | ||||
| 10651 | QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 10652 | if (LHSTy.isNull()) { | ||||
| 10653 | LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10654 | if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||
| 10655 | LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); | ||||
| 10656 | } | ||||
| 10657 | *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; | ||||
| 10658 | } | ||||
| 10659 | |||||
| 10660 | return PExp->getType(); | ||||
| 10661 | } | ||||
| 10662 | |||||
| 10663 | // C99 6.5.6 | ||||
| 10664 | QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10665 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 10666 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { | ||||
| 10667 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||
| 10668 | |||||
| 10669 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 10670 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 10671 | QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands( | ||||
| 10672 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy, | ||||
| 10673 | /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec, | ||||
| 10674 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector); | ||||
| 10675 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||
| 10676 | return compType; | ||||
| 10677 | } | ||||
| 10678 | |||||
| 10679 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || | ||||
| 10680 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { | ||||
| 10681 | QualType compType = | ||||
| 10682 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); | ||||
| 10683 | if (CompLHSTy) | ||||
| 10684 | *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||
| 10685 | return compType; | ||||
| 10686 | } | ||||
| 10687 | |||||
| 10688 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||
| 10689 | LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); | ||||
| 10690 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 10691 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10692 | |||||
| 10693 | // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. | ||||
| 10694 | |||||
| 10695 | // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). | ||||
| 10696 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { | ||||
| 10697 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; | ||||
| 10698 | return compType; | ||||
| 10699 | } | ||||
| 10700 | |||||
| 10701 | // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. | ||||
| 10702 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { | ||||
| 10703 | QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 10704 | |||||
| 10705 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. | ||||
| 10706 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
| 10707 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) | ||||
| 10708 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10709 | |||||
| 10710 | // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. | ||||
| 10711 | if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 10712 | // Subtracting from a null pointer should produce a warning. | ||||
| 10713 | // The last argument to the diagnose call says this doesn't match the | ||||
| 10714 | // GNU int-to-pointer idiom. | ||||
| 10715 | if (LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 10716 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { | ||||
| 10717 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. | ||||
| 10718 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; | ||||
| 10719 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || | ||||
| 10720 | (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 10721 | (!RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) || | ||||
| 10722 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { | ||||
| 10723 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), false); | ||||
| 10724 | } | ||||
| 10725 | } | ||||
| 10726 | |||||
| 10727 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) | ||||
| 10728 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10729 | |||||
| 10730 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic | ||||
| 10731 | CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr, | ||||
| 10732 | /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true); | ||||
| 10733 | |||||
| 10734 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10735 | return LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10736 | } | ||||
| 10737 | |||||
| 10738 | // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. | ||||
| 10739 | if (const PointerType *RHSPTy | ||||
| 10740 | = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 10741 | QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 10742 | |||||
| 10743 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 10744 | // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] | ||||
| 10745 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { | ||||
| 10746 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 10747 | } | ||||
| 10748 | } else { | ||||
| 10749 | // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 | ||||
| 10750 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( | ||||
| 10751 | Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
| 10752 | Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||
| 10753 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 10754 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10755 | } | ||||
| 10756 | } | ||||
| 10757 | |||||
| 10758 | if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc, | ||||
| 10759 | LHS.get(), RHS.get())) | ||||
| 10760 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10761 | |||||
| 10762 | // FIXME: Add warnings for nullptr - ptr. | ||||
| 10763 | |||||
| 10764 | // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or | ||||
| 10765 | // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this | ||||
| 10766 | // case subtraction does not make sense. | ||||
| 10767 | if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 10768 | CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee); | ||||
| 10769 | if (ElementSize.isZero()) { | ||||
| 10770 | Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types) | ||||
| 10771 | << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType() | ||||
| 10772 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10773 | } | ||||
| 10774 | } | ||||
| 10775 | |||||
| 10776 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10777 | return Context.getPointerDiffType(); | ||||
| 10778 | } | ||||
| 10779 | } | ||||
| 10780 | |||||
| 10781 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10782 | } | ||||
| 10783 | |||||
| 10784 | static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) { | ||||
| 10785 | if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) | ||||
| 10786 | return ET->getDecl()->isScoped(); | ||||
| 10787 | return false; | ||||
| 10788 | } | ||||
| 10789 | |||||
| 10790 | static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10791 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 10792 | QualType LHSType) { | ||||
| 10793 | // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined), | ||||
| 10794 | // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema. | ||||
| 10795 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) | ||||
| 10796 | return; | ||||
| 10797 | |||||
| 10798 | // Check right/shifter operand | ||||
| 10799 | Expr::EvalResult RHSResult; | ||||
| 10800 | if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
| 10801 | !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSResult, S.Context)) | ||||
| 10802 | return; | ||||
| 10803 | llvm::APSInt Right = RHSResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 10804 | |||||
| 10805 | if (Right.isNegative()) { | ||||
| 10806 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), | ||||
| 10807 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative) | ||||
| 10808 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 10809 | return; | ||||
| 10810 | } | ||||
| 10811 | |||||
| 10812 | QualType LHSExprType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10813 | uint64_t LeftSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSExprType); | ||||
| 10814 | if (LHSExprType->isExtIntType()) | ||||
| 10815 | LeftSize = S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSExprType); | ||||
| 10816 | else if (LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) { | ||||
| 10817 | auto FXSema = S.Context.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSExprType); | ||||
| 10818 | LeftSize = FXSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)FXSema.hasUnsignedPadding(); | ||||
| 10819 | } | ||||
| 10820 | llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), LeftSize); | ||||
| 10821 | if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) { | ||||
| 10822 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), | ||||
| 10823 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) | ||||
| 10824 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 10825 | return; | ||||
| 10826 | } | ||||
| 10827 | |||||
| 10828 | // FIXME: We probably need to handle fixed point types specially here. | ||||
| 10829 | if (Opc != BO_Shl || LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) | ||||
| 10830 | return; | ||||
| 10831 | |||||
| 10832 | // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which | ||||
| 10833 | // according to C++ standards prior to C++2a has undefined behavior | ||||
| 10834 | // ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned integers have defined behavior modulo one | ||||
| 10835 | // more than the maximum value representable in the result type, so never | ||||
| 10836 | // warn for those. (FIXME: Unsigned left-shift overflow in a constant | ||||
| 10837 | // expression is still probably a bug.) | ||||
| 10838 | Expr::EvalResult LHSResult; | ||||
| 10839 | if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() || | ||||
| 10840 | LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || | ||||
| 10841 | !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(LHSResult, S.Context)) | ||||
| 10842 | return; | ||||
| 10843 | llvm::APSInt Left = LHSResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 10844 | |||||
| 10845 | // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value | ||||
| 10846 | // then, the behavior is undefined before C++2a. Warn about it. | ||||
| 10847 | if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined() && | ||||
| 10848 | !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | ||||
| 10849 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(), | ||||
| 10850 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative) | ||||
| 10851 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 10852 | return; | ||||
| 10853 | } | ||||
| 10854 | |||||
| 10855 | llvm::APInt ResultBits = | ||||
| 10856 | static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits(); | ||||
| 10857 | if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits)) | ||||
| 10858 | return; | ||||
| 10859 | llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue()); | ||||
| 10860 | Result = Result.shl(Right); | ||||
| 10861 | |||||
| 10862 | // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned | ||||
| 10863 | // hexadecimal number. | ||||
| 10864 | SmallString<40> HexResult; | ||||
| 10865 | Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true); | ||||
| 10866 | |||||
| 10867 | // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual | ||||
| 10868 | // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the | ||||
| 10869 | // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be | ||||
| 10870 | // turned off separately if needed. | ||||
| 10871 | if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) { | ||||
| 10872 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit) | ||||
| 10873 | << HexResult << LHSType | ||||
| 10874 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10875 | return; | ||||
| 10876 | } | ||||
| 10877 | |||||
| 10878 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth) | ||||
| 10879 | << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType | ||||
| 10880 | << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 10881 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10882 | } | ||||
| 10883 | |||||
| 10884 | /// Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted | ||||
| 10885 | /// by a scalar or vector shift amount. | ||||
| 10886 | static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10887 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 10888 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector. | ||||
| 10889 | if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) && | ||||
| 10890 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 10891 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector) | ||||
| 10892 | << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType() | ||||
| 10893 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10894 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10895 | } | ||||
| 10896 | |||||
| 10897 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 10898 | LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 10899 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 10900 | } | ||||
| 10901 | |||||
| 10902 | RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 10903 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 10904 | |||||
| 10905 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10906 | // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in | ||||
| 10907 | // OpenCL case. | ||||
| 10908 | const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 10909 | QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType; | ||||
| 10910 | |||||
| 10911 | // Note that RHS might not be a vector. | ||||
| 10912 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 10913 | const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 10914 | QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType; | ||||
| 10915 | |||||
| 10916 | // The operands need to be integers. | ||||
| 10917 | if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 10918 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) | ||||
| 10919 | << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10920 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10921 | } | ||||
| 10922 | |||||
| 10923 | if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 10924 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) | ||||
| 10925 | << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10926 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10927 | } | ||||
| 10928 | |||||
| 10929 | if (!LHSVecTy) { | ||||
| 10930 | assert(RHSVecTy)((RHSVecTy) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSVecTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 10930, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 10931 | if (IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 10932 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 10933 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { | ||||
| 10934 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||
| 10935 | LHSEleType = RHSEleType; | ||||
| 10936 | } | ||||
| 10937 | QualType VecTy = | ||||
| 10938 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 10939 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||
| 10940 | LHSType = VecTy; | ||||
| 10941 | } else if (RHSVecTy) { | ||||
| 10942 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators | ||||
| 10943 | // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure | ||||
| 10944 | // that the number of elements is the same as LHS... | ||||
| 10945 | if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) { | ||||
| 10946 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) | ||||
| 10947 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||
| 10948 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10949 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 10950 | } | ||||
| 10951 | if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) { | ||||
| 10952 | const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); | ||||
| 10953 | const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); | ||||
| 10954 | if (LHSBT != RHSBT && | ||||
| 10955 | S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) { | ||||
| 10956 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal) | ||||
| 10957 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||
| 10958 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 10959 | } | ||||
| 10960 | } | ||||
| 10961 | } else { | ||||
| 10962 | // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS. | ||||
| 10963 | QualType VecTy = | ||||
| 10964 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 10965 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat); | ||||
| 10966 | } | ||||
| 10967 | |||||
| 10968 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 10969 | } | ||||
| 10970 | |||||
| 10971 | // C99 6.5.7 | ||||
| 10972 | QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 10973 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 10974 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 10975 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||
| 10976 | |||||
| 10977 | // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. | ||||
| 10978 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 10979 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 10980 | if (LangOpts.ZVector) { | ||||
| 10981 | // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically | ||||
| 10982 | // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is | ||||
| 10983 | // allowed to be a "vector bool". | ||||
| 10984 | if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||
| 10985 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) | ||||
| 10986 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10987 | if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) | ||||
| 10988 | if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) | ||||
| 10989 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 10990 | } | ||||
| 10991 | return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 10992 | } | ||||
| 10993 | |||||
| 10994 | // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer | ||||
| 10995 | // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 | ||||
| 10996 | |||||
| 10997 | // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away | ||||
| 10998 | // if this is a compound assignment. | ||||
| 10999 | ExprResult OldLHS = LHS; | ||||
| 11000 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 11001 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11002 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11003 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11004 | if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS; | ||||
| 11005 | |||||
| 11006 | // The RHS is simpler. | ||||
| 11007 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 11008 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11009 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11010 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11011 | |||||
| 11012 | // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. | ||||
| 11013 | // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2: The LHS may also be fixed-point. | ||||
| 11014 | if ((!LHSType->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() && | ||||
| 11015 | !LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) || | ||||
| 11016 | !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
| 11017 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11018 | |||||
| 11019 | // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than | ||||
| 11020 | // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this. | ||||
| 11021 | if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) || | ||||
| 11022 | isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) { | ||||
| 11023 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11024 | } | ||||
| 11025 | // Sanity-check shift operands | ||||
| 11026 | DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType); | ||||
| 11027 | |||||
| 11028 | // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." | ||||
| 11029 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 11030 | } | ||||
| 11031 | |||||
| 11032 | /// Diagnose bad pointer comparisons. | ||||
| 11033 | static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11034 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 11035 | bool IsError) { | ||||
| 11036 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers | ||||
| 11037 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) | ||||
| 11038 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||
| 11039 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11040 | } | ||||
| 11041 | |||||
| 11042 | /// Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type, | ||||
| 11043 | /// true otherwise. | ||||
| 11044 | static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11045 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) { | ||||
| 11046 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: | ||||
| 11047 | // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification | ||||
| 11048 | // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on | ||||
| 11049 | // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring | ||||
| 11050 | // them to their composite pointer type. [...] | ||||
| 11051 | // | ||||
| 11052 | // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality | ||||
| 11053 | // comparisons of pointers. | ||||
| 11054 | |||||
| 11055 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11056 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11057 | assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() ||((LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 11058 | LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())((LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11058, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11059 | |||||
| 11060 | QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11061 | if (T.isNull()) { | ||||
| 11062 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) && | ||||
| 11063 | (RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) | ||||
| 11064 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true); | ||||
| 11065 | else | ||||
| 11066 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11067 | return true; | ||||
| 11068 | } | ||||
| 11069 | |||||
| 11070 | return false; | ||||
| 11071 | } | ||||
| 11072 | |||||
| 11073 | static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11074 | ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 11075 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 11076 | bool IsError) { | ||||
| 11077 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void | ||||
| 11078 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) | ||||
| 11079 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() | ||||
| 11080 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11081 | } | ||||
| 11082 | |||||
| 11083 | static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) { | ||||
| 11084 | switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
| 11085 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11086 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11087 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11088 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: | ||||
| 11089 | return true; | ||||
| 11090 | default: | ||||
| 11091 | // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal! | ||||
| 11092 | return false; | ||||
| 11093 | } | ||||
| 11094 | } | ||||
| 11095 | |||||
| 11096 | static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) { | ||||
| 11097 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type = | ||||
| 11098 | LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
| 11099 | |||||
| 11100 | // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out. | ||||
| 11101 | if (!Type) | ||||
| 11102 | return false; | ||||
| 11103 | |||||
| 11104 | // Get the LHS object's interface type. | ||||
| 11105 | QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 11106 | |||||
| 11107 | // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out. | ||||
| 11108 | if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||
| 11109 | return false; | ||||
| 11110 | |||||
| 11111 | // Try to find the -isEqual: method. | ||||
| 11112 | Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector(); | ||||
| 11113 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel, | ||||
| 11114 | InterfaceType, | ||||
| 11115 | /*IsInstance=*/true); | ||||
| 11116 | if (!Method) { | ||||
| 11117 | if (Type->isObjCIdType()) { | ||||
| 11118 | // For 'id', just check the global pool. | ||||
| 11119 | Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(), | ||||
| 11120 | /*receiverId=*/true); | ||||
| 11121 | } else { | ||||
| 11122 | // Check protocols. | ||||
| 11123 | Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type, | ||||
| 11124 | /*IsInstance=*/true); | ||||
| 11125 | } | ||||
| 11126 | } | ||||
| 11127 | |||||
| 11128 | if (!Method) | ||||
| 11129 | return false; | ||||
| 11130 | |||||
| 11131 | QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType(); | ||||
| 11132 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | ||||
| 11133 | return false; | ||||
| 11134 | |||||
| 11135 | QualType R = Method->getReturnType(); | ||||
| 11136 | if (!R->isScalarType()) | ||||
| 11137 | return false; | ||||
| 11138 | |||||
| 11139 | return true; | ||||
| 11140 | } | ||||
| 11141 | |||||
| 11142 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) { | ||||
| 11143 | FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 11144 | switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
| 11145 | default: | ||||
| 11146 | break; | ||||
| 11147 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11148 | // "string literal" | ||||
| 11149 | return LK_String; | ||||
| 11150 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11151 | // "array literal" | ||||
| 11152 | return LK_Array; | ||||
| 11153 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11154 | // "dictionary literal" | ||||
| 11155 | return LK_Dictionary; | ||||
| 11156 | case Stmt::BlockExprClass: | ||||
| 11157 | return LK_Block; | ||||
| 11158 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: { | ||||
| 11159 | Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 11160 | switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
| 11161 | case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11162 | case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11163 | case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: | ||||
| 11164 | case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: | ||||
| 11165 | case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: | ||||
| 11166 | // "numeric literal" | ||||
| 11167 | return LK_Numeric; | ||||
| 11168 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | ||||
| 11169 | CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind(); | ||||
| 11170 | // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts. | ||||
| 11171 | if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast) | ||||
| 11172 | return LK_Numeric; | ||||
| 11173 | break; | ||||
| 11174 | } | ||||
| 11175 | default: | ||||
| 11176 | break; | ||||
| 11177 | } | ||||
| 11178 | return LK_Boxed; | ||||
| 11179 | } | ||||
| 11180 | } | ||||
| 11181 | return LK_None; | ||||
| 11182 | } | ||||
| 11183 | |||||
| 11184 | static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11185 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 11186 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){ | ||||
| 11187 | Expr *Literal; | ||||
| 11188 | Expr *Other; | ||||
| 11189 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) { | ||||
| 11190 | Literal = LHS.get(); | ||||
| 11191 | Other = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 11192 | } else { | ||||
| 11193 | Literal = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 11194 | Other = LHS.get(); | ||||
| 11195 | } | ||||
| 11196 | |||||
| 11197 | // Don't warn on comparisons against nil. | ||||
| 11198 | Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
| 11199 | if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(), | ||||
| 11200 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) | ||||
| 11201 | return; | ||||
| 11202 | |||||
| 11203 | // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison. | ||||
| 11204 | // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own | ||||
| 11205 | // warning flag. | ||||
| 11206 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal); | ||||
| 11207 | assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block)((LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11207, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11208 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) { | ||||
| 11209 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11209); | ||||
| 11210 | } | ||||
| 11211 | |||||
| 11212 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String) | ||||
| 11213 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison) | ||||
| 11214 | << Literal->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11215 | else | ||||
| 11216 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison) | ||||
| 11217 | << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11218 | |||||
| 11219 | if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) && | ||||
| 11220 | hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) { | ||||
| 11221 | SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 11222 | SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 11223 | CharSourceRange OpRange = | ||||
| 11224 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | ||||
| 11225 | |||||
| 11226 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal) | ||||
| 11227 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![") | ||||
| 11228 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:") | ||||
| 11229 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]"); | ||||
| 11230 | } | ||||
| 11231 | } | ||||
| 11232 | |||||
| 11233 | /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended. | ||||
| 11234 | static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 11235 | ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11236 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 11237 | // Check that left hand side is !something. | ||||
| 11238 | UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 11239 | if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return; | ||||
| 11240 | |||||
| 11241 | // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type. | ||||
| 11242 | if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; | ||||
| 11243 | |||||
| 11244 | // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool. | ||||
| 11245 | Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts(); | ||||
| 11246 | if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; | ||||
| 11247 | |||||
| 11248 | // Emit warning. | ||||
| 11249 | bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor; | ||||
| 11250 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check) | ||||
| 11251 | << Loc << IsBitwiseOp; | ||||
| 11252 | |||||
| 11253 | // First note suggest !(x < y) | ||||
| 11254 | SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 11255 | SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getEndLoc(); | ||||
| 11256 | FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose); | ||||
| 11257 | if (FirstClose.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11258 | FirstOpen = SourceLocation(); | ||||
| 11259 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix) | ||||
| 11260 | << IsBitwiseOp | ||||
| 11261 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(") | ||||
| 11262 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")"); | ||||
| 11263 | |||||
| 11264 | // Second note suggests (!x) < y | ||||
| 11265 | SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 11266 | SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getEndLoc(); | ||||
| 11267 | SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose); | ||||
| 11268 | if (SecondClose.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11269 | SecondOpen = SourceLocation(); | ||||
| 11270 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens) | ||||
| 11271 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(") | ||||
| 11272 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")"); | ||||
| 11273 | } | ||||
| 11274 | |||||
| 11275 | // Returns true if E refers to a non-weak array. | ||||
| 11276 | static bool checkForArray(const Expr *E) { | ||||
| 11277 | const ValueDecl *D = nullptr; | ||||
| 11278 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 11279 | D = DR->getDecl(); | ||||
| 11280 | } else if (const MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 11281 | if (Mem->isImplicitAccess()) | ||||
| 11282 | D = Mem->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
| 11283 | } | ||||
| 11284 | if (!D) | ||||
| 11285 | return false; | ||||
| 11286 | return D->getType()->isArrayType() && !D->isWeak(); | ||||
| 11287 | } | ||||
| 11288 | |||||
| 11289 | /// Diagnose some forms of syntactically-obvious tautological comparison. | ||||
| 11290 | static void diagnoseTautologicalComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11291 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, | ||||
| 11292 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 11293 | Expr *LHSStripped = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 11294 | Expr *RHSStripped = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 11295 | |||||
| 11296 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); | ||||
| 11297 | QualType RHSType = RHS->getType(); | ||||
| 11298 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || | ||||
| 11299 | (LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && !BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) || | ||||
| 11300 | S.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||
| 11301 | return; | ||||
| 11302 | |||||
| 11303 | // Comparisons between two array types are ill-formed for operator<=>, so | ||||
| 11304 | // we shouldn't emit any additional warnings about it. | ||||
| 11305 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType()) | ||||
| 11306 | return; | ||||
| 11307 | |||||
| 11308 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form | ||||
| 11309 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and | ||||
| 11310 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. | ||||
| 11311 | // | ||||
| 11312 | // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro | ||||
| 11313 | // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self | ||||
| 11314 | // comparisons within a template instantiation. The warnings should catch | ||||
| 11315 | // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to | ||||
| 11316 | // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same | ||||
| 11317 | // result. | ||||
| 11318 | |||||
| 11319 | // Used for indexing into %select in warn_comparison_always | ||||
| 11320 | enum { | ||||
| 11321 | AlwaysConstant, | ||||
| 11322 | AlwaysTrue, | ||||
| 11323 | AlwaysFalse, | ||||
| 11324 | AlwaysEqual, // std::strong_ordering::equal from operator<=> | ||||
| 11325 | }; | ||||
| 11326 | |||||
| 11327 | // C++2a [depr.array.comp]: | ||||
| 11328 | // Equality and relational comparisons ([expr.eq], [expr.rel]) between two | ||||
| 11329 | // operands of array type are deprecated. | ||||
| 11330 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType() && | ||||
| 11331 | RHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 11332 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_depr_array_comparison) | ||||
| 11333 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 11334 | << LHSStripped->getType() << RHSStripped->getType(); | ||||
| 11335 | // Carry on to produce the tautological comparison warning, if this | ||||
| 11336 | // expression is potentially-evaluated, we can resolve the array to a | ||||
| 11337 | // non-weak declaration, and so on. | ||||
| 11338 | } | ||||
| 11339 | |||||
| 11340 | if (!LHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID() && !RHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { | ||||
| 11341 | if (Expr::isSameComparisonOperand(LHS, RHS)) { | ||||
| 11342 | unsigned Result; | ||||
| 11343 | switch (Opc) { | ||||
| 11344 | case BO_EQ: | ||||
| 11345 | case BO_LE: | ||||
| 11346 | case BO_GE: | ||||
| 11347 | Result = AlwaysTrue; | ||||
| 11348 | break; | ||||
| 11349 | case BO_NE: | ||||
| 11350 | case BO_LT: | ||||
| 11351 | case BO_GT: | ||||
| 11352 | Result = AlwaysFalse; | ||||
| 11353 | break; | ||||
| 11354 | case BO_Cmp: | ||||
| 11355 | Result = AlwaysEqual; | ||||
| 11356 | break; | ||||
| 11357 | default: | ||||
| 11358 | Result = AlwaysConstant; | ||||
| 11359 | break; | ||||
| 11360 | } | ||||
| 11361 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, | ||||
| 11362 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) | ||||
| 11363 | << 0 /*self-comparison*/ | ||||
| 11364 | << Result); | ||||
| 11365 | } else if (checkForArray(LHSStripped) && checkForArray(RHSStripped)) { | ||||
| 11366 | // What is it always going to evaluate to? | ||||
| 11367 | unsigned Result; | ||||
| 11368 | switch (Opc) { | ||||
| 11369 | case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2 | ||||
| 11370 | Result = AlwaysFalse; | ||||
| 11371 | break; | ||||
| 11372 | case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2 | ||||
| 11373 | Result = AlwaysTrue; | ||||
| 11374 | break; | ||||
| 11375 | default: // e.g. array1 <= array2 | ||||
| 11376 | // The best we can say is 'a constant' | ||||
| 11377 | Result = AlwaysConstant; | ||||
| 11378 | break; | ||||
| 11379 | } | ||||
| 11380 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, | ||||
| 11381 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) | ||||
| 11382 | << 1 /*array comparison*/ | ||||
| 11383 | << Result); | ||||
| 11384 | } | ||||
| 11385 | } | ||||
| 11386 | |||||
| 11387 | if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) | ||||
| 11388 | LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
| 11389 | if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) | ||||
| 11390 | RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
| 11391 | |||||
| 11392 | // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other | ||||
| 11393 | // operand is null); the user probably wants string comparison function. | ||||
| 11394 | Expr *LiteralString = nullptr; | ||||
| 11395 | Expr *LiteralStringStripped = nullptr; | ||||
| 11396 | if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && | ||||
| 11397 | !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, | ||||
| 11398 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
| 11399 | LiteralString = LHS; | ||||
| 11400 | LiteralStringStripped = LHSStripped; | ||||
| 11401 | } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || | ||||
| 11402 | isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && | ||||
| 11403 | !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, | ||||
| 11404 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { | ||||
| 11405 | LiteralString = RHS; | ||||
| 11406 | LiteralStringStripped = RHSStripped; | ||||
| 11407 | } | ||||
| 11408 | |||||
| 11409 | if (LiteralString) { | ||||
| 11410 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, | ||||
| 11411 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) | ||||
| 11412 | << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LiteralStringStripped) | ||||
| 11413 | << LiteralString->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 11414 | } | ||||
| 11415 | } | ||||
| 11416 | |||||
| 11417 | static ImplicitConversionKind castKindToImplicitConversionKind(CastKind CK) { | ||||
| 11418 | switch (CK) { | ||||
| 11419 | default: { | ||||
| 11420 | #ifndef NDEBUG | ||||
| 11421 | llvm::errs() << "unhandled cast kind: " << CastExpr::getCastKindName(CK) | ||||
| 11422 | << "\n"; | ||||
| 11423 | #endif | ||||
| 11424 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled cast kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled cast kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11424); | ||||
| 11425 | } | ||||
| 11426 | case CK_UserDefinedConversion: | ||||
| 11427 | return ICK_Identity; | ||||
| 11428 | case CK_LValueToRValue: | ||||
| 11429 | return ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; | ||||
| 11430 | case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: | ||||
| 11431 | return ICK_Array_To_Pointer; | ||||
| 11432 | case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: | ||||
| 11433 | return ICK_Function_To_Pointer; | ||||
| 11434 | case CK_IntegralCast: | ||||
| 11435 | return ICK_Integral_Conversion; | ||||
| 11436 | case CK_FloatingCast: | ||||
| 11437 | return ICK_Floating_Conversion; | ||||
| 11438 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: | ||||
| 11439 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: | ||||
| 11440 | return ICK_Floating_Integral; | ||||
| 11441 | case CK_IntegralComplexCast: | ||||
| 11442 | case CK_FloatingComplexCast: | ||||
| 11443 | case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: | ||||
| 11444 | case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: | ||||
| 11445 | return ICK_Complex_Conversion; | ||||
| 11446 | case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: | ||||
| 11447 | case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: | ||||
| 11448 | case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: | ||||
| 11449 | case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: | ||||
| 11450 | return ICK_Complex_Real; | ||||
| 11451 | } | ||||
| 11452 | } | ||||
| 11453 | |||||
| 11454 | static bool checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(Sema &S, QualType ToType, Expr *E, | ||||
| 11455 | QualType FromType, | ||||
| 11456 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 11457 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. | ||||
| 11458 | StandardConversionSequence SCS; | ||||
| 11459 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); | ||||
| 11460 | SCS.setToType(0, FromType); | ||||
| 11461 | SCS.setToType(1, ToType); | ||||
| 11462 | if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 11463 | SCS.Second = castKindToImplicitConversionKind(ICE->getCastKind()); | ||||
| 11464 | |||||
| 11465 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; | ||||
| 11466 | QualType PreNarrowingType; | ||||
| 11467 | switch (SCS.getNarrowingKind(S.Context, E, PreNarrowingValue, | ||||
| 11468 | PreNarrowingType, | ||||
| 11469 | /*IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion*/ true)) { | ||||
| 11470 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: | ||||
| 11471 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is | ||||
| 11472 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. | ||||
| 11473 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: | ||||
| 11474 | return false; | ||||
| 11475 | |||||
| 11476 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: | ||||
| 11477 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||
| 11478 | // expression. | ||||
| 11479 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) | ||||
| 11480 | << /*Constant*/ 1 | ||||
| 11481 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << ToType; | ||||
| 11482 | return true; | ||||
| 11483 | |||||
| 11484 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: | ||||
| 11485 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant | ||||
| 11486 | // expression. | ||||
| 11487 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: | ||||
| 11488 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) | ||||
| 11489 | << /*Constant*/ 0 << FromType << ToType; | ||||
| 11490 | // TODO: It's not a constant expression, but what if the user intended it | ||||
| 11491 | // to be? Can we produce notes to help them figure out why it isn't? | ||||
| 11492 | return true; | ||||
| 11493 | } | ||||
| 11494 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled case in switch")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled case in switch", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11494); | ||||
| 11495 | } | ||||
| 11496 | |||||
| 11497 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(Sema &S, | ||||
| 11498 | ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 11499 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 11500 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 11501 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11502 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11503 | // Dig out the original argument type and expression before implicit casts | ||||
| 11504 | // were applied. These are the types/expressions we need to check the | ||||
| 11505 | // [expr.spaceship] requirements against. | ||||
| 11506 | ExprResult LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 11507 | ExprResult RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 11508 | QualType LHSStrippedType = LHSStripped.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11509 | QualType RHSStrippedType = RHSStripped.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11510 | |||||
| 11511 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p3: If one of the operands is of type bool and the | ||||
| 11512 | // other is not, the program is ill-formed. | ||||
| 11513 | if (LHSStrippedType->isBooleanType() != RHSStrippedType->isBooleanType()) { | ||||
| 11514 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped); | ||||
| 11515 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11516 | } | ||||
| 11517 | |||||
| 11518 | // FIXME: Consider combining this with checkEnumArithmeticConversions. | ||||
| 11519 | int NumEnumArgs = (int)LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType() + | ||||
| 11520 | RHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); | ||||
| 11521 | if (NumEnumArgs == 1) { | ||||
| 11522 | bool LHSIsEnum = LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); | ||||
| 11523 | QualType OtherTy = LHSIsEnum ? RHSStrippedType : LHSStrippedType; | ||||
| 11524 | if (OtherTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { | ||||
| 11525 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped); | ||||
| 11526 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11527 | } | ||||
| 11528 | } | ||||
| 11529 | if (NumEnumArgs == 2) { | ||||
| 11530 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p5: If both operands have the same enumeration | ||||
| 11531 | // type E, the operator yields the result of converting the operands | ||||
| 11532 | // to the underlying type of E and applying <=> to the converted operands. | ||||
| 11533 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType)) { | ||||
| 11534 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11535 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11536 | } | ||||
| 11537 | QualType IntType = | ||||
| 11538 | LHSStrippedType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); | ||||
| 11539 | assert(IntType->isArithmeticType())((IntType->isArithmeticType()) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("IntType->isArithmeticType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11539, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11540 | |||||
| 11541 | // We can't use `CK_IntegralCast` when the underlying type is 'bool', so we | ||||
| 11542 | // promote the boolean type, and all other promotable integer types, to | ||||
| 11543 | // avoid this. | ||||
| 11544 | if (IntType->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||
| 11545 | IntType = S.Context.getPromotedIntegerType(IntType); | ||||
| 11546 | |||||
| 11547 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||
| 11548 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast); | ||||
| 11549 | LHSType = RHSType = IntType; | ||||
| 11550 | } | ||||
| 11551 | |||||
| 11552 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p4: If both operands have arithmetic types, the | ||||
| 11553 | // usual arithmetic conversions are applied to the operands. | ||||
| 11554 | QualType Type = | ||||
| 11555 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison); | ||||
| 11556 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11557 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11558 | if (Type.isNull()) | ||||
| 11559 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11560 | |||||
| 11561 | Optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = | ||||
| 11562 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(Type); | ||||
| 11563 | if (!CCT) | ||||
| 11564 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11565 | |||||
| 11566 | bool HasNarrowing = checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion( | ||||
| 11567 | S, Type, LHS.get(), LHSType, LHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 11568 | HasNarrowing |= checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(S, Type, RHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||
| 11569 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 11570 | if (HasNarrowing) | ||||
| 11571 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11572 | |||||
| 11573 | assert(!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set")((!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Type.isNull() && \"composite type for <=> has not been set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11573, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11574 | |||||
| 11575 | return S.CheckComparisonCategoryType( | ||||
| 11576 | *CCT, Loc, Sema::ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); | ||||
| 11577 | } | ||||
| 11578 | |||||
| 11579 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, | ||||
| 11580 | ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 11581 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11582 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 11583 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) | ||||
| 11584 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||
| 11585 | |||||
| 11586 | // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 | ||||
| 11587 | QualType Type = | ||||
| 11588 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison); | ||||
| 11589 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11590 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11591 | if (Type.isNull()) | ||||
| 11592 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11593 | assert(Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType())((Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11593, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11594 | |||||
| 11595 | if (Type->isAnyComplexType() && BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 11596 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11597 | |||||
| 11598 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. | ||||
| 11599 | if (Type->hasFloatingRepresentation() && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 11600 | S.CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 11601 | |||||
| 11602 | // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. | ||||
| 11603 | return S.Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||
| 11604 | } | ||||
| 11605 | |||||
| 11606 | void Sema::CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE) { | ||||
| 11607 | if (!NullE.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) | ||||
| 11608 | return; | ||||
| 11609 | int NullValue = PP.isMacroDefined("NULL") ? 0 : 1; | ||||
| 11610 | if (!E.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && | ||||
| 11611 | E.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, | ||||
| 11612 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == | ||||
| 11613 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { | ||||
| 11614 | if (const auto *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E.get())) { | ||||
| 11615 | if (CL->getValue() == 0) | ||||
| 11616 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) | ||||
| 11617 | << NullValue | ||||
| 11618 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 11619 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0"); | ||||
| 11620 | } else if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E.get())) { | ||||
| 11621 | TypeSourceInfo *TI = CE->getTypeInfoAsWritten(); | ||||
| 11622 | QualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(TI->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 11623 | if (T == Context.CharTy) | ||||
| 11624 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) | ||||
| 11625 | << NullValue | ||||
| 11626 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 11627 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0"); | ||||
| 11628 | } | ||||
| 11629 | } | ||||
| 11630 | } | ||||
| 11631 | |||||
| 11632 | // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] | ||||
| 11633 | QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 11634 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 11635 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 11636 | bool IsRelational = BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc); | ||||
| 11637 | bool IsThreeWay = Opc == BO_Cmp; | ||||
| 11638 | bool IsOrdered = IsRelational || IsThreeWay; | ||||
| 11639 | auto IsAnyPointerType = [](ExprResult E) { | ||||
| 11640 | QualType Ty = E.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11641 | return Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType(); | ||||
| 11642 | }; | ||||
| 11643 | |||||
| 11644 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p6: If at least one of the operands is of pointer | ||||
| 11645 | // type, array-to-pointer, ..., conversions are performed on both operands to | ||||
| 11646 | // bring them to their composite type. | ||||
| 11647 | // Otherwise, all comparisons expect an rvalue, so convert to rvalue before | ||||
| 11648 | // any type-related checks. | ||||
| 11649 | if (!IsThreeWay || IsAnyPointerType(LHS) || IsAnyPointerType(RHS)) { | ||||
| 11650 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 11651 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11652 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11653 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 11654 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11655 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11656 | } else { | ||||
| 11657 | LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 11658 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11659 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11660 | RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 11661 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 11662 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11663 | } | ||||
| 11664 | |||||
| 11665 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/true); | ||||
| 11666 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) { | ||||
| 11667 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11668 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(RHS, LHS); | ||||
| 11669 | } | ||||
| 11670 | |||||
| 11671 | // Handle vector comparisons separately. | ||||
| 11672 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 11673 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||
| 11674 | return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||
| 11675 | |||||
| 11676 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||
| 11677 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); | ||||
| 11678 | |||||
| 11679 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11680 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11681 | if ((LHSType->isArithmeticType() || LHSType->isEnumeralType()) && | ||||
| 11682 | (RHSType->isArithmeticType() || RHSType->isEnumeralType())) | ||||
| 11683 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||
| 11684 | |||||
| 11685 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind = | ||||
| 11686 | LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||
| 11687 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind = | ||||
| 11688 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); | ||||
| 11689 | bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; | ||||
| 11690 | bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; | ||||
| 11691 | |||||
| 11692 | auto computeResultTy = [&]() { | ||||
| 11693 | if (Opc != BO_Cmp) | ||||
| 11694 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||
| 11695 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11695, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11696 | assert(Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType()))((Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()-> getType())) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11696, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11697 | |||||
| 11698 | QualType CompositeTy = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 11699 | assert(!CompositeTy->isReferenceType())((!CompositeTy->isReferenceType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!CompositeTy->isReferenceType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 11699, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 11700 | |||||
| 11701 | Optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = | ||||
| 11702 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(CompositeTy); | ||||
| 11703 | if (!CCT) | ||||
| 11704 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 11705 | |||||
| 11706 | if (CompositeTy->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 11707 | // P0946R0: Comparisons between a null pointer constant and an object | ||||
| 11708 | // pointer result in std::strong_equality, which is ill-formed under | ||||
| 11709 | // P1959R0. | ||||
| 11710 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_three_way_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero) | ||||
| 11711 | << (LHSIsNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 11712 | : RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 11713 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11714 | } | ||||
| 11715 | |||||
| 11716 | return CheckComparisonCategoryType( | ||||
| 11717 | *CCT, Loc, ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); | ||||
| 11718 | }; | ||||
| 11719 | |||||
| 11720 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 11721 | bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ; | ||||
| 11722 | if (RHSIsNull) | ||||
| 11723 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality, | ||||
| 11724 | RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 11725 | else | ||||
| 11726 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality, | ||||
| 11727 | LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 11728 | } | ||||
| 11729 | |||||
| 11730 | if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) || | ||||
| 11731 | (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) { | ||||
| 11732 | // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better | ||||
| 11733 | // diagnostics for this below. | ||||
| 11734 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 11735 | // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid, | ||||
| 11736 | // but we allow it as an extension. | ||||
| 11737 | // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite | ||||
| 11738 | // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too? | ||||
| 11739 | if (!IsOrdered && | ||||
| 11740 | ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) || | ||||
| 11741 | (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) { | ||||
| 11742 | // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. | ||||
| 11743 | // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain | ||||
| 11744 | // conformance with the C++ standard. | ||||
| 11745 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison( | ||||
| 11746 | *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext()); | ||||
| 11747 | |||||
| 11748 | if (isSFINAEContext()) | ||||
| 11749 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11750 | |||||
| 11751 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 11752 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11753 | } | ||||
| 11754 | |||||
| 11755 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: | ||||
| 11756 | // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their | ||||
| 11757 | // composite pointer type. | ||||
| 11758 | // C++ [expr.spaceship]p6 | ||||
| 11759 | // If at least one of the operands is of pointer type, [...] bring them | ||||
| 11760 | // to their composite pointer type. | ||||
| 11761 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: | ||||
| 11762 | // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite | ||||
| 11763 | // pointer type. | ||||
| 11764 | // For <=>, the only valid non-pointer types are arrays and functions, and | ||||
| 11765 | // we already decayed those, so this is really the same as the relational | ||||
| 11766 | // comparison rule. | ||||
| 11767 | if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >= | ||||
| 11768 | (IsOrdered ? 2 : 1) && | ||||
| 11769 | (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount || !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
| 11770 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) { | ||||
| 11771 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) | ||||
| 11772 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11773 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11774 | } | ||||
| 11775 | } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() && | ||||
| 11776 | RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 | ||||
| 11777 | // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except | ||||
| 11778 | // when handling null pointer constants. | ||||
| 11779 | QualType LCanPointeeTy = | ||||
| 11780 | LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); | ||||
| 11781 | QualType RCanPointeeTy = | ||||
| 11782 | RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); | ||||
| 11783 | |||||
| 11784 | // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 | ||||
| 11785 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), | ||||
| 11786 | RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { | ||||
| 11787 | if (IsRelational) { | ||||
| 11788 | // Pointers both need to point to complete or incomplete types | ||||
| 11789 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() != | ||||
| 11790 | RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType()) && | ||||
| 11791 | !getLangOpts().C11) { | ||||
| 11792 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_compare_complete_incomplete_pointers) | ||||
| 11793 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 11794 | << LHSType << RHSType << LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() | ||||
| 11795 | << RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType(); | ||||
| 11796 | } | ||||
| 11797 | if (LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 11798 | // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers | ||||
| 11799 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers) | ||||
| 11800 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 11801 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11802 | } | ||||
| 11803 | } | ||||
| 11804 | } else if (!IsRelational && | ||||
| 11805 | (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { | ||||
| 11806 | // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer | ||||
| 11807 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) | ||||
| 11808 | && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||
| 11809 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 11810 | /*isError*/false); | ||||
| 11811 | } else { | ||||
| 11812 | // Invalid | ||||
| 11813 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false); | ||||
| 11814 | } | ||||
| 11815 | if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) { | ||||
| 11816 | // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL. | ||||
| 11817 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 11818 | if (!LCanPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RCanPointeeTy)) { | ||||
| 11819 | Diag(Loc, | ||||
| 11820 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) | ||||
| 11821 | << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */ | ||||
| 11822 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11823 | } | ||||
| 11824 | } | ||||
| 11825 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 11826 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); | ||||
| 11827 | CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion | ||||
| 11828 | : CK_BitCast; | ||||
| 11829 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||
| 11830 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind); | ||||
| 11831 | else | ||||
| 11832 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind); | ||||
| 11833 | } | ||||
| 11834 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11835 | } | ||||
| 11836 | |||||
| 11837 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 11838 | // C++ [expr.eq]p4: | ||||
| 11839 | // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type | ||||
| 11840 | // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare equal. | ||||
| 11841 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 11842 | if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||
| 11843 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 11844 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11845 | } | ||||
| 11846 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) { | ||||
| 11847 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 11848 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11849 | } | ||||
| 11850 | } | ||||
| 11851 | |||||
| 11852 | // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t. | ||||
| 11853 | // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules. | ||||
| 11854 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||
| 11855 | (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { | ||||
| 11856 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 11857 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11858 | } | ||||
| 11859 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isNullPtrType() && | ||||
| 11860 | (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { | ||||
| 11861 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 11862 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11863 | } | ||||
| 11864 | |||||
| 11865 | if (IsRelational && | ||||
| 11866 | ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) || | ||||
| 11867 | (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) { | ||||
| 11868 | // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is | ||||
| 11869 | // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends, | ||||
| 11870 | // since otherwise common uses of it break. | ||||
| 11871 | // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and | ||||
| 11872 | // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates. | ||||
| 11873 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | ||||
| 11874 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) | ||||
| 11875 | DC = DC->getParent(); | ||||
| 11876 | if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
| 11877 | if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && | ||||
| 11878 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName()) | ||||
| 11879 | .Cases("less", "less_equal", "greater", "greater_equal", true) | ||||
| 11880 | .Default(false)) { | ||||
| 11881 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) | ||||
| 11882 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 11883 | else | ||||
| 11884 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 11885 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11886 | } | ||||
| 11887 | } | ||||
| 11888 | } | ||||
| 11889 | |||||
| 11890 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: | ||||
| 11891 | // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to | ||||
| 11892 | // their composite pointer type. | ||||
| 11893 | if (!IsOrdered && | ||||
| 11894 | (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) { | ||||
| 11895 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) | ||||
| 11896 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 11897 | else | ||||
| 11898 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11899 | } | ||||
| 11900 | } | ||||
| 11901 | |||||
| 11902 | // Handle block pointer types. | ||||
| 11903 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||
| 11904 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 11905 | QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 11906 | QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 11907 | |||||
| 11908 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && | ||||
| 11909 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { | ||||
| 11910 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) | ||||
| 11911 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 11912 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11913 | } | ||||
| 11914 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 11915 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11916 | } | ||||
| 11917 | |||||
| 11918 | // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. | ||||
| 11919 | if (!IsOrdered | ||||
| 11920 | && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 11921 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) { | ||||
| 11922 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 11923 | if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>() | ||||
| 11924 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 11925 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>() | ||||
| 11926 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) | ||||
| 11927 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) | ||||
| 11928 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 11929 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 11930 | } | ||||
| 11931 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||
| 11932 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||
| 11933 | RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast | ||||
| 11934 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); | ||||
| 11935 | else | ||||
| 11936 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, | ||||
| 11937 | LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast | ||||
| 11938 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); | ||||
| 11939 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11940 | } | ||||
| 11941 | |||||
| 11942 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || | ||||
| 11943 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 11944 | const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
| 11945 | const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
| 11946 | if (LPT || RPT) { | ||||
| 11947 | bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; | ||||
| 11948 | bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; | ||||
| 11949 | |||||
| 11950 | if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && | ||||
| 11951 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { | ||||
| 11952 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 11953 | /*isError*/false); | ||||
| 11954 | } | ||||
| 11955 | // FIXME: If LPtrToVoid, we should presumably convert the LHS rather than | ||||
| 11956 | // the RHS, but we have test coverage for this behavior. | ||||
| 11957 | // FIXME: Consider using convertPointersToCompositeType in C++. | ||||
| 11958 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 11959 | Expr *E = LHS.get(); | ||||
| 11960 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
| 11961 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E, | ||||
| 11962 | CCK_ImplicitConversion); | ||||
| 11963 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType, | ||||
| 11964 | RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 11965 | } | ||||
| 11966 | else { | ||||
| 11967 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 11968 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) | ||||
| 11969 | CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion, | ||||
| 11970 | /*Diagnose=*/true, | ||||
| 11971 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc); | ||||
| 11972 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType, | ||||
| 11973 | LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 11974 | } | ||||
| 11975 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11976 | } | ||||
| 11977 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
| 11978 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 11979 | if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 11980 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, | ||||
| 11981 | /*isError*/false); | ||||
| 11982 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS)) | ||||
| 11983 | diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc); | ||||
| 11984 | |||||
| 11985 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) | ||||
| 11986 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 11987 | else | ||||
| 11988 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); | ||||
| 11989 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11990 | } | ||||
| 11991 | |||||
| 11992 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && | ||||
| 11993 | RHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) { | ||||
| 11994 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||
| 11995 | CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 11996 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 11997 | } else if (!IsOrdered && | ||||
| 11998 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context) && | ||||
| 11999 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 12000 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, | ||||
| 12001 | CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); | ||||
| 12002 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12003 | } | ||||
| 12004 | } | ||||
| 12005 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) || | ||||
| 12006 | (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) { | ||||
| 12007 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||
| 12008 | bool isError = false; | ||||
| 12009 | if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) { | ||||
| 12010 | // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers, | ||||
| 12011 | // since users tend to want to compare addresses. | ||||
| 12012 | } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) || | ||||
| 12013 | (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) { | ||||
| 12014 | if (IsOrdered) { | ||||
| 12015 | isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 12016 | DiagID = | ||||
| 12017 | isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero | ||||
| 12018 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; | ||||
| 12019 | } | ||||
| 12020 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 12021 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; | ||||
| 12022 | isError = true; | ||||
| 12023 | } else if (IsOrdered) | ||||
| 12024 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; | ||||
| 12025 | else | ||||
| 12026 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; | ||||
| 12027 | |||||
| 12028 | if (DiagID) { | ||||
| 12029 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) | ||||
| 12030 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 12031 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12032 | if (isError) | ||||
| 12033 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12034 | } | ||||
| 12035 | |||||
| 12036 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 12037 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, | ||||
| 12038 | LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); | ||||
| 12039 | else | ||||
| 12040 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, | ||||
| 12041 | RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); | ||||
| 12042 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12043 | } | ||||
| 12044 | |||||
| 12045 | // Handle block pointers. | ||||
| 12046 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSIsNull | ||||
| 12047 | && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 12048 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 12049 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12050 | } | ||||
| 12051 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull | ||||
| 12052 | && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 12053 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 12054 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12055 | } | ||||
| 12056 | |||||
| 12057 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 12058 | if (LHSType->isClkEventT() && RHSType->isClkEventT()) { | ||||
| 12059 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12060 | } | ||||
| 12061 | |||||
| 12062 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSType->isQueueT()) { | ||||
| 12063 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12064 | } | ||||
| 12065 | |||||
| 12066 | if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) { | ||||
| 12067 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 12068 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12069 | } | ||||
| 12070 | |||||
| 12071 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) { | ||||
| 12072 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); | ||||
| 12073 | return computeResultTy(); | ||||
| 12074 | } | ||||
| 12075 | } | ||||
| 12076 | |||||
| 12077 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12078 | } | ||||
| 12079 | |||||
| 12080 | // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of | ||||
| 12081 | // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical | ||||
| 12082 | // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from | ||||
| 12083 | // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long, | ||||
| 12084 | // where long gets picked over long long. | ||||
| 12085 | QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) { | ||||
| 12086 | const VectorType *VTy = V->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 12087 | unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); | ||||
| 12088 | |||||
| 12089 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) { | ||||
| 12090 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy)) | ||||
| 12091 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 12092 | else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) | ||||
| 12093 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 12094 | else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) | ||||
| 12095 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 12096 | else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) | ||||
| 12097 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 12098 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&((TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12099, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 12099 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare")((TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12099, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12100 | return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); | ||||
| 12101 | } | ||||
| 12102 | |||||
| 12103 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy)) | ||||
| 12104 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||
| 12105 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||
| 12106 | else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) | ||||
| 12107 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||
| 12108 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||
| 12109 | else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) | ||||
| 12110 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||
| 12111 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||
| 12112 | else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) | ||||
| 12113 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||
| 12114 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||
| 12115 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) &&((TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12116, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 12116 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare")((TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && \"Unhandled vector element size in vector compare\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12116, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12117 | return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(), | ||||
| 12118 | VectorType::GenericVector); | ||||
| 12119 | } | ||||
| 12120 | |||||
| 12121 | /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that | ||||
| 12122 | /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, | ||||
| 12123 | /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer | ||||
| 12124 | /// types. | ||||
| 12125 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12126 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12127 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 12128 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) { | ||||
| 12129 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison); | ||||
| 12130 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12131 | } | ||||
| 12132 | |||||
| 12133 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, | ||||
| 12134 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. | ||||
| 12135 | QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false, | ||||
| 12136 | /*AllowBothBool*/true, | ||||
| 12137 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector); | ||||
| 12138 | if (vType.isNull()) | ||||
| 12139 | return vType; | ||||
| 12140 | |||||
| 12141 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 12142 | |||||
| 12143 | // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e. | ||||
| 12144 | // bool for C++, int for C | ||||
| 12145 | if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && | ||||
| 12146 | vType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) | ||||
| 12147 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||
| 12148 | |||||
| 12149 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form | ||||
| 12150 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and | ||||
| 12151 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. | ||||
| 12152 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc); | ||||
| 12153 | |||||
| 12154 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. | ||||
| 12155 | if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) && | ||||
| 12156 | LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { | ||||
| 12157 | assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation())((RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12157, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12158 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 12159 | } | ||||
| 12160 | |||||
| 12161 | // Return a signed type for the vector. | ||||
| 12162 | return GetSignedVectorType(vType); | ||||
| 12163 | } | ||||
| 12164 | |||||
| 12165 | static void diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(Sema &S, const ExprResult &XorLHS, | ||||
| 12166 | const ExprResult &XorRHS, | ||||
| 12167 | const SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 12168 | // Do not diagnose macros. | ||||
| 12169 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) | ||||
| 12170 | return; | ||||
| 12171 | |||||
| 12172 | // Do not diagnose if both LHS and RHS are macros. | ||||
| 12173 | if (XorLHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID() && | ||||
| 12174 | XorRHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) | ||||
| 12175 | return; | ||||
| 12176 | |||||
| 12177 | bool Negative = false; | ||||
| 12178 | bool ExplicitPlus = false; | ||||
| 12179 | const auto *LHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorLHS.get()); | ||||
| 12180 | const auto *RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorRHS.get()); | ||||
| 12181 | |||||
| 12182 | if (!LHSInt) | ||||
| 12183 | return; | ||||
| 12184 | if (!RHSInt) { | ||||
| 12185 | // Check negative literals. | ||||
| 12186 | if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(XorRHS.get())) { | ||||
| 12187 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc = UO->getOpcode(); | ||||
| 12188 | if (Opc != UO_Minus && Opc != UO_Plus) | ||||
| 12189 | return; | ||||
| 12190 | RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 12191 | if (!RHSInt) | ||||
| 12192 | return; | ||||
| 12193 | Negative = (Opc == UO_Minus); | ||||
| 12194 | ExplicitPlus = !Negative; | ||||
| 12195 | } else { | ||||
| 12196 | return; | ||||
| 12197 | } | ||||
| 12198 | } | ||||
| 12199 | |||||
| 12200 | const llvm::APInt &LeftSideValue = LHSInt->getValue(); | ||||
| 12201 | llvm::APInt RightSideValue = RHSInt->getValue(); | ||||
| 12202 | if (LeftSideValue != 2 && LeftSideValue != 10) | ||||
| 12203 | return; | ||||
| 12204 | |||||
| 12205 | if (LeftSideValue.getBitWidth() != RightSideValue.getBitWidth()) | ||||
| 12206 | return; | ||||
| 12207 | |||||
| 12208 | CharSourceRange ExprRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange( | ||||
| 12209 | LHSInt->getBeginLoc(), S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSInt->getLocation())); | ||||
| 12210 | llvm::StringRef ExprStr = | ||||
| 12211 | Lexer::getSourceText(ExprRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | ||||
| 12212 | |||||
| 12213 | CharSourceRange XorRange = | ||||
| 12214 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); | ||||
| 12215 | llvm::StringRef XorStr = | ||||
| 12216 | Lexer::getSourceText(XorRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()); | ||||
| 12217 | // Do not diagnose if xor keyword/macro is used. | ||||
| 12218 | if (XorStr == "xor") | ||||
| 12219 | return; | ||||
| 12220 | |||||
| 12221 | std::string LHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( | ||||
| 12222 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(LHSInt->getSourceRange()), | ||||
| 12223 | S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts())); | ||||
| 12224 | std::string RHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( | ||||
| 12225 | CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RHSInt->getSourceRange()), | ||||
| 12226 | S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts())); | ||||
| 12227 | |||||
| 12228 | if (Negative) { | ||||
| 12229 | RightSideValue = -RightSideValue; | ||||
| 12230 | RHSStr = "-" + RHSStr; | ||||
| 12231 | } else if (ExplicitPlus) { | ||||
| 12232 | RHSStr = "+" + RHSStr; | ||||
| 12233 | } | ||||
| 12234 | |||||
| 12235 | StringRef LHSStrRef = LHSStr; | ||||
| 12236 | StringRef RHSStrRef = RHSStr; | ||||
| 12237 | // Do not diagnose literals with digit separators, binary, hexadecimal, octal | ||||
| 12238 | // literals. | ||||
| 12239 | if (LHSStrRef.startswith("0b") || LHSStrRef.startswith("0B") || | ||||
| 12240 | RHSStrRef.startswith("0b") || RHSStrRef.startswith("0B") || | ||||
| 12241 | LHSStrRef.startswith("0x") || LHSStrRef.startswith("0X") || | ||||
| 12242 | RHSStrRef.startswith("0x") || RHSStrRef.startswith("0X") || | ||||
| 12243 | (LHSStrRef.size() > 1 && LHSStrRef.startswith("0")) || | ||||
| 12244 | (RHSStrRef.size() > 1 && RHSStrRef.startswith("0")) || | ||||
| 12245 | LHSStrRef.find('\'') != StringRef::npos || | ||||
| 12246 | RHSStrRef.find('\'') != StringRef::npos) | ||||
| 12247 | return; | ||||
| 12248 | |||||
| 12249 | bool SuggestXor = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("xor"); | ||||
| 12250 | const llvm::APInt XorValue = LeftSideValue ^ RightSideValue; | ||||
| 12251 | int64_t RightSideIntValue = RightSideValue.getSExtValue(); | ||||
| 12252 | if (LeftSideValue == 2 && RightSideIntValue >= 0) { | ||||
| 12253 | std::string SuggestedExpr = "1 << " + RHSStr; | ||||
| 12254 | bool Overflow = false; | ||||
| 12255 | llvm::APInt One = (LeftSideValue - 1); | ||||
| 12256 | llvm::APInt PowValue = One.sshl_ov(RightSideValue, Overflow); | ||||
| 12257 | if (Overflow) { | ||||
| 12258 | if (RightSideIntValue < 64) | ||||
| 12259 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) | ||||
| 12260 | << ExprStr << XorValue.toString(10, true) << ("1LL << " + RHSStr) | ||||
| 12261 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, "1LL << " + RHSStr); | ||||
| 12262 | else if (RightSideIntValue == 64) | ||||
| 12263 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow) << ExprStr << XorValue.toString(10, true); | ||||
| 12264 | else | ||||
| 12265 | return; | ||||
| 12266 | } else { | ||||
| 12267 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base_extra) | ||||
| 12268 | << ExprStr << XorValue.toString(10, true) << SuggestedExpr | ||||
| 12269 | << PowValue.toString(10, true) | ||||
| 12270 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( | ||||
| 12271 | ExprRange, (RightSideIntValue == 0) ? "1" : SuggestedExpr); | ||||
| 12272 | } | ||||
| 12273 | |||||
| 12274 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) << ("0x2 ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; | ||||
| 12275 | } else if (LeftSideValue == 10) { | ||||
| 12276 | std::string SuggestedValue = "1e" + std::to_string(RightSideIntValue); | ||||
| 12277 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) | ||||
| 12278 | << ExprStr << XorValue.toString(10, true) << SuggestedValue | ||||
| 12279 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, SuggestedValue); | ||||
| 12280 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) << ("0xA ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; | ||||
| 12281 | } | ||||
| 12282 | } | ||||
| 12283 | |||||
| 12284 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12285 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 12286 | // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or | ||||
| 12287 | // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type. | ||||
| 12288 | QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false, | ||||
| 12289 | /*AllowBothBool*/true, | ||||
| 12290 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); | ||||
| 12291 | if (vType.isNull()) | ||||
| 12292 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12293 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 && | ||||
| 12294 | !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && vType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) | ||||
| 12295 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12296 | // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the | ||||
| 12297 | // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This | ||||
| 12298 | // check could be notionally dropped. | ||||
| 12299 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 12300 | !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>()))) | ||||
| 12301 | return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12302 | |||||
| 12303 | return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType()); | ||||
| 12304 | } | ||||
| 12305 | |||||
| 12306 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12307 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12308 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 12309 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 12310 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 12311 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12312 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12313 | } | ||||
| 12314 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 12315 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12316 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12317 | |||||
| 12318 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. | ||||
| 12319 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. | ||||
| 12320 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 12321 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 12322 | |||||
| 12323 | const MatrixType *LHSMatType = LHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); | ||||
| 12324 | const MatrixType *RHSMatType = RHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); | ||||
| 12325 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix")(((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && \"At least one operand must be a matrix\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12325, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12326 | |||||
| 12327 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) | ||||
| 12328 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 12329 | |||||
| 12330 | // Type conversion may change LHS/RHS. Keep copies to the original results, in | ||||
| 12331 | // case we have to return InvalidOperands. | ||||
| 12332 | ExprResult OriginalLHS = LHS; | ||||
| 12333 | ExprResult OriginalRHS = RHS; | ||||
| 12334 | if (LHSMatType && !RHSMatType) { | ||||
| 12335 | RHS = tryConvertExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSMatType->getElementType()); | ||||
| 12336 | if (!RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12337 | return LHSType; | ||||
| 12338 | |||||
| 12339 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS); | ||||
| 12340 | } | ||||
| 12341 | |||||
| 12342 | if (!LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { | ||||
| 12343 | LHS = tryConvertExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSMatType->getElementType()); | ||||
| 12344 | if (!LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12345 | return RHSType; | ||||
| 12346 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS); | ||||
| 12347 | } | ||||
| 12348 | |||||
| 12349 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12350 | } | ||||
| 12351 | |||||
| 12352 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12353 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12354 | bool IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 12355 | if (!IsCompAssign) { | ||||
| 12356 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 12357 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12358 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12359 | } | ||||
| 12360 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 12361 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12362 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12363 | |||||
| 12364 | auto *LHSMatType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||
| 12365 | auto *RHSMatType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); | ||||
| 12366 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix")(((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && \"At least one operand must be a matrix\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12366, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12367 | |||||
| 12368 | if (LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { | ||||
| 12369 | if (LHSMatType->getNumColumns() != RHSMatType->getNumRows()) | ||||
| 12370 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12371 | |||||
| 12372 | if (!Context.hasSameType(LHSMatType->getElementType(), | ||||
| 12373 | RHSMatType->getElementType())) | ||||
| 12374 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12375 | |||||
| 12376 | return Context.getConstantMatrixType(LHSMatType->getElementType(), | ||||
| 12377 | LHSMatType->getNumRows(), | ||||
| 12378 | RHSMatType->getNumColumns()); | ||||
| 12379 | } | ||||
| 12380 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); | ||||
| 12381 | } | ||||
| 12382 | |||||
| 12383 | inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12384 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12385 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 12386 | checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); | ||||
| 12387 | |||||
| 12388 | bool IsCompAssign = | ||||
| 12389 | Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign; | ||||
| 12390 | |||||
| 12391 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || | ||||
| 12392 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 12393 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && | ||||
| 12394 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
| 12395 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, | ||||
| 12396 | /*AllowBothBool*/true, | ||||
| 12397 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector); | ||||
| 12398 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12399 | } | ||||
| 12400 | |||||
| 12401 | if (Opc == BO_And) | ||||
| 12402 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); | ||||
| 12403 | |||||
| 12404 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation() || | ||||
| 12405 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()) | ||||
| 12406 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12407 | |||||
| 12408 | ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS; | ||||
| 12409 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( | ||||
| 12410 | LHSResult, RHSResult, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_BitwiseOp); | ||||
| 12411 | if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12412 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12413 | LHS = LHSResult.get(); | ||||
| 12414 | RHS = RHSResult.get(); | ||||
| 12415 | |||||
| 12416 | if (Opc == BO_Xor) | ||||
| 12417 | diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||
| 12418 | |||||
| 12419 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||
| 12420 | return compType; | ||||
| 12421 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12422 | } | ||||
| 12423 | |||||
| 12424 | // C99 6.5.[13,14] | ||||
| 12425 | inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12426 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12427 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { | ||||
| 12428 | // Check vector operands differently. | ||||
| 12429 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) | ||||
| 12430 | return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc); | ||||
| 12431 | |||||
| 12432 | bool EnumConstantInBoolContext = false; | ||||
| 12433 | for (const ExprResult &HS : {LHS, RHS}) { | ||||
| 12434 | if (const auto *DREHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(HS.get())) { | ||||
| 12435 | const auto *ECDHS = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DREHS->getDecl()); | ||||
| 12436 | if (ECDHS && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 0 && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 1) | ||||
| 12437 | EnumConstantInBoolContext = true; | ||||
| 12438 | } | ||||
| 12439 | } | ||||
| 12440 | |||||
| 12441 | if (EnumConstantInBoolContext) | ||||
| 12442 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_enum_constant_in_bool_context); | ||||
| 12443 | |||||
| 12444 | // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a | ||||
| 12445 | // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS | ||||
| 12446 | // is a constant. | ||||
| 12447 | if (!EnumConstantInBoolContext && LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && | ||||
| 12448 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && | ||||
| 12449 | RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 12450 | // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations. | ||||
| 12451 | !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) { | ||||
| 12452 | // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something | ||||
| 12453 | // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that | ||||
| 12454 | // happened to fold to true/false) then warn. | ||||
| 12455 | // Parens on the RHS are ignored. | ||||
| 12456 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; | ||||
| 12457 | if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, Context)) { | ||||
| 12458 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 12459 | if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && | ||||
| 12460 | !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) || | ||||
| 12461 | (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) { | ||||
| 12462 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise) | ||||
| 12463 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 12464 | << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||"); | ||||
| 12465 | // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version | ||||
| 12466 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator) | ||||
| 12467 | << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|") | ||||
| 12468 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange( | ||||
| 12469 | Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)), | ||||
| 12470 | Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|"); | ||||
| 12471 | if (Opc == BO_LAnd) | ||||
| 12472 | // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()" | ||||
| 12473 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant) | ||||
| 12474 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( | ||||
| 12475 | SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getEndLoc()), | ||||
| 12476 | RHS.get()->getEndLoc())); | ||||
| 12477 | } | ||||
| 12478 | } | ||||
| 12479 | } | ||||
| 12480 | |||||
| 12481 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 12482 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do | ||||
| 12483 | // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types. | ||||
| 12484 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 12485 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { | ||||
| 12486 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() || | ||||
| 12487 | RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType()) | ||||
| 12488 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12489 | } | ||||
| 12490 | |||||
| 12491 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 12492 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12493 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12494 | |||||
| 12495 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 12496 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12497 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12498 | |||||
| 12499 | if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() || | ||||
| 12500 | !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) | ||||
| 12501 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12502 | |||||
| 12503 | return Context.IntTy; | ||||
| 12504 | } | ||||
| 12505 | |||||
| 12506 | // The following is safe because we only use this method for | ||||
| 12507 | // non-overloadable operands. | ||||
| 12508 | |||||
| 12509 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 | ||||
| 12510 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 | ||||
| 12511 | // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool. | ||||
| 12512 | ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 12513 | if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12514 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12515 | LHS = LHSRes; | ||||
| 12516 | |||||
| 12517 | ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 12518 | if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12519 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 12520 | RHS = RHSRes; | ||||
| 12521 | |||||
| 12522 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 | ||||
| 12523 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 | ||||
| 12524 | // The result is a bool. | ||||
| 12525 | return Context.BoolTy; | ||||
| 12526 | } | ||||
| 12527 | |||||
| 12528 | static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) { | ||||
| 12529 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); | ||||
| 12530 | if (!ME) return false; | ||||
| 12531 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false; | ||||
| 12532 | ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>( | ||||
| 12533 | ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||
| 12534 | if (!Base) return false; | ||||
| 12535 | return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr; | ||||
| 12536 | } | ||||
| 12537 | |||||
| 12538 | /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a | ||||
| 12539 | /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become | ||||
| 12540 | /// 'const' due to being captured within a block? | ||||
| 12541 | enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda }; | ||||
| 12542 | static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 12543 | assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified())((E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified ()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12543, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12544 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 12545 | |||||
| 12546 | // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope. | ||||
| 12547 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||
| 12548 | if (!DRE) return NCCK_None; | ||||
| 12549 | if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None; | ||||
| 12550 | |||||
| 12551 | // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'. | ||||
| 12552 | VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
| 12553 | if (!var) return NCCK_None; | ||||
| 12554 | if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None; | ||||
| 12555 | assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?")((var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("var->hasLocalStorage() && \"capture added 'const' to non-local?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12555, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12556 | |||||
| 12557 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. | ||||
| 12558 | DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr; | ||||
| 12559 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. | ||||
| 12560 | while (DC) { | ||||
| 12561 | // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the | ||||
| 12562 | // template pattern of the current context. | ||||
| 12563 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) | ||||
| 12564 | if (var->isInitCapture() && | ||||
| 12565 | FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext()) | ||||
| 12566 | break; | ||||
| 12567 | if (DC == var->getDeclContext()) | ||||
| 12568 | break; | ||||
| 12569 | Prev = DC; | ||||
| 12570 | DC = DC->getParent(); | ||||
| 12571 | } | ||||
| 12572 | // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far. | ||||
| 12573 | if (!var->isInitCapture()) | ||||
| 12574 | DC = Prev; | ||||
| 12575 | return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda); | ||||
| 12576 | } | ||||
| 12577 | |||||
| 12578 | static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) { | ||||
| 12579 | Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 12580 | if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 12581 | Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 12582 | return !Ty.isConstQualified(); | ||||
| 12583 | } | ||||
| 12584 | |||||
| 12585 | // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const | ||||
| 12586 | // when this enum is changed. | ||||
| 12587 | enum { | ||||
| 12588 | ConstFunction, | ||||
| 12589 | ConstVariable, | ||||
| 12590 | ConstMember, | ||||
| 12591 | ConstMethod, | ||||
| 12592 | NestedConstMember, | ||||
| 12593 | ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element | ||||
| 12594 | }; | ||||
| 12595 | |||||
| 12596 | /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give | ||||
| 12597 | /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing | ||||
| 12598 | /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or | ||||
| 12599 | /// that the function is returning a const reference. | ||||
| 12600 | static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E, | ||||
| 12601 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 12602 | SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12603 | |||||
| 12604 | // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit | ||||
| 12605 | // a note to the error. | ||||
| 12606 | bool DiagnosticEmitted = false; | ||||
| 12607 | |||||
| 12608 | // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the | ||||
| 12609 | // next checked expression is the result of a dereference. | ||||
| 12610 | bool IsDereference = false; | ||||
| 12611 | bool NextIsDereference = false; | ||||
| 12612 | |||||
| 12613 | // Loop to process MemberExpr chains. | ||||
| 12614 | while (true) { | ||||
| 12615 | IsDereference = NextIsDereference; | ||||
| 12616 | |||||
| 12617 | E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 12618 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 12619 | NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow(); | ||||
| 12620 | const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
| 12621 | if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { | ||||
| 12622 | // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const. | ||||
| 12623 | if (Field->isMutable()) { | ||||
| 12624 | assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.")((DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagnosticEmitted && \"Expected diagnostic not emitted.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12624, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12625 | break; | ||||
| 12626 | } | ||||
| 12627 | |||||
| 12628 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) { | ||||
| 12629 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12630 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12631 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field | ||||
| 12632 | << Field->getType(); | ||||
| 12633 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||
| 12634 | } | ||||
| 12635 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12636 | << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType() | ||||
| 12637 | << Field->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12638 | } | ||||
| 12639 | E = ME->getBase(); | ||||
| 12640 | continue; | ||||
| 12641 | } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) { | ||||
| 12642 | if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) { | ||||
| 12643 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12644 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12645 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl | ||||
| 12646 | << VDecl->getType(); | ||||
| 12647 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||
| 12648 | } | ||||
| 12649 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12650 | << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType() | ||||
| 12651 | << VDecl->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12652 | } | ||||
| 12653 | // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents. | ||||
| 12654 | break; | ||||
| 12655 | } | ||||
| 12656 | break; // End MemberExpr | ||||
| 12657 | } else if (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = | ||||
| 12658 | dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 12659 | E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 12660 | continue; | ||||
| 12661 | } else if (const ExtVectorElementExpr *EVE = | ||||
| 12662 | dyn_cast<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 12663 | E = EVE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 12664 | continue; | ||||
| 12665 | } | ||||
| 12666 | break; | ||||
| 12667 | } | ||||
| 12668 | |||||
| 12669 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 12670 | // Function calls | ||||
| 12671 | const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); | ||||
| 12672 | if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) { | ||||
| 12673 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12674 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange | ||||
| 12675 | << ConstFunction << FD; | ||||
| 12676 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||
| 12677 | } | ||||
| 12678 | S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), | ||||
| 12679 | diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12680 | << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType() | ||||
| 12681 | << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12682 | } | ||||
| 12683 | } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 12684 | // Point to variable declaration. | ||||
| 12685 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) { | ||||
| 12686 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) { | ||||
| 12687 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12688 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12689 | << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType(); | ||||
| 12690 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||
| 12691 | } | ||||
| 12692 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12693 | << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12694 | } | ||||
| 12695 | } | ||||
| 12696 | } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 12697 | if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) { | ||||
| 12698 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { | ||||
| 12699 | if (MD->isConst()) { | ||||
| 12700 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12701 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange | ||||
| 12702 | << ConstMethod << MD; | ||||
| 12703 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||
| 12704 | } | ||||
| 12705 | S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12706 | << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12707 | } | ||||
| 12708 | } | ||||
| 12709 | } | ||||
| 12710 | } | ||||
| 12711 | |||||
| 12712 | if (DiagnosticEmitted) | ||||
| 12713 | return; | ||||
| 12714 | |||||
| 12715 | // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error. | ||||
| 12716 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown; | ||||
| 12717 | } | ||||
| 12718 | |||||
| 12719 | enum OriginalExprKind { | ||||
| 12720 | OEK_Variable, | ||||
| 12721 | OEK_Member, | ||||
| 12722 | OEK_LValue | ||||
| 12723 | }; | ||||
| 12724 | |||||
| 12725 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const ValueDecl *VD, | ||||
| 12726 | const RecordType *Ty, | ||||
| 12727 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, | ||||
| 12728 | OriginalExprKind OEK, | ||||
| 12729 | bool &DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12730 | std::vector<const RecordType *> RecordTypeList; | ||||
| 12731 | RecordTypeList.push_back(Ty); | ||||
| 12732 | unsigned NextToCheckIndex = 0; | ||||
| 12733 | // We walk the record hierarchy breadth-first to ensure that we print | ||||
| 12734 | // diagnostics in field nesting order. | ||||
| 12735 | while (RecordTypeList.size() > NextToCheckIndex) { | ||||
| 12736 | bool IsNested = NextToCheckIndex > 0; | ||||
| 12737 | for (const FieldDecl *Field : | ||||
| 12738 | RecordTypeList[NextToCheckIndex]->getDecl()->fields()) { | ||||
| 12739 | // First, check every field for constness. | ||||
| 12740 | QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); | ||||
| 12741 | if (FieldTy.isConstQualified()) { | ||||
| 12742 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { | ||||
| 12743 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12744 | << Range << NestedConstMember << OEK << VD | ||||
| 12745 | << IsNested << Field; | ||||
| 12746 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; | ||||
| 12747 | } | ||||
| 12748 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) | ||||
| 12749 | << NestedConstMember << IsNested << Field | ||||
| 12750 | << FieldTy << Field->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12751 | } | ||||
| 12752 | |||||
| 12753 | // Then we append it to the list to check next in order. | ||||
| 12754 | FieldTy = FieldTy.getCanonicalType(); | ||||
| 12755 | if (const auto *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
| 12756 | if (llvm::find(RecordTypeList, FieldRecTy) == RecordTypeList.end()) | ||||
| 12757 | RecordTypeList.push_back(FieldRecTy); | ||||
| 12758 | } | ||||
| 12759 | } | ||||
| 12760 | ++NextToCheckIndex; | ||||
| 12761 | } | ||||
| 12762 | } | ||||
| 12763 | |||||
| 12764 | /// Emit an error for the case where a record we are trying to assign to has a | ||||
| 12765 | /// const-qualified field somewhere in its hierarchy. | ||||
| 12766 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const Expr *E, | ||||
| 12767 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 12768 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 12769 | assert(Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?")((Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Ty->isRecordType() && \"lvalue was not record?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12769, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12770 | SourceRange Range = E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 12771 | const RecordType *RTy = Ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
| 12772 | bool DiagEmitted = false; | ||||
| 12773 | |||||
| 12774 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 12775 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, ME->getMemberDecl(), RTy, Loc, | ||||
| 12776 | Range, OEK_Member, DiagEmitted); | ||||
| 12777 | else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 12778 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, DRE->getDecl(), RTy, Loc, | ||||
| 12779 | Range, OEK_Variable, DiagEmitted); | ||||
| 12780 | else | ||||
| 12781 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, nullptr, RTy, Loc, | ||||
| 12782 | Range, OEK_LValue, DiagEmitted); | ||||
| 12783 | if (!DiagEmitted) | ||||
| 12784 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); | ||||
| 12785 | } | ||||
| 12786 | |||||
| 12787 | /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, | ||||
| 12788 | /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. | ||||
| 12789 | static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { | ||||
| 12790 | assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject))((!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12790, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12791 | |||||
| 12792 | S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc); | ||||
| 12793 | |||||
| 12794 | SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; | ||||
| 12795 | Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, | ||||
| 12796 | &Loc); | ||||
| 12797 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S)) | ||||
| 12798 | IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression; | ||||
| 12799 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) | ||||
| 12800 | return false; | ||||
| 12801 | |||||
| 12802 | unsigned DiagID = 0; | ||||
| 12803 | bool NeedType = false; | ||||
| 12804 | switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 | ||||
| 12805 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: | ||||
| 12806 | // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object | ||||
| 12807 | // from an enclosing function or block. | ||||
| 12808 | if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) { | ||||
| 12809 | if (NCCK == NCCK_Block) | ||||
| 12810 | DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||
| 12811 | else | ||||
| 12812 | DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||
| 12813 | break; | ||||
| 12814 | } | ||||
| 12815 | |||||
| 12816 | // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we | ||||
| 12817 | // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables. | ||||
| 12818 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { | ||||
| 12819 | DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); | ||||
| 12820 | if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) { | ||||
| 12821 | VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl()); | ||||
| 12822 | |||||
| 12823 | // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the | ||||
| 12824 | // user actually wrote 'const'. | ||||
| 12825 | if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() && | ||||
| 12826 | (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() || | ||||
| 12827 | !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) { | ||||
| 12828 | // There are three pseudo-strong cases: | ||||
| 12829 | // - self | ||||
| 12830 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl(); | ||||
| 12831 | if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl()) { | ||||
| 12832 | DiagID = method->isClassMethod() | ||||
| 12833 | ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method | ||||
| 12834 | : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self; | ||||
| 12835 | |||||
| 12836 | // - Objective-C externally_retained attribute. | ||||
| 12837 | } else if (var->hasAttr<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>() || | ||||
| 12838 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) { | ||||
| 12839 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_externally_retained; | ||||
| 12840 | |||||
| 12841 | // - fast enumeration variables | ||||
| 12842 | } else { | ||||
| 12843 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration; | ||||
| 12844 | } | ||||
| 12845 | |||||
| 12846 | SourceRange Assign; | ||||
| 12847 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) | ||||
| 12848 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); | ||||
| 12849 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; | ||||
| 12850 | // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool | ||||
| 12851 | // can do its job. | ||||
| 12852 | return false; | ||||
| 12853 | } | ||||
| 12854 | } | ||||
| 12855 | } | ||||
| 12856 | |||||
| 12857 | // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a | ||||
| 12858 | // simple const assignment. | ||||
| 12859 | if (DiagID == 0) { | ||||
| 12860 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); | ||||
| 12861 | return true; | ||||
| 12862 | } | ||||
| 12863 | |||||
| 12864 | break; | ||||
| 12865 | case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace: | ||||
| 12866 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); | ||||
| 12867 | return true; | ||||
| 12868 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualifiedField: | ||||
| 12869 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, E, Loc); | ||||
| 12870 | return true; | ||||
| 12871 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: | ||||
| 12872 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary: | ||||
| 12873 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||
| 12874 | NeedType = true; | ||||
| 12875 | break; | ||||
| 12876 | case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: | ||||
| 12877 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||
| 12878 | NeedType = true; | ||||
| 12879 | break; | ||||
| 12880 | case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: | ||||
| 12881 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; | ||||
| 12882 | break; | ||||
| 12883 | case Expr::MLV_Valid: | ||||
| 12884 | llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("did not take early return for MLV_Valid" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12884); | ||||
| 12885 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: | ||||
| 12886 | case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: | ||||
| 12887 | case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: | ||||
| 12888 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; | ||||
| 12889 | break; | ||||
| 12890 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: | ||||
| 12891 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: | ||||
| 12892 | return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), | ||||
| 12893 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E); | ||||
| 12894 | case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: | ||||
| 12895 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; | ||||
| 12896 | break; | ||||
| 12897 | case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: | ||||
| 12898 | llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("readonly properties should be processed differently" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12898); | ||||
| 12899 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression: | ||||
| 12900 | DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment; | ||||
| 12901 | break; | ||||
| 12902 | case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: | ||||
| 12903 | DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting; | ||||
| 12904 | break; | ||||
| 12905 | } | ||||
| 12906 | |||||
| 12907 | SourceRange Assign; | ||||
| 12908 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) | ||||
| 12909 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); | ||||
| 12910 | if (NeedType) | ||||
| 12911 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; | ||||
| 12912 | else | ||||
| 12913 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; | ||||
| 12914 | return true; | ||||
| 12915 | } | ||||
| 12916 | |||||
| 12917 | static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||
| 12918 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12919 | Sema &Sema) { | ||||
| 12920 | if (Sema.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||
| 12921 | return; | ||||
| 12922 | if (Sema.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 12923 | return; | ||||
| 12924 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || Loc.isMacroID()) | ||||
| 12925 | return; | ||||
| 12926 | if (LHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID() || RHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) | ||||
| 12927 | return; | ||||
| 12928 | |||||
| 12929 | // C / C++ fields | ||||
| 12930 | MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 12931 | MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 12932 | if (ML && MR) { | ||||
| 12933 | if (!(isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase()))) | ||||
| 12934 | return; | ||||
| 12935 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = | ||||
| 12936 | cast<ValueDecl>(ML->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||
| 12937 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = | ||||
| 12938 | cast<ValueDecl>(MR->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||
| 12939 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) | ||||
| 12940 | return; | ||||
| 12941 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
| 12942 | return; | ||||
| 12943 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
| 12944 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
| 12945 | return; | ||||
| 12946 | |||||
| 12947 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0; | ||||
| 12948 | } | ||||
| 12949 | |||||
| 12950 | // Objective-C instance variables | ||||
| 12951 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 12952 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 12953 | if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) { | ||||
| 12954 | DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 12955 | DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); | ||||
| 12956 | if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl()) | ||||
| 12957 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1; | ||||
| 12958 | } | ||||
| 12959 | } | ||||
| 12960 | |||||
| 12961 | // C99 6.5.16.1 | ||||
| 12962 | QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 12963 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 12964 | QualType CompoundType) { | ||||
| 12965 | assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject))((!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 12965, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 12966 | |||||
| 12967 | // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. | ||||
| 12968 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this)) | ||||
| 12969 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12970 | |||||
| 12971 | QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 12972 | QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() : | ||||
| 12973 | CompoundType; | ||||
| 12974 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2: | ||||
| 12975 | // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that | ||||
| 12976 | // contains half values | ||||
| 12977 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 12978 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()) && | ||||
| 12979 | LHSType->isHalfType()) { | ||||
| 12980 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1 | ||||
| 12981 | << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 12982 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12983 | } | ||||
| 12984 | |||||
| 12985 | AssignConvertType ConvTy; | ||||
| 12986 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { | ||||
| 12987 | Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 12988 | |||||
| 12989 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this); | ||||
| 12990 | |||||
| 12991 | QualType LHSTy(LHSType); | ||||
| 12992 | ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); | ||||
| 12993 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 12994 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 12995 | // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. | ||||
| 12996 | if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && | ||||
| 12997 | ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && | ||||
| 12998 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || | ||||
| 12999 | (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && | ||||
| 13000 | LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) | ||||
| 13001 | ConvTy = Compatible; | ||||
| 13002 | |||||
| 13003 | if (ConvTy == Compatible && | ||||
| 13004 | LHSType->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
| 13005 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment) | ||||
| 13006 | << LHSType; | ||||
| 13007 | |||||
| 13008 | // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are | ||||
| 13009 | // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" | ||||
| 13010 | // instead of "x += 4". | ||||
| 13011 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) | ||||
| 13012 | RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 13013 | if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { | ||||
| 13014 | if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) && | ||||
| 13015 | Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && | ||||
| 13016 | // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. | ||||
| 13017 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && | ||||
| 13018 | // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the | ||||
| 13019 | // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". | ||||
| 13020 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc() && | ||||
| 13021 | UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc().isFileID()) { | ||||
| 13022 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) | ||||
| 13023 | << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-") | ||||
| 13024 | << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); | ||||
| 13025 | } | ||||
| 13026 | } | ||||
| 13027 | |||||
| 13028 | if (ConvTy == Compatible) { | ||||
| 13029 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { | ||||
| 13030 | // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but | ||||
| 13031 | // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is | ||||
| 13032 | // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference! | ||||
| 13033 | const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
| 13034 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS); | ||||
| 13035 | if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) | ||||
| 13036 | checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get()); | ||||
| 13037 | } | ||||
| 13038 | |||||
| 13039 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || | ||||
| 13040 | LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) { | ||||
| 13041 | // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. | ||||
| 13042 | // Although this code can still have problems: | ||||
| 13043 | // id x = self.weakProp; | ||||
| 13044 | // id y = self.weakProp; | ||||
| 13045 | // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate | ||||
| 13046 | // paths through the function. This should be revisited if | ||||
| 13047 | // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. | ||||
| 13048 | // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak | ||||
| 13049 | // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope. | ||||
| 13050 | if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, | ||||
| 13051 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc())) | ||||
| 13052 | getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 13053 | |||||
| 13054 | } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) { | ||||
| 13055 | checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get()); | ||||
| 13056 | } | ||||
| 13057 | } | ||||
| 13058 | } else { | ||||
| 13059 | // Compound assignment "x += y" | ||||
| 13060 | ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType); | ||||
| 13061 | } | ||||
| 13062 | |||||
| 13063 | if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, | ||||
| 13064 | RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) | ||||
| 13065 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13066 | |||||
| 13067 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr); | ||||
| 13068 | |||||
| 13069 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSType.isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||
| 13070 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { | ||||
| 13071 | // C++2a [expr.ass]p5: | ||||
| 13072 | // A simple-assignment whose left operand is of a volatile-qualified | ||||
| 13073 | // type is deprecated unless the assignment is either a discarded-value | ||||
| 13074 | // expression or an unevaluated operand | ||||
| 13075 | ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs.push_back(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 13076 | } else { | ||||
| 13077 | // C++2a [expr.ass]p6: | ||||
| 13078 | // [Compound-assignment] expressions are deprecated if E1 has | ||||
| 13079 | // volatile-qualified type | ||||
| 13080 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_compound_assign_volatile) << LHSType; | ||||
| 13081 | } | ||||
| 13082 | } | ||||
| 13083 | |||||
| 13084 | // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the | ||||
| 13085 | // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case | ||||
| 13086 | // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. | ||||
| 13087 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand | ||||
| 13088 | // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). | ||||
| 13089 | // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left | ||||
| 13090 | // operand. | ||||
| 13091 | return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 13092 | ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType()); | ||||
| 13093 | } | ||||
| 13094 | |||||
| 13095 | // Only ignore explicit casts to void. | ||||
| 13096 | static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) { | ||||
| 13097 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 13098 | |||||
| 13099 | if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 13100 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) { | ||||
| 13101 | return true; | ||||
| 13102 | } | ||||
| 13103 | |||||
| 13104 | // static_cast<void> on a dependent type will not show up as CK_ToVoid. | ||||
| 13105 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_Dependent && E->getType()->isVoidType() && | ||||
| 13106 | CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 13107 | return true; | ||||
| 13108 | } | ||||
| 13109 | } | ||||
| 13110 | |||||
| 13111 | return false; | ||||
| 13112 | } | ||||
| 13113 | |||||
| 13114 | // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with | ||||
| 13115 | // another operator. There is an explicit list of acceptable expressions for | ||||
| 13116 | // the left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning. | ||||
| 13117 | void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 13118 | // No warnings in macros | ||||
| 13119 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) | ||||
| 13120 | return; | ||||
| 13121 | |||||
| 13122 | // Don't warn in template instantiations. | ||||
| 13123 | if (inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||
| 13124 | return; | ||||
| 13125 | |||||
| 13126 | // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to explicitly list the specific cases, so | ||||
| 13127 | // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the | ||||
| 13128 | // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp. | ||||
| 13129 | // The listed locations are the initialization and increment portions | ||||
| 13130 | // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of | ||||
| 13131 | // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops. | ||||
| 13132 | // Differences in scope flags for C89 mode requires the extra logic. | ||||
| 13133 | const unsigned ForIncrementFlags = | ||||
| 13134 | getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus | ||||
| 13135 | ? Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope | ||||
| 13136 | : Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope; | ||||
| 13137 | const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope; | ||||
| 13138 | const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags(); | ||||
| 13139 | if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags || | ||||
| 13140 | (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags) | ||||
| 13141 | return; | ||||
| 13142 | |||||
| 13143 | // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the | ||||
| 13144 | // of the comma operator as the LHS. | ||||
| 13145 | while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) { | ||||
| 13146 | if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma) | ||||
| 13147 | break; | ||||
| 13148 | LHS = BO->getRHS(); | ||||
| 13149 | } | ||||
| 13150 | |||||
| 13151 | // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn. | ||||
| 13152 | if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS)) | ||||
| 13153 | return; | ||||
| 13154 | |||||
| 13155 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator); | ||||
| 13156 | Diag(LHS->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_cast_to_void) | ||||
| 13157 | << LHS->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 13158 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 13159 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>(" | ||||
| 13160 | : "(void)(") | ||||
| 13161 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getEndLoc()), | ||||
| 13162 | ")"); | ||||
| 13163 | } | ||||
| 13164 | |||||
| 13165 | // C99 6.5.17 | ||||
| 13166 | static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, | ||||
| 13167 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 13168 | LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 13169 | RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 13170 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 13171 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13172 | |||||
| 13173 | // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its | ||||
| 13174 | // operands, but not unary promotions. | ||||
| 13175 | // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1). | ||||
| 13176 | |||||
| 13177 | // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the | ||||
| 13178 | // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS. | ||||
| 13179 | LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 13180 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 13181 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13182 | |||||
| 13183 | S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 13184 | |||||
| 13185 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 13186 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 13187 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 13188 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13189 | if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 13190 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(), | ||||
| 13191 | diag::err_incomplete_type); | ||||
| 13192 | } | ||||
| 13193 | |||||
| 13194 | if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc)) | ||||
| 13195 | S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc); | ||||
| 13196 | |||||
| 13197 | return RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 13198 | } | ||||
| 13199 | |||||
| 13200 | /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine | ||||
| 13201 | /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. | ||||
| 13202 | static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, | ||||
| 13203 | ExprValueKind &VK, | ||||
| 13204 | ExprObjectKind &OK, | ||||
| 13205 | SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 13206 | bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) { | ||||
| 13207 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 13208 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 13209 | |||||
| 13210 | QualType ResType = Op->getType(); | ||||
| 13211 | // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic | ||||
| 13212 | // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of | ||||
| 13213 | // checking. | ||||
| 13214 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) | ||||
| 13215 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); | ||||
| 13216 | |||||
| 13217 | assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression")((!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!ResType.isNull() && \"no type for increment/decrement expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13217, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 13218 | |||||
| 13219 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { | ||||
| 13220 | // Decrement of bool is not allowed. | ||||
| 13221 | if (!IsInc) { | ||||
| 13222 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13223 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13224 | } | ||||
| 13225 | // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. | ||||
| 13226 | S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_increment_bool | ||||
| 13227 | : diag::warn_increment_bool) | ||||
| 13228 | << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13229 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) { | ||||
| 13230 | // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode | ||||
| 13231 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType; | ||||
| 13232 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13233 | } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { | ||||
| 13234 | // OK! | ||||
| 13235 | } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) { | ||||
| 13236 | // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 | ||||
| 13237 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op)) | ||||
| 13238 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13239 | } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 13240 | // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden. | ||||
| 13241 | // Otherwise, we just need a complete type. | ||||
| 13242 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) || | ||||
| 13243 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op)) | ||||
| 13244 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13245 | } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||
| 13246 | // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. | ||||
| 13247 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) | ||||
| 13248 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13249 | } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 13250 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); | ||||
| 13251 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 13252 | return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc, | ||||
| 13253 | IsInc, IsPrefix); | ||||
| 13254 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 13255 | // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 ) | ||||
| 13256 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() && | ||||
| 13257 | (ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != | ||||
| 13258 | VectorType::AltiVecBool)) { | ||||
| 13259 | // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors. | ||||
| 13260 | } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() && | ||||
| 13261 | ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 13262 | // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types. | ||||
| 13263 | } else { | ||||
| 13264 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) | ||||
| 13265 | << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13266 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13267 | } | ||||
| 13268 | // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. | ||||
| 13269 | // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. | ||||
| 13270 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S)) | ||||
| 13271 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13272 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && ResType.isVolatileQualified()) { | ||||
| 13273 | // C++2a [expr.pre.inc]p1, [expr.post.inc]p1: | ||||
| 13274 | // An operand with volatile-qualified type is deprecated | ||||
| 13275 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_increment_decrement_volatile) | ||||
| 13276 | << IsInc << ResType; | ||||
| 13277 | } | ||||
| 13278 | // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise | ||||
| 13279 | // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the | ||||
| 13280 | // operand. | ||||
| 13281 | if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 13282 | VK = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 13283 | OK = Op->getObjectKind(); | ||||
| 13284 | return ResType; | ||||
| 13285 | } else { | ||||
| 13286 | VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 13287 | return ResType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 13288 | } | ||||
| 13289 | } | ||||
| 13290 | |||||
| 13291 | |||||
| 13292 | /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). | ||||
| 13293 | /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions | ||||
| 13294 | /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to | ||||
| 13295 | /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator | ||||
| 13296 | /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: | ||||
| 13297 | /// - &(x) => x | ||||
| 13298 | /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. | ||||
| 13299 | /// - &s.xx => s | ||||
| 13300 | /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array | ||||
| 13301 | /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array | ||||
| 13302 | /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 | ||||
| 13303 | /// - & __real__ x -> x | ||||
| 13304 | /// | ||||
| 13305 | /// FIXME: We don't recurse to the RHS of a comma, nor handle pointers to | ||||
| 13306 | /// members. | ||||
| 13307 | static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 13308 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
| 13309 | case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: | ||||
| 13310 | return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); | ||||
| 13311 | case Stmt::MemberExprClass: | ||||
| 13312 | // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from | ||||
| 13313 | // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is | ||||
| 13314 | // irrelevant. | ||||
| 13315 | if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) | ||||
| 13316 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 13317 | // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base | ||||
| 13318 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); | ||||
| 13319 | case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | ||||
| 13320 | // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit | ||||
| 13321 | // promotion of register arrays earlier. | ||||
| 13322 | Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); | ||||
| 13323 | if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { | ||||
| 13324 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) | ||||
| 13325 | return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 13326 | } | ||||
| 13327 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 13328 | } | ||||
| 13329 | case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { | ||||
| 13330 | UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | ||||
| 13331 | |||||
| 13332 | switch(UO->getOpcode()) { | ||||
| 13333 | case UO_Real: | ||||
| 13334 | case UO_Imag: | ||||
| 13335 | case UO_Extension: | ||||
| 13336 | return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 13337 | default: | ||||
| 13338 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 13339 | } | ||||
| 13340 | } | ||||
| 13341 | case Stmt::ParenExprClass: | ||||
| 13342 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 13343 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: | ||||
| 13344 | // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about | ||||
| 13345 | // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. | ||||
| 13346 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 13347 | case Stmt::CXXUuidofExprClass: | ||||
| 13348 | return cast<CXXUuidofExpr>(E)->getGuidDecl(); | ||||
| 13349 | default: | ||||
| 13350 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 13351 | } | ||||
| 13352 | } | ||||
| 13353 | |||||
| 13354 | namespace { | ||||
| 13355 | enum { | ||||
| 13356 | AO_Bit_Field = 0, | ||||
| 13357 | AO_Vector_Element = 1, | ||||
| 13358 | AO_Property_Expansion = 2, | ||||
| 13359 | AO_Register_Variable = 3, | ||||
| 13360 | AO_Matrix_Element = 4, | ||||
| 13361 | AO_No_Error = 5 | ||||
| 13362 | }; | ||||
| 13363 | } | ||||
| 13364 | /// Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations. | ||||
| 13365 | /// | ||||
| 13366 | /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken. | ||||
| 13367 | static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 13368 | Expr *E, unsigned Type) { | ||||
| 13369 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13370 | } | ||||
| 13371 | |||||
| 13372 | /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function | ||||
| 13373 | /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the | ||||
| 13374 | /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. | ||||
| 13375 | /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & | ||||
| 13376 | /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. | ||||
| 13377 | /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case | ||||
| 13378 | /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. | ||||
| 13379 | QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
| 13380 | if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){ | ||||
| 13381 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { | ||||
| 13382 | Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 13383 | if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 13384 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)((cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13384, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 13385 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function) | ||||
| 13386 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13387 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13388 | } | ||||
| 13389 | |||||
| 13390 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E); | ||||
| 13391 | if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl)) | ||||
| 13392 | if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) { | ||||
| 13393 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||
| 13394 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13395 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13396 | } | ||||
| 13397 | |||||
| 13398 | return Context.OverloadTy; | ||||
| 13399 | } | ||||
| 13400 | |||||
| 13401 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny) | ||||
| 13402 | return Context.UnknownAnyTy; | ||||
| 13403 | |||||
| 13404 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) { | ||||
| 13405 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||
| 13406 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13407 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13408 | } | ||||
| 13409 | |||||
| 13410 | OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get()); | ||||
| 13411 | if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 13412 | } | ||||
| 13413 | |||||
| 13414 | if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 13415 | return Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 13416 | |||||
| 13417 | assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType())((!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13417, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 13418 | |||||
| 13419 | // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks | ||||
| 13420 | Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 13421 | |||||
| 13422 | // In OpenCL captures for blocks called as lambda functions | ||||
| 13423 | // are located in the private address space. Blocks used in | ||||
| 13424 | // enqueue_kernel can be located in a different address space | ||||
| 13425 | // depending on a vendor implementation. Thus preventing | ||||
| 13426 | // taking an address of the capture to avoid invalid AS casts. | ||||
| 13427 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { | ||||
| 13428 | auto* VarRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); | ||||
| 13429 | if (VarRef && VarRef->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) { | ||||
| 13430 | Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_address_capture); | ||||
| 13431 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13432 | } | ||||
| 13433 | } | ||||
| 13434 | |||||
| 13435 | if (getLangOpts().C99) { | ||||
| 13436 | // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. | ||||
| 13437 | if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { | ||||
| 13438 | if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | ||||
| 13439 | // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result | ||||
| 13440 | // (assuming the deref expression is valid). | ||||
| 13441 | return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); | ||||
| 13442 | } | ||||
| 13443 | // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript | ||||
| 13444 | // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. | ||||
| 13445 | } | ||||
| 13446 | ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); | ||||
| 13447 | |||||
| 13448 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) | ||||
| 13449 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true, | ||||
| 13450 | op->getBeginLoc())) | ||||
| 13451 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13452 | |||||
| 13453 | Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context); | ||||
| 13454 | unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error; | ||||
| 13455 | |||||
| 13456 | if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) { | ||||
| 13457 | bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext(); | ||||
| 13458 | Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary | ||||
| 13459 | : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary) | ||||
| 13460 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13461 | if (sfinae) | ||||
| 13462 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13463 | // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address. | ||||
| 13464 | OrigOp = op = | ||||
| 13465 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true); | ||||
| 13466 | } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) { | ||||
| 13467 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); | ||||
| 13468 | } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) { | ||||
| 13469 | // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer. | ||||
| 13470 | // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo. | ||||
| 13471 | |||||
| 13472 | // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up. | ||||
| 13473 | if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) { | ||||
| 13474 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) | ||||
| 13475 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13476 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13477 | } | ||||
| 13478 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); | ||||
| 13479 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
| 13480 | |||||
| 13481 | // The id-expression was parenthesized. | ||||
| 13482 | if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) { | ||||
| 13483 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function) | ||||
| 13484 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13485 | |||||
| 13486 | // The method was named without a qualifier. | ||||
| 13487 | } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) { | ||||
| 13488 | if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty()) | ||||
| 13489 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) | ||||
| 13490 | << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13491 | else { | ||||
| 13492 | SmallString<32> Str; | ||||
| 13493 | StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str); | ||||
| 13494 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) | ||||
| 13495 | << op->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 13496 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual); | ||||
| 13497 | } | ||||
| 13498 | } | ||||
| 13499 | |||||
| 13500 | // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2. | ||||
| 13501 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) | ||||
| 13502 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13503 | |||||
| 13504 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( | ||||
| 13505 | op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); | ||||
| 13506 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||
| 13507 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||
| 13508 | (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy); | ||||
| 13509 | return MPTy; | ||||
| 13510 | } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { | ||||
| 13511 | // C99 6.5.3.2p1 | ||||
| 13512 | // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator | ||||
| 13513 | if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 13514 | // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references. | ||||
| 13515 | if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) { | ||||
| 13516 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; | ||||
| 13517 | } else { | ||||
| 13518 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) | ||||
| 13519 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13520 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13521 | } | ||||
| 13522 | } | ||||
| 13523 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 | ||||
| 13524 | // The operand cannot be a bit-field | ||||
| 13525 | AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field; | ||||
| 13526 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) { | ||||
| 13527 | // The operand cannot be an element of a vector | ||||
| 13528 | AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element; | ||||
| 13529 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent) { | ||||
| 13530 | // The operand cannot be an element of a matrix. | ||||
| 13531 | AddressOfError = AO_Matrix_Element; | ||||
| 13532 | } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 | ||||
| 13533 | // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared | ||||
| 13534 | // with the register storage-class specifier. | ||||
| 13535 | if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||
| 13536 | // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register | ||||
| 13537 | // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3) | ||||
| 13538 | if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && | ||||
| 13539 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 13540 | AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable; | ||||
| 13541 | } | ||||
| 13542 | } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||
| 13543 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; | ||||
| 13544 | } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||
| 13545 | return Context.OverloadTy; | ||||
| 13546 | } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) { | ||||
| 13547 | // Okay: we can take the address of a field. | ||||
| 13548 | // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit | ||||
| 13549 | // scope qualifier for the class. | ||||
| 13550 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { | ||||
| 13551 | DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); | ||||
| 13552 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { | ||||
| 13553 | if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { | ||||
| 13554 | Diag(OpLoc, | ||||
| 13555 | diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) | ||||
| 13556 | << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType(); | ||||
| 13557 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13558 | } | ||||
| 13559 | |||||
| 13560 | while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) | ||||
| 13561 | Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); | ||||
| 13562 | |||||
| 13563 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( | ||||
| 13564 | op->getType(), | ||||
| 13565 | Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); | ||||
| 13566 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. | ||||
| 13567 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) | ||||
| 13568 | (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy); | ||||
| 13569 | return MPTy; | ||||
| 13570 | } | ||||
| 13571 | } | ||||
| 13572 | } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) && | ||||
| 13573 | !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl) && !isa<MSGuidDecl>(dcl)) | ||||
| 13574 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown/unexpected decl type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13574); | ||||
| 13575 | } | ||||
| 13576 | |||||
| 13577 | if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) { | ||||
| 13578 | diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError); | ||||
| 13579 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13580 | } | ||||
| 13581 | |||||
| 13582 | if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { | ||||
| 13583 | // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we | ||||
| 13584 | // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. | ||||
| 13585 | // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". | ||||
| 13586 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13587 | } | ||||
| 13588 | |||||
| 13589 | // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". | ||||
| 13590 | if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType()) | ||||
| 13591 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType()); | ||||
| 13592 | |||||
| 13593 | CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op); | ||||
| 13594 | |||||
| 13595 | return Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); | ||||
| 13596 | } | ||||
| 13597 | |||||
| 13598 | static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) { | ||||
| 13599 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp); | ||||
| 13600 | if (!DRE) | ||||
| 13601 | return; | ||||
| 13602 | const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 13603 | if (!D) | ||||
| 13604 | return; | ||||
| 13605 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D); | ||||
| 13606 | if (!Param) | ||||
| 13607 | return; | ||||
| 13608 | if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())) | ||||
| 13609 | if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) | ||||
| 13610 | return; | ||||
| 13611 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction()) | ||||
| 13612 | if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param)) | ||||
| 13613 | FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param); | ||||
| 13614 | } | ||||
| 13615 | |||||
| 13616 | /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*'). | ||||
| 13617 | static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK, | ||||
| 13618 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
| 13619 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 13620 | return S.Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 13621 | |||||
| 13622 | ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op); | ||||
| 13623 | if (ConvResult.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 13624 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13625 | Op = ConvResult.get(); | ||||
| 13626 | QualType OpTy = Op->getType(); | ||||
| 13627 | QualType Result; | ||||
| 13628 | |||||
| 13629 | if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) { | ||||
| 13630 | QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType(); | ||||
| 13631 | S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true, | ||||
| 13632 | Op->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 13633 | } | ||||
| 13634 | |||||
| 13635 | if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
| 13636 | { | ||||
| 13637 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 13638 | } | ||||
| 13639 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = | ||||
| 13640 | OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) | ||||
| 13641 | Result = OPT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 13642 | else { | ||||
| 13643 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); | ||||
| 13644 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); | ||||
| 13645 | if (PR.get() != Op) | ||||
| 13646 | return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc); | ||||
| 13647 | } | ||||
| 13648 | |||||
| 13649 | if (Result.isNull()) { | ||||
| 13650 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) | ||||
| 13651 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13652 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 13653 | } | ||||
| 13654 | |||||
| 13655 | // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result | ||||
| 13656 | // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about | ||||
| 13657 | // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a | ||||
| 13658 | // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid | ||||
| 13659 | // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type: | ||||
| 13660 | // | ||||
| 13661 | // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1: | ||||
| 13662 | // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall | ||||
| 13663 | // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type | ||||
| 13664 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType()) | ||||
| 13665 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer) | ||||
| 13666 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13667 | |||||
| 13668 | // Dereferences are usually l-values... | ||||
| 13669 | VK = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 13670 | |||||
| 13671 | // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C. | ||||
| 13672 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType()) | ||||
| 13673 | VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 13674 | |||||
| 13675 | return Result; | ||||
| 13676 | } | ||||
| 13677 | |||||
| 13678 | BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||
| 13679 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc; | ||||
| 13680 | switch (Kind) { | ||||
| 13681 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown binop!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13681); | ||||
| 13682 | case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break; | ||||
| 13683 | case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break; | ||||
| 13684 | case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break; | ||||
| 13685 | case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break; | ||||
| 13686 | case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break; | ||||
| 13687 | case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break; | ||||
| 13688 | case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break; | ||||
| 13689 | case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break; | ||||
| 13690 | case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break; | ||||
| 13691 | case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break; | ||||
| 13692 | case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break; | ||||
| 13693 | case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break; | ||||
| 13694 | case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break; | ||||
| 13695 | case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break; | ||||
| 13696 | case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break; | ||||
| 13697 | case tok::spaceship: Opc = BO_Cmp; break; | ||||
| 13698 | case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break; | ||||
| 13699 | case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break; | ||||
| 13700 | case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break; | ||||
| 13701 | case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break; | ||||
| 13702 | case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break; | ||||
| 13703 | case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break; | ||||
| 13704 | case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break; | ||||
| 13705 | case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break; | ||||
| 13706 | case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break; | ||||
| 13707 | case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break; | ||||
| 13708 | case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break; | ||||
| 13709 | case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break; | ||||
| 13710 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break; | ||||
| 13711 | case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break; | ||||
| 13712 | case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break; | ||||
| 13713 | case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break; | ||||
| 13714 | case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break; | ||||
| 13715 | } | ||||
| 13716 | return Opc; | ||||
| 13717 | } | ||||
| 13718 | |||||
| 13719 | static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( | ||||
| 13720 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||
| 13721 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; | ||||
| 13722 | switch (Kind) { | ||||
| 13723 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown unary op!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13723); | ||||
| 13724 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break; | ||||
| 13725 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break; | ||||
| 13726 | case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break; | ||||
| 13727 | case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break; | ||||
| 13728 | case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break; | ||||
| 13729 | case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break; | ||||
| 13730 | case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break; | ||||
| 13731 | case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break; | ||||
| 13732 | case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break; | ||||
| 13733 | case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break; | ||||
| 13734 | case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break; | ||||
| 13735 | } | ||||
| 13736 | return Opc; | ||||
| 13737 | } | ||||
| 13738 | |||||
| 13739 | /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself. | ||||
| 13740 | /// This warning suppressed in the event of macro expansions. | ||||
| 13741 | static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||
| 13742 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsBuiltin) { | ||||
| 13743 | if (S.inTemplateInstantiation()) | ||||
| 13744 | return; | ||||
| 13745 | if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 13746 | return; | ||||
| 13747 | if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||
| 13748 | return; | ||||
| 13749 | LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 13750 | RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 13751 | const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 13752 | const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 13753 | if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef || | ||||
| 13754 | LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() || | ||||
| 13755 | RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID()) | ||||
| 13756 | return; | ||||
| 13757 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = | ||||
| 13758 | cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||
| 13759 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = | ||||
| 13760 | cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); | ||||
| 13761 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) | ||||
| 13762 | return; | ||||
| 13763 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
| 13764 | return; | ||||
| 13765 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) | ||||
| 13766 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) | ||||
| 13767 | return; | ||||
| 13768 | |||||
| 13769 | S.Diag(OpLoc, IsBuiltin ? diag::warn_self_assignment_builtin | ||||
| 13770 | : diag::warn_self_assignment_overloaded) | ||||
| 13771 | << LHSDeclRef->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 13772 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13773 | } | ||||
| 13774 | |||||
| 13775 | /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This | ||||
| 13776 | /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer. | ||||
| 13777 | static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R, | ||||
| 13778 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { | ||||
| 13779 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
| 13780 | return; | ||||
| 13781 | |||||
| 13782 | const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr; | ||||
| 13783 | const Expr *LHS = L.get(); | ||||
| 13784 | const Expr *RHS = R.get(); | ||||
| 13785 | |||||
| 13786 | if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 13787 | ObjCPointerExpr = LHS; | ||||
| 13788 | OtherExpr = RHS; | ||||
| 13789 | } | ||||
| 13790 | else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | ||||
| 13791 | ObjCPointerExpr = RHS; | ||||
| 13792 | OtherExpr = LHS; | ||||
| 13793 | } | ||||
| 13794 | |||||
| 13795 | // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false | ||||
| 13796 | // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly | ||||
| 13797 | // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which | ||||
| 13798 | // code should generally never do. | ||||
| 13799 | if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||
| 13800 | unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking; | ||||
| 13801 | // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX. | ||||
| 13802 | const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); | ||||
| 13803 | // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which | ||||
| 13804 | // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value. | ||||
| 13805 | // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase. | ||||
| 13806 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) { | ||||
| 13807 | Selector S = ME->getSelector(); | ||||
| 13808 | StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0); | ||||
| 13809 | if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector")) | ||||
| 13810 | Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector; | ||||
| 13811 | } | ||||
| 13812 | |||||
| 13813 | S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag) | ||||
| 13814 | << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 13815 | } | ||||
| 13816 | } | ||||
| 13817 | |||||
| 13818 | static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 13819 | if (!E) | ||||
| 13820 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 13821 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 13822 | return DRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 13823 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 13824 | return ME->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
| 13825 | if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 13826 | return IRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 13827 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 13828 | } | ||||
| 13829 | |||||
| 13830 | // This helper function promotes a binary operator's operands (which are of a | ||||
| 13831 | // half vector type) to a vector of floats and then truncates the result to | ||||
| 13832 | // a vector of either half or short. | ||||
| 13833 | static ExprResult convertHalfVecBinOp(Sema &S, ExprResult LHS, ExprResult RHS, | ||||
| 13834 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType ResultTy, | ||||
| 13835 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, | ||||
| 13836 | bool IsCompAssign, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 13837 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures) { | ||||
| 13838 | auto &Context = S.getASTContext(); | ||||
| 13839 | assert((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) ||(((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context .ShortTy)) && "Result must be a vector of half or short" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && \"Result must be a vector of half or short\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 13840 | isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) &&(((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context .ShortTy)) && "Result must be a vector of half or short" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && \"Result must be a vector of half or short\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 13841 | "Result must be a vector of half or short")(((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context .ShortTy)) && "Result must be a vector of half or short" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && \"Result must be a vector of half or short\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 13842 | assert(isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) &&((isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && "both operands expected to be a half vector") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && \"both operands expected to be a half vector\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13844, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 13843 | isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) &&((isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && "both operands expected to be a half vector") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && \"both operands expected to be a half vector\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13844, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 13844 | "both operands expected to be a half vector")((isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && "both operands expected to be a half vector") ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && \"both operands expected to be a half vector\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 13844, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 13845 | |||||
| 13846 | RHS = convertVector(RHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); | ||||
| 13847 | QualType BinOpResTy = RHS.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 13848 | |||||
| 13849 | // If Opc is a comparison, ResultType is a vector of shorts. In that case, | ||||
| 13850 | // change BinOpResTy to a vector of ints. | ||||
| 13851 | if (isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) | ||||
| 13852 | BinOpResTy = S.GetSignedVectorType(BinOpResTy); | ||||
| 13853 | |||||
| 13854 | if (IsCompAssign) | ||||
| 13855 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, | ||||
| 13856 | ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures, | ||||
| 13857 | BinOpResTy, BinOpResTy); | ||||
| 13858 | |||||
| 13859 | LHS = convertVector(LHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); | ||||
| 13860 | auto *BO = BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, | ||||
| 13861 | BinOpResTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures); | ||||
| 13862 | return convertVector(BO, ResultTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(), S); | ||||
| 13863 | } | ||||
| 13864 | |||||
| 13865 | static std::pair<ExprResult, ExprResult> | ||||
| 13866 | CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||
| 13867 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 13868 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 13869 | if (!S.Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||
| 13870 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it | ||||
| 13871 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have | ||||
| 13872 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. | ||||
| 13873 | LHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHS); | ||||
| 13874 | RHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( | ||||
| 13875 | RHS, /*InitDecl=*/nullptr, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/false, | ||||
| 13876 | [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) { | ||||
| 13877 | if (Opc != BO_Assign) | ||||
| 13878 | return ExprResult(E); | ||||
| 13879 | // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS. | ||||
| 13880 | Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E); | ||||
| 13881 | return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E; | ||||
| 13882 | }); | ||||
| 13883 | } | ||||
| 13884 | return std::make_pair(LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 13885 | } | ||||
| 13886 | |||||
| 13887 | /// Returns true if conversion between vectors of halfs and vectors of floats | ||||
| 13888 | /// is needed. | ||||
| 13889 | static bool needsConversionOfHalfVec(bool OpRequiresConversion, ASTContext &Ctx, | ||||
| 13890 | Expr *E0, Expr *E1 = nullptr) { | ||||
| 13891 | if (!OpRequiresConversion || Ctx.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType || | ||||
| 13892 | Ctx.getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) | ||||
| 13893 | return false; | ||||
| 13894 | |||||
| 13895 | auto HasVectorOfHalfType = [&Ctx](Expr *E) { | ||||
| 13896 | QualType Ty = E->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); | ||||
| 13897 | |||||
| 13898 | // Don't promote half precision neon vectors like float16x4_t in arm_neon.h | ||||
| 13899 | // to vectors of floats. Although the element type of the vectors is __fp16, | ||||
| 13900 | // the vectors shouldn't be treated as storage-only types. See the | ||||
| 13901 | // discussion here: https://reviews.llvm.org/rG825235c140e7 | ||||
| 13902 | if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { | ||||
| 13903 | if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::NeonVector) | ||||
| 13904 | return false; | ||||
| 13905 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == Ctx.HalfTy; | ||||
| 13906 | } | ||||
| 13907 | return false; | ||||
| 13908 | }; | ||||
| 13909 | |||||
| 13910 | return HasVectorOfHalfType(E0) && (!E1 || HasVectorOfHalfType(E1)); | ||||
| 13911 | } | ||||
| 13912 | |||||
| 13913 | /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with | ||||
| 13914 | /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports | ||||
| 13915 | /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. | ||||
| 13916 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 13917 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 13918 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 13919 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) { | ||||
| 13920 | // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment, | ||||
| 13921 | // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for | ||||
| 13922 | // non-assignment operators. | ||||
| 13923 | // C++11 5.17p9: | ||||
| 13924 | // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning | ||||
| 13925 | // of x = {} is x = T(). | ||||
| 13926 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( | ||||
| 13927 | RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 13928 | InitializedEntity Entity = | ||||
| 13929 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType()); | ||||
| 13930 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 13931 | ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 13932 | if (Init.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 13933 | return Init; | ||||
| 13934 | RHSExpr = Init.get(); | ||||
| 13935 | } | ||||
| 13936 | |||||
| 13937 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; | ||||
| 13938 | QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. | ||||
| 13939 | // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators | ||||
| 13940 | QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation | ||||
| 13941 | QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result | ||||
| 13942 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 13943 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 13944 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; | ||||
| 13945 | |||||
| 13946 | std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 13947 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 13948 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 13949 | |||||
| 13950 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
| 13951 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 13952 | QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 13953 | // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by | ||||
| 13954 | // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro. | ||||
| 13955 | if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) { | ||||
| 13956 | SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 13957 | if (BO_Assign == Opc) | ||||
| 13958 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR; | ||||
| 13959 | else | ||||
| 13960 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 13961 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 13962 | } | ||||
| 13963 | |||||
| 13964 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used | ||||
| 13965 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. | ||||
| 13966 | if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() || | ||||
| 13967 | LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() || | ||||
| 13968 | LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() || | ||||
| 13969 | LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 13970 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 13971 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 13972 | } | ||||
| 13973 | } | ||||
| 13974 | |||||
| 13975 | switch (Opc) { | ||||
| 13976 | case BO_Assign: | ||||
| 13977 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType()); | ||||
| 13978 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 13979 | LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) { | ||||
| 13980 | VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 13981 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||
| 13982 | } | ||||
| 13983 | if (!ResultTy.isNull()) { | ||||
| 13984 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true); | ||||
| 13985 | DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc); | ||||
| 13986 | |||||
| 13987 | // Avoid copying a block to the heap if the block is assigned to a local | ||||
| 13988 | // auto variable that is declared in the same scope as the block. This | ||||
| 13989 | // optimization is unsafe if the local variable is declared in an outer | ||||
| 13990 | // scope. For example: | ||||
| 13991 | // | ||||
| 13992 | // BlockTy b; | ||||
| 13993 | // { | ||||
| 13994 | // b = ^{...}; | ||||
| 13995 | // } | ||||
| 13996 | // // It is unsafe to invoke the block here if it wasn't copied to the | ||||
| 13997 | // // heap. | ||||
| 13998 | // b(); | ||||
| 13999 | |||||
| 14000 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) | ||||
| 14001 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) | ||||
| 14002 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||
| 14003 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && getCurScope()->isDeclScope(VD)) | ||||
| 14004 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); | ||||
| 14005 | |||||
| 14006 | if (LHS.get()->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||
| 14007 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(LHS.get()->getType(), LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 14008 | NTCUC_Assignment, NTCUK_Copy); | ||||
| 14009 | } | ||||
| 14010 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get()); | ||||
| 14011 | break; | ||||
| 14012 | case BO_PtrMemD: | ||||
| 14013 | case BO_PtrMemI: | ||||
| 14014 | ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc, | ||||
| 14015 | Opc == BO_PtrMemI); | ||||
| 14016 | break; | ||||
| 14017 | case BO_Mul: | ||||
| 14018 | case BO_Div: | ||||
| 14019 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14020 | ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false, | ||||
| 14021 | Opc == BO_Div); | ||||
| 14022 | break; | ||||
| 14023 | case BO_Rem: | ||||
| 14024 | ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||
| 14025 | break; | ||||
| 14026 | case BO_Add: | ||||
| 14027 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14028 | ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14029 | break; | ||||
| 14030 | case BO_Sub: | ||||
| 14031 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14032 | ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||
| 14033 | break; | ||||
| 14034 | case BO_Shl: | ||||
| 14035 | case BO_Shr: | ||||
| 14036 | ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14037 | break; | ||||
| 14038 | case BO_LE: | ||||
| 14039 | case BO_LT: | ||||
| 14040 | case BO_GE: | ||||
| 14041 | case BO_GT: | ||||
| 14042 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14043 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14044 | break; | ||||
| 14045 | case BO_EQ: | ||||
| 14046 | case BO_NE: | ||||
| 14047 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14048 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14049 | break; | ||||
| 14050 | case BO_Cmp: | ||||
| 14051 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14052 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14053 | assert(ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())((ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14053, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14054 | break; | ||||
| 14055 | case BO_And: | ||||
| 14056 | checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||
| 14057 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
| 14058 | case BO_Xor: | ||||
| 14059 | case BO_Or: | ||||
| 14060 | ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14061 | break; | ||||
| 14062 | case BO_LAnd: | ||||
| 14063 | case BO_LOr: | ||||
| 14064 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14065 | ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14066 | break; | ||||
| 14067 | case BO_MulAssign: | ||||
| 14068 | case BO_DivAssign: | ||||
| 14069 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14070 | CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true, | ||||
| 14071 | Opc == BO_DivAssign); | ||||
| 14072 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||
| 14073 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14074 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14075 | break; | ||||
| 14076 | case BO_RemAssign: | ||||
| 14077 | CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true); | ||||
| 14078 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||
| 14079 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14080 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14081 | break; | ||||
| 14082 | case BO_AddAssign: | ||||
| 14083 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14084 | CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy); | ||||
| 14085 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14086 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14087 | break; | ||||
| 14088 | case BO_SubAssign: | ||||
| 14089 | ConvertHalfVec = true; | ||||
| 14090 | CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); | ||||
| 14091 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14092 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14093 | break; | ||||
| 14094 | case BO_ShlAssign: | ||||
| 14095 | case BO_ShrAssign: | ||||
| 14096 | CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true); | ||||
| 14097 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||
| 14098 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14099 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14100 | break; | ||||
| 14101 | case BO_AndAssign: | ||||
| 14102 | case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough | ||||
| 14103 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true); | ||||
| 14104 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | ||||
| 14105 | case BO_XorAssign: | ||||
| 14106 | CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); | ||||
| 14107 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; | ||||
| 14108 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14109 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14110 | break; | ||||
| 14111 | case BO_Comma: | ||||
| 14112 | ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); | ||||
| 14113 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) { | ||||
| 14114 | VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 14115 | OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||
| 14116 | } | ||||
| 14117 | break; | ||||
| 14118 | } | ||||
| 14119 | if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14120 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14121 | |||||
| 14122 | // Some of the binary operations require promoting operands of half vector to | ||||
| 14123 | // float vectors and truncating the result back to half vector. For now, we do | ||||
| 14124 | // this only when HalfArgsAndReturn is set (that is, when the target is arm or | ||||
| 14125 | // arm64). | ||||
| 14126 | assert((((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14129, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14127 | (Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ==(((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14129, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14128 | isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) &&(((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14129, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14129 | "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are")(((Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context .HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ) && "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && \"both sides are half vectors or neither sides are\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14129, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14130 | ConvertHalfVec = | ||||
| 14131 | needsConversionOfHalfVec(ConvertHalfVec, Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 14132 | |||||
| 14133 | // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator | ||||
| 14134 | CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get()); | ||||
| 14135 | CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get()); | ||||
| 14136 | |||||
| 14137 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||
| 14138 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope, | ||||
| 14139 | &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"), | ||||
| 14140 | SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 14141 | if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) { | ||||
| 14142 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 14143 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) | ||||
| 14144 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 14145 | "object_setClass(") | ||||
| 14146 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), | ||||
| 14147 | ",") | ||||
| 14148 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")"); | ||||
| 14149 | } | ||||
| 14150 | else | ||||
| 14151 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); | ||||
| 14152 | } | ||||
| 14153 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = | ||||
| 14154 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) | ||||
| 14155 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get()); | ||||
| 14156 | |||||
| 14157 | // Opc is not a compound assignment if CompResultTy is null. | ||||
| 14158 | if (CompResultTy.isNull()) { | ||||
| 14159 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||
| 14160 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, false, | ||||
| 14161 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 14162 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, | ||||
| 14163 | VK, OK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 14164 | } | ||||
| 14165 | |||||
| 14166 | // Handle compound assignments. | ||||
| 14167 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != | ||||
| 14168 | OK_ObjCProperty) { | ||||
| 14169 | VK = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 14170 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||
| 14171 | } | ||||
| 14172 | |||||
| 14173 | // The LHS is not converted to the result type for fixed-point compound | ||||
| 14174 | // assignment as the common type is computed on demand. Reset the CompLHSTy | ||||
| 14175 | // to the LHS type we would have gotten after unary conversions. | ||||
| 14176 | if (CompResultTy->isFixedPointType()) | ||||
| 14177 | CompLHSTy = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()).get()->getType(); | ||||
| 14178 | |||||
| 14179 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||
| 14180 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, true, | ||||
| 14181 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 14182 | |||||
| 14183 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||
| 14184 | Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, | ||||
| 14185 | CurFPFeatureOverrides(), CompLHSTy, CompResultTy); | ||||
| 14186 | } | ||||
| 14187 | |||||
| 14188 | /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison | ||||
| 14189 | /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that | ||||
| 14190 | /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of | ||||
| 14191 | /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". | ||||
| 14192 | static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14193 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||
| 14194 | Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 14195 | BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 14196 | BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14197 | |||||
| 14198 | // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't. | ||||
| 14199 | bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp(); | ||||
| 14200 | bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp(); | ||||
| 14201 | if (isLeftComp == isRightComp) | ||||
| 14202 | return; | ||||
| 14203 | |||||
| 14204 | // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. | ||||
| 14205 | // Don't diagnose this. | ||||
| 14206 | bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); | ||||
| 14207 | bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); | ||||
| 14208 | if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise) | ||||
| 14209 | return; | ||||
| 14210 | |||||
| 14211 | SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp | ||||
| 14212 | ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), OpLoc) | ||||
| 14213 | : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 14214 | StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr(); | ||||
| 14215 | SourceRange ParensRange = | ||||
| 14216 | isLeftComp | ||||
| 14217 | ? SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()) | ||||
| 14218 | : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getEndLoc()); | ||||
| 14219 | |||||
| 14220 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) | ||||
| 14221 | << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr; | ||||
| 14222 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, | ||||
| 14223 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr, | ||||
| 14224 | (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14225 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, | ||||
| 14226 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) | ||||
| 14227 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), | ||||
| 14228 | ParensRange); | ||||
| 14229 | } | ||||
| 14230 | |||||
| 14231 | /// It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one. | ||||
| 14232 | /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression | ||||
| 14233 | /// in parentheses. | ||||
| 14234 | static void | ||||
| 14235 | EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14236 | BinaryOperator *Bop) { | ||||
| 14237 | assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd)((Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14237, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14238 | Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or) | ||||
| 14239 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; | ||||
| 14240 | SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
| 14241 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||
| 14242 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), | ||||
| 14243 | Bop->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14244 | } | ||||
| 14245 | |||||
| 14246 | /// Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant | ||||
| 14247 | /// 'true'. | ||||
| 14248 | static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 14249 | bool Res; | ||||
| 14250 | return !E->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 14251 | E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res; | ||||
| 14252 | } | ||||
| 14253 | |||||
| 14254 | /// Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant | ||||
| 14255 | /// 'false'. | ||||
| 14256 | static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 14257 | bool Res; | ||||
| 14258 | return !E->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 14259 | E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res; | ||||
| 14260 | } | ||||
| 14261 | |||||
| 14262 | /// Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr. | ||||
| 14263 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14264 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 14265 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) { | ||||
| 14266 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { | ||||
| 14267 | // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||
| 14268 | if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr)) | ||||
| 14269 | return; | ||||
| 14270 | // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||
| 14271 | if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS())) | ||||
| 14272 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); | ||||
| 14273 | } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { | ||||
| 14274 | if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) { | ||||
| 14275 | // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for | ||||
| 14276 | // "a || b && 1", but warn now. | ||||
| 14277 | if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS())) | ||||
| 14278 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop); | ||||
| 14279 | } | ||||
| 14280 | } | ||||
| 14281 | } | ||||
| 14282 | } | ||||
| 14283 | |||||
| 14284 | /// Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr. | ||||
| 14285 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14286 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 14287 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) { | ||||
| 14288 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { | ||||
| 14289 | // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||
| 14290 | if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr)) | ||||
| 14291 | return; | ||||
| 14292 | // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. | ||||
| 14293 | if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS())) | ||||
| 14294 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); | ||||
| 14295 | } | ||||
| 14296 | } | ||||
| 14297 | } | ||||
| 14298 | |||||
| 14299 | /// Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with | ||||
| 14300 | /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps | ||||
| 14301 | /// the '&' expression in parentheses. | ||||
| 14302 | static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14303 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) { | ||||
| 14304 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) { | ||||
| 14305 | if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) { | ||||
| 14306 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op) | ||||
| 14307 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) | ||||
| 14308 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; | ||||
| 14309 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
| 14310 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||
| 14311 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), | ||||
| 14312 | Bop->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14313 | } | ||||
| 14314 | } | ||||
| 14315 | } | ||||
| 14316 | |||||
| 14317 | static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14318 | Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) { | ||||
| 14319 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) { | ||||
| 14320 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { | ||||
| 14321 | StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr(); | ||||
| 14322 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift) | ||||
| 14323 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op; | ||||
| 14324 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
| 14325 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op, | ||||
| 14326 | Bop->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14327 | } | ||||
| 14328 | } | ||||
| 14329 | } | ||||
| 14330 | |||||
| 14331 | static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14332 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 14333 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 14334 | if (!OCE) | ||||
| 14335 | return; | ||||
| 14336 | |||||
| 14337 | FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee(); | ||||
| 14338 | if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator()) | ||||
| 14339 | return; | ||||
| 14340 | |||||
| 14341 | OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); | ||||
| 14342 | if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater) | ||||
| 14343 | return; | ||||
| 14344 | |||||
| 14345 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison) | ||||
| 14346 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange() | ||||
| 14347 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess); | ||||
| 14348 | SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
| 14349 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) | ||||
| 14350 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"), | ||||
| 14351 | OCE->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14352 | SuggestParentheses( | ||||
| 14353 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first), | ||||
| 14354 | SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); | ||||
| 14355 | } | ||||
| 14356 | |||||
| 14357 | /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky | ||||
| 14358 | /// precedence. | ||||
| 14359 | static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14360 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, | ||||
| 14361 | Expr *RHSExpr){ | ||||
| 14362 | // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". | ||||
| 14363 | if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 14364 | DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14365 | |||||
| 14366 | // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3" | ||||
| 14367 | if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) && | ||||
| 14368 | !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { | ||||
| 14369 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr); | ||||
| 14370 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14371 | } | ||||
| 14372 | |||||
| 14373 | // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. | ||||
| 14374 | // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe. | ||||
| 14375 | if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { | ||||
| 14376 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14377 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14378 | } | ||||
| 14379 | |||||
| 14380 | if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext())) | ||||
| 14381 | || Opc == BO_Shr) { | ||||
| 14382 | StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc); | ||||
| 14383 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift); | ||||
| 14384 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift); | ||||
| 14385 | } | ||||
| 14386 | |||||
| 14387 | // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as: | ||||
| 14388 | // cout << 5 == 4; | ||||
| 14389 | if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 14390 | DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14391 | } | ||||
| 14392 | |||||
| 14393 | // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. | ||||
| 14394 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, | ||||
| 14395 | tok::TokenKind Kind, | ||||
| 14396 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 14397 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); | ||||
| 14398 | assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression")((LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LHSExpr && \"ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14399 | assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression")((RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RHSExpr && \"ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14399, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14400 | |||||
| 14401 | // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" | ||||
| 14402 | DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14403 | |||||
| 14404 | return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14405 | } | ||||
| 14406 | |||||
| 14407 | void Sema::LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14408 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { | ||||
| 14409 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||
| 14410 | if (OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal) | ||||
| 14411 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions); | ||||
| 14412 | |||||
| 14413 | // In C++20 onwards, we may have a second operator to look up. | ||||
| 14414 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { | ||||
| 14415 | if (OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(OverOp)) | ||||
| 14416 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(ExtraOp, S, Functions); | ||||
| 14417 | } | ||||
| 14418 | } | ||||
| 14419 | |||||
| 14420 | /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope. | ||||
| 14421 | static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14422 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14423 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { | ||||
| 14424 | switch (Opc) { | ||||
| 14425 | case BO_Assign: | ||||
| 14426 | case BO_DivAssign: | ||||
| 14427 | case BO_RemAssign: | ||||
| 14428 | case BO_SubAssign: | ||||
| 14429 | case BO_AndAssign: | ||||
| 14430 | case BO_OrAssign: | ||||
| 14431 | case BO_XorAssign: | ||||
| 14432 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S, LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false); | ||||
| 14433 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, S); | ||||
| 14434 | break; | ||||
| 14435 | default: | ||||
| 14436 | break; | ||||
| 14437 | } | ||||
| 14438 | |||||
| 14439 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. | ||||
| 14440 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; | ||||
| 14441 | S.LookupBinOp(Sc, OpLoc, Opc, Functions); | ||||
| 14442 | |||||
| 14443 | // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) | ||||
| 14444 | // binary operation. | ||||
| 14445 | return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 14446 | } | ||||
| 14447 | |||||
| 14448 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14449 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14450 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { | ||||
| 14451 | ExprResult LHS, RHS; | ||||
| 14452 | std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14453 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 14454 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14455 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); | ||||
| 14456 | RHSExpr = RHS.get(); | ||||
| 14457 | |||||
| 14458 | // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment | ||||
| 14459 | // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if | ||||
| 14460 | // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent), | ||||
| 14461 | // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get | ||||
| 14462 | // any placeholder types out of the way. | ||||
| 14463 | |||||
| 14464 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS. | ||||
| 14465 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 14466 | // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis. | ||||
| 14467 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && | ||||
| 14468 | BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 14469 | return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14470 | |||||
| 14471 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. | ||||
| 14472 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { | ||||
| 14473 | // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder, | ||||
| 14474 | // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that | ||||
| 14475 | // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note | ||||
| 14476 | // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never | ||||
| 14477 | // instantiates to having an overloadable type. | ||||
| 14478 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14479 | if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14480 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); | ||||
| 14481 | |||||
| 14482 | if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || | ||||
| 14483 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||
| 14484 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14485 | } | ||||
| 14486 | |||||
| 14487 | // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function | ||||
| 14488 | // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing | ||||
| 14489 | // an invalid use of a bound member function. | ||||
| 14490 | // | ||||
| 14491 | // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due | ||||
| 14492 | // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above. | ||||
| 14493 | if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() && | ||||
| 14494 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember || | ||||
| 14495 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) { | ||||
| 14496 | auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 14497 | if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && | ||||
| 14498 | std::any_of(OE->decls_begin(), OE->decls_end(), [](NamedDecl *ND) { | ||||
| 14499 | return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND); | ||||
| 14500 | })) { | ||||
| 14501 | Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc() | ||||
| 14502 | : OE->getNameLoc(), | ||||
| 14503 | diag::err_template_kw_missing) | ||||
| 14504 | << OE->getName().getAsString() << ""; | ||||
| 14505 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14506 | } | ||||
| 14507 | } | ||||
| 14508 | |||||
| 14509 | ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr); | ||||
| 14510 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14511 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); | ||||
| 14512 | } | ||||
| 14513 | |||||
| 14514 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS. | ||||
| 14515 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 14516 | // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type | ||||
| 14517 | // being assigned to. | ||||
| 14518 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { | ||||
| 14519 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 14520 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || | ||||
| 14521 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())) | ||||
| 14522 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14523 | |||||
| 14524 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14525 | } | ||||
| 14526 | |||||
| 14527 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. | ||||
| 14528 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload && | ||||
| 14529 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||
| 14530 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14531 | |||||
| 14532 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14533 | if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14534 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); | ||||
| 14535 | } | ||||
| 14536 | |||||
| 14537 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 14538 | // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an | ||||
| 14539 | // overloaded op. | ||||
| 14540 | if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 14541 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14542 | |||||
| 14543 | // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an | ||||
| 14544 | // overloadable type. | ||||
| 14545 | if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() || | ||||
| 14546 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) | ||||
| 14547 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14548 | } | ||||
| 14549 | |||||
| 14550 | if (getLangOpts().RecoveryAST && | ||||
| 14551 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())) { | ||||
| 14552 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14552, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14553 | assert((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) &&(((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors ()) && "Should only occur in error-recovery path.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) && \"Should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14554, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14554 | "Should only occur in error-recovery path.")(((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors ()) && "Should only occur in error-recovery path.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) && \"Should only occur in error-recovery path.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14554, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14555 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 14556 | // C [6.15.16] p3: | ||||
| 14557 | // An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the | ||||
| 14558 | // assignment, but is not an lvalue. | ||||
| 14559 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( | ||||
| 14560 | Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, | ||||
| 14561 | LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, | ||||
| 14562 | OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 14563 | QualType ResultType; | ||||
| 14564 | switch (Opc) { | ||||
| 14565 | case BO_Assign: | ||||
| 14566 | ResultType = LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 14567 | break; | ||||
| 14568 | case BO_LT: | ||||
| 14569 | case BO_GT: | ||||
| 14570 | case BO_LE: | ||||
| 14571 | case BO_GE: | ||||
| 14572 | case BO_EQ: | ||||
| 14573 | case BO_NE: | ||||
| 14574 | case BO_LAnd: | ||||
| 14575 | case BO_LOr: | ||||
| 14576 | // These operators have a fixed result type regardless of operands. | ||||
| 14577 | ResultType = Context.IntTy; | ||||
| 14578 | break; | ||||
| 14579 | case BO_Comma: | ||||
| 14580 | ResultType = RHSExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 14581 | break; | ||||
| 14582 | default: | ||||
| 14583 | ResultType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 14584 | break; | ||||
| 14585 | } | ||||
| 14586 | return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, ResultType, | ||||
| 14587 | VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc, | ||||
| 14588 | CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 14589 | } | ||||
| 14590 | |||||
| 14591 | // Build a built-in binary operation. | ||||
| 14592 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); | ||||
| 14593 | } | ||||
| 14594 | |||||
| 14595 | static bool isOverflowingIntegerType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { | ||||
| 14596 | if (T.isNull() || T->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 14597 | return false; | ||||
| 14598 | |||||
| 14599 | if (!T->isPromotableIntegerType()) | ||||
| 14600 | return true; | ||||
| 14601 | |||||
| 14602 | return Ctx.getIntWidth(T) >= Ctx.getIntWidth(Ctx.IntTy); | ||||
| 14603 | } | ||||
| 14604 | |||||
| 14605 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14606 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, | ||||
| 14607 | Expr *InputExpr) { | ||||
| 14608 | ExprResult Input = InputExpr; | ||||
| 14609 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 14610 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 14611 | QualType resultType; | ||||
| 14612 | bool CanOverflow = false; | ||||
| 14613 | |||||
| 14614 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; | ||||
| 14615 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
| 14616 | QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 14617 | // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'. | ||||
| 14618 | if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) || | ||||
| 14619 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used | ||||
| 14620 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. | ||||
| 14621 | (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType() | ||||
| 14622 | || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) { | ||||
| 14623 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14624 | << InputExpr->getType() | ||||
| 14625 | << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14626 | } | ||||
| 14627 | } | ||||
| 14628 | |||||
| 14629 | switch (Opc) { | ||||
| 14630 | case UO_PreInc: | ||||
| 14631 | case UO_PreDec: | ||||
| 14632 | case UO_PostInc: | ||||
| 14633 | case UO_PostDec: | ||||
| 14634 | resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK, | ||||
| 14635 | OpLoc, | ||||
| 14636 | Opc == UO_PreInc || | ||||
| 14637 | Opc == UO_PostInc, | ||||
| 14638 | Opc == UO_PreInc || | ||||
| 14639 | Opc == UO_PreDec); | ||||
| 14640 | CanOverflow = isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, resultType); | ||||
| 14641 | break; | ||||
| 14642 | case UO_AddrOf: | ||||
| 14643 | resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc); | ||||
| 14644 | CheckAddressOfNoDeref(InputExpr); | ||||
| 14645 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr); | ||||
| 14646 | break; | ||||
| 14647 | case UO_Deref: { | ||||
| 14648 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get()); | ||||
| 14649 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14650 | resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc); | ||||
| 14651 | break; | ||||
| 14652 | } | ||||
| 14653 | case UO_Plus: | ||||
| 14654 | case UO_Minus: | ||||
| 14655 | CanOverflow = Opc == UO_Minus && | ||||
| 14656 | isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, Input.get()->getType()); | ||||
| 14657 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get()); | ||||
| 14658 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14659 | // Unary plus and minus require promoting an operand of half vector to a | ||||
| 14660 | // float vector and truncating the result back to a half vector. For now, we | ||||
| 14661 | // do this only when HalfArgsAndReturns is set (that is, when the target is | ||||
| 14662 | // arm or arm64). | ||||
| 14663 | ConvertHalfVec = needsConversionOfHalfVec(true, Context, Input.get()); | ||||
| 14664 | |||||
| 14665 | // If the operand is a half vector, promote it to a float vector. | ||||
| 14666 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||
| 14667 | Input = convertVector(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, *this); | ||||
| 14668 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 14669 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 14670 | break; | ||||
| 14671 | if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 | ||||
| 14672 | break; | ||||
| 14673 | else if (resultType->isVectorType() && | ||||
| 14674 | // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors. | ||||
| 14675 | (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector || | ||||
| 14676 | resultType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != | ||||
| 14677 | VectorType::AltiVecBool)) | ||||
| 14678 | break; | ||||
| 14679 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 | ||||
| 14680 | Opc == UO_Plus && | ||||
| 14681 | resultType->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 14682 | break; | ||||
| 14683 | |||||
| 14684 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14685 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14686 | |||||
| 14687 | case UO_Not: // bitwise complement | ||||
| 14688 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get()); | ||||
| 14689 | if (Input.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14690 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14691 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 14692 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 14693 | break; | ||||
| 14694 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. | ||||
| 14695 | if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) | ||||
| 14696 | // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. | ||||
| 14697 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) | ||||
| 14698 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 14699 | else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) | ||||
| 14700 | break; | ||||
| 14701 | else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { | ||||
| 14702 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate | ||||
| 14703 | // on vector float types. | ||||
| 14704 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
| 14705 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 14706 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14707 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14708 | } else { | ||||
| 14709 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14710 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14711 | } | ||||
| 14712 | break; | ||||
| 14713 | |||||
| 14714 | case UO_LNot: // logical negation | ||||
| 14715 | // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). | ||||
| 14716 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get()); | ||||
| 14717 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14718 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 14719 | |||||
| 14720 | // Though we still have to promote half FP to float... | ||||
| 14721 | if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) { | ||||
| 14722 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); | ||||
| 14723 | resultType = Context.FloatTy; | ||||
| 14724 | } | ||||
| 14725 | |||||
| 14726 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 14727 | break; | ||||
| 14728 | if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) { | ||||
| 14729 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough; | ||||
| 14730 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 14731 | // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9: | ||||
| 14732 | // operand contextually converted to bool. | ||||
| 14733 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy, | ||||
| 14734 | ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType)); | ||||
| 14735 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 14736 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { | ||||
| 14737 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not | ||||
| 14738 | // operate on scalar float types. | ||||
| 14739 | if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType()) | ||||
| 14740 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14741 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14742 | } | ||||
| 14743 | } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) { | ||||
| 14744 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && | ||||
| 14745 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 && | ||||
| 14746 | !Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 14747 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not | ||||
| 14748 | // operate on vector float types. | ||||
| 14749 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); | ||||
| 14750 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 14751 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14752 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14753 | } | ||||
| 14754 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. | ||||
| 14755 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); | ||||
| 14756 | break; | ||||
| 14757 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && resultType->isVectorType()) { | ||||
| 14758 | const VectorType *VTy = resultType->castAs<VectorType>(); | ||||
| 14759 | if (VTy->getVectorKind() != VectorType::GenericVector) | ||||
| 14760 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14761 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14762 | |||||
| 14763 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. | ||||
| 14764 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); | ||||
| 14765 | break; | ||||
| 14766 | } else { | ||||
| 14767 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) | ||||
| 14768 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 14769 | } | ||||
| 14770 | |||||
| 14771 | // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. | ||||
| 14772 | // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 | ||||
| 14773 | resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); | ||||
| 14774 | break; | ||||
| 14775 | case UO_Real: | ||||
| 14776 | case UO_Imag: | ||||
| 14777 | resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real); | ||||
| 14778 | // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary | ||||
| 14779 | // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values. | ||||
| 14780 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14781 | if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { | ||||
| 14782 | if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue && | ||||
| 14783 | Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) | ||||
| 14784 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 14785 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 14786 | // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not. | ||||
| 14787 | Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get()); | ||||
| 14788 | } | ||||
| 14789 | break; | ||||
| 14790 | case UO_Extension: | ||||
| 14791 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 14792 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 14793 | OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind(); | ||||
| 14794 | break; | ||||
| 14795 | case UO_Coawait: | ||||
| 14796 | // It's unnecessary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the | ||||
| 14797 | // AST; just return the input expression instead. | ||||
| 14798 | assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() &&((!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " "building operator co_await" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && \"the co_await expression must be non-dependant before \" \"building operator co_await\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14800, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14799 | "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before "((!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " "building operator co_await" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && \"the co_await expression must be non-dependant before \" \"building operator co_await\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14800, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14800 | "building operator co_await")((!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " "building operator co_await" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && \"the co_await expression must be non-dependant before \" \"building operator co_await\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14800, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14801 | return Input; | ||||
| 14802 | } | ||||
| 14803 | if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14804 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14805 | |||||
| 14806 | // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator, | ||||
| 14807 | // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially | ||||
| 14808 | // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize] | ||||
| 14809 | // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard). | ||||
| 14810 | if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref) | ||||
| 14811 | CheckArrayAccess(Input.get()); | ||||
| 14812 | |||||
| 14813 | auto *UO = | ||||
| 14814 | UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK, | ||||
| 14815 | OpLoc, CanOverflow, CurFPFeatureOverrides()); | ||||
| 14816 | |||||
| 14817 | if (Opc == UO_Deref && UO->getType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && | ||||
| 14818 | !isa<ArrayType>(UO->getType().getDesugaredType(Context)) && | ||||
| 14819 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 14820 | ExprEvalContexts.back().PossibleDerefs.insert(UO); | ||||
| 14821 | |||||
| 14822 | // Convert the result back to a half vector. | ||||
| 14823 | if (ConvertHalfVec) | ||||
| 14824 | return convertVector(UO, Context.HalfTy, *this); | ||||
| 14825 | return UO; | ||||
| 14826 | } | ||||
| 14827 | |||||
| 14828 | /// Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member | ||||
| 14829 | /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member | ||||
| 14830 | /// with the address-of operator. | ||||
| 14831 | bool Sema::isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 14832 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 14833 | if (!DRE->getQualifier()) | ||||
| 14834 | return false; | ||||
| 14835 | |||||
| 14836 | ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 14837 | if (!VD->isCXXClassMember()) | ||||
| 14838 | return false; | ||||
| 14839 | |||||
| 14840 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) | ||||
| 14841 | return true; | ||||
| 14842 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)) | ||||
| 14843 | return Method->isInstance(); | ||||
| 14844 | |||||
| 14845 | return false; | ||||
| 14846 | } | ||||
| 14847 | |||||
| 14848 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 14849 | if (!ULE->getQualifier()) | ||||
| 14850 | return false; | ||||
| 14851 | |||||
| 14852 | for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) { | ||||
| 14853 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 14854 | if (Method->isInstance()) | ||||
| 14855 | return true; | ||||
| 14856 | } else { | ||||
| 14857 | // Overload set does not contain methods. | ||||
| 14858 | break; | ||||
| 14859 | } | ||||
| 14860 | } | ||||
| 14861 | |||||
| 14862 | return false; | ||||
| 14863 | } | ||||
| 14864 | |||||
| 14865 | return false; | ||||
| 14866 | } | ||||
| 14867 | |||||
| 14868 | ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14869 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) { | ||||
| 14870 | // First things first: handle placeholders so that the | ||||
| 14871 | // overloaded-operator check considers the right type. | ||||
| 14872 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { | ||||
| 14873 | // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references. | ||||
| 14874 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && | ||||
| 14875 | UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc)) | ||||
| 14876 | return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
| 14877 | |||||
| 14878 | // extension is always a builtin operator. | ||||
| 14879 | if (Opc == UO_Extension) | ||||
| 14880 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
| 14881 | |||||
| 14882 | // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder. | ||||
| 14883 | // The builtin code knows what to do. | ||||
| 14884 | if (Opc == UO_AddrOf && | ||||
| 14885 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload || | ||||
| 14886 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny || | ||||
| 14887 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember)) | ||||
| 14888 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
| 14889 | |||||
| 14890 | // Anything else needs to be handled now. | ||||
| 14891 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input); | ||||
| 14892 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14893 | Input = Result.get(); | ||||
| 14894 | } | ||||
| 14895 | |||||
| 14896 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && | ||||
| 14897 | UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None && | ||||
| 14898 | !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) { | ||||
| 14899 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. | ||||
| 14900 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; | ||||
| 14901 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); | ||||
| 14902 | if (S && OverOp != OO_None) | ||||
| 14903 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions); | ||||
| 14904 | |||||
| 14905 | return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input); | ||||
| 14906 | } | ||||
| 14907 | |||||
| 14908 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); | ||||
| 14909 | } | ||||
| 14910 | |||||
| 14911 | // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. | ||||
| 14912 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, | ||||
| 14913 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) { | ||||
| 14914 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input); | ||||
| 14915 | } | ||||
| 14916 | |||||
| 14917 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". | ||||
| 14918 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, | ||||
| 14919 | LabelDecl *TheDecl) { | ||||
| 14920 | TheDecl->markUsed(Context); | ||||
| 14921 | // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. | ||||
| 14922 | return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl, | ||||
| 14923 | Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)); | ||||
| 14924 | } | ||||
| 14925 | |||||
| 14926 | void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() { | ||||
| 14927 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); | ||||
| 14928 | } | ||||
| 14929 | |||||
| 14930 | void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() { | ||||
| 14931 | // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a | ||||
| 14932 | // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything. | ||||
| 14933 | |||||
| 14934 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 14935 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 14936 | } | ||||
| 14937 | |||||
| 14938 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, | ||||
| 14939 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||
| 14940 | return BuildStmtExpr(LPLoc, SubStmt, RPLoc, getTemplateDepth(S)); | ||||
| 14941 | } | ||||
| 14942 | |||||
| 14943 | ExprResult Sema::BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, | ||||
| 14944 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) { | ||||
| 14945 | assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!")((SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && \"Invalid action invocation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14945, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14946 | CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); | ||||
| 14947 | |||||
| 14948 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) | ||||
| 14949 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 14950 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&((!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14951, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 14951 | "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!")((!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 14951, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 14952 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 14953 | |||||
| 14954 | // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for | ||||
| 14955 | // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. | ||||
| 14956 | // More semantic analysis is needed. | ||||
| 14957 | |||||
| 14958 | // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one | ||||
| 14959 | // as the type of the stmtexpr. | ||||
| 14960 | QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; | ||||
| 14961 | bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false; | ||||
| 14962 | if (!Compound->body_empty()) { | ||||
| 14963 | // For GCC compatibility we get the last Stmt excluding trailing NullStmts. | ||||
| 14964 | if (const auto *LastStmt = | ||||
| 14965 | dyn_cast<ValueStmt>(Compound->getStmtExprResult())) { | ||||
| 14966 | if (const Expr *Value = LastStmt->getExprStmt()) { | ||||
| 14967 | StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true; | ||||
| 14968 | Ty = Value->getType(); | ||||
| 14969 | } | ||||
| 14970 | } | ||||
| 14971 | } | ||||
| 14972 | |||||
| 14973 | // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement | ||||
| 14974 | // expressions are not lvalues. | ||||
| 14975 | Expr *ResStmtExpr = | ||||
| 14976 | new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc, TemplateDepth); | ||||
| 14977 | if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp) | ||||
| 14978 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr); | ||||
| 14979 | return ResStmtExpr; | ||||
| 14980 | } | ||||
| 14981 | |||||
| 14982 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult ER) { | ||||
| 14983 | if (ER.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14984 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14985 | |||||
| 14986 | // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not | ||||
| 14987 | // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type. | ||||
| 14988 | ER = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(ER.get()); | ||||
| 14989 | if (ER.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 14990 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 14991 | Expr *E = ER.get(); | ||||
| 14992 | |||||
| 14993 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 14994 | return E; | ||||
| 14995 | |||||
| 14996 | // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice | ||||
| 14997 | // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case | ||||
| 14998 | // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result | ||||
| 14999 | // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the | ||||
| 15000 | // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with | ||||
| 15001 | // a bind. | ||||
| 15002 | auto *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||
| 15003 | if (Cast && Cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) | ||||
| 15004 | return Cast->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 15005 | |||||
| 15006 | // FIXME: Provide a better location for the initialization. | ||||
| 15007 | return PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
| 15008 | InitializedEntity::InitializeStmtExprResult( | ||||
| 15009 | E->getBeginLoc(), E->getType().getUnqualifiedType()), | ||||
| 15010 | SourceLocation(), E); | ||||
| 15011 | } | ||||
| 15012 | |||||
| 15013 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 15014 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||
| 15015 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, | ||||
| 15016 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
| 15017 | QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType(); | ||||
| 15018 | bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); | ||||
| 15019 | SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); | ||||
| 15020 | |||||
| 15021 | // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first | ||||
| 15022 | // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents | ||||
| 15023 | // a struct/union/class. | ||||
| 15024 | if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) | ||||
| 15025 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) | ||||
| 15026 | << ArgTy << TypeRange); | ||||
| 15027 | |||||
| 15028 | // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable | ||||
| 15029 | // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed. | ||||
| 15030 | if (!Dependent | ||||
| 15031 | && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy, | ||||
| 15032 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange)) | ||||
| 15033 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15034 | |||||
| 15035 | bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; | ||||
| 15036 | QualType CurrentType = ArgTy; | ||||
| 15037 | SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps; | ||||
| 15038 | SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs; | ||||
| 15039 | for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) { | ||||
| 15040 | if (OC.isBrackets) { | ||||
| 15041 | // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? | ||||
| 15042 | if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 15043 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType); | ||||
| 15044 | if(!AT) | ||||
| 15045 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) | ||||
| 15046 | << CurrentType); | ||||
| 15047 | CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); | ||||
| 15048 | } else | ||||
| 15049 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 15050 | |||||
| 15051 | ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E)); | ||||
| 15052 | if (IdxRval.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 15053 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15054 | Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get(); | ||||
| 15055 | |||||
| 15056 | // The expression must be an integral expression. | ||||
| 15057 | // FIXME: An integral constant expression? | ||||
| 15058 | if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() && | ||||
| 15059 | !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) | ||||
| 15060 | return ExprError( | ||||
| 15061 | Diag(Idx->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) | ||||
| 15062 | << Idx->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 15063 | |||||
| 15064 | // Record this array index. | ||||
| 15065 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd)); | ||||
| 15066 | Exprs.push_back(Idx); | ||||
| 15067 | continue; | ||||
| 15068 | } | ||||
| 15069 | |||||
| 15070 | // Offset of a field. | ||||
| 15071 | if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 15072 | // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent | ||||
| 15073 | // type. Just record the identifier of the field. | ||||
| 15074 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd)); | ||||
| 15075 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 15076 | continue; | ||||
| 15077 | } | ||||
| 15078 | |||||
| 15079 | // We need to have a complete type to look into. | ||||
| 15080 | if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, | ||||
| 15081 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) | ||||
| 15082 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15083 | |||||
| 15084 | // Look for the designated field. | ||||
| 15085 | const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); | ||||
| 15086 | if (!RC) | ||||
| 15087 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) | ||||
| 15088 | << CurrentType); | ||||
| 15089 | RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); | ||||
| 15090 | |||||
| 15091 | // C++ [lib.support.types]p5: | ||||
| 15092 | // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this | ||||
| 15093 | // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union | ||||
| 15094 | // (clause 9). | ||||
| 15095 | // C++11 [support.types]p4: | ||||
| 15096 | // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are | ||||
| 15097 | // undefined. | ||||
| 15098 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { | ||||
| 15099 | bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD(); | ||||
| 15100 | unsigned DiagID = | ||||
| 15101 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type | ||||
| 15102 | : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type; | ||||
| 15103 | |||||
| 15104 | if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && | ||||
| 15105 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr, | ||||
| 15106 | PDiag(DiagID) | ||||
| 15107 | << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) | ||||
| 15108 | << CurrentType)) | ||||
| 15109 | DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; | ||||
| 15110 | } | ||||
| 15111 | |||||
| 15112 | // Look for the field. | ||||
| 15113 | LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); | ||||
| 15114 | LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); | ||||
| 15115 | FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); | ||||
| 15116 | IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr; | ||||
| 15117 | if (!MemberDecl) { | ||||
| 15118 | if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>())) | ||||
| 15119 | MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField(); | ||||
| 15120 | } | ||||
| 15121 | |||||
| 15122 | if (!MemberDecl) | ||||
| 15123 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) | ||||
| 15124 | << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, | ||||
| 15125 | OC.LocEnd)); | ||||
| 15126 | |||||
| 15127 | // C99 7.17p3: | ||||
| 15128 | // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) | ||||
| 15129 | // | ||||
| 15130 | // We diagnose this as an error. | ||||
| 15131 | if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) { | ||||
| 15132 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) | ||||
| 15133 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() | ||||
| 15134 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 15135 | Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); | ||||
| 15136 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15137 | } | ||||
| 15138 | |||||
| 15139 | RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent(); | ||||
| 15140 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) | ||||
| 15141 | Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext()); | ||||
| 15142 | |||||
| 15143 | // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for | ||||
| 15144 | // the base class indirections. | ||||
| 15145 | CXXBasePaths Paths; | ||||
| 15146 | if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), | ||||
| 15147 | Paths)) { | ||||
| 15148 | if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { | ||||
| 15149 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base) | ||||
| 15150 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() | ||||
| 15151 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 15152 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15153 | } | ||||
| 15154 | |||||
| 15155 | CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front(); | ||||
| 15156 | for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path) | ||||
| 15157 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base)); | ||||
| 15158 | } | ||||
| 15159 | |||||
| 15160 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) { | ||||
| 15161 | for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) { | ||||
| 15162 | assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI))((isa<FieldDecl>(FI)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<FieldDecl>(FI)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15162, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 15163 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, | ||||
| 15164 | cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd)); | ||||
| 15165 | } | ||||
| 15166 | } else | ||||
| 15167 | Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd)); | ||||
| 15168 | |||||
| 15169 | CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 15170 | } | ||||
| 15171 | |||||
| 15172 | return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo, | ||||
| 15173 | Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 15174 | } | ||||
| 15175 | |||||
| 15176 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, | ||||
| 15177 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 15178 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, | ||||
| 15179 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, | ||||
| 15180 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, | ||||
| 15181 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { | ||||
| 15182 | |||||
| 15183 | TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo; | ||||
| 15184 | QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo); | ||||
| 15185 | if (ArgTy.isNull()) | ||||
| 15186 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15187 | |||||
| 15188 | if (!ArgTInfo) | ||||
| 15189 | ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc); | ||||
| 15190 | |||||
| 15191 | return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc); | ||||
| 15192 | } | ||||
| 15193 | |||||
| 15194 | |||||
| 15195 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 15196 | Expr *CondExpr, | ||||
| 15197 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, | ||||
| 15198 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||
| 15199 | assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)")(((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && \"Missing type argument(s)\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15199, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 15200 | |||||
| 15201 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 15202 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; | ||||
| 15203 | QualType resType; | ||||
| 15204 | bool CondIsTrue = false; | ||||
| 15205 | if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { | ||||
| 15206 | resType = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 15207 | } else { | ||||
| 15208 | // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. | ||||
| 15209 | llvm::APSInt condEval(32); | ||||
| 15210 | ExprResult CondICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression( | ||||
| 15211 | CondExpr, &condEval, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant); | ||||
| 15212 | if (CondICE.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 15213 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15214 | CondExpr = CondICE.get(); | ||||
| 15215 | CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue(); | ||||
| 15216 | |||||
| 15217 | // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LHSExpr. | ||||
| 15218 | Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr; | ||||
| 15219 | |||||
| 15220 | resType = ActiveExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 15221 | VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 15222 | OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind(); | ||||
| 15223 | } | ||||
| 15224 | |||||
| 15225 | return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, | ||||
| 15226 | resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, CondIsTrue); | ||||
| 15227 | } | ||||
| 15228 | |||||
| 15229 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 15230 | // Clang Extensions. | ||||
| 15231 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | ||||
| 15232 | |||||
| 15233 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. | ||||
| 15234 | void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { | ||||
| 15235 | BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); | ||||
| 15236 | |||||
| 15237 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15238 | MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; | ||||
| 15239 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; | ||||
| 15240 | std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = | ||||
| 15241 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext()); | ||||
| 15242 | if (MCtx) { | ||||
| 15243 | unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block); | ||||
| 15244 | Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl); | ||||
| 15245 | } | ||||
| 15246 | } | ||||
| 15247 | |||||
| 15248 | PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block); | ||||
| 15249 | CurContext->addDecl(Block); | ||||
| 15250 | if (CurScope) | ||||
| 15251 | PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block); | ||||
| 15252 | else | ||||
| 15253 | CurContext = Block; | ||||
| 15254 | |||||
| 15255 | getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true; | ||||
| 15256 | |||||
| 15257 | // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any | ||||
| 15258 | // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression. | ||||
| 15259 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | ||||
| 15260 | ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); | ||||
| 15261 | } | ||||
| 15262 | |||||
| 15263 | void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, | ||||
| 15264 | Scope *CurScope) { | ||||
| 15265 | assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&((ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && "block-id should have no identifier!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && \"block-id should have no identifier!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15266, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 15266 | "block-id should have no identifier!")((ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && "block-id should have no identifier!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && \"block-id should have no identifier!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15266, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 15267 | assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral)((ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15267, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 15268 | BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); | ||||
| 15269 | |||||
| 15270 | TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); | ||||
| 15271 | QualType T = Sig->getType(); | ||||
| 15272 | |||||
| 15273 | // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would, | ||||
| 15274 | // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs. | ||||
| 15275 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) { | ||||
| 15276 | // Drop the parameters. | ||||
| 15277 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||
| 15278 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; | ||||
| 15279 | EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); | ||||
| 15280 | T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI); | ||||
| 15281 | Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); | ||||
| 15282 | } | ||||
| 15283 | |||||
| 15284 | // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block | ||||
| 15285 | // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType | ||||
| 15286 | // unless the function was written with a typedef. | ||||
| 15287 | assert(T->isFunctionType() &&((T->isFunctionType() && "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isFunctionType() && \"GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15288, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 15288 | "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature")((T->isFunctionType() && "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("T->isFunctionType() && \"GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15288, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 15289 | |||||
| 15290 | // Look for an explicit signature in that function type. | ||||
| 15291 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature; | ||||
| 15292 | |||||
| 15293 | if ((ExplicitSignature = Sig->getTypeLoc() | ||||
| 15294 | .getAsAdjusted<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) { | ||||
| 15295 | |||||
| 15296 | // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by | ||||
| 15297 | // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the | ||||
| 15298 | // written signature. | ||||
| 15299 | if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() == | ||||
| 15300 | ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) { | ||||
| 15301 | // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of | ||||
| 15302 | // TypeSourceInfos. | ||||
| 15303 | TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc(); | ||||
| 15304 | unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize(); | ||||
| 15305 | Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size); | ||||
| 15306 | Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size); | ||||
| 15307 | |||||
| 15308 | ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc(); | ||||
| 15309 | } | ||||
| 15310 | } | ||||
| 15311 | |||||
| 15312 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig); | ||||
| 15313 | CurBlock->FunctionType = T; | ||||
| 15314 | |||||
| 15315 | const auto *Fn = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 15316 | QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType(); | ||||
| 15317 | bool isVariadic = | ||||
| 15318 | (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic()); | ||||
| 15319 | |||||
| 15320 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic); | ||||
| 15321 | |||||
| 15322 | // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block | ||||
| 15323 | // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like: | ||||
| 15324 | // ^ * { ... } | ||||
| 15325 | // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction".... | ||||
| 15326 | if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) { | ||||
| 15327 | CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; | ||||
| 15328 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false); | ||||
| 15329 | CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false; | ||||
| 15330 | } | ||||
| 15331 | |||||
| 15332 | // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them. | ||||
| 15333 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params; | ||||
| 15334 | if (ExplicitSignature) { | ||||
| 15335 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { | ||||
| 15336 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I); | ||||
| 15337 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr && !Param->isImplicit() && | ||||
| 15338 | !Param->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15339 | // Diagnose this as an extension in C17 and earlier. | ||||
| 15340 | if (!getLangOpts().C2x) | ||||
| 15341 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_parameter_name_omitted_c2x); | ||||
| 15342 | } | ||||
| 15343 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||
| 15344 | } | ||||
| 15345 | |||||
| 15346 | // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like | ||||
| 15347 | // ^ fntype { ... } | ||||
| 15348 | } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
| 15349 | for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) { | ||||
| 15350 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef( | ||||
| 15351 | CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getBeginLoc(), I); | ||||
| 15352 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||
| 15353 | } | ||||
| 15354 | } | ||||
| 15355 | |||||
| 15356 | // Set the parameters on the block decl. | ||||
| 15357 | if (!Params.empty()) { | ||||
| 15358 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params); | ||||
| 15359 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(), | ||||
| 15360 | /*CheckParameterNames=*/false); | ||||
| 15361 | } | ||||
| 15362 | |||||
| 15363 | // Finally we can process decl attributes. | ||||
| 15364 | ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); | ||||
| 15365 | |||||
| 15366 | // Put the parameter variables in scope. | ||||
| 15367 | for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) { | ||||
| 15368 | AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl); | ||||
| 15369 | |||||
| 15370 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. | ||||
| 15371 | if (AI->getIdentifier()) { | ||||
| 15372 | CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI); | ||||
| 15373 | |||||
| 15374 | PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope); | ||||
| 15375 | } | ||||
| 15376 | } | ||||
| 15377 | } | ||||
| 15378 | |||||
| 15379 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback | ||||
| 15380 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. | ||||
| 15381 | void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { | ||||
| 15382 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. | ||||
| 15383 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 15384 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 15385 | |||||
| 15386 | // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. | ||||
| 15387 | PopDeclContext(); | ||||
| 15388 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(); | ||||
| 15389 | } | ||||
| 15390 | |||||
| 15391 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement | ||||
| 15392 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} | ||||
| 15393 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, | ||||
| 15394 | Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) { | ||||
| 15395 | // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. | ||||
| 15396 | if (!LangOpts.Blocks) | ||||
| 15397 | Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL; | ||||
| 15398 | |||||
| 15399 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. | ||||
| 15400 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) | ||||
| 15401 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 15402 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&((!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within block not correctly bound!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15403, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 15403 | "cleanups within block not correctly bound!")((!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && \"cleanups within block not correctly bound!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15403, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 15404 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); | ||||
| 15405 | |||||
| 15406 | BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back()); | ||||
| 15407 | BlockDecl *BD = BSI->TheDecl; | ||||
| 15408 | |||||
| 15409 | if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType) | ||||
| 15410 | deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI); | ||||
| 15411 | |||||
| 15412 | QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; | ||||
| 15413 | if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) | ||||
| 15414 | RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; | ||||
| 15415 | |||||
| 15416 | bool NoReturn = BD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); | ||||
| 15417 | QualType BlockTy; | ||||
| 15418 | |||||
| 15419 | // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that. | ||||
| 15420 | if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) { | ||||
| 15421 | const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 15422 | |||||
| 15423 | FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo(); | ||||
| 15424 | if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true); | ||||
| 15425 | |||||
| 15426 | // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types. | ||||
| 15427 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) { | ||||
| 15428 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||
| 15429 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; | ||||
| 15430 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI); | ||||
| 15431 | |||||
| 15432 | // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type, | ||||
| 15433 | // preserve its sugar structure. | ||||
| 15434 | } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy && | ||||
| 15435 | (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) { | ||||
| 15436 | BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType; | ||||
| 15437 | |||||
| 15438 | // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type. | ||||
| 15439 | } else { | ||||
| 15440 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy); | ||||
| 15441 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); | ||||
| 15442 | EPI.TypeQuals = Qualifiers(); | ||||
| 15443 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; | ||||
| 15444 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); | ||||
| 15445 | } | ||||
| 15446 | |||||
| 15447 | // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing. | ||||
| 15448 | } else { | ||||
| 15449 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; | ||||
| 15450 | EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn); | ||||
| 15451 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI); | ||||
| 15452 | } | ||||
| 15453 | |||||
| 15454 | DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BD->parameters()); | ||||
| 15455 | BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); | ||||
| 15456 | |||||
| 15457 | // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. | ||||
| 15458 | if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && | ||||
| 15459 | !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) | ||||
| 15460 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); | ||||
| 15461 | |||||
| 15462 | BD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); | ||||
| 15463 | |||||
| 15464 | if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) | ||||
| 15465 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BD); | ||||
| 15466 | |||||
| 15467 | // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again | ||||
| 15468 | // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around | ||||
| 15469 | // to deduce an implicit return type. | ||||
| 15470 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() && | ||||
| 15471 | !BD->isDependentContext()) | ||||
| 15472 | computeNRVO(Body, BSI); | ||||
| 15473 | |||||
| 15474 | if (RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || | ||||
| 15475 | RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) | ||||
| 15476 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(RetTy, BD->getCaretLocation(), NTCUC_FunctionReturn, | ||||
| 15477 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); | ||||
| 15478 | |||||
| 15479 | PopDeclContext(); | ||||
| 15480 | |||||
| 15481 | // Set the captured variables on the block. | ||||
| 15482 | SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures; | ||||
| 15483 | for (Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) { | ||||
| 15484 | if (Cap.isInvalid() || Cap.isThisCapture()) | ||||
| 15485 | continue; | ||||
| 15486 | |||||
| 15487 | VarDecl *Var = Cap.getVariable(); | ||||
| 15488 | Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr; | ||||
| 15489 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Cap.isCopyCapture()) { | ||||
| 15490 | if (const RecordType *Record = | ||||
| 15491 | Cap.getCaptureType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
| 15492 | // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it. | ||||
| 15493 | // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have | ||||
| 15494 | // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are | ||||
| 15495 | // an exception because it's technically only the call site that | ||||
| 15496 | // actually requires the destructor. | ||||
| 15497 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) | ||||
| 15498 | FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); | ||||
| 15499 | |||||
| 15500 | // Enter a separate potentially-evaluated context while building block | ||||
| 15501 | // initializers to isolate their cleanups from those of the block | ||||
| 15502 | // itself. | ||||
| 15503 | // FIXME: Is this appropriate even when the block itself occurs in an | ||||
| 15504 | // unevaluated operand? | ||||
| 15505 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( | ||||
| 15506 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); | ||||
| 15507 | |||||
| 15508 | SourceLocation Loc = Cap.getLocation(); | ||||
| 15509 | |||||
| 15510 | ExprResult Result = BuildDeclarationNameExpr( | ||||
| 15511 | CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(Var->getDeclName(), Loc), Var); | ||||
| 15512 | |||||
| 15513 | // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from | ||||
| 15514 | // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true | ||||
| 15515 | // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap. | ||||
| 15516 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && | ||||
| 15517 | !Result.get()->getType().isConstQualified()) { | ||||
| 15518 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), | ||||
| 15519 | Result.get()->getType().withConst(), | ||||
| 15520 | CK_NoOp, VK_LValue); | ||||
| 15521 | } | ||||
| 15522 | |||||
| 15523 | if (!Result.isInvalid()) { | ||||
| 15524 | Result = PerformCopyInitialization( | ||||
| 15525 | InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(), | ||||
| 15526 | Cap.getCaptureType(), false), | ||||
| 15527 | Loc, Result.get()); | ||||
| 15528 | } | ||||
| 15529 | |||||
| 15530 | // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization | ||||
| 15531 | // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from | ||||
| 15532 | // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary. | ||||
| 15533 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && | ||||
| 15534 | !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor() | ||||
| 15535 | ->isTrivial()) { | ||||
| 15536 | Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result); | ||||
| 15537 | CopyExpr = Result.get(); | ||||
| 15538 | } | ||||
| 15539 | } | ||||
| 15540 | } | ||||
| 15541 | |||||
| 15542 | BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Var, Cap.isBlockCapture(), Cap.isNested(), | ||||
| 15543 | CopyExpr); | ||||
| 15544 | Captures.push_back(NewCap); | ||||
| 15545 | } | ||||
| 15546 | BD->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0); | ||||
| 15547 | |||||
| 15548 | // Pop the block scope now but keep it alive to the end of this function. | ||||
| 15549 | AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); | ||||
| 15550 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr ScopeRAII = PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, BD, BlockTy); | ||||
| 15551 | |||||
| 15552 | BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BD, BlockTy); | ||||
| 15553 | |||||
| 15554 | // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at | ||||
| 15555 | // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context: | ||||
| 15556 | if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) { | ||||
| 15557 | // First, this expression has a new cleanup object. | ||||
| 15558 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl()); | ||||
| 15559 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); | ||||
| 15560 | |||||
| 15561 | // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured | ||||
| 15562 | // variables needs destruction. | ||||
| 15563 | for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) { | ||||
| 15564 | const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable(); | ||||
| 15565 | if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) { | ||||
| 15566 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); | ||||
| 15567 | break; | ||||
| 15568 | } | ||||
| 15569 | } | ||||
| 15570 | } | ||||
| 15571 | |||||
| 15572 | if (getCurFunction()) | ||||
| 15573 | getCurFunction()->addBlock(BD); | ||||
| 15574 | |||||
| 15575 | return Result; | ||||
| 15576 | } | ||||
| 15577 | |||||
| 15578 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, | ||||
| 15579 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||
| 15580 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; | ||||
| 15581 | GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); | ||||
| 15582 | return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc); | ||||
| 15583 | } | ||||
| 15584 | |||||
| 15585 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 15586 | Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, | ||||
| 15587 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||
| 15588 | Expr *OrigExpr = E; | ||||
| 15589 | bool IsMS = false; | ||||
| 15590 | |||||
| 15591 | // CUDA device code does not support varargs. | ||||
| 15592 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { | ||||
| 15593 | if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) { | ||||
| 15594 | CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F); | ||||
| 15595 | if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice) | ||||
| 15596 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device)); | ||||
| 15597 | } | ||||
| 15598 | } | ||||
| 15599 | |||||
| 15600 | // NVPTX does not support va_arg expression. | ||||
| 15601 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && | ||||
| 15602 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) | ||||
| 15603 | targetDiag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device); | ||||
| 15604 | |||||
| 15605 | // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg() | ||||
| 15606 | // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where | ||||
| 15607 | // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.) | ||||
| 15608 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() && | ||||
| 15609 | Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) { | ||||
| 15610 | QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType(); | ||||
| 15611 | if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) { | ||||
| 15612 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) | ||||
| 15613 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15614 | IsMS = true; | ||||
| 15615 | } | ||||
| 15616 | } | ||||
| 15617 | |||||
| 15618 | // Get the va_list type | ||||
| 15619 | QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); | ||||
| 15620 | if (!IsMS) { | ||||
| 15621 | if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 15622 | // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, | ||||
| 15623 | // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to | ||||
| 15624 | // a pointer for va_arg. | ||||
| 15625 | VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); | ||||
| 15626 | // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. | ||||
| 15627 | ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E); | ||||
| 15628 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 15629 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15630 | E = Result.get(); | ||||
| 15631 | } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15632 | // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode, | ||||
| 15633 | // check the argument using reference binding. | ||||
| 15634 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( | ||||
| 15635 | Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false); | ||||
| 15636 | ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E); | ||||
| 15637 | if (Init.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 15638 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15639 | E = Init.getAs<Expr>(); | ||||
| 15640 | } else { | ||||
| 15641 | // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because | ||||
| 15642 | // it is modified by va_arg. | ||||
| 15643 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && | ||||
| 15644 | CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) | ||||
| 15645 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15646 | } | ||||
| 15647 | } | ||||
| 15648 | |||||
| 15649 | if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() && | ||||
| 15650 | !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) | ||||
| 15651 | return ExprError( | ||||
| 15652 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 15653 | diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) | ||||
| 15654 | << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 15655 | |||||
| 15656 | if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) { | ||||
| 15657 | if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(), | ||||
| 15658 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete, | ||||
| 15659 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) | ||||
| 15660 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15661 | |||||
| 15662 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 15663 | TInfo->getType(), | ||||
| 15664 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract, | ||||
| 15665 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) | ||||
| 15666 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 15667 | |||||
| 15668 | if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) { | ||||
| 15669 | Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 15670 | TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType() | ||||
| 15671 | ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified | ||||
| 15672 | : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod) | ||||
| 15673 | << TInfo->getType() | ||||
| 15674 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 15675 | } | ||||
| 15676 | |||||
| 15677 | // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted | ||||
| 15678 | // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior). | ||||
| 15679 | QualType PromoteType; | ||||
| 15680 | if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) { | ||||
| 15681 | PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType()); | ||||
| 15682 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType())) | ||||
| 15683 | PromoteType = QualType(); | ||||
| 15684 | } | ||||
| 15685 | if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) | ||||
| 15686 | PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy; | ||||
| 15687 | if (!PromoteType.isNull()) | ||||
| 15688 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E, | ||||
| 15689 | PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible) | ||||
| 15690 | << TInfo->getType() | ||||
| 15691 | << PromoteType | ||||
| 15692 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()); | ||||
| 15693 | } | ||||
| 15694 | |||||
| 15695 | QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); | ||||
| 15696 | return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS); | ||||
| 15697 | } | ||||
| 15698 | |||||
| 15699 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { | ||||
| 15700 | // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of | ||||
| 15701 | // pointers on the target. | ||||
| 15702 | QualType Ty; | ||||
| 15703 | unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); | ||||
| 15704 | if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth()) | ||||
| 15705 | Ty = Context.IntTy; | ||||
| 15706 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth()) | ||||
| 15707 | Ty = Context.LongTy; | ||||
| 15708 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth()) | ||||
| 15709 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; | ||||
| 15710 | else { | ||||
| 15711 | llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("I don't know size of pointer!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15711); | ||||
| 15712 | } | ||||
| 15713 | |||||
| 15714 | return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc); | ||||
| 15715 | } | ||||
| 15716 | |||||
| 15717 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, | ||||
| 15718 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 15719 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { | ||||
| 15720 | return BuildSourceLocExpr(Kind, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, CurContext); | ||||
| 15721 | } | ||||
| 15722 | |||||
| 15723 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, | ||||
| 15724 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, | ||||
| 15725 | SourceLocation RPLoc, | ||||
| 15726 | DeclContext *ParentContext) { | ||||
| 15727 | return new (Context) | ||||
| 15728 | SourceLocExpr(Context, Kind, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, ParentContext); | ||||
| 15729 | } | ||||
| 15730 | |||||
| 15731 | bool Sema::CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp, | ||||
| 15732 | bool Diagnose) { | ||||
| 15733 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) | ||||
| 15734 | return false; | ||||
| 15735 | |||||
| 15736 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
| 15737 | if (!PT) | ||||
| 15738 | return false; | ||||
| 15739 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); | ||||
| 15740 | |||||
| 15741 | // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be | ||||
| 15742 | // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is | ||||
| 15743 | // important for making this trigger for property assignments. | ||||
| 15744 | Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 15745 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr)) | ||||
| 15746 | if (OV->getSourceExpr()) | ||||
| 15747 | SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 15748 | |||||
| 15749 | if (auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr)) { | ||||
| 15750 | if (!PT->isObjCIdType() && | ||||
| 15751 | !(ID && ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))) | ||||
| 15752 | return false; | ||||
| 15753 | if (!SL->isAscii()) | ||||
| 15754 | return false; | ||||
| 15755 | |||||
| 15756 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 15757 | Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) | ||||
| 15758 | << /*string*/0 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getBeginLoc(), "@"); | ||||
| 15759 | Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getBeginLoc(), SL).get(); | ||||
| 15760 | } | ||||
| 15761 | return true; | ||||
| 15762 | } | ||||
| 15763 | |||||
| 15764 | if ((isa<IntegerLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<CharacterLiteral>(SrcExpr) || | ||||
| 15765 | isa<FloatingLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr) || | ||||
| 15766 | isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr)) && | ||||
| 15767 | !SrcExpr->isNullPointerConstant( | ||||
| 15768 | getASTContext(), Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { | ||||
| 15769 | if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSNumber")) | ||||
| 15770 | return false; | ||||
| 15771 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 15772 | Diag(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) | ||||
| 15773 | << /*number*/1 | ||||
| 15774 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "@"); | ||||
| 15775 | Expr *NumLit = | ||||
| 15776 | BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), SrcExpr).get(); | ||||
| 15777 | if (NumLit) | ||||
| 15778 | Exp = NumLit; | ||||
| 15779 | } | ||||
| 15780 | return true; | ||||
| 15781 | } | ||||
| 15782 | |||||
| 15783 | return false; | ||||
| 15784 | } | ||||
| 15785 | |||||
| 15786 | static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType, | ||||
| 15787 | const Expr *SrcExpr) { | ||||
| 15788 | if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() || | ||||
| 15789 | !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
| 15790 | return false; | ||||
| 15791 | |||||
| 15792 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||
| 15793 | if (!DRE) | ||||
| 15794 | return false; | ||||
| 15795 | |||||
| 15796 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
| 15797 | if (!FD) | ||||
| 15798 | return false; | ||||
| 15799 | |||||
| 15800 | return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, | ||||
| 15801 | /*Complain=*/true, | ||||
| 15802 | SrcExpr->getBeginLoc()); | ||||
| 15803 | } | ||||
| 15804 | |||||
| 15805 | bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, | ||||
| 15806 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 15807 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, | ||||
| 15808 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, | ||||
| 15809 | bool *Complained) { | ||||
| 15810 | if (Complained) | ||||
| 15811 | *Complained = false; | ||||
| 15812 | |||||
| 15813 | // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). | ||||
| 15814 | bool CheckInferredResultType = false; | ||||
| 15815 | bool isInvalid = false; | ||||
| 15816 | unsigned DiagKind = 0; | ||||
| 15817 | ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints; | ||||
| 15818 | bool MayHaveConvFixit = false; | ||||
| 15819 | bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false; | ||||
| 15820 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; | ||||
| 15821 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr; | ||||
| 15822 | |||||
| 15823 | switch (ConvTy) { | ||||
| 15824 | case Compatible: | ||||
| 15825 | DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr); | ||||
| 15826 | return false; | ||||
| 15827 | |||||
| 15828 | case PointerToInt: | ||||
| 15829 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15830 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; | ||||
| 15831 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15832 | } else { | ||||
| 15833 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; | ||||
| 15834 | } | ||||
| 15835 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||
| 15836 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||
| 15837 | break; | ||||
| 15838 | case IntToPointer: | ||||
| 15839 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15840 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; | ||||
| 15841 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15842 | } else { | ||||
| 15843 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; | ||||
| 15844 | } | ||||
| 15845 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||
| 15846 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||
| 15847 | break; | ||||
| 15848 | case IncompatibleFunctionPointer: | ||||
| 15849 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15850 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; | ||||
| 15851 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15852 | } else { | ||||
| 15853 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; | ||||
| 15854 | } | ||||
| 15855 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||
| 15856 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||
| 15857 | break; | ||||
| 15858 | case IncompatiblePointer: | ||||
| 15859 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) { | ||||
| 15860 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; | ||||
| 15861 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15862 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; | ||||
| 15863 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15864 | } else { | ||||
| 15865 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; | ||||
| 15866 | } | ||||
| 15867 | CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && | ||||
| 15868 | SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType(); | ||||
| 15869 | if (!CheckInferredResultType) { | ||||
| 15870 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||
| 15871 | } else if (CheckInferredResultType) { | ||||
| 15872 | SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 15873 | DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 15874 | } | ||||
| 15875 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||
| 15876 | break; | ||||
| 15877 | case IncompatiblePointerSign: | ||||
| 15878 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15879 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; | ||||
| 15880 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15881 | } else { | ||||
| 15882 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; | ||||
| 15883 | } | ||||
| 15884 | break; | ||||
| 15885 | case FunctionVoidPointer: | ||||
| 15886 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15887 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; | ||||
| 15888 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15889 | } else { | ||||
| 15890 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; | ||||
| 15891 | } | ||||
| 15892 | break; | ||||
| 15893 | case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: { | ||||
| 15894 | // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary. | ||||
| 15895 | if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType); | ||||
| 15896 | |||||
| 15897 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15898 | |||||
| 15899 | Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 15900 | Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); | ||||
| 15901 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) { | ||||
| 15902 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space; | ||||
| 15903 | break; | ||||
| 15904 | |||||
| 15905 | } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) { | ||||
| 15906 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership; | ||||
| 15907 | break; | ||||
| 15908 | } | ||||
| 15909 | |||||
| 15910 | llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 15910); | ||||
| 15911 | // fallthrough | ||||
| 15912 | } | ||||
| 15913 | case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: | ||||
| 15914 | // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the | ||||
| 15915 | // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* | ||||
| 15916 | // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: | ||||
| 15917 | // Ideally, this check would be performed in | ||||
| 15918 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a | ||||
| 15919 | // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an | ||||
| 15920 | // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part | ||||
| 15921 | // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for | ||||
| 15922 | // C++ semantics. | ||||
| 15923 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 15924 | IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) | ||||
| 15925 | return false; | ||||
| 15926 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15927 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; | ||||
| 15928 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15929 | } else { | ||||
| 15930 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; | ||||
| 15931 | } | ||||
| 15932 | |||||
| 15933 | break; | ||||
| 15934 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: | ||||
| 15935 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15936 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15937 | DiagKind = diag::err_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; | ||||
| 15938 | } else { | ||||
| 15939 | DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; | ||||
| 15940 | } | ||||
| 15941 | break; | ||||
| 15942 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch: | ||||
| 15943 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_nested_address_space; | ||||
| 15944 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15945 | break; | ||||
| 15946 | case IntToBlockPointer: | ||||
| 15947 | DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; | ||||
| 15948 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15949 | break; | ||||
| 15950 | case IncompatibleBlockPointer: | ||||
| 15951 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; | ||||
| 15952 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15953 | break; | ||||
| 15954 | case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: { | ||||
| 15955 | if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
| 15956 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT = | ||||
| 15957 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
| 15958 | for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) { | ||||
| 15959 | PDecl = srcProto; | ||||
| 15960 | break; | ||||
| 15961 | } | ||||
| 15962 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = | ||||
| 15963 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) | ||||
| 15964 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); | ||||
| 15965 | } | ||||
| 15966 | else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { | ||||
| 15967 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT = | ||||
| 15968 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | ||||
| 15969 | for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) { | ||||
| 15970 | PDecl = dstProto; | ||||
| 15971 | break; | ||||
| 15972 | } | ||||
| 15973 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = | ||||
| 15974 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) | ||||
| 15975 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); | ||||
| 15976 | } | ||||
| 15977 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15978 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id; | ||||
| 15979 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15980 | } else { | ||||
| 15981 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; | ||||
| 15982 | } | ||||
| 15983 | break; | ||||
| 15984 | } | ||||
| 15985 | case IncompatibleVectors: | ||||
| 15986 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { | ||||
| 15987 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_vectors; | ||||
| 15988 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15989 | } else { | ||||
| 15990 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; | ||||
| 15991 | } | ||||
| 15992 | break; | ||||
| 15993 | case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef: | ||||
| 15994 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign; | ||||
| 15995 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 15996 | break; | ||||
| 15997 | case Incompatible: | ||||
| 15998 | if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) { | ||||
| 15999 | if (Complained) | ||||
| 16000 | *Complained = true; | ||||
| 16001 | return true; | ||||
| 16002 | } | ||||
| 16003 | |||||
| 16004 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; | ||||
| 16005 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); | ||||
| 16006 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; | ||||
| 16007 | isInvalid = true; | ||||
| 16008 | MayHaveFunctionDiff = true; | ||||
| 16009 | break; | ||||
| 16010 | } | ||||
| 16011 | |||||
| 16012 | QualType FirstType, SecondType; | ||||
| 16013 | switch (Action) { | ||||
| 16014 | case AA_Assigning: | ||||
| 16015 | case AA_Initializing: | ||||
| 16016 | // The destination type comes first. | ||||
| 16017 | FirstType = DstType; | ||||
| 16018 | SecondType = SrcType; | ||||
| 16019 | break; | ||||
| 16020 | |||||
| 16021 | case AA_Returning: | ||||
| 16022 | case AA_Passing: | ||||
| 16023 | case AA_Passing_CFAudited: | ||||
| 16024 | case AA_Converting: | ||||
| 16025 | case AA_Sending: | ||||
| 16026 | case AA_Casting: | ||||
| 16027 | // The source type comes first. | ||||
| 16028 | FirstType = SrcType; | ||||
| 16029 | SecondType = DstType; | ||||
| 16030 | break; | ||||
| 16031 | } | ||||
| 16032 | |||||
| 16033 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind); | ||||
| 16034 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) | ||||
| 16035 | FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16036 | else | ||||
| 16037 | FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16038 | |||||
| 16039 | if (DiagKind == diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign || | ||||
| 16040 | DiagKind == diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign) { | ||||
| 16041 | auto isPlainChar = [](const clang::Type *Type) { | ||||
| 16042 | return Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || | ||||
| 16043 | Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U); | ||||
| 16044 | }; | ||||
| 16045 | FDiag << (isPlainChar(FirstType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()) || | ||||
| 16046 | isPlainChar(SecondType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType())); | ||||
| 16047 | } | ||||
| 16048 | |||||
| 16049 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. | ||||
| 16050 | if (!ConvHints.isNull()) { | ||||
| 16051 | for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints) | ||||
| 16052 | FDiag << H; | ||||
| 16053 | } | ||||
| 16054 | |||||
| 16055 | if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); } | ||||
| 16056 | |||||
| 16057 | if (MayHaveFunctionDiff) | ||||
| 16058 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType); | ||||
| 16059 | |||||
| 16060 | Diag(Loc, FDiag); | ||||
| 16061 | if ((DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id || | ||||
| 16062 | DiagKind == diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id) && | ||||
| 16063 | PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition()) | ||||
| 16064 | Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id) | ||||
| 16065 | << IFace << PDecl; | ||||
| 16066 | |||||
| 16067 | if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy) | ||||
| 16068 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression, | ||||
| 16069 | FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true); | ||||
| 16070 | |||||
| 16071 | if (CheckInferredResultType) | ||||
| 16072 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr); | ||||
| 16073 | |||||
| 16074 | if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer) | ||||
| 16075 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType); | ||||
| 16076 | |||||
| 16077 | if (Complained) | ||||
| 16078 | *Complained = true; | ||||
| 16079 | return isInvalid; | ||||
| 16080 | } | ||||
| 16081 | |||||
| 16082 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, | ||||
| 16083 | llvm::APSInt *Result, | ||||
| 16084 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { | ||||
| 16085 | class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { | ||||
| 16086 | public: | ||||
| 16087 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 16088 | QualType T) override { | ||||
| 16089 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) | ||||
| 16090 | << T << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 16091 | } | ||||
| 16092 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { | ||||
| 16093 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 16094 | } | ||||
| 16095 | } Diagnoser; | ||||
| 16096 | |||||
| 16097 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); | ||||
| 16098 | } | ||||
| 16099 | |||||
| 16100 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, | ||||
| 16101 | llvm::APSInt *Result, | ||||
| 16102 | unsigned DiagID, | ||||
| 16103 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { | ||||
| 16104 | class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { | ||||
| 16105 | unsigned DiagID; | ||||
| 16106 | |||||
| 16107 | public: | ||||
| 16108 | IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID) | ||||
| 16109 | : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { } | ||||
| 16110 | |||||
| 16111 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { | ||||
| 16112 | return S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); | ||||
| 16113 | } | ||||
| 16114 | } Diagnoser(DiagID); | ||||
| 16115 | |||||
| 16116 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); | ||||
| 16117 | } | ||||
| 16118 | |||||
| 16119 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder | ||||
| 16120 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 16121 | QualType T) { | ||||
| 16122 | return diagnoseNotICE(S, Loc); | ||||
| 16123 | } | ||||
| 16124 | |||||
| 16125 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder | ||||
| 16126 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 16127 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; | ||||
| 16128 | } | ||||
| 16129 | |||||
| 16130 | ExprResult | ||||
| 16131 | Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, | ||||
| 16132 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, | ||||
| 16133 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { | ||||
| 16134 | SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 16135 | |||||
| 16136 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { | ||||
| 16137 | // C++11 [expr.const]p5: | ||||
| 16138 | // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an | ||||
| 16139 | // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall | ||||
| 16140 | // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or | ||||
| 16141 | // unscoped enumeration type | ||||
| 16142 | ExprResult Converted; | ||||
| 16143 | class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { | ||||
| 16144 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser; | ||||
| 16145 | public: | ||||
| 16146 | CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser) | ||||
| 16147 | : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false, | ||||
| 16148 | BaseDiagnoser.Suppress, true), | ||||
| 16149 | BaseDiagnoser(BaseDiagnoser) {} | ||||
| 16150 | |||||
| 16151 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 16152 | QualType T) override { | ||||
| 16153 | return BaseDiagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(S, Loc, T); | ||||
| 16154 | } | ||||
| 16155 | |||||
| 16156 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( | ||||
| 16157 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||
| 16158 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T; | ||||
| 16159 | } | ||||
| 16160 | |||||
| 16161 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( | ||||
| 16162 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||
| 16163 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; | ||||
| 16164 | } | ||||
| 16165 | |||||
| 16166 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( | ||||
| 16167 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||
| 16168 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) | ||||
| 16169 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | ||||
| 16170 | } | ||||
| 16171 | |||||
| 16172 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( | ||||
| 16173 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||
| 16174 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T; | ||||
| 16175 | } | ||||
| 16176 | |||||
| 16177 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( | ||||
| 16178 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||
| 16179 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) | ||||
| 16180 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; | ||||
| 16181 | } | ||||
| 16182 | |||||
| 16183 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( | ||||
| 16184 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { | ||||
| 16185 | llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("conversion functions are permitted" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16185); | ||||
| 16186 | } | ||||
| 16187 | } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser); | ||||
| 16188 | |||||
| 16189 | Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E, | ||||
| 16190 | ConvertDiagnoser); | ||||
| 16191 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 16192 | return Converted; | ||||
| 16193 | E = Converted.get(); | ||||
| 16194 | if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) | ||||
| 16195 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 16196 | } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { | ||||
| 16197 | // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type. | ||||
| 16198 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) | ||||
| 16199 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(*this, DiagLoc, E->getType()) | ||||
| 16200 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16201 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 16202 | } | ||||
| 16203 | |||||
| 16204 | ExprResult RValueExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); | ||||
| 16205 | if (RValueExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 16206 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 16207 | |||||
| 16208 | E = RValueExpr.get(); | ||||
| 16209 | |||||
| 16210 | // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice | ||||
| 16211 | // in the non-ICE case. | ||||
| 16212 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { | ||||
| 16213 | if (Result) | ||||
| 16214 | *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(Context); | ||||
| 16215 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 16216 | E = Result ? ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, APValue(*Result)) | ||||
| 16217 | : ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E); | ||||
| 16218 | return E; | ||||
| 16219 | } | ||||
| 16220 | |||||
| 16221 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; | ||||
| 16222 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||
| 16223 | EvalResult.Diag = &Notes; | ||||
| 16224 | |||||
| 16225 | // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's | ||||
| 16226 | // not a constant expression as a side-effect. | ||||
| 16227 | bool Folded = | ||||
| 16228 | E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context, /*isConstantContext*/ true) && | ||||
| 16229 | EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects; | ||||
| 16230 | |||||
| 16231 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 16232 | E = ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, EvalResult.Val); | ||||
| 16233 | |||||
| 16234 | // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression | ||||
| 16235 | // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then | ||||
| 16236 | // this is a constant expression. | ||||
| 16237 | if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) { | ||||
| 16238 | if (Result) | ||||
| 16239 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 16240 | return E; | ||||
| 16241 | } | ||||
| 16242 | |||||
| 16243 | // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point | ||||
| 16244 | // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially | ||||
| 16245 | // redundant note. | ||||
| 16246 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == | ||||
| 16247 | diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { | ||||
| 16248 | DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; | ||||
| 16249 | Notes.clear(); | ||||
| 16250 | } | ||||
| 16251 | |||||
| 16252 | if (!Folded || !CanFold) { | ||||
| 16253 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) { | ||||
| 16254 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16255 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) | ||||
| 16256 | Diag(Note.first, Note.second); | ||||
| 16257 | } | ||||
| 16258 | |||||
| 16259 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 16260 | } | ||||
| 16261 | |||||
| 16262 | Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16263 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) | ||||
| 16264 | Diag(Note.first, Note.second); | ||||
| 16265 | |||||
| 16266 | if (Result) | ||||
| 16267 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); | ||||
| 16268 | return E; | ||||
| 16269 | } | ||||
| 16270 | |||||
| 16271 | namespace { | ||||
| 16272 | // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively | ||||
| 16273 | // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated. | ||||
| 16274 | class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> { | ||||
| 16275 | typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform; | ||||
| 16276 | |||||
| 16277 | public: | ||||
| 16278 | TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { } | ||||
| 16279 | |||||
| 16280 | // Make sure we redo semantic analysis | ||||
| 16281 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; } | ||||
| 16282 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } | ||||
| 16283 | |||||
| 16284 | // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which | ||||
| 16285 | // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming | ||||
| 16286 | // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST. | ||||
| 16287 | // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this | ||||
| 16288 | // case? | ||||
| 16289 | // | ||||
| 16290 | // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls. | ||||
| 16291 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
| 16292 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) && | ||||
| 16293 | !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 16294 | return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(), | ||||
| 16295 | diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) | ||||
| 16296 | << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16297 | |||||
| 16298 | return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E); | ||||
| 16299 | } | ||||
| 16300 | |||||
| 16301 | // Exception: filter out member pointer formation | ||||
| 16302 | ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||
| 16303 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) | ||||
| 16304 | return E; | ||||
| 16305 | |||||
| 16306 | return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E); | ||||
| 16307 | } | ||||
| 16308 | |||||
| 16309 | // The body of a lambda-expression is in a separate expression evaluation | ||||
| 16310 | // context so never needs to be transformed. | ||||
| 16311 | // FIXME: Ideally we wouldn't transform the closure type either, and would | ||||
| 16312 | // just recreate the capture expressions and lambda expression. | ||||
| 16313 | StmtResult TransformLambdaBody(LambdaExpr *E, Stmt *Body) { | ||||
| 16314 | return SkipLambdaBody(E, Body); | ||||
| 16315 | } | ||||
| 16316 | }; | ||||
| 16317 | } | ||||
| 16318 | |||||
| 16319 | ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 16320 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&((isUnevaluatedContext() && "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isUnevaluatedContext() && \"Should only transform unevaluated expressions\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16321, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 16321 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions")((isUnevaluatedContext() && "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isUnevaluatedContext() && \"Should only transform unevaluated expressions\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16321, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 16322 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = | ||||
| 16323 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context; | ||||
| 16324 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) | ||||
| 16325 | return E; | ||||
| 16326 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E); | ||||
| 16327 | } | ||||
| 16328 | |||||
| 16329 | void | ||||
| 16330 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | ||||
| 16331 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl, | ||||
| 16332 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { | ||||
| 16333 | ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup, | ||||
| 16334 | LambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); | ||||
| 16335 | Cleanup.reset(); | ||||
| 16336 | if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty()) | ||||
| 16337 | std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); | ||||
| 16338 | } | ||||
| 16339 | |||||
| 16340 | void | ||||
| 16341 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( | ||||
| 16342 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, | ||||
| 16343 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { | ||||
| 16344 | Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl; | ||||
| 16345 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, ExprContext); | ||||
| 16346 | } | ||||
| 16347 | |||||
| 16348 | namespace { | ||||
| 16349 | |||||
| 16350 | const DeclRefExpr *CheckPossibleDeref(Sema &S, const Expr *PossibleDeref) { | ||||
| 16351 | PossibleDeref = PossibleDeref->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 16352 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||
| 16353 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) | ||||
| 16354 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 16355 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||
| 16356 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase()); | ||||
| 16357 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||
| 16358 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase()); | ||||
| 16359 | } else if (const auto E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(PossibleDeref)) { | ||||
| 16360 | QualType Inner; | ||||
| 16361 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); | ||||
| 16362 | if (const auto *Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) | ||||
| 16363 | Inner = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 16364 | else if (const auto *Arr = S.Context.getAsArrayType(Ty)) | ||||
| 16365 | Inner = Arr->getElementType(); | ||||
| 16366 | else | ||||
| 16367 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 16368 | |||||
| 16369 | if (Inner->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) | ||||
| 16370 | return E; | ||||
| 16371 | } | ||||
| 16372 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 16373 | } | ||||
| 16374 | |||||
| 16375 | } // namespace | ||||
| 16376 | |||||
| 16377 | void Sema::WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { | ||||
| 16378 | for (const Expr *E : Rec.PossibleDerefs) { | ||||
| 16379 | const DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = CheckPossibleDeref(*this, E); | ||||
| 16380 | if (DeclRef) { | ||||
| 16381 | const ValueDecl *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl(); | ||||
| 16382 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type) | ||||
| 16383 | << Decl->getName() << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16384 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Decl->getName(); | ||||
| 16385 | } else { | ||||
| 16386 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type_no_decl) | ||||
| 16387 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 16388 | } | ||||
| 16389 | } | ||||
| 16390 | Rec.PossibleDerefs.clear(); | ||||
| 16391 | } | ||||
| 16392 | |||||
| 16393 | /// Check whether E, which is either a discarded-value expression or an | ||||
| 16394 | /// unevaluated operand, is a simple-assignment to a volatlie-qualified lvalue, | ||||
| 16395 | /// and if so, remove it from the list of volatile-qualified assignments that | ||||
| 16396 | /// we are going to warn are deprecated. | ||||
| 16397 | void Sema::CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 16398 | if (!E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||
| 16399 | return; | ||||
| 16400 | |||||
| 16401 | // Note: ignoring parens here is not justified by the standard rules, but | ||||
| 16402 | // ignoring parentheses seems like a more reasonable approach, and this only | ||||
| 16403 | // drives a deprecation warning so doesn't affect conformance. | ||||
| 16404 | if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { | ||||
| 16405 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) { | ||||
| 16406 | auto &LHSs = ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs; | ||||
| 16407 | LHSs.erase(std::remove(LHSs.begin(), LHSs.end(), BO->getLHS()), | ||||
| 16408 | LHSs.end()); | ||||
| 16409 | } | ||||
| 16410 | } | ||||
| 16411 | } | ||||
| 16412 | |||||
| 16413 | ExprResult Sema::CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl) { | ||||
| 16414 | if (!E.isUsable() || !Decl || !Decl->isConsteval() || isConstantEvaluated() || | ||||
| 16415 | RebuildingImmediateInvocation) | ||||
| 16416 | return E; | ||||
| 16417 | |||||
| 16418 | /// Opportunistically remove the callee from ReferencesToConsteval if we can. | ||||
| 16419 | /// It's OK if this fails; we'll also remove this in | ||||
| 16420 | /// HandleImmediateInvocations, but catching it here allows us to avoid | ||||
| 16421 | /// walking the AST looking for it in simple cases. | ||||
| 16422 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E.get()->IgnoreImplicit())) | ||||
| 16423 | if (auto *DeclRef = | ||||
| 16424 | dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())) | ||||
| 16425 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.erase(DeclRef); | ||||
| 16426 | |||||
| 16427 | E = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); | ||||
| 16428 | |||||
| 16429 | ConstantExpr *Res = ConstantExpr::Create( | ||||
| 16430 | getASTContext(), E.get(), | ||||
| 16431 | ConstantExpr::getStorageKind(Decl->getReturnType().getTypePtr(), | ||||
| 16432 | getASTContext()), | ||||
| 16433 | /*IsImmediateInvocation*/ true); | ||||
| 16434 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ImmediateInvocationCandidates.emplace_back(Res, 0); | ||||
| 16435 | return Res; | ||||
| 16436 | } | ||||
| 16437 | |||||
| 16438 | static void EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation( | ||||
| 16439 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Candidate) { | ||||
| 16440 | llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; | ||||
| 16441 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; | ||||
| 16442 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; | ||||
| 16443 | ConstantExpr *CE = Candidate.getPointer(); | ||||
| 16444 | bool Result = CE->EvaluateAsConstantExpr( | ||||
| 16445 | Eval, SemaRef.getASTContext(), ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation); | ||||
| 16446 | if (!Result || !Notes.empty()) { | ||||
| 16447 | Expr *InnerExpr = CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||||
| 16448 | if (auto *FunctionalCast = dyn_cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(InnerExpr)) | ||||
| 16449 | InnerExpr = FunctionalCast->getSubExpr(); | ||||
| 16450 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; | ||||
| 16451 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(InnerExpr)) | ||||
| 16452 | FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Call->getCalleeDecl()); | ||||
| 16453 | else if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InnerExpr)) | ||||
| 16454 | FD = Call->getConstructor(); | ||||
| 16455 | else | ||||
| 16456 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled decl kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unhandled decl kind", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16456); | ||||
| 16457 | assert(FD->isConsteval())((FD->isConsteval()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("FD->isConsteval()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16457, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 16458 | SemaRef.Diag(CE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_call) << FD; | ||||
| 16459 | for (auto &Note : Notes) | ||||
| 16460 | SemaRef.Diag(Note.first, Note.second); | ||||
| 16461 | return; | ||||
| 16462 | } | ||||
| 16463 | CE->MoveIntoResult(Eval.Val, SemaRef.getASTContext()); | ||||
| 16464 | } | ||||
| 16465 | |||||
| 16466 | static void RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation( | ||||
| 16467 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec, | ||||
| 16468 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator It) { | ||||
| 16469 | struct ComplexRemove : TreeTransform<ComplexRemove> { | ||||
| 16470 | using Base = TreeTransform<ComplexRemove>; | ||||
| 16471 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; | ||||
| 16472 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &IISet; | ||||
| 16473 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator | ||||
| 16474 | CurrentII; | ||||
| 16475 | ComplexRemove(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DR, | ||||
| 16476 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &II, | ||||
| 16477 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, | ||||
| 16478 | 4>::reverse_iterator Current) | ||||
| 16479 | : Base(SemaRef), DRSet(DR), IISet(II), CurrentII(Current) {} | ||||
| 16480 | void RemoveImmediateInvocation(ConstantExpr* E) { | ||||
| 16481 | auto It = std::find_if(CurrentII, IISet.rend(), | ||||
| 16482 | [E](Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Elem) { | ||||
| 16483 | return Elem.getPointer() == E; | ||||
| 16484 | }); | ||||
| 16485 | assert(It != IISet.rend() &&((It != IISet.rend() && "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should " "be present") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "It != IISet.rend() && \"ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should \" \"be present\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16487, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 16486 | "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should "((It != IISet.rend() && "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should " "be present") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "It != IISet.rend() && \"ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should \" \"be present\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16487, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 16487 | "be present")((It != IISet.rend() && "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should " "be present") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ( "It != IISet.rend() && \"ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should \" \"be present\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16487, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 16488 | It->setInt(1); // Mark as deleted | ||||
| 16489 | } | ||||
| 16490 | ExprResult TransformConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) { | ||||
| 16491 | if (!E->isImmediateInvocation()) | ||||
| 16492 | return Base::TransformConstantExpr(E); | ||||
| 16493 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(E); | ||||
| 16494 | return Base::TransformExpr(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 16495 | } | ||||
| 16496 | /// Base::TransfromCXXOperatorCallExpr doesn't traverse the callee so | ||||
| 16497 | /// we need to remove its DeclRefExpr from the DRSet. | ||||
| 16498 | ExprResult TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { | ||||
| 16499 | DRSet.erase(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())); | ||||
| 16500 | return Base::TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); | ||||
| 16501 | } | ||||
| 16502 | /// Base::TransformInitializer skip ConstantExpr so we need to visit them | ||||
| 16503 | /// here. | ||||
| 16504 | ExprResult TransformInitializer(Expr *Init, bool NotCopyInit) { | ||||
| 16505 | if (!Init) | ||||
| 16506 | return Init; | ||||
| 16507 | /// ConstantExpr are the first layer of implicit node to be removed so if | ||||
| 16508 | /// Init isn't a ConstantExpr, no ConstantExpr will be skipped. | ||||
| 16509 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) | ||||
| 16510 | if (CE->isImmediateInvocation()) | ||||
| 16511 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(CE); | ||||
| 16512 | return Base::TransformInitializer(Init, NotCopyInit); | ||||
| 16513 | } | ||||
| 16514 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
| 16515 | DRSet.erase(E); | ||||
| 16516 | return E; | ||||
| 16517 | } | ||||
| 16518 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return false; } | ||||
| 16519 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } | ||||
| 16520 | bool AllowSkippingCXXConstructExpr() { | ||||
| 16521 | bool Res = AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr; | ||||
| 16522 | AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; | ||||
| 16523 | return Res; | ||||
| 16524 | } | ||||
| 16525 | bool AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; | ||||
| 16526 | } Transformer(SemaRef, Rec.ReferenceToConsteval, | ||||
| 16527 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates, It); | ||||
| 16528 | |||||
| 16529 | /// CXXConstructExpr with a single argument are getting skipped by | ||||
| 16530 | /// TreeTransform in some situtation because they could be implicit. This | ||||
| 16531 | /// can only occur for the top-level CXXConstructExpr because it is used | ||||
| 16532 | /// nowhere in the expression being transformed therefore will not be rebuilt. | ||||
| 16533 | /// Setting AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr to false will prevent from | ||||
| 16534 | /// skipping the first CXXConstructExpr. | ||||
| 16535 | if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(It->getPointer()->IgnoreImplicit())) | ||||
| 16536 | Transformer.AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = false; | ||||
| 16537 | |||||
| 16538 | ExprResult Res = Transformer.TransformExpr(It->getPointer()->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 16539 | assert(Res.isUsable())((Res.isUsable()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Res.isUsable()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16539, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 16540 | Res = SemaRef.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); | ||||
| 16541 | It->getPointer()->setSubExpr(Res.get()); | ||||
| 16542 | } | ||||
| 16543 | |||||
| 16544 | static void | ||||
| 16545 | HandleImmediateInvocations(Sema &SemaRef, | ||||
| 16546 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { | ||||
| 16547 | if ((Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 0 && | ||||
| 16548 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size() == 0) || | ||||
| 16549 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation) | ||||
| 16550 | return; | ||||
| 16551 | |||||
| 16552 | /// When we have more then 1 ImmediateInvocationCandidates we need to check | ||||
| 16553 | /// for nested ImmediateInvocationCandidates. when we have only 1 we only | ||||
| 16554 | /// need to remove ReferenceToConsteval in the immediate invocation. | ||||
| 16555 | if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() > 1) { | ||||
| 16556 | |||||
| 16557 | /// Prevent sema calls during the tree transform from adding pointers that | ||||
| 16558 | /// are already in the sets. | ||||
| 16559 | llvm::SaveAndRestore<bool> DisableIITracking( | ||||
| 16560 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation, true); | ||||
| 16561 | |||||
| 16562 | /// Prevent diagnostic during tree transfrom as they are duplicates | ||||
| 16563 | Sema::TentativeAnalysisScope DisableDiag(SemaRef); | ||||
| 16564 | |||||
| 16565 | for (auto It = Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rbegin(); | ||||
| 16566 | It != Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rend(); It++) | ||||
| 16567 | if (!It->getInt()) | ||||
| 16568 | RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, Rec, It); | ||||
| 16569 | } else if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 1 && | ||||
| 16570 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size()) { | ||||
| 16571 | struct SimpleRemove : RecursiveASTVisitor<SimpleRemove> { | ||||
| 16572 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; | ||||
| 16573 | SimpleRemove(llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &S) : DRSet(S) {} | ||||
| 16574 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
| 16575 | DRSet.erase(E); | ||||
| 16576 | return DRSet.size(); | ||||
| 16577 | } | ||||
| 16578 | } Visitor(Rec.ReferenceToConsteval); | ||||
| 16579 | Visitor.TraverseStmt( | ||||
| 16580 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.front().getPointer()->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 16581 | } | ||||
| 16582 | for (auto CE : Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates) | ||||
| 16583 | if (!CE.getInt()) | ||||
| 16584 | EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, CE); | ||||
| 16585 | for (auto DR : Rec.ReferenceToConsteval) { | ||||
| 16586 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()); | ||||
| 16587 | SemaRef.Diag(DR->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_take_address) | ||||
| 16588 | << FD; | ||||
| 16589 | SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||
| 16590 | } | ||||
| 16591 | } | ||||
| 16592 | |||||
| 16593 | void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() { | ||||
| 16594 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back(); | ||||
| 16595 | unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos; | ||||
| 16596 | |||||
| 16597 | if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) { | ||||
| 16598 | using ExpressionKind = ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind; | ||||
| 16599 | if (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument || Rec.isUnevaluated() || | ||||
| 16600 | (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)) { | ||||
| 16601 | unsigned D; | ||||
| 16602 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) { | ||||
| 16603 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2: | ||||
| 16604 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand | ||||
| 16605 | // (Clause 5). | ||||
| 16606 | D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand; | ||||
| 16607 | } else if (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { | ||||
| 16608 | // C++1y [expr.const]p2: | ||||
| 16609 | // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the | ||||
| 16610 | // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would | ||||
| 16611 | // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression. | ||||
| 16612 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression; | ||||
| 16613 | } else if (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument) { | ||||
| 16614 | // C++17 [expr.prim.lamda]p2: | ||||
| 16615 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear [...] in a template-argument. | ||||
| 16616 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_invalid_context; | ||||
| 16617 | } else | ||||
| 16618 | llvm_unreachable("Couldn't infer lambda error message.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Couldn't infer lambda error message." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16618); | ||||
| 16619 | |||||
| 16620 | for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas) | ||||
| 16621 | Diag(L->getBeginLoc(), D); | ||||
| 16622 | } | ||||
| 16623 | } | ||||
| 16624 | |||||
| 16625 | WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(Rec); | ||||
| 16626 | HandleImmediateInvocations(*this, Rec); | ||||
| 16627 | |||||
| 16628 | // Warn on any volatile-qualified simple-assignments that are not discarded- | ||||
| 16629 | // value expressions nor unevaluated operands (those cases get removed from | ||||
| 16630 | // this list by CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment). | ||||
| 16631 | for (auto *BO : Rec.VolatileAssignmentLHSs) | ||||
| 16632 | Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_simple_assign_volatile) | ||||
| 16633 | << BO->getType(); | ||||
| 16634 | |||||
| 16635 | // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any | ||||
| 16636 | // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of | ||||
| 16637 | // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they | ||||
| 16638 | // will never be constructed. | ||||
| 16639 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) { | ||||
| 16640 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects, | ||||
| 16641 | ExprCleanupObjects.end()); | ||||
| 16642 | Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup; | ||||
| 16643 | CleanupVarDeclMarking(); | ||||
| 16644 | std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); | ||||
| 16645 | // Otherwise, merge the contexts together. | ||||
| 16646 | } else { | ||||
| 16647 | Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup); | ||||
| 16648 | MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(), | ||||
| 16649 | Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end()); | ||||
| 16650 | } | ||||
| 16651 | |||||
| 16652 | // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack. | ||||
| 16653 | ExprEvalContexts.pop_back(); | ||||
| 16654 | |||||
| 16655 | // The global expression evaluation context record is never popped. | ||||
| 16656 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos; | ||||
| 16657 | } | ||||
| 16658 | |||||
| 16659 | void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() { | ||||
| 16660 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase( | ||||
| 16661 | ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects, | ||||
| 16662 | ExprCleanupObjects.end()); | ||||
| 16663 | Cleanup.reset(); | ||||
| 16664 | MaybeODRUseExprs.clear(); | ||||
| 16665 | } | ||||
| 16666 | |||||
| 16667 | ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 16668 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
| 16669 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 16670 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 16671 | E = Result.get(); | ||||
| 16672 | if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) | ||||
| 16673 | return E; | ||||
| 16674 | return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); | ||||
| 16675 | } | ||||
| 16676 | |||||
| 16677 | /// Are we in a context that is potentially constant evaluated per C++20 | ||||
| 16678 | /// [expr.const]p12? | ||||
| 16679 | static bool isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) { | ||||
| 16680 | /// C++2a [expr.const]p12: | ||||
| 16681 | // An expression or conversion is potentially constant evaluated if it is | ||||
| 16682 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { | ||||
| 16683 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: | ||||
| 16684 | // -- a manifestly constant-evaluated expression, | ||||
| 16685 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: | ||||
| 16686 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: | ||||
| 16687 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: | ||||
| 16688 | // -- a potentially-evaluated expression, | ||||
| 16689 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: | ||||
| 16690 | // -- an immediate subexpression of a braced-init-list, | ||||
| 16691 | |||||
| 16692 | // -- [FIXME] an expression of the form & cast-expression that occurs | ||||
| 16693 | // within a templated entity | ||||
| 16694 | // -- a subexpression of one of the above that is not a subexpression of | ||||
| 16695 | // a nested unevaluated operand. | ||||
| 16696 | return true; | ||||
| 16697 | |||||
| 16698 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: | ||||
| 16699 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: | ||||
| 16700 | // Expressions in this context are never evaluated. | ||||
| 16701 | return false; | ||||
| 16702 | } | ||||
| 16703 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid context")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Invalid context", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16703); | ||||
| 16704 | } | ||||
| 16705 | |||||
| 16706 | /// Return true if this function has a calling convention that requires mangling | ||||
| 16707 | /// in the size of the parameter pack. | ||||
| 16708 | static bool funcHasParameterSizeMangling(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
| 16709 | // These manglings don't do anything on non-Windows or non-x86 platforms, so | ||||
| 16710 | // we don't need parameter type sizes. | ||||
| 16711 | const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); | ||||
| 16712 | if (!TT.isOSWindows() || !TT.isX86()) | ||||
| 16713 | return false; | ||||
| 16714 | |||||
| 16715 | // If this is C++ and this isn't an extern "C" function, parameters do not | ||||
| 16716 | // need to be complete. In this case, C++ mangling will apply, which doesn't | ||||
| 16717 | // use the size of the parameters. | ||||
| 16718 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->isExternC()) | ||||
| 16719 | return false; | ||||
| 16720 | |||||
| 16721 | // Stdcall, fastcall, and vectorcall need this special treatment. | ||||
| 16722 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
| 16723 | switch (CC) { | ||||
| 16724 | case CC_X86StdCall: | ||||
| 16725 | case CC_X86FastCall: | ||||
| 16726 | case CC_X86VectorCall: | ||||
| 16727 | return true; | ||||
| 16728 | default: | ||||
| 16729 | break; | ||||
| 16730 | } | ||||
| 16731 | return false; | ||||
| 16732 | } | ||||
| 16733 | |||||
| 16734 | /// Require that all of the parameter types of function be complete. Normally, | ||||
| 16735 | /// parameter types are only required to be complete when a function is called | ||||
| 16736 | /// or defined, but to mangle functions with certain calling conventions, the | ||||
| 16737 | /// mangler needs to know the size of the parameter list. In this situation, | ||||
| 16738 | /// MSVC doesn't emit an error or instantiate templates. Instead, MSVC mangles | ||||
| 16739 | /// the function as _foo@0, i.e. zero bytes of parameters, which will usually | ||||
| 16740 | /// result in a linker error. Clang doesn't implement this behavior, and instead | ||||
| 16741 | /// attempts to error at compile time. | ||||
| 16742 | static void CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, | ||||
| 16743 | SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 16744 | class ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser : public Sema::TypeDiagnoser { | ||||
| 16745 | FunctionDecl *FD; | ||||
| 16746 | ParmVarDecl *Param; | ||||
| 16747 | |||||
| 16748 | public: | ||||
| 16749 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) | ||||
| 16750 | : FD(FD), Param(Param) {} | ||||
| 16751 | |||||
| 16752 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||
| 16753 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); | ||||
| 16754 | StringRef CCName; | ||||
| 16755 | switch (CC) { | ||||
| 16756 | case CC_X86StdCall: | ||||
| 16757 | CCName = "stdcall"; | ||||
| 16758 | break; | ||||
| 16759 | case CC_X86FastCall: | ||||
| 16760 | CCName = "fastcall"; | ||||
| 16761 | break; | ||||
| 16762 | case CC_X86VectorCall: | ||||
| 16763 | CCName = "vectorcall"; | ||||
| 16764 | break; | ||||
| 16765 | default: | ||||
| 16766 | llvm_unreachable("CC does not need mangling")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("CC does not need mangling" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16766); | ||||
| 16767 | } | ||||
| 16768 | |||||
| 16769 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_cconv_incomplete_param_type) | ||||
| 16770 | << Param->getDeclName() << FD->getDeclName() << CCName; | ||||
| 16771 | } | ||||
| 16772 | }; | ||||
| 16773 | |||||
| 16774 | for (ParmVarDecl *Param : FD->parameters()) { | ||||
| 16775 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser Diagnoser(FD, Param); | ||||
| 16776 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Param->getType(), Diagnoser); | ||||
| 16777 | } | ||||
| 16778 | } | ||||
| 16779 | |||||
| 16780 | namespace { | ||||
| 16781 | enum class OdrUseContext { | ||||
| 16782 | /// Declarations in this context are not odr-used. | ||||
| 16783 | None, | ||||
| 16784 | /// Declarations in this context are formally odr-used, but this is a | ||||
| 16785 | /// dependent context. | ||||
| 16786 | Dependent, | ||||
| 16787 | /// Declarations in this context are odr-used but not actually used (yet). | ||||
| 16788 | FormallyOdrUsed, | ||||
| 16789 | /// Declarations in this context are used. | ||||
| 16790 | Used | ||||
| 16791 | }; | ||||
| 16792 | } | ||||
| 16793 | |||||
| 16794 | /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to | ||||
| 16795 | /// variables result in odr-use? | ||||
| 16796 | static OdrUseContext isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef) { | ||||
| 16797 | OdrUseContext Result; | ||||
| 16798 | |||||
| 16799 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { | ||||
| 16800 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: | ||||
| 16801 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: | ||||
| 16802 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: | ||||
| 16803 | return OdrUseContext::None; | ||||
| 16804 | |||||
| 16805 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: | ||||
| 16806 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: | ||||
| 16807 | Result = OdrUseContext::Used; | ||||
| 16808 | break; | ||||
| 16809 | |||||
| 16810 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: | ||||
| 16811 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||
| 16812 | break; | ||||
| 16813 | |||||
| 16814 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: | ||||
| 16815 | // A default argument formally results in odr-use, but doesn't actually | ||||
| 16816 | // result in a use in any real sense until it itself is used. | ||||
| 16817 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||
| 16818 | break; | ||||
| 16819 | } | ||||
| 16820 | |||||
| 16821 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) | ||||
| 16822 | return OdrUseContext::Dependent; | ||||
| 16823 | |||||
| 16824 | return Result; | ||||
| 16825 | } | ||||
| 16826 | |||||
| 16827 | static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) { | ||||
| 16828 | if (!Func->isConstexpr()) | ||||
| 16829 | return false; | ||||
| 16830 | |||||
| 16831 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || !Func->isUserProvided()) | ||||
| 16832 | return true; | ||||
| 16833 | auto *CCD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func); | ||||
| 16834 | return CCD && CCD->getInheritedConstructor(); | ||||
| 16835 | } | ||||
| 16836 | |||||
| 16837 | /// Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used | ||||
| 16838 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3) | ||||
| 16839 | void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, | ||||
| 16840 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||
| 16841 | assert(Func && "No function?")((Func && "No function?") ? static_cast<void> ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Func && \"No function?\"", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 16841, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 16842 | |||||
| 16843 | Func->setReferenced(); | ||||
| 16844 | |||||
| 16845 | // Recursive functions aren't really used until they're used from some other | ||||
| 16846 | // context. | ||||
| 16847 | bool IsRecursiveCall = CurContext == Func; | ||||
| 16848 | |||||
| 16849 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3: | ||||
| 16850 | // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is | ||||
| 16851 | // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a | ||||
| 16852 | // set of overloaded functions [...]. | ||||
| 16853 | // | ||||
| 16854 | // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we | ||||
| 16855 | // can just check that here. | ||||
| 16856 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = | ||||
| 16857 | MightBeOdrUse ? isOdrUseContext(*this) : OdrUseContext::None; | ||||
| 16858 | if (IsRecursiveCall && OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) | ||||
| 16859 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||
| 16860 | |||||
| 16861 | // Trivial default constructors and destructors are never actually used. | ||||
| 16862 | // FIXME: What about other special members? | ||||
| 16863 | if (Func->isTrivial() && !Func->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && | ||||
| 16864 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) { | ||||
| 16865 | if (auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) | ||||
| 16866 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) | ||||
| 16867 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||
| 16868 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) | ||||
| 16869 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; | ||||
| 16870 | } | ||||
| 16871 | |||||
| 16872 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: | ||||
| 16873 | // A function [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a | ||||
| 16874 | // constexpr function that is named by an expression that is potentially | ||||
| 16875 | // constant evaluated | ||||
| 16876 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = | ||||
| 16877 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(*this) && | ||||
| 16878 | isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func); | ||||
| 16879 | |||||
| 16880 | // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per | ||||
| 16881 | // C++11 [temp.inst]p3: | ||||
| 16882 | // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly | ||||
| 16883 | // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template | ||||
| 16884 | // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is | ||||
| 16885 | // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist. | ||||
| 16886 | // C++20 [temp.inst]p7: | ||||
| 16887 | // The existence of a definition of a [...] function is considered to | ||||
| 16888 | // affect the semantics of the program if the [...] function is needed for | ||||
| 16889 | // constant evaluation by an expression | ||||
| 16890 | // C++20 [basic.def.odr]p10: | ||||
| 16891 | // Every program shall contain exactly one definition of every non-inline | ||||
| 16892 | // function or variable that is odr-used in that program outside of a | ||||
| 16893 | // discarded statement | ||||
| 16894 | // C++20 [special]p1: | ||||
| 16895 | // The implementation will implicitly define [defaulted special members] | ||||
| 16896 | // if they are odr-used or needed for constant evaluation. | ||||
| 16897 | // | ||||
| 16898 | // Note that we skip the implicit instantiation of templates that are only | ||||
| 16899 | // used in unused default arguments or by recursive calls to themselves. | ||||
| 16900 | // This is formally non-conforming, but seems reasonable in practice. | ||||
| 16901 | bool NeedDefinition = !IsRecursiveCall && (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || | ||||
| 16902 | NeededForConstantEvaluation); | ||||
| 16903 | |||||
| 16904 | // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6: | ||||
| 16905 | // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization | ||||
| 16906 | // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would | ||||
| 16907 | // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit | ||||
| 16908 | // in which such a use occurs | ||||
| 16909 | if (NeedDefinition && | ||||
| 16910 | (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared || | ||||
| 16911 | Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo())) | ||||
| 16912 | checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func); | ||||
| 16913 | |||||
| 16914 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) | ||||
| 16915 | CheckCUDACall(Loc, Func); | ||||
| 16916 | |||||
| 16917 | if (getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) | ||||
| 16918 | checkSYCLDeviceFunction(Loc, Func); | ||||
| 16919 | |||||
| 16920 | // If we need a definition, try to create one. | ||||
| 16921 | if (NeedDefinition && !Func->getBody()) { | ||||
| 16922 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] { | ||||
| 16923 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = | ||||
| 16924 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||
| 16925 | Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl()); | ||||
| 16926 | if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) { | ||||
| 16927 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { | ||||
| 16928 | if (Constructor->isTrivial() && | ||||
| 16929 | !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||
| 16930 | return; | ||||
| 16931 | DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||
| 16932 | } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) { | ||||
| 16933 | DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||
| 16934 | } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) { | ||||
| 16935 | DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||
| 16936 | } | ||||
| 16937 | } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) { | ||||
| 16938 | DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor); | ||||
| 16939 | } | ||||
| 16940 | } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = | ||||
| 16941 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||
| 16942 | Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl()); | ||||
| 16943 | if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) { | ||||
| 16944 | if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) | ||||
| 16945 | return; | ||||
| 16946 | DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); | ||||
| 16947 | } | ||||
| 16948 | if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||
| 16949 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent()); | ||||
| 16950 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) { | ||||
| 16951 | if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && | ||||
| 16952 | MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { | ||||
| 16953 | MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); | ||||
| 16954 | if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) { | ||||
| 16955 | if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
| 16956 | DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); | ||||
| 16957 | else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) | ||||
| 16958 | DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); | ||||
| 16959 | } | ||||
| 16960 | } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) && | ||||
| 16961 | MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) { | ||||
| 16962 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = | ||||
| 16963 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); | ||||
| 16964 | if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion()) | ||||
| 16965 | DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); | ||||
| 16966 | else | ||||
| 16967 | DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); | ||||
| 16968 | } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) | ||||
| 16969 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent()); | ||||
| 16970 | } | ||||
| 16971 | |||||
| 16972 | if (Func->isDefaulted() && !Func->isDeleted()) { | ||||
| 16973 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK = getDefaultedComparisonKind(Func); | ||||
| 16974 | if (DCK != DefaultedComparisonKind::None) | ||||
| 16975 | DefineDefaultedComparison(Loc, Func, DCK); | ||||
| 16976 | } | ||||
| 16977 | |||||
| 16978 | // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of | ||||
| 16979 | // class templates. | ||||
| 16980 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { | ||||
| 16981 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = | ||||
| 16982 | Func->getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation(); | ||||
| 16983 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Func->getPointOfInstantiation(); | ||||
| 16984 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); | ||||
| 16985 | if (FirstInstantiation) { | ||||
| 16986 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||
| 16987 | if (auto *MSI = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) | ||||
| 16988 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); | ||||
| 16989 | // FIXME: Notify listener. | ||||
| 16990 | else | ||||
| 16991 | Func->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); | ||||
| 16992 | } else if (TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { | ||||
| 16993 | // Use the point of use as the point of instantiation, instead of the | ||||
| 16994 | // point of explicit instantiation (which we track as the actual point | ||||
| 16995 | // of instantiation). This gives better backtraces in diagnostics. | ||||
| 16996 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||
| 16997 | } | ||||
| 16998 | |||||
| 16999 | if (FirstInstantiation || TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || | ||||
| 17000 | Func->isConstexpr()) { | ||||
| 17001 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) && | ||||
| 17002 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() && | ||||
| 17003 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size()) | ||||
| 17004 | PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back( | ||||
| 17005 | std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); | ||||
| 17006 | else if (Func->isConstexpr()) | ||||
| 17007 | // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the | ||||
| 17008 | // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a | ||||
| 17009 | // call to such a function. | ||||
| 17010 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func); | ||||
| 17011 | else { | ||||
| 17012 | Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true); | ||||
| 17013 | PendingInstantiations.push_back( | ||||
| 17014 | std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); | ||||
| 17015 | // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated. | ||||
| 17016 | Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func); | ||||
| 17017 | } | ||||
| 17018 | } | ||||
| 17019 | } else { | ||||
| 17020 | // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable. | ||||
| 17021 | for (auto i : Func->redecls()) { | ||||
| 17022 | if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) | ||||
| 17023 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||
| 17024 | } | ||||
| 17025 | } | ||||
| 17026 | }); | ||||
| 17027 | } | ||||
| 17028 | |||||
| 17029 | // C++14 [except.spec]p17: | ||||
| 17030 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: | ||||
| 17031 | // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand, | ||||
| 17032 | // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated; | ||||
| 17033 | // | ||||
| 17034 | // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the | ||||
| 17035 | // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the | ||||
| 17036 | // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its | ||||
| 17037 | // exception specification for a different reason. | ||||
| 17038 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); | ||||
| 17039 | if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) | ||||
| 17040 | ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); | ||||
| 17041 | |||||
| 17042 | // If this is the first "real" use, act on that. | ||||
| 17043 | if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used && !Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false)) { | ||||
| 17044 | // Keep track of used but undefined functions. | ||||
| 17045 | if (!Func->isDefined()) { | ||||
| 17046 | if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func)) | ||||
| 17047 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); | ||||
| 17048 | else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() && | ||||
| 17049 | !LangOpts.GNUInline && | ||||
| 17050 | !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) | ||||
| 17051 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); | ||||
| 17052 | else if (isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Func)) | ||||
| 17053 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc)); | ||||
| 17054 | } | ||||
| 17055 | |||||
| 17056 | // Some x86 Windows calling conventions mangle the size of the parameter | ||||
| 17057 | // pack into the name. Computing the size of the parameters requires the | ||||
| 17058 | // parameter types to be complete. Check that now. | ||||
| 17059 | if (funcHasParameterSizeMangling(*this, Func)) | ||||
| 17060 | CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(*this, Func, Loc); | ||||
| 17061 | |||||
| 17062 | // In the MS C++ ABI, the compiler emits destructor variants where they are | ||||
| 17063 | // used. If the destructor is used here but defined elsewhere, mark the | ||||
| 17064 | // virtual base destructors referenced. If those virtual base destructors | ||||
| 17065 | // are inline, this will ensure they are defined when emitting the complete | ||||
| 17066 | // destructor variant. This checking may be redundant if the destructor is | ||||
| 17067 | // provided later in this TU. | ||||
| 17068 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { | ||||
| 17069 | if (auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { | ||||
| 17070 | CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Dtor->getParent(); | ||||
| 17071 | if (Parent->getNumVBases() > 0 && !Dtor->getBody()) | ||||
| 17072 | CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(Loc, Dtor); | ||||
| 17073 | } | ||||
| 17074 | } | ||||
| 17075 | |||||
| 17076 | Func->markUsed(Context); | ||||
| 17077 | } | ||||
| 17078 | } | ||||
| 17079 | |||||
| 17080 | /// Directly mark a variable odr-used. Given a choice, prefer to use | ||||
| 17081 | /// MarkVariableReferenced since it does additional checks and then | ||||
| 17082 | /// calls MarkVarDeclODRUsed. | ||||
| 17083 | /// If the variable must be captured: | ||||
| 17084 | /// - if FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt is null, capture it in the CurContext | ||||
| 17085 | /// - else capture it in the DeclContext that maps to the | ||||
| 17086 | /// *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt on the FunctionScopeInfo stack. | ||||
| 17087 | static void | ||||
| 17088 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &SemaRef, | ||||
| 17089 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr) { | ||||
| 17090 | // Keep track of used but undefined variables. | ||||
| 17091 | // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members. | ||||
| 17092 | if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && | ||||
| 17093 | (!Var->isExternallyVisible() || Var->isInline() || | ||||
| 17094 | SemaRef.isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Var)) && | ||||
| 17095 | !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) { | ||||
| 17096 | SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedButUsed[Var->getCanonicalDecl()]; | ||||
| 17097 | if (old.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 17098 | old = Loc; | ||||
| 17099 | } | ||||
| 17100 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; | ||||
| 17101 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.OpenMP) | ||||
| 17102 | SemaRef.tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(Var); | ||||
| 17103 | SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Sema::TryCapture_Implicit, | ||||
| 17104 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 17105 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, | ||||
| 17106 | CaptureType, DeclRefType, | ||||
| 17107 | FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); | ||||
| 17108 | |||||
| 17109 | Var->markUsed(SemaRef.Context); | ||||
| 17110 | } | ||||
| 17111 | |||||
| 17112 | void Sema::MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, | ||||
| 17113 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17114 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex) { | ||||
| 17115 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Capture, Loc, *this, &CapturingScopeIndex); | ||||
| 17116 | } | ||||
| 17117 | |||||
| 17118 | static void | ||||
| 17119 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, | ||||
| 17120 | ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) { | ||||
| 17121 | DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext(); | ||||
| 17122 | |||||
| 17123 | // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then | ||||
| 17124 | // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of | ||||
| 17125 | // the next. | ||||
| 17126 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) && | ||||
| 17127 | isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC)) | ||||
| 17128 | return; | ||||
| 17129 | |||||
| 17130 | // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code | ||||
| 17131 | // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of | ||||
| 17132 | // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later. | ||||
| 17133 | // | ||||
| 17134 | // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this | ||||
| 17135 | // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound | ||||
| 17136 | // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious. | ||||
| 17137 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) | ||||
| 17138 | return; | ||||
| 17139 | |||||
| 17140 | unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0; | ||||
| 17141 | unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown | ||||
| 17142 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) && | ||||
| 17143 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) { | ||||
| 17144 | ContextKind = 2; | ||||
| 17145 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) { | ||||
| 17146 | ContextKind = 0; | ||||
| 17147 | } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) { | ||||
| 17148 | ContextKind = 1; | ||||
| 17149 | } | ||||
| 17150 | |||||
| 17151 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context) | ||||
| 17152 | << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC; | ||||
| 17153 | S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||
| 17154 | << var; | ||||
| 17155 | |||||
| 17156 | // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents | ||||
| 17157 | // capture. | ||||
| 17158 | } | ||||
| 17159 | |||||
| 17160 | |||||
| 17161 | static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var, | ||||
| 17162 | bool &SubCapturesAreNested, | ||||
| 17163 | QualType &CaptureType, | ||||
| 17164 | QualType &DeclRefType) { | ||||
| 17165 | // Check whether we've already captured it. | ||||
| 17166 | if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) { | ||||
| 17167 | // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested. | ||||
| 17168 | SubCapturesAreNested = true; | ||||
| 17169 | |||||
| 17170 | // Retrieve the capture type for this variable. | ||||
| 17171 | CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType(); | ||||
| 17172 | |||||
| 17173 | // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable. | ||||
| 17174 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 17175 | |||||
| 17176 | // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy | ||||
| 17177 | // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are | ||||
| 17178 | // private instances of the captured declarations. | ||||
| 17179 | const Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var); | ||||
| 17180 | if (Cap.isCopyCapture() && | ||||
| 17181 | !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) && | ||||
| 17182 | !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) && | ||||
| 17183 | cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP)) | ||||
| 17184 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||
| 17185 | return true; | ||||
| 17186 | } | ||||
| 17187 | return false; | ||||
| 17188 | } | ||||
| 17189 | |||||
| 17190 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can | ||||
| 17191 | // capture; other scopes don't work. | ||||
| 17192 | static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var, | ||||
| 17193 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17194 | const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) { | ||||
| 17195 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) | ||||
| 17196 | return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); | ||||
| 17197 | else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) { | ||||
| 17198 | if (Diagnose) | ||||
| 17199 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC); | ||||
| 17200 | } | ||||
| 17201 | return nullptr; | ||||
| 17202 | } | ||||
| 17203 | |||||
| 17204 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture | ||||
| 17205 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) | ||||
| 17206 | // so check for eligibility. | ||||
| 17207 | static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var, | ||||
| 17208 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17209 | const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) { | ||||
| 17210 | |||||
| 17211 | bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||
| 17212 | bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||
| 17213 | |||||
| 17214 | // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables | ||||
| 17215 | // (e.g. anonymous unions). | ||||
| 17216 | // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm | ||||
| 17217 | // assuming that's the intent. | ||||
| 17218 | if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) { | ||||
| 17219 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 17220 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var); | ||||
| 17221 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); | ||||
| 17222 | } | ||||
| 17223 | return false; | ||||
| 17224 | } | ||||
| 17225 | |||||
| 17226 | // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with. | ||||
| 17227 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) { | ||||
| 17228 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 17229 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); | ||||
| 17230 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17231 | } | ||||
| 17232 | return false; | ||||
| 17233 | } | ||||
| 17234 | // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too. | ||||
| 17235 | // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct. | ||||
| 17236 | if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { | ||||
| 17237 | if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { | ||||
| 17238 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 17239 | if (IsBlock) | ||||
| 17240 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type); | ||||
| 17241 | else | ||||
| 17242 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type) << Var; | ||||
| 17243 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17244 | } | ||||
| 17245 | return false; | ||||
| 17246 | } | ||||
| 17247 | } | ||||
| 17248 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); | ||||
| 17249 | // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block | ||||
| 17250 | // variables; they don't support the expected semantics. | ||||
| 17251 | if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) { | ||||
| 17252 | if (Diagnose) { | ||||
| 17253 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable) << Var << !IsLambda; | ||||
| 17254 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17255 | } | ||||
| 17256 | return false; | ||||
| 17257 | } | ||||
| 17258 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks | ||||
| 17259 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock && | ||||
| 17260 | Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { | ||||
| 17261 | if (Diagnose) | ||||
| 17262 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block); | ||||
| 17263 | return false; | ||||
| 17264 | } | ||||
| 17265 | |||||
| 17266 | return true; | ||||
| 17267 | } | ||||
| 17268 | |||||
| 17269 | // Returns true if the capture by block was successful. | ||||
| 17270 | static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var, | ||||
| 17271 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17272 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, | ||||
| 17273 | QualType &CaptureType, | ||||
| 17274 | QualType &DeclRefType, | ||||
| 17275 | const bool Nested, | ||||
| 17276 | Sema &S, bool Invalid) { | ||||
| 17277 | bool ByRef = false; | ||||
| 17278 | |||||
| 17279 | // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays, excepting OpenCL. | ||||
| 17280 | // OpenCL v2.0 s1.12.5 (revision 40): arrays are captured by reference | ||||
| 17281 | // (decayed to pointers). | ||||
| 17282 | if (!Invalid && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CaptureType->isArrayType()) { | ||||
| 17283 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17284 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); | ||||
| 17285 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17286 | Invalid = true; | ||||
| 17287 | } else { | ||||
| 17288 | return false; | ||||
| 17289 | } | ||||
| 17290 | } | ||||
| 17291 | |||||
| 17292 | // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables. | ||||
| 17293 | if (!Invalid && | ||||
| 17294 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { | ||||
| 17295 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17296 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) | ||||
| 17297 | << /*block*/ 0; | ||||
| 17298 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17299 | Invalid = true; | ||||
| 17300 | } else { | ||||
| 17301 | return false; | ||||
| 17302 | } | ||||
| 17303 | } | ||||
| 17304 | |||||
| 17305 | // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks. | ||||
| 17306 | if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 17307 | QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 17308 | |||||
| 17309 | if (!Invalid && PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && | ||||
| 17310 | PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing && | ||||
| 17311 | !S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(PointeeTy)) { | ||||
| 17312 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17313 | SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation(); | ||||
| 17314 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing); | ||||
| 17315 | S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong); | ||||
| 17316 | } | ||||
| 17317 | } | ||||
| 17318 | } | ||||
| 17319 | |||||
| 17320 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); | ||||
| 17321 | if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() || | ||||
| 17322 | (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) { | ||||
| 17323 | // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or | ||||
| 17324 | // declaration reference types. | ||||
| 17325 | ByRef = true; | ||||
| 17326 | } else { | ||||
| 17327 | // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'. | ||||
| 17328 | CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst(); | ||||
| 17329 | DeclRefType = CaptureType; | ||||
| 17330 | } | ||||
| 17331 | |||||
| 17332 | // Actually capture the variable. | ||||
| 17333 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||
| 17334 | BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 17335 | CaptureType, Invalid); | ||||
| 17336 | |||||
| 17337 | return !Invalid; | ||||
| 17338 | } | ||||
| 17339 | |||||
| 17340 | |||||
| 17341 | /// Capture the given variable in the captured region. | ||||
| 17342 | static bool captureInCapturedRegion( | ||||
| 17343 | CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI, VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17344 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, | ||||
| 17345 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, | ||||
| 17346 | bool IsTopScope, Sema &S, bool Invalid) { | ||||
| 17347 | // By default, capture variables by reference. | ||||
| 17348 | bool ByRef = true; | ||||
| 17349 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { | ||||
| 17350 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); | ||||
| 17351 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { | ||||
| 17352 | // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below). | ||||
| 17353 | if (S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)) { | ||||
| 17354 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); | ||||
| 17355 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 17356 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. | ||||
| 17357 | if (HasConst) | ||||
| 17358 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||
| 17359 | } | ||||
| 17360 | // Do not capture firstprivates in tasks. | ||||
| 17361 | if (S.isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel) != | ||||
| 17362 | OMPC_unknown) | ||||
| 17363 | return true; | ||||
| 17364 | ByRef = S.isOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, | ||||
| 17365 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||
| 17366 | } | ||||
| 17367 | |||||
| 17368 | if (ByRef) | ||||
| 17369 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); | ||||
| 17370 | else | ||||
| 17371 | CaptureType = DeclRefType; | ||||
| 17372 | |||||
| 17373 | // Actually capture the variable. | ||||
| 17374 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||
| 17375 | RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/ false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, | ||||
| 17376 | Loc, SourceLocation(), CaptureType, Invalid); | ||||
| 17377 | |||||
| 17378 | return !Invalid; | ||||
| 17379 | } | ||||
| 17380 | |||||
| 17381 | /// Capture the given variable in the lambda. | ||||
| 17382 | static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, | ||||
| 17383 | VarDecl *Var, | ||||
| 17384 | SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17385 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, | ||||
| 17386 | QualType &CaptureType, | ||||
| 17387 | QualType &DeclRefType, | ||||
| 17388 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, | ||||
| 17389 | const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, | ||||
| 17390 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, | ||||
| 17391 | const bool IsTopScope, | ||||
| 17392 | Sema &S, bool Invalid) { | ||||
| 17393 | // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value. | ||||
| 17394 | bool ByRef = false; | ||||
| 17395 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { | ||||
| 17396 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); | ||||
| 17397 | } else { | ||||
| 17398 | ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref); | ||||
| 17399 | } | ||||
| 17400 | |||||
| 17401 | // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable. | ||||
| 17402 | if (ByRef) { | ||||
| 17403 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15: | ||||
| 17404 | // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or | ||||
| 17405 | // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is | ||||
| 17406 | // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data | ||||
| 17407 | // members are declared in the closure type for entities | ||||
| 17408 | // captured by reference. | ||||
| 17409 | // | ||||
| 17410 | // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference | ||||
| 17411 | // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears | ||||
| 17412 | // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will | ||||
| 17413 | // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and | ||||
| 17414 | // easily defensible position. | ||||
| 17415 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); | ||||
| 17416 | } else { | ||||
| 17417 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14: | ||||
| 17418 | // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static | ||||
| 17419 | // data member is declared in the closure type. The | ||||
| 17420 | // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type | ||||
| 17421 | // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding | ||||
| 17422 | // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an | ||||
| 17423 | // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the | ||||
| 17424 | // captured entity is a reference to a function, the | ||||
| 17425 | // corresponding data member is also a reference to a | ||||
| 17426 | // function. - end note ] | ||||
| 17427 | if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){ | ||||
| 17428 | if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) | ||||
| 17429 | CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 17430 | } | ||||
| 17431 | |||||
| 17432 | // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables. | ||||
| 17433 | if (!Invalid && | ||||
| 17434 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { | ||||
| 17435 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17436 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1; | ||||
| 17437 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) | ||||
| 17438 | << Var->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 17439 | Invalid = true; | ||||
| 17440 | } else { | ||||
| 17441 | return false; | ||||
| 17442 | } | ||||
| 17443 | } | ||||
| 17444 | |||||
| 17445 | // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type. | ||||
| 17446 | if (!Invalid && BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17447 | if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() && | ||||
| 17448 | S.RequireCompleteSizedType( | ||||
| 17449 | Loc, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17450 | diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, | ||||
| 17451 | Var->getDeclName())) | ||||
| 17452 | Invalid = true; | ||||
| 17453 | else if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17454 | diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type)) | ||||
| 17455 | Invalid = true; | ||||
| 17456 | } | ||||
| 17457 | } | ||||
| 17458 | |||||
| 17459 | // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable. | ||||
| 17460 | if (ByRef) | ||||
| 17461 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 17462 | else { | ||||
| 17463 | // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5: | ||||
| 17464 | // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline | ||||
| 17465 | // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is | ||||
| 17466 | // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's | ||||
| 17467 | // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable. | ||||
| 17468 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 17469 | if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType()) | ||||
| 17470 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||
| 17471 | } | ||||
| 17472 | |||||
| 17473 | // Add the capture. | ||||
| 17474 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||
| 17475 | LSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, | ||||
| 17476 | Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, Invalid); | ||||
| 17477 | |||||
| 17478 | return !Invalid; | ||||
| 17479 | } | ||||
| 17480 | |||||
| 17481 | static bool canCaptureVariableByCopy(VarDecl *Var, const ASTContext &Context) { | ||||
| 17482 | // Offer a Copy fix even if the type is dependent. | ||||
| 17483 | if (Var->getType()->isDependentType()) | ||||
| 17484 | return true; | ||||
| 17485 | QualType T = Var->getType().getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 17486 | if (T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) | ||||
| 17487 | return true; | ||||
| 17488 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { | ||||
| 17489 | |||||
| 17490 | if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) | ||||
| 17491 | return false; | ||||
| 17492 | if (RD->hasSimpleCopyConstructor()) | ||||
| 17493 | return true; | ||||
| 17494 | if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) | ||||
| 17495 | for (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) | ||||
| 17496 | if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) | ||||
| 17497 | return !Ctor->isDeleted(); | ||||
| 17498 | } | ||||
| 17499 | return false; | ||||
| 17500 | } | ||||
| 17501 | |||||
| 17502 | /// Create up to 4 fix-its for explicit reference and value capture of \p Var or | ||||
| 17503 | /// default capture. Fixes may be omitted if they aren't allowed by the | ||||
| 17504 | /// standard, for example we can't emit a default copy capture fix-it if we | ||||
| 17505 | /// already explicitly copy capture capture another variable. | ||||
| 17506 | static void buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema &Sema, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, | ||||
| 17507 | VarDecl *Var) { | ||||
| 17508 | assert(LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None)((LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17508, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 17509 | // Don't offer Capture by copy of default capture by copy fixes if Var is | ||||
| 17510 | // known not to be copy constructible. | ||||
| 17511 | bool ShouldOfferCopyFix = canCaptureVariableByCopy(Var, Sema.getASTContext()); | ||||
| 17512 | |||||
| 17513 | SmallString<32> FixBuffer; | ||||
| 17514 | StringRef Separator = LSI->NumExplicitCaptures > 0 ? ", " : ""; | ||||
| 17515 | if (Var->getDeclName().isIdentifier() && !Var->getName().empty()) { | ||||
| 17516 | SourceLocation VarInsertLoc = LSI->IntroducerRange.getEnd(); | ||||
| 17517 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { | ||||
| 17518 | // Offer fixes to insert an explicit capture for the variable. | ||||
| 17519 | // [] -> [VarName] | ||||
| 17520 | // [OtherCapture] -> [OtherCapture, VarName] | ||||
| 17521 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, Var->getName()}); | ||||
| 17522 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) | ||||
| 17523 | << Var << /*value*/ 0 | ||||
| 17524 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||
| 17525 | } | ||||
| 17526 | // As above but capture by reference. | ||||
| 17527 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, "&", Var->getName()}); | ||||
| 17528 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) | ||||
| 17529 | << Var << /*reference*/ 1 | ||||
| 17530 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||
| 17531 | } | ||||
| 17532 | |||||
| 17533 | // Only try to offer default capture if there are no captures excluding this | ||||
| 17534 | // and init captures. | ||||
| 17535 | // [this]: OK. | ||||
| 17536 | // [X = Y]: OK. | ||||
| 17537 | // [&A, &B]: Don't offer. | ||||
| 17538 | // [A, B]: Don't offer. | ||||
| 17539 | if (llvm::any_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { | ||||
| 17540 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture(); | ||||
| 17541 | })) | ||||
| 17542 | return; | ||||
| 17543 | |||||
| 17544 | // The default capture specifiers, '=' or '&', must appear first in the | ||||
| 17545 | // capture body. | ||||
| 17546 | SourceLocation DefaultInsertLoc = | ||||
| 17547 | LSI->IntroducerRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(1); | ||||
| 17548 | |||||
| 17549 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { | ||||
| 17550 | bool CanDefaultCopyCapture = true; | ||||
| 17551 | // [=, *this] OK since c++17 | ||||
| 17552 | // [=, this] OK since c++20 | ||||
| 17553 | if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured() && !Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) | ||||
| 17554 | CanDefaultCopyCapture = Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 | ||||
| 17555 | ? LSI->getCXXThisCapture().isCopyCapture() | ||||
| 17556 | : false; | ||||
| 17557 | // We can't use default capture by copy if any captures already specified | ||||
| 17558 | // capture by copy. | ||||
| 17559 | if (CanDefaultCopyCapture && llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { | ||||
| 17560 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture() && C.isCopyCapture(); | ||||
| 17561 | })) { | ||||
| 17562 | FixBuffer.assign({"=", Separator}); | ||||
| 17563 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) | ||||
| 17564 | << /*value*/ 0 | ||||
| 17565 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||
| 17566 | } | ||||
| 17567 | } | ||||
| 17568 | |||||
| 17569 | // We can't use default capture by reference if any captures already specified | ||||
| 17570 | // capture by reference. | ||||
| 17571 | if (llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) { | ||||
| 17572 | return !C.isInitCapture() && C.isReferenceCapture() && | ||||
| 17573 | !C.isThisCapture(); | ||||
| 17574 | })) { | ||||
| 17575 | FixBuffer.assign({"&", Separator}); | ||||
| 17576 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) | ||||
| 17577 | << /*reference*/ 1 | ||||
| 17578 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); | ||||
| 17579 | } | ||||
| 17580 | } | ||||
| 17581 | |||||
| 17582 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable( | ||||
| 17583 | VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind, | ||||
| 17584 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, | ||||
| 17585 | QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { | ||||
| 17586 | // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its | ||||
| 17587 | // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class. | ||||
| 17588 | DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext(); | ||||
| 17589 | if (Var->isInitCapture()) | ||||
| 17590 | VarDC = VarDC->getParent(); | ||||
| 17591 | |||||
| 17592 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; | ||||
| 17593 | const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt | ||||
| 17594 | ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; | ||||
| 17595 | // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the | ||||
| 17596 | // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt | ||||
| 17597 | if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { | ||||
| 17598 | unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1; | ||||
| 17599 | while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) { | ||||
| 17600 | DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); | ||||
| 17601 | --FSIndex; | ||||
| 17602 | } | ||||
| 17603 | } | ||||
| 17604 | |||||
| 17605 | |||||
| 17606 | // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to | ||||
| 17607 | // capture it. | ||||
| 17608 | if (VarDC == DC) return true; | ||||
| 17609 | |||||
| 17610 | // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this | ||||
| 17611 | // variable. | ||||
| 17612 | bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage(); | ||||
| 17613 | if (IsGlobal && | ||||
| 17614 | !(LangOpts.OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var, /*CheckScopeInfo=*/true, | ||||
| 17615 | MaxFunctionScopesIndex))) | ||||
| 17616 | return true; | ||||
| 17617 | Var = Var->getCanonicalDecl(); | ||||
| 17618 | |||||
| 17619 | // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable, | ||||
| 17620 | // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when | ||||
| 17621 | // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing | ||||
| 17622 | // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity | ||||
| 17623 | // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities | ||||
| 17624 | // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s | ||||
| 17625 | // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured | ||||
| 17626 | // the variable. | ||||
| 17627 | CaptureType = Var->getType(); | ||||
| 17628 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); | ||||
| 17629 | bool Nested = false; | ||||
| 17630 | bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit); | ||||
| 17631 | unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; | ||||
| 17632 | do { | ||||
| 17633 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can | ||||
| 17634 | // capture; other scopes don't work. | ||||
| 17635 | DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var, | ||||
| 17636 | ExprLoc, | ||||
| 17637 | BuildAndDiagnose, | ||||
| 17638 | *this); | ||||
| 17639 | // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have* | ||||
| 17640 | // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in | ||||
| 17641 | // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc. | ||||
| 17642 | if (!ParentDC) { | ||||
| 17643 | if (IsGlobal) { | ||||
| 17644 | FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1; | ||||
| 17645 | break; | ||||
| 17646 | } | ||||
| 17647 | return true; | ||||
| 17648 | } | ||||
| 17649 | |||||
| 17650 | FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]; | ||||
| 17651 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI); | ||||
| 17652 | |||||
| 17653 | |||||
| 17654 | // Check whether we've already captured it. | ||||
| 17655 | if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17656 | DeclRefType)) { | ||||
| 17657 | CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); | ||||
| 17658 | break; | ||||
| 17659 | } | ||||
| 17660 | // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body, | ||||
| 17661 | // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured | ||||
| 17662 | // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing | ||||
| 17663 | // should be used. | ||||
| 17664 | if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) { | ||||
| 17665 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17666 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||
| 17667 | if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) { | ||||
| 17668 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; | ||||
| 17669 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17670 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); | ||||
| 17671 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var); | ||||
| 17672 | } else | ||||
| 17673 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC); | ||||
| 17674 | } | ||||
| 17675 | return true; | ||||
| 17676 | } | ||||
| 17677 | |||||
| 17678 | // Try to capture variable-length arrays types. | ||||
| 17679 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | ||||
| 17680 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA | ||||
| 17681 | // expressions. | ||||
| 17682 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); | ||||
| 17683 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) | ||||
| 17684 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); | ||||
| 17685 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI); | ||||
| 17686 | } | ||||
| 17687 | |||||
| 17688 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) { | ||||
| 17689 | if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | ||||
| 17690 | // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so | ||||
| 17691 | // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a | ||||
| 17692 | // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region. | ||||
| 17693 | if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { | ||||
| 17694 | OpenMPClauseKind IsOpenMPPrivateDecl = isOpenMPPrivateDecl( | ||||
| 17695 | Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||
| 17696 | // If the variable is private (i.e. not captured) and has variably | ||||
| 17697 | // modified type, we still need to capture the type for correct | ||||
| 17698 | // codegen in all regions, associated with the construct. Currently, | ||||
| 17699 | // it is captured in the innermost captured region only. | ||||
| 17700 | if (IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_unknown && | ||||
| 17701 | Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { | ||||
| 17702 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); | ||||
| 17703 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) | ||||
| 17704 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); | ||||
| 17705 | for (int I = 1, E = getNumberOfConstructScopes(RSI->OpenMPLevel); | ||||
| 17706 | I < E; ++I) { | ||||
| 17707 | auto *OuterRSI = cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>( | ||||
| 17708 | FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex - I]); | ||||
| 17709 | assert(RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel &&((RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " "OpenMP construct.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && \"Wrong number of captured regions associated with the \" \"OpenMP construct.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17711, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 17710 | "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the "((RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " "OpenMP construct.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && \"Wrong number of captured regions associated with the \" \"OpenMP construct.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17711, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 17711 | "OpenMP construct.")((RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " "OpenMP construct.") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && \"Wrong number of captured regions associated with the \" \"OpenMP construct.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17711, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 17712 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, OuterRSI); | ||||
| 17713 | } | ||||
| 17714 | } | ||||
| 17715 | bool IsTargetCap = | ||||
| 17716 | IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_private && | ||||
| 17717 | isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, | ||||
| 17718 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||
| 17719 | // Do not capture global if it is not privatized in outer regions. | ||||
| 17720 | bool IsGlobalCap = | ||||
| 17721 | IsGlobal && isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, | ||||
| 17722 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); | ||||
| 17723 | |||||
| 17724 | // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the | ||||
| 17725 | // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the | ||||
| 17726 | // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested. | ||||
| 17727 | if (IsTargetCap) | ||||
| 17728 | adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(FunctionScopesIndex, RSI->OpenMPLevel); | ||||
| 17729 | |||||
| 17730 | if (IsTargetCap || IsOpenMPPrivateDecl == OMPC_private || | ||||
| 17731 | (IsGlobal && !IsGlobalCap)) { | ||||
| 17732 | Nested = !IsTargetCap; | ||||
| 17733 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); | ||||
| 17734 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); | ||||
| 17735 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. | ||||
| 17736 | if (HasConst) | ||||
| 17737 | DeclRefType.addConst(); | ||||
| 17738 | CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); | ||||
| 17739 | break; | ||||
| 17740 | } | ||||
| 17741 | } | ||||
| 17742 | } | ||||
| 17743 | } | ||||
| 17744 | if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) { | ||||
| 17745 | // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture | ||||
| 17746 | // so cannot capture this variable. | ||||
| 17747 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { | ||||
| 17748 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; | ||||
| 17749 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; | ||||
| 17750 | auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||
| 17751 | if (LSI->Lambda) { | ||||
| 17752 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); | ||||
| 17753 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var); | ||||
| 17754 | } | ||||
| 17755 | // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly | ||||
| 17756 | // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we | ||||
| 17757 | // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because | ||||
| 17758 | // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done | ||||
| 17759 | // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable | ||||
| 17760 | // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured | ||||
| 17761 | // explicitly. Suggestion: | ||||
| 17762 | // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit | ||||
| 17763 | // at the function head | ||||
| 17764 | // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda | ||||
| 17765 | // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable. | ||||
| 17766 | } | ||||
| 17767 | return true; | ||||
| 17768 | } | ||||
| 17769 | |||||
| 17770 | FunctionScopesIndex--; | ||||
| 17771 | DC = ParentDC; | ||||
| 17772 | Explicit = false; | ||||
| 17773 | } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC)); | ||||
| 17774 | |||||
| 17775 | // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda) | ||||
| 17776 | // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific | ||||
| 17777 | // requirements, and adding captures if requested. | ||||
| 17778 | // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing | ||||
| 17779 | // at the lambda nested within that one. | ||||
| 17780 | bool Invalid = false; | ||||
| 17781 | for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N; | ||||
| 17782 | ++I) { | ||||
| 17783 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); | ||||
| 17784 | |||||
| 17785 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture | ||||
| 17786 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) | ||||
| 17787 | // so check for eligibility. | ||||
| 17788 | if (!Invalid) | ||||
| 17789 | Invalid = | ||||
| 17790 | !isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this); | ||||
| 17791 | |||||
| 17792 | // After encountering an error, if we're actually supposed to capture, keep | ||||
| 17793 | // capturing in nested contexts to suppress any follow-on diagnostics. | ||||
| 17794 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||
| 17795 | return true; | ||||
| 17796 | |||||
| 17797 | if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | ||||
| 17798 | Invalid = !captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17799 | DeclRefType, Nested, *this, Invalid); | ||||
| 17800 | Nested = true; | ||||
| 17801 | } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) { | ||||
| 17802 | Invalid = !captureInCapturedRegion( | ||||
| 17803 | RSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Nested, | ||||
| 17804 | Kind, /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid); | ||||
| 17805 | Nested = true; | ||||
| 17806 | } else { | ||||
| 17807 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); | ||||
| 17808 | Invalid = | ||||
| 17809 | !captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17810 | DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc, | ||||
| 17811 | /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid); | ||||
| 17812 | Nested = true; | ||||
| 17813 | } | ||||
| 17814 | |||||
| 17815 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) | ||||
| 17816 | return true; | ||||
| 17817 | } | ||||
| 17818 | return Invalid; | ||||
| 17819 | } | ||||
| 17820 | |||||
| 17821 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 17822 | TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) { | ||||
| 17823 | QualType CaptureType; | ||||
| 17824 | QualType DeclRefType; | ||||
| 17825 | return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc, | ||||
| 17826 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17827 | DeclRefType, nullptr); | ||||
| 17828 | } | ||||
| 17829 | |||||
| 17830 | bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 17831 | QualType CaptureType; | ||||
| 17832 | QualType DeclRefType; | ||||
| 17833 | return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 17834 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17835 | DeclRefType, nullptr); | ||||
| 17836 | } | ||||
| 17837 | |||||
| 17838 | QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { | ||||
| 17839 | QualType CaptureType; | ||||
| 17840 | QualType DeclRefType; | ||||
| 17841 | |||||
| 17842 | // Determine whether we can capture this variable. | ||||
| 17843 | if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 17844 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, | ||||
| 17845 | DeclRefType, nullptr)) | ||||
| 17846 | return QualType(); | ||||
| 17847 | |||||
| 17848 | return DeclRefType; | ||||
| 17849 | } | ||||
| 17850 | |||||
| 17851 | namespace { | ||||
| 17852 | // Helper to copy the template arguments from a DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr. | ||||
| 17853 | // The produced TemplateArgumentListInfo* points to data stored within this | ||||
| 17854 | // object, so should only be used in contexts where the pointer will not be | ||||
| 17855 | // used after the CopiedTemplateArgs object is destroyed. | ||||
| 17856 | class CopiedTemplateArgs { | ||||
| 17857 | bool HasArgs; | ||||
| 17858 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgStorage; | ||||
| 17859 | public: | ||||
| 17860 | template<typename RefExpr> | ||||
| 17861 | CopiedTemplateArgs(RefExpr *E) : HasArgs(E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { | ||||
| 17862 | if (HasArgs) | ||||
| 17863 | E->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgStorage); | ||||
| 17864 | } | ||||
| 17865 | operator TemplateArgumentListInfo*() | ||||
| 17866 | #ifdef __has_cpp_attribute | ||||
| 17867 | #if0 __has_cpp_attribute(clang::lifetimebound)1 | ||||
| 17868 | [[clang::lifetimebound]] | ||||
| 17869 | #endif | ||||
| 17870 | #endif | ||||
| 17871 | { | ||||
| 17872 | return HasArgs ? &TemplateArgStorage : nullptr; | ||||
| 17873 | } | ||||
| 17874 | }; | ||||
| 17875 | } | ||||
| 17876 | |||||
| 17877 | /// Walk the set of potential results of an expression and mark them all as | ||||
| 17878 | /// non-odr-uses if they satisfy the side-conditions of the NonOdrUseReason. | ||||
| 17879 | /// | ||||
| 17880 | /// \return A new expression if we found any potential results, ExprEmpty() if | ||||
| 17881 | /// not, and ExprError() if we diagnosed an error. | ||||
| 17882 | static ExprResult rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(Sema &S, Expr *E, | ||||
| 17883 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR) { | ||||
| 17884 | // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is | ||||
| 17885 | // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a | ||||
| 17886 | // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) | ||||
| 17887 | // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||
| 17888 | // conversion part. | ||||
| 17889 | // | ||||
| 17890 | // If we encounter a node that claims to be an odr-use but shouldn't be, we | ||||
| 17891 | // transform it into the relevant kind of non-odr-use node and rebuild the | ||||
| 17892 | // tree of nodes leading to it. | ||||
| 17893 | // | ||||
| 17894 | // This is a mini-TreeTransform that only transforms a restricted subset of | ||||
| 17895 | // nodes (and only certain operands of them). | ||||
| 17896 | |||||
| 17897 | // Rebuild a subexpression. | ||||
| 17898 | auto Rebuild = [&](Expr *Sub) { | ||||
| 17899 | return rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(S, Sub, NOUR); | ||||
| 17900 | }; | ||||
| 17901 | |||||
| 17902 | // Check whether a potential result satisfies the requirements of NOUR. | ||||
| 17903 | auto IsPotentialResultOdrUsed = [&](NamedDecl *D) { | ||||
| 17904 | // Any entity other than a VarDecl is always odr-used whenever it's named | ||||
| 17905 | // in a potentially-evaluated expression. | ||||
| 17906 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); | ||||
| 17907 | if (!VD) | ||||
| 17908 | return true; | ||||
| 17909 | |||||
| 17910 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||
| 17911 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evalauted expression | ||||
| 17912 | // e is odr-used by e unless | ||||
| 17913 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions, or | ||||
| 17914 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant | ||||
| 17915 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects, and e is an element of | ||||
| 17916 | // the set of potential results of an expression of | ||||
| 17917 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||
| 17918 | // conversion is applied, or | ||||
| 17919 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the | ||||
| 17920 | // set of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which | ||||
| 17921 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied | ||||
| 17922 | // | ||||
| 17923 | // We check the first bullet and the "potentially-evaluated" condition in | ||||
| 17924 | // BuildDeclRefExpr. We check the type requirements in the second bullet | ||||
| 17925 | // in CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand below. | ||||
| 17926 | switch (NOUR) { | ||||
| 17927 | case NOUR_None: | ||||
| 17928 | case NOUR_Unevaluated: | ||||
| 17929 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-odr-use-reason")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected non-odr-use-reason" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 17929); | ||||
| 17930 | |||||
| 17931 | case NOUR_Constant: | ||||
| 17932 | // Constant references were handled when they were built. | ||||
| 17933 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||
| 17934 | return true; | ||||
| 17935 | if (auto *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | ||||
| 17936 | if (RD->hasMutableFields()) | ||||
| 17937 | return true; | ||||
| 17938 | if (!VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(S.Context)) | ||||
| 17939 | return true; | ||||
| 17940 | break; | ||||
| 17941 | |||||
| 17942 | case NOUR_Discarded: | ||||
| 17943 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) | ||||
| 17944 | return true; | ||||
| 17945 | break; | ||||
| 17946 | } | ||||
| 17947 | return false; | ||||
| 17948 | }; | ||||
| 17949 | |||||
| 17950 | // Mark that this expression does not constitute an odr-use. | ||||
| 17951 | auto MarkNotOdrUsed = [&] { | ||||
| 17952 | S.MaybeODRUseExprs.remove(E); | ||||
| 17953 | if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda()) | ||||
| 17954 | LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(E); | ||||
| 17955 | }; | ||||
| 17956 | |||||
| 17957 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p2: | ||||
| 17958 | // The set of potential results of an expression e is defined as follows: | ||||
| 17959 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { | ||||
| |||||
| 17960 | // -- If e is an id-expression, ... | ||||
| 17961 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: { | ||||
| 17962 | auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||
| 17963 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(DRE->getDecl())) | ||||
| 17964 | break; | ||||
| 17965 | |||||
| 17966 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use DeclRefExpr. | ||||
| 17967 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); | ||||
| 17968 | return DeclRefExpr::Create( | ||||
| 17969 | S.Context, DRE->getQualifierLoc(), DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), | ||||
| 17970 | DRE->getDecl(), DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture(), | ||||
| 17971 | DRE->getNameInfo(), DRE->getType(), DRE->getValueKind(), | ||||
| 17972 | DRE->getFoundDecl(), CopiedTemplateArgs(DRE), NOUR); | ||||
| 17973 | } | ||||
| 17974 | |||||
| 17975 | case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: { | ||||
| 17976 | auto *FPPE = cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E); | ||||
| 17977 | // If any of the declarations in the pack is odr-used, then the expression | ||||
| 17978 | // as a whole constitutes an odr-use. | ||||
| 17979 | for (VarDecl *D : *FPPE) | ||||
| 17980 | if (IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(D)) | ||||
| 17981 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 17982 | |||||
| 17983 | // FIXME: Rebuild as a non-odr-use FunctionParmPackExpr? In practice, | ||||
| 17984 | // nothing cares about whether we marked this as an odr-use, but it might | ||||
| 17985 | // be useful for non-compiler tools. | ||||
| 17986 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); | ||||
| 17987 | break; | ||||
| 17988 | } | ||||
| 17989 | |||||
| 17990 | // -- If e is a subscripting operation with an array operand... | ||||
| 17991 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { | ||||
| 17992 | auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E); | ||||
| 17993 | Expr *OldBase = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit(); | ||||
| 17994 | if (!OldBase->getType()->isArrayType()) | ||||
| 17995 | break; | ||||
| 17996 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(OldBase); | ||||
| 17997 | if (!Base.isUsable()) | ||||
| 17998 | return Base; | ||||
| 17999 | Expr *LHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getLHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getLHS(); | ||||
| 18000 | Expr *RHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getRHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getRHS(); | ||||
| 18001 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc = ASE->getBeginLoc(); // FIXME: Not stored. | ||||
| 18002 | return S.ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(nullptr, LHS, LBracketLoc, RHS, | ||||
| 18003 | ASE->getRBracketLoc()); | ||||
| 18004 | } | ||||
| 18005 | |||||
| 18006 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: { | ||||
| 18007 | auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18008 | // -- If e is a class member access expression [...] naming a non-static | ||||
| 18009 | // data member... | ||||
| 18010 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) { | ||||
| 18011 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(ME->getBase()); | ||||
| 18012 | if (!Base.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18013 | return Base; | ||||
| 18014 | return MemberExpr::Create( | ||||
| 18015 | S.Context, Base.get(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
| 18016 | ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), | ||||
| 18017 | ME->getMemberDecl(), ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), | ||||
| 18018 | CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), | ||||
| 18019 | ME->getObjectKind(), ME->isNonOdrUse()); | ||||
| 18020 | } | ||||
| 18021 | |||||
| 18022 | if (ME->getMemberDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) | ||||
| 18023 | break; | ||||
| 18024 | |||||
| 18025 | // -- If e is a class member access expression naming a static data member, | ||||
| 18026 | // ... | ||||
| 18027 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(ME->getMemberDecl())) | ||||
| 18028 | break; | ||||
| 18029 | |||||
| 18030 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use MemberExpr. | ||||
| 18031 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); | ||||
| 18032 | return MemberExpr::Create( | ||||
| 18033 | S.Context, ME->getBase(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(), | ||||
| 18034 | ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), ME->getMemberDecl(), | ||||
| 18035 | ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), | ||||
| 18036 | ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), ME->getObjectKind(), NOUR); | ||||
| 18037 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 18038 | } | ||||
| 18039 | |||||
| 18040 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { | ||||
| 18041 | auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); | ||||
| 18042 | Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS(); | ||||
| 18043 | Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS(); | ||||
| 18044 | // -- If e is a pointer-to-member expression of the form e1 .* e2 ... | ||||
| 18045 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD) { | ||||
| 18046 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(LHS); | ||||
| 18047 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18048 | return Sub; | ||||
| 18049 | LHS = Sub.get(); | ||||
| 18050 | // -- If e is a comma expression, ... | ||||
| 18051 | } else if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { | ||||
| 18052 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(RHS); | ||||
| 18053 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18054 | return Sub; | ||||
| 18055 | RHS = Sub.get(); | ||||
| 18056 | } else { | ||||
| 18057 | break; | ||||
| 18058 | } | ||||
| 18059 | return S.BuildBinOp(nullptr, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getOpcode(), | ||||
| 18060 | LHS, RHS); | ||||
| 18061 | } | ||||
| 18062 | |||||
| 18063 | // -- If e has the form (e1)... | ||||
| 18064 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { | ||||
| 18065 | auto *PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18066 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(PE->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 18067 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18068 | return Sub; | ||||
| 18069 | return S.ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), Sub.get()); | ||||
| 18070 | } | ||||
| 18071 | |||||
| 18072 | // -- If e is a glvalue conditional expression, ... | ||||
| 18073 | // We don't apply this to a binary conditional operator. FIXME: Should we? | ||||
| 18074 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { | ||||
| 18075 | auto *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E); | ||||
| 18076 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CO->getLHS()); | ||||
| 18077 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18078 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18079 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CO->getRHS()); | ||||
| 18080 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18081 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18082 | if (!LHS.isUsable() && !RHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18083 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 18084 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18085 | LHS = CO->getLHS(); | ||||
| 18086 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18087 | RHS = CO->getRHS(); | ||||
| 18088 | return S.ActOnConditionalOp(CO->getQuestionLoc(), CO->getColonLoc(), | ||||
| 18089 | CO->getCond(), LHS.get(), RHS.get()); | ||||
| 18090 | } | ||||
| 18091 | |||||
| 18092 | // [Clang extension] | ||||
| 18093 | // -- If e has the form __extension__ e1... | ||||
| 18094 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { | ||||
| 18095 | auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); | ||||
| 18096 | if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_Extension) | ||||
| 18097 | break; | ||||
| 18098 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(UO->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 18099 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18100 | return Sub; | ||||
| 18101 | return S.BuildUnaryOp(nullptr, UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO_Extension, | ||||
| 18102 | Sub.get()); | ||||
| 18103 | } | ||||
| 18104 | |||||
| 18105 | // [Clang extension] | ||||
| 18106 | // -- If e has the form _Generic(...), the set of potential results is the | ||||
| 18107 | // union of the sets of potential results of the associated expressions. | ||||
| 18108 | case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: { | ||||
| 18109 | auto *GSE = cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18110 | |||||
| 18111 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs; | ||||
| 18112 | bool AnyChanged = false; | ||||
| 18113 | for (Expr *OrigAssocExpr : GSE->getAssocExprs()) { | ||||
| 18114 | ExprResult AssocExpr = Rebuild(OrigAssocExpr); | ||||
| 18115 | if (AssocExpr.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18116 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18117 | if (AssocExpr.isUsable()) { | ||||
| 18118 | AssocExprs.push_back(AssocExpr.get()); | ||||
| 18119 | AnyChanged = true; | ||||
| 18120 | } else { | ||||
| 18121 | AssocExprs.push_back(OrigAssocExpr); | ||||
| 18122 | } | ||||
| 18123 | } | ||||
| 18124 | |||||
| 18125 | return AnyChanged ? S.CreateGenericSelectionExpr( | ||||
| 18126 | GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getDefaultLoc(), | ||||
| 18127 | GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(), | ||||
| 18128 | GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs) | ||||
| 18129 | : ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 18130 | } | ||||
| 18131 | |||||
| 18132 | // [Clang extension] | ||||
| 18133 | // -- If e has the form __builtin_choose_expr(...), the set of potential | ||||
| 18134 | // results is the union of the sets of potential results of the | ||||
| 18135 | // second and third subexpressions. | ||||
| 18136 | case Expr::ChooseExprClass: { | ||||
| 18137 | auto *CE = cast<ChooseExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18138 | |||||
| 18139 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); | ||||
| 18140 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18141 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18142 | |||||
| 18143 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); | ||||
| 18144 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18145 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18146 | |||||
| 18147 | if (!LHS.get() && !RHS.get()) | ||||
| 18148 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 18149 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18150 | LHS = CE->getLHS(); | ||||
| 18151 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18152 | RHS = CE->getRHS(); | ||||
| 18153 | |||||
| 18154 | return S.ActOnChooseExpr(CE->getBuiltinLoc(), CE->getCond(), LHS.get(), | ||||
| 18155 | RHS.get(), CE->getRParenLoc()); | ||||
| 18156 | } | ||||
| 18157 | |||||
| 18158 | // Step through non-syntactic nodes. | ||||
| 18159 | case Expr::ConstantExprClass: { | ||||
| 18160 | auto *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18161 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(CE->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 18162 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18163 | return Sub; | ||||
| 18164 | return ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Sub.get()); | ||||
| 18165 | } | ||||
| 18166 | |||||
| 18167 | // We could mostly rely on the recursive rebuilding to rebuild implicit | ||||
| 18168 | // casts, but not at the top level, so rebuild them here. | ||||
| 18169 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: { | ||||
| 18170 | auto *ICE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18171 | // Only step through the narrow set of cast kinds we expect to encounter. | ||||
| 18172 | // Anything else suggests we've left the region in which potential results | ||||
| 18173 | // can be found. | ||||
| 18174 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { | ||||
| 18175 | case CK_NoOp: | ||||
| 18176 | case CK_DerivedToBase: | ||||
| 18177 | case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: { | ||||
| 18178 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(ICE->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 18179 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18180 | return Sub; | ||||
| 18181 | CXXCastPath Path(ICE->path()); | ||||
| 18182 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(Sub.get(), ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(), | ||||
| 18183 | ICE->getValueKind(), &Path); | ||||
| 18184 | } | ||||
| 18185 | |||||
| 18186 | default: | ||||
| 18187 | break; | ||||
| 18188 | } | ||||
| 18189 | break; | ||||
| 18190 | } | ||||
| 18191 | |||||
| 18192 | default: | ||||
| 18193 | break; | ||||
| 18194 | } | ||||
| 18195 | |||||
| 18196 | // Can't traverse through this node. Nothing to do. | ||||
| 18197 | return ExprEmpty(); | ||||
| 18198 | } | ||||
| 18199 | |||||
| 18200 | ExprResult Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 18201 | // Check whether the operand is or contains an object of non-trivial C union | ||||
| 18202 | // type. | ||||
| 18203 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && | ||||
| 18204 | (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || | ||||
| 18205 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) | ||||
| 18206 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(), | ||||
| 18207 | Sema::NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, | ||||
| 18208 | NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); | ||||
| 18209 | |||||
| 18210 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||
| 18211 | // [...] an expression of non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which | ||||
| 18212 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is applied [...] | ||||
| 18213 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) | ||||
| 18214 | return E; | ||||
| 18215 | |||||
| 18216 | ExprResult Result = | ||||
| 18217 | rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(*this, E, NOUR_Constant); | ||||
| 18218 | if (Result.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18219 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18220 | return Result.get() ? Result : E; | ||||
| 18221 | } | ||||
| 18222 | |||||
| 18223 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) { | ||||
| 18224 | Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res); | ||||
| 18225 | |||||
| 18226 | if (!Res.isUsable()) | ||||
| 18227 | return Res; | ||||
| 18228 | |||||
| 18229 | // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay | ||||
| 18230 | // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the | ||||
| 18231 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen | ||||
| 18232 | // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway. | ||||
| 18233 | return CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Res.get()); | ||||
| 18234 | } | ||||
| 18235 | |||||
| 18236 | void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() { | ||||
| 18237 | // Iterate through a local copy in case MarkVarDeclODRUsed makes a recursive | ||||
| 18238 | // call. | ||||
| 18239 | MaybeODRUseExprSet LocalMaybeODRUseExprs; | ||||
| 18240 | std::swap(LocalMaybeODRUseExprs, MaybeODRUseExprs); | ||||
| 18241 | |||||
| 18242 | for (Expr *E : LocalMaybeODRUseExprs) { | ||||
| 18243 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 18244 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()), | ||||
| 18245 | DRE->getLocation(), *this); | ||||
| 18246 | } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 18247 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()), ME->getMemberLoc(), | ||||
| 18248 | *this); | ||||
| 18249 | } else if (auto *FP = dyn_cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 18250 | for (VarDecl *VD : *FP) | ||||
| 18251 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VD, FP->getParameterPackLocation(), *this); | ||||
| 18252 | } else { | ||||
| 18253 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unexpected expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18253); | ||||
| 18254 | } | ||||
| 18255 | } | ||||
| 18256 | |||||
| 18257 | assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&((MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && \"MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18258, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 18258 | "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?")((MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && \"MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18258, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18259 | } | ||||
| 18260 | |||||
| 18261 | static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 18262 | VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 18263 | assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) ||(((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E ) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 18264 | isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) &&(((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E ) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 18265 | "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced")(((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E ) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18265, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18266 | Var->setReferenced(); | ||||
| 18267 | |||||
| 18268 | if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) | ||||
| 18269 | return; | ||||
| 18270 | |||||
| 18271 | // Record a CUDA/HIP static device/constant variable if it is referenced | ||||
| 18272 | // by host code. This is done conservatively, when the variable is referenced | ||||
| 18273 | // in any of the following contexts: | ||||
| 18274 | // - a non-function context | ||||
| 18275 | // - a host function | ||||
| 18276 | // - a host device function | ||||
| 18277 | // This also requires the reference of the static device/constant variable by | ||||
| 18278 | // host code to be visible in the device compilation for the compiler to be | ||||
| 18279 | // able to externalize the static device/constant variable. | ||||
| 18280 | if (SemaRef.getASTContext().mayExternalizeStaticVar(Var)) { | ||||
| 18281 | auto *CurContext = SemaRef.CurContext; | ||||
| 18282 | if (!CurContext || !isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || | ||||
| 18283 | cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() || | ||||
| 18284 | (!cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | ||||
| 18285 | !cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())) | ||||
| 18286 | SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDAStaticDeviceVarReferencedByHost.insert(Var); | ||||
| 18287 | } | ||||
| 18288 | |||||
| 18289 | auto *MSI = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); | ||||
| 18290 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = MSI ? MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() | ||||
| 18291 | : Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); | ||||
| 18292 | |||||
| 18293 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef); | ||||
| 18294 | bool UsableInConstantExpr = | ||||
| 18295 | Var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context); | ||||
| 18296 | |||||
| 18297 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: | ||||
| 18298 | // A variable [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a | ||||
| 18299 | // variable whose name appears as a potentially constant evaluated | ||||
| 18300 | // expression that is either a contexpr variable or is of non-volatile | ||||
| 18301 | // const-qualified integral type or of reference type | ||||
| 18302 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = | ||||
| 18303 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(SemaRef) && UsableInConstantExpr; | ||||
| 18304 | |||||
| 18305 | bool NeedDefinition = | ||||
| 18306 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || NeededForConstantEvaluation; | ||||
| 18307 | |||||
| 18308 | assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&((!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && \"Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18309, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 18309 | "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.")((!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && \"Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18309, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18310 | |||||
| 18311 | // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check | ||||
| 18312 | // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable | ||||
| 18313 | // template specializations when we created them. | ||||
| 18314 | if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared && | ||||
| 18315 | !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) | ||||
| 18316 | SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var); | ||||
| 18317 | |||||
| 18318 | // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member | ||||
| 18319 | // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay | ||||
| 18320 | // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used | ||||
| 18321 | // in a constant expression. | ||||
| 18322 | if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) { | ||||
| 18323 | // Per C++17 [temp.explicit]p10, we may instantiate despite an explicit | ||||
| 18324 | // instantiation declaration if a variable is usable in a constant | ||||
| 18325 | // expression (among other cases). | ||||
| 18326 | bool TryInstantiating = | ||||
| 18327 | TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || | ||||
| 18328 | (TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration && UsableInConstantExpr); | ||||
| 18329 | |||||
| 18330 | if (TryInstantiating) { | ||||
| 18331 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = | ||||
| 18332 | MSI ? MSI->getPointOfInstantiation() : Var->getPointOfInstantiation(); | ||||
| 18333 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); | ||||
| 18334 | if (FirstInstantiation) { | ||||
| 18335 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; | ||||
| 18336 | if (MSI) | ||||
| 18337 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(PointOfInstantiation); | ||||
| 18338 | // FIXME: Notify listener. | ||||
| 18339 | else | ||||
| 18340 | Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); | ||||
| 18341 | } | ||||
| 18342 | |||||
| 18343 | if (UsableInConstantExpr) { | ||||
| 18344 | // Do not defer instantiations of variables that could be used in a | ||||
| 18345 | // constant expression. | ||||
| 18346 | SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(PointOfInstantiation, [&] { | ||||
| 18347 | SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var); | ||||
| 18348 | }); | ||||
| 18349 | |||||
| 18350 | // Re-set the member to trigger a recomputation of the dependence bits | ||||
| 18351 | // for the expression. | ||||
| 18352 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 18353 | DRE->setDecl(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
| 18354 | else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 18355 | ME->setMemberDecl(ME->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
| 18356 | } else if (FirstInstantiation || | ||||
| 18357 | isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) { | ||||
| 18358 | // FIXME: For a specialization of a variable template, we don't | ||||
| 18359 | // distinguish between "declaration and type implicitly instantiated" | ||||
| 18360 | // and "implicit instantiation of definition requested", so we have | ||||
| 18361 | // no direct way to avoid enqueueing the pending instantiation | ||||
| 18362 | // multiple times. | ||||
| 18363 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations | ||||
| 18364 | .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation)); | ||||
| 18365 | } | ||||
| 18366 | } | ||||
| 18367 | } | ||||
| 18368 | |||||
| 18369 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: | ||||
| 18370 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e | ||||
| 18371 | // is odr-used by e unless | ||||
| 18372 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions | ||||
| 18373 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant | ||||
| 18374 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects [FIXME], and e is an | ||||
| 18375 | // element of the set of potential results of an expression of | ||||
| 18376 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||
| 18377 | // conversion is applied | ||||
| 18378 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the set | ||||
| 18379 | // of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which the | ||||
| 18380 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied [FIXME] | ||||
| 18381 | // | ||||
| 18382 | // We check the first part of the second bullet here, and | ||||
| 18383 | // Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand deals with the second part. | ||||
| 18384 | // FIXME: To get the third bullet right, we need to delay this even for | ||||
| 18385 | // variables that are not usable in constant expressions. | ||||
| 18386 | |||||
| 18387 | // If we already know this isn't an odr-use, there's nothing more to do. | ||||
| 18388 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 18389 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse()) | ||||
| 18390 | return; | ||||
| 18391 | if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 18392 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse()) | ||||
| 18393 | return; | ||||
| 18394 | |||||
| 18395 | switch (OdrUse) { | ||||
| 18396 | case OdrUseContext::None: | ||||
| 18397 | assert((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) &&(((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 18398 | "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref")(((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && \"missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18398, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18399 | break; | ||||
| 18400 | |||||
| 18401 | case OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed: | ||||
| 18402 | // FIXME: Ignoring formal odr-uses results in incorrect lambda capture | ||||
| 18403 | // behavior. | ||||
| 18404 | break; | ||||
| 18405 | |||||
| 18406 | case OdrUseContext::Used: | ||||
| 18407 | // If we might later find that this expression isn't actually an odr-use, | ||||
| 18408 | // delay the marking. | ||||
| 18409 | if (E && Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) | ||||
| 18410 | SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E); | ||||
| 18411 | else | ||||
| 18412 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef); | ||||
| 18413 | break; | ||||
| 18414 | |||||
| 18415 | case OdrUseContext::Dependent: | ||||
| 18416 | // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as | ||||
| 18417 | // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture. | ||||
| 18418 | // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions | ||||
| 18419 | // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)? | ||||
| 18420 | const bool RefersToEnclosingScope = | ||||
| 18421 | (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() && | ||||
| 18422 | Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage()); | ||||
| 18423 | if (RefersToEnclosingScope) { | ||||
| 18424 | LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = | ||||
| 18425 | SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true); | ||||
| 18426 | if (LSI && (!LSI->CallOperator || | ||||
| 18427 | !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext()))) { | ||||
| 18428 | // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so | ||||
| 18429 | // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any | ||||
| 18430 | // lvalue-to-rvalue | ||||
| 18431 | // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use. | ||||
| 18432 | // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed | ||||
| 18433 | // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking | ||||
| 18434 | // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant | ||||
| 18435 | // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used). | ||||
| 18436 | // | ||||
| 18437 | // FIXME: We can simplify this a lot after implementing P0588R1. | ||||
| 18438 | assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.")((E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E && \"Capture variable should be used in an expression.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18438, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18439 | if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() || | ||||
| 18440 | !Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) | ||||
| 18441 | LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens()); | ||||
| 18442 | } | ||||
| 18443 | } | ||||
| 18444 | break; | ||||
| 18445 | } | ||||
| 18446 | } | ||||
| 18447 | |||||
| 18448 | /// Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used | ||||
| 18449 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be | ||||
| 18450 | /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl. | ||||
| 18451 | void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) { | ||||
| 18452 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr); | ||||
| 18453 | } | ||||
| 18454 | |||||
| 18455 | static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 18456 | Decl *D, Expr *E, bool MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||
| 18457 | if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) | ||||
| 18458 | SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D); | ||||
| 18459 | |||||
| 18460 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 18461 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E); | ||||
| 18462 | return; | ||||
| 18463 | } | ||||
| 18464 | |||||
| 18465 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||
| 18466 | |||||
| 18467 | // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the | ||||
| 18468 | // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call. | ||||
| 18469 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); | ||||
| 18470 | if (!ME) | ||||
| 18471 | return; | ||||
| 18472 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
| 18473 | if (!MD) | ||||
| 18474 | return; | ||||
| 18475 | // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call. | ||||
| 18476 | bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() && | ||||
| 18477 | ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); | ||||
| 18478 | if (!IsVirtualCall) | ||||
| 18479 | return; | ||||
| 18480 | |||||
| 18481 | // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function | ||||
| 18482 | // referenced. | ||||
| 18483 | CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod( | ||||
| 18484 | ME->getBase(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext); | ||||
| 18485 | if (DM) | ||||
| 18486 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||
| 18487 | } | ||||
| 18488 | |||||
| 18489 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr. | ||||
| 18490 | /// | ||||
| 18491 | /// Note, this may change the dependence of the DeclRefExpr, and so needs to be | ||||
| 18492 | /// handled with care if the DeclRefExpr is not newly-created. | ||||
| 18493 | void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) { | ||||
| 18494 | // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed. | ||||
| 18495 | // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even | ||||
| 18496 | // if it's a qualified reference. | ||||
| 18497 | bool OdrUse = true; | ||||
| 18498 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl())) | ||||
| 18499 | if (Method->isVirtual() && | ||||
| 18500 | !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, getLangOpts().AppleKext)) | ||||
| 18501 | OdrUse = false; | ||||
| 18502 | |||||
| 18503 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getDecl())) | ||||
| 18504 | if (!isConstantEvaluated() && FD->isConsteval() && | ||||
| 18505 | !RebuildingImmediateInvocation) | ||||
| 18506 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.insert(E); | ||||
| 18507 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse); | ||||
| 18508 | } | ||||
| 18509 | |||||
| 18510 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr. | ||||
| 18511 | void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18512 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2: | ||||
| 18513 | // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated | ||||
| 18514 | // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by | ||||
| 18515 | // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated | ||||
| 18516 | // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its | ||||
| 18517 | // name is not explicitly qualified. | ||||
| 18518 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true; | ||||
| 18519 | if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) { | ||||
| 18520 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) | ||||
| 18521 | if (Method->isPure()) | ||||
| 18522 | MightBeOdrUse = false; | ||||
| 18523 | } | ||||
| 18524 | SourceLocation Loc = | ||||
| 18525 | E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ? E->getMemberLoc() : E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 18526 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||
| 18527 | } | ||||
| 18528 | |||||
| 18529 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a FunctionParmPackExpr. | ||||
| 18530 | void Sema::MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18531 | for (VarDecl *VD : *E) | ||||
| 18532 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getParameterPackLocation(), VD, E, true); | ||||
| 18533 | } | ||||
| 18534 | |||||
| 18535 | /// Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It | ||||
| 18536 | /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for | ||||
| 18537 | /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a | ||||
| 18538 | /// normal expression which refers to a variable. | ||||
| 18539 | void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, | ||||
| 18540 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||
| 18541 | if (MightBeOdrUse) { | ||||
| 18542 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 18543 | MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD); | ||||
| 18544 | return; | ||||
| 18545 | } | ||||
| 18546 | } | ||||
| 18547 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { | ||||
| 18548 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse); | ||||
| 18549 | return; | ||||
| 18550 | } | ||||
| 18551 | D->setReferenced(); | ||||
| 18552 | } | ||||
| 18553 | |||||
| 18554 | namespace { | ||||
| 18555 | // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced. | ||||
| 18556 | // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding | ||||
| 18557 | // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into. | ||||
| 18558 | // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to | ||||
| 18559 | // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than | ||||
| 18560 | // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here. | ||||
| 18561 | // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs. | ||||
| 18562 | class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> { | ||||
| 18563 | Sema &S; | ||||
| 18564 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
| 18565 | |||||
| 18566 | public: | ||||
| 18567 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited; | ||||
| 18568 | |||||
| 18569 | MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { } | ||||
| 18570 | |||||
| 18571 | bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg); | ||||
| 18572 | }; | ||||
| 18573 | } | ||||
| 18574 | |||||
| 18575 | bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument( | ||||
| 18576 | const TemplateArgument &Arg) { | ||||
| 18577 | { | ||||
| 18578 | // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context. | ||||
| 18579 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated( | ||||
| 18580 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated); | ||||
| 18581 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { | ||||
| 18582 | if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) | ||||
| 18583 | S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true); | ||||
| 18584 | } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) { | ||||
| 18585 | S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false); | ||||
| 18586 | } | ||||
| 18587 | } | ||||
| 18588 | |||||
| 18589 | return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg); | ||||
| 18590 | } | ||||
| 18591 | |||||
| 18592 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { | ||||
| 18593 | MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc); | ||||
| 18594 | Marker.TraverseType(T); | ||||
| 18595 | } | ||||
| 18596 | |||||
| 18597 | namespace { | ||||
| 18598 | /// Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by | ||||
| 18599 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". | ||||
| 18600 | class EvaluatedExprMarker : public UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> { | ||||
| 18601 | public: | ||||
| 18602 | typedef UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited; | ||||
| 18603 | bool SkipLocalVariables; | ||||
| 18604 | |||||
| 18605 | EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables) | ||||
| 18606 | : Inherited(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) {} | ||||
| 18607 | |||||
| 18608 | void visitUsedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { | ||||
| 18609 | S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, cast<FunctionDecl>(D)); | ||||
| 18610 | } | ||||
| 18611 | |||||
| 18612 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18613 | // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't. | ||||
| 18614 | if (SkipLocalVariables) { | ||||
| 18615 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl())) | ||||
| 18616 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) | ||||
| 18617 | return; | ||||
| 18618 | } | ||||
| 18619 | |||||
| 18620 | // FIXME: This can trigger the instantiation of the initializer of a | ||||
| 18621 | // variable, which can cause the expression to become value-dependent | ||||
| 18622 | // or error-dependent. Do we need to propagate the new dependence bits? | ||||
| 18623 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); | ||||
| 18624 | } | ||||
| 18625 | |||||
| 18626 | void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18627 | S.MarkMemberReferenced(E); | ||||
| 18628 | Visit(E->getBase()); | ||||
| 18629 | } | ||||
| 18630 | }; | ||||
| 18631 | } // namespace | ||||
| 18632 | |||||
| 18633 | /// Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any | ||||
| 18634 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". | ||||
| 18635 | /// | ||||
| 18636 | /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as | ||||
| 18637 | /// 'referenced'. | ||||
| 18638 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, | ||||
| 18639 | bool SkipLocalVariables) { | ||||
| 18640 | EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E); | ||||
| 18641 | } | ||||
| 18642 | |||||
| 18643 | /// Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior | ||||
| 18644 | /// of the program being compiled. | ||||
| 18645 | /// | ||||
| 18646 | /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being | ||||
| 18647 | /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a | ||||
| 18648 | /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof() | ||||
| 18649 | /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not | ||||
| 18650 | /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or, | ||||
| 18651 | /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated | ||||
| 18652 | /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it | ||||
| 18653 | /// later. | ||||
| 18654 | /// | ||||
| 18655 | /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time | ||||
| 18656 | /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis. | ||||
| 18657 | /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures | ||||
| 18658 | /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid. | ||||
| 18659 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, | ||||
| 18660 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { | ||||
| 18661 | switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { | ||||
| 18662 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: | ||||
| 18663 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: | ||||
| 18664 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: | ||||
| 18665 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: | ||||
| 18666 | // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain. | ||||
| 18667 | break; | ||||
| 18668 | |||||
| 18669 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: | ||||
| 18670 | // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation. | ||||
| 18671 | break; | ||||
| 18672 | |||||
| 18673 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: | ||||
| 18674 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: | ||||
| 18675 | if (!Stmts.empty() && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { | ||||
| 18676 | FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags. | ||||
| 18677 | push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Stmts)); | ||||
| 18678 | return true; | ||||
| 18679 | } | ||||
| 18680 | |||||
| 18681 | // The initializer of a constexpr variable or of the first declaration of a | ||||
| 18682 | // static data member is not syntactically a constant evaluated constant, | ||||
| 18683 | // but nonetheless is always required to be a constant expression, so we | ||||
| 18684 | // can skip diagnosing. | ||||
| 18685 | // FIXME: Using the mangling context here is a hack. | ||||
| 18686 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>( | ||||
| 18687 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl)) { | ||||
| 18688 | if (VD->isConstexpr() || | ||||
| 18689 | (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isFirstDecl() && !VD->isInline())) | ||||
| 18690 | break; | ||||
| 18691 | // FIXME: For any other kind of variable, we should build a CFG for its | ||||
| 18692 | // initializer and check whether the context in question is reachable. | ||||
| 18693 | } | ||||
| 18694 | |||||
| 18695 | Diag(Loc, PD); | ||||
| 18696 | return true; | ||||
| 18697 | } | ||||
| 18698 | |||||
| 18699 | return false; | ||||
| 18700 | } | ||||
| 18701 | |||||
| 18702 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, | ||||
| 18703 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { | ||||
| 18704 | return DiagRuntimeBehavior( | ||||
| 18705 | Loc, Statement ? llvm::makeArrayRef(Statement) : llvm::None, PD); | ||||
| 18706 | } | ||||
| 18707 | |||||
| 18708 | bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 18709 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { | ||||
| 18710 | if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) | ||||
| 18711 | return false; | ||||
| 18712 | |||||
| 18713 | // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return | ||||
| 18714 | // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call. | ||||
| 18715 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext == | ||||
| 18716 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype) { | ||||
| 18717 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE); | ||||
| 18718 | return false; | ||||
| 18719 | } | ||||
| 18720 | |||||
| 18721 | class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { | ||||
| 18722 | FunctionDecl *FD; | ||||
| 18723 | CallExpr *CE; | ||||
| 18724 | |||||
| 18725 | public: | ||||
| 18726 | CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE) | ||||
| 18727 | : FD(FD), CE(CE) { } | ||||
| 18728 | |||||
| 18729 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { | ||||
| 18730 | if (!FD) { | ||||
| 18731 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return) | ||||
| 18732 | << T << CE->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 18733 | return; | ||||
| 18734 | } | ||||
| 18735 | |||||
| 18736 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) | ||||
| 18737 | << CE->getSourceRange() << FD << T; | ||||
| 18738 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) | ||||
| 18739 | << FD->getDeclName(); | ||||
| 18740 | } | ||||
| 18741 | } Diagnoser(FD, CE); | ||||
| 18742 | |||||
| 18743 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser)) | ||||
| 18744 | return true; | ||||
| 18745 | |||||
| 18746 | return false; | ||||
| 18747 | } | ||||
| 18748 | |||||
| 18749 | // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses | ||||
| 18750 | // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. | ||||
| 18751 | void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 18752 | SourceLocation Loc; | ||||
| 18753 | |||||
| 18754 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; | ||||
| 18755 | bool IsOrAssign = false; | ||||
| 18756 | |||||
| 18757 | if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { | ||||
| 18758 | if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign) | ||||
| 18759 | return; | ||||
| 18760 | |||||
| 18761 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign; | ||||
| 18762 | |||||
| 18763 | // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. | ||||
| 18764 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME | ||||
| 18765 | = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { | ||||
| 18766 | Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); | ||||
| 18767 | |||||
| 18768 | // self = [<foo> init...] | ||||
| 18769 | if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) | ||||
| 18770 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; | ||||
| 18771 | |||||
| 18772 | // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] | ||||
| 18773 | else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject") | ||||
| 18774 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; | ||||
| 18775 | } | ||||
| 18776 | |||||
| 18777 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); | ||||
| 18778 | } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 18779 | if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual) | ||||
| 18780 | return; | ||||
| 18781 | |||||
| 18782 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual; | ||||
| 18783 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); | ||||
| 18784 | } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 18785 | return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm()); | ||||
| 18786 | else { | ||||
| 18787 | // Not an assignment. | ||||
| 18788 | return; | ||||
| 18789 | } | ||||
| 18790 | |||||
| 18791 | Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 18792 | |||||
| 18793 | SourceLocation Open = E->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 18794 | SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); | ||||
| 18795 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence) | ||||
| 18796 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(") | ||||
| 18797 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")"); | ||||
| 18798 | |||||
| 18799 | if (IsOrAssign) | ||||
| 18800 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison) | ||||
| 18801 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!="); | ||||
| 18802 | else | ||||
| 18803 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison) | ||||
| 18804 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=="); | ||||
| 18805 | } | ||||
| 18806 | |||||
| 18807 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate | ||||
| 18808 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. | ||||
| 18809 | void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) { | ||||
| 18810 | // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro. | ||||
| 18811 | SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getBeginLoc(); | ||||
| 18812 | if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID()) | ||||
| 18813 | return; | ||||
| 18814 | // Don't warn for dependent expressions. | ||||
| 18815 | if (ParenE->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 18816 | return; | ||||
| 18817 | |||||
| 18818 | Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 18819 | |||||
| 18820 | if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) | ||||
| 18821 | if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ && | ||||
| 18822 | opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context) | ||||
| 18823 | == Expr::MLV_Valid) { | ||||
| 18824 | SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc(); | ||||
| 18825 | |||||
| 18826 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 18827 | SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 18828 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence) | ||||
| 18829 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin()) | ||||
| 18830 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd()); | ||||
| 18831 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign) | ||||
| 18832 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "="); | ||||
| 18833 | } | ||||
| 18834 | } | ||||
| 18835 | |||||
| 18836 | ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, | ||||
| 18837 | bool IsConstexpr) { | ||||
| 18838 | DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); | ||||
| 18839 | if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) | ||||
| 18840 | DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE); | ||||
| 18841 | |||||
| 18842 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); | ||||
| 18843 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18844 | E = result.get(); | ||||
| 18845 | |||||
| 18846 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { | ||||
| 18847 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 18848 | return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4 | ||||
| 18849 | |||||
| 18850 | ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); | ||||
| 18851 | if (ERes.isInvalid()) | ||||
| 18852 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18853 | E = ERes.get(); | ||||
| 18854 | |||||
| 18855 | QualType T = E->getType(); | ||||
| 18856 | if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 | ||||
| 18857 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) | ||||
| 18858 | << T << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 18859 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18860 | } | ||||
| 18861 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc); | ||||
| 18862 | } | ||||
| 18863 | |||||
| 18864 | return E; | ||||
| 18865 | } | ||||
| 18866 | |||||
| 18867 | Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, | ||||
| 18868 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK) { | ||||
| 18869 | // Empty conditions are valid in for-statements. | ||||
| 18870 | if (!SubExpr) | ||||
| 18871 | return ConditionResult(); | ||||
| 18872 | |||||
| 18873 | ExprResult Cond; | ||||
| 18874 | switch (CK) { | ||||
| 18875 | case ConditionKind::Boolean: | ||||
| 18876 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr); | ||||
| 18877 | break; | ||||
| 18878 | |||||
| 18879 | case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: | ||||
| 18880 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true); | ||||
| 18881 | break; | ||||
| 18882 | |||||
| 18883 | case ConditionKind::Switch: | ||||
| 18884 | Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr); | ||||
| 18885 | break; | ||||
| 18886 | } | ||||
| 18887 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) { | ||||
| 18888 | Cond = CreateRecoveryExpr(SubExpr->getBeginLoc(), SubExpr->getEndLoc(), | ||||
| 18889 | {SubExpr}); | ||||
| 18890 | if (!Cond.get()) | ||||
| 18891 | return ConditionError(); | ||||
| 18892 | } | ||||
| 18893 | // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead. | ||||
| 18894 | FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc); | ||||
| 18895 | if (!FullExpr.get()) | ||||
| 18896 | return ConditionError(); | ||||
| 18897 | |||||
| 18898 | return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr, | ||||
| 18899 | CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); | ||||
| 18900 | } | ||||
| 18901 | |||||
| 18902 | namespace { | ||||
| 18903 | /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression | ||||
| 18904 | /// to have an appropriate type. | ||||
| 18905 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction | ||||
| 18906 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> { | ||||
| 18907 | |||||
| 18908 | Sema &S; | ||||
| 18909 | |||||
| 18910 | RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {} | ||||
| 18911 | |||||
| 18912 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { | ||||
| 18913 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected statement!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18913); | ||||
| 18914 | } | ||||
| 18915 | |||||
| 18916 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 18917 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call) | ||||
| 18918 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 18919 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18920 | } | ||||
| 18921 | |||||
| 18922 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another | ||||
| 18923 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. | ||||
| 18924 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { | ||||
| 18925 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 18926 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18927 | |||||
| 18928 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||
| 18929 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); | ||||
| 18930 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); | ||||
| 18931 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); | ||||
| 18932 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18932, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18933 | return E; | ||||
| 18934 | } | ||||
| 18935 | |||||
| 18936 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18937 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||
| 18938 | } | ||||
| 18939 | |||||
| 18940 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||
| 18941 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||
| 18942 | } | ||||
| 18943 | |||||
| 18944 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||
| 18945 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 18946 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18947 | |||||
| 18948 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||
| 18949 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); | ||||
| 18950 | E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType())); | ||||
| 18951 | assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue)((E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18951, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18952 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18952, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18953 | return E; | ||||
| 18954 | } | ||||
| 18955 | |||||
| 18956 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { | ||||
| 18957 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E); | ||||
| 18958 | |||||
| 18959 | E->setType(VD->getType()); | ||||
| 18960 | |||||
| 18961 | assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue)((E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 18961, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 18962 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && | ||||
| 18963 | !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) && | ||||
| 18964 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance())) | ||||
| 18965 | E->setValueKind(VK_LValue); | ||||
| 18966 | |||||
| 18967 | return E; | ||||
| 18968 | } | ||||
| 18969 | |||||
| 18970 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18971 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
| 18972 | } | ||||
| 18973 | |||||
| 18974 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
| 18975 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); | ||||
| 18976 | } | ||||
| 18977 | }; | ||||
| 18978 | } | ||||
| 18979 | |||||
| 18980 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it | ||||
| 18981 | /// to have a function type. | ||||
| 18982 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) { | ||||
| 18983 | ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr); | ||||
| 18984 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 18985 | return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get()); | ||||
| 18986 | } | ||||
| 18987 | |||||
| 18988 | namespace { | ||||
| 18989 | /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype | ||||
| 18990 | /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring | ||||
| 18991 | /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source | ||||
| 18992 | /// structure is not a goal. | ||||
| 18993 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr | ||||
| 18994 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> { | ||||
| 18995 | |||||
| 18996 | Sema &S; | ||||
| 18997 | |||||
| 18998 | /// The current destination type. | ||||
| 18999 | QualType DestType; | ||||
| 19000 | |||||
| 19001 | RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType) | ||||
| 19002 | : S(S), DestType(CastType) {} | ||||
| 19003 | |||||
| 19004 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { | ||||
| 19005 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unexpected statement!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19005); | ||||
| 19006 | } | ||||
| 19007 | |||||
| 19008 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 19009 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) | ||||
| 19010 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19011 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19012 | } | ||||
| 19013 | |||||
| 19014 | ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E); | ||||
| 19015 | ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E); | ||||
| 19016 | |||||
| 19017 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another | ||||
| 19018 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. | ||||
| 19019 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { | ||||
| 19020 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 19021 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19022 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); | ||||
| 19023 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); | ||||
| 19024 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); | ||||
| 19025 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); | ||||
| 19026 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19026, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19027 | return E; | ||||
| 19028 | } | ||||
| 19029 | |||||
| 19030 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { | ||||
| 19031 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||
| 19032 | } | ||||
| 19033 | |||||
| 19034 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||
| 19035 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); | ||||
| 19036 | } | ||||
| 19037 | |||||
| 19038 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { | ||||
| 19039 | const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>(); | ||||
| 19040 | if (!Ptr) { | ||||
| 19041 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof) | ||||
| 19042 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19043 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19044 | } | ||||
| 19045 | |||||
| 19046 | if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) { | ||||
| 19047 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call) | ||||
| 19048 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19049 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19050 | } | ||||
| 19051 | |||||
| 19052 | assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue)((E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19052, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19053 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19053, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19054 | E->setType(DestType); | ||||
| 19055 | |||||
| 19056 | // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type. | ||||
| 19057 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 19058 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 19059 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19060 | E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get()); | ||||
| 19061 | return E; | ||||
| 19062 | } | ||||
| 19063 | |||||
| 19064 | ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E); | ||||
| 19065 | |||||
| 19066 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD); | ||||
| 19067 | |||||
| 19068 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { | ||||
| 19069 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); | ||||
| 19070 | } | ||||
| 19071 | |||||
| 19072 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { | ||||
| 19073 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); | ||||
| 19074 | } | ||||
| 19075 | }; | ||||
| 19076 | } | ||||
| 19077 | |||||
| 19078 | /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype. | ||||
| 19079 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { | ||||
| 19080 | Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee(); | ||||
| 19081 | |||||
| 19082 | enum FnKind { | ||||
| 19083 | FK_MemberFunction, | ||||
| 19084 | FK_FunctionPointer, | ||||
| 19085 | FK_BlockPointer | ||||
| 19086 | }; | ||||
| 19087 | |||||
| 19088 | FnKind Kind; | ||||
| 19089 | QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType(); | ||||
| 19090 | if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) { | ||||
| 19091 | assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E))((isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr >(E)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19091, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19092 | Kind = FK_MemberFunction; | ||||
| 19093 | CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr); | ||||
| 19094 | } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 19095 | CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 19096 | Kind = FK_FunctionPointer; | ||||
| 19097 | } else { | ||||
| 19098 | CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 19099 | Kind = FK_BlockPointer; | ||||
| 19100 | } | ||||
| 19101 | const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 19102 | |||||
| 19103 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function. | ||||
| 19104 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 19105 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function; | ||||
| 19106 | if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer) | ||||
| 19107 | diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function; | ||||
| 19108 | |||||
| 19109 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID) | ||||
| 19110 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; | ||||
| 19111 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19112 | } | ||||
| 19113 | |||||
| 19114 | // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result. | ||||
| 19115 | E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context)); | ||||
| 19116 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); | ||||
| 19117 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19117, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19118 | |||||
| 19119 | // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType. | ||||
| 19120 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType); | ||||
| 19121 | if (Proto) { | ||||
| 19122 | // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when | ||||
| 19123 | // it has no idea what a function's signature is. | ||||
| 19124 | // | ||||
| 19125 | // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R | ||||
| 19126 | // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++ | ||||
| 19127 | // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot | ||||
| 19128 | // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we | ||||
| 19129 | // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see | ||||
| 19130 | // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic. | ||||
| 19131 | // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to | ||||
| 19132 | // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype | ||||
| 19133 | // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the | ||||
| 19134 | // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl | ||||
| 19135 | // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter | ||||
| 19136 | // types to match the types of the arguments. | ||||
| 19137 | // | ||||
| 19138 | // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the | ||||
| 19139 | // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST. | ||||
| 19140 | |||||
| 19141 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes(); | ||||
| 19142 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; | ||||
| 19143 | if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case | ||||
| 19144 | ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs()); | ||||
| 19145 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { | ||||
| 19146 | Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i); | ||||
| 19147 | QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); | ||||
| 19148 | if (E->isLValue()) { | ||||
| 19149 | ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType); | ||||
| 19150 | } else if (E->isXValue()) { | ||||
| 19151 | ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType); | ||||
| 19152 | } | ||||
| 19153 | ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType); | ||||
| 19154 | } | ||||
| 19155 | ParamTypes = ArgTypes; | ||||
| 19156 | } | ||||
| 19157 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes, | ||||
| 19158 | Proto->getExtProtoInfo()); | ||||
| 19159 | } else { | ||||
| 19160 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType, | ||||
| 19161 | FnType->getExtInfo()); | ||||
| 19162 | } | ||||
| 19163 | |||||
| 19164 | // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type. | ||||
| 19165 | switch (Kind) { | ||||
| 19166 | case FK_MemberFunction: | ||||
| 19167 | // Nothing to do. | ||||
| 19168 | break; | ||||
| 19169 | |||||
| 19170 | case FK_FunctionPointer: | ||||
| 19171 | DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType); | ||||
| 19172 | break; | ||||
| 19173 | |||||
| 19174 | case FK_BlockPointer: | ||||
| 19175 | DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType); | ||||
| 19176 | break; | ||||
| 19177 | } | ||||
| 19178 | |||||
| 19179 | // Finally, we can recurse. | ||||
| 19180 | ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr); | ||||
| 19181 | if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19182 | E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get()); | ||||
| 19183 | |||||
| 19184 | // Bind a temporary if necessary. | ||||
| 19185 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); | ||||
| 19186 | } | ||||
| 19187 | |||||
| 19188 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { | ||||
| 19189 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call. | ||||
| 19190 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 19191 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function) | ||||
| 19192 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; | ||||
| 19193 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19194 | } | ||||
| 19195 | |||||
| 19196 | // Rewrite the method result type if available. | ||||
| 19197 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) { | ||||
| 19198 | assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy)((Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19198, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19199 | Method->setReturnType(DestType); | ||||
| 19200 | } | ||||
| 19201 | |||||
| 19202 | // Change the type of the message. | ||||
| 19203 | E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType()); | ||||
| 19204 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); | ||||
| 19205 | |||||
| 19206 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); | ||||
| 19207 | } | ||||
| 19208 | |||||
| 19209 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { | ||||
| 19210 | // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay. | ||||
| 19211 | if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) { | ||||
| 19212 | assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue)((E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19212, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19213 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19213, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19214 | |||||
| 19215 | E->setType(DestType); | ||||
| 19216 | |||||
| 19217 | // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type. | ||||
| 19218 | DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 19219 | |||||
| 19220 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 19221 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19222 | |||||
| 19223 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); | ||||
| 19224 | return E; | ||||
| 19225 | } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { | ||||
| 19226 | assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue)((E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19226, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19227 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19227, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19228 | |||||
| 19229 | assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()))((isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType())) ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType())" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19229, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19230 | |||||
| 19231 | E->setType(DestType); | ||||
| 19232 | |||||
| 19233 | // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such. | ||||
| 19234 | DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType); | ||||
| 19235 | |||||
| 19236 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); | ||||
| 19237 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19238 | |||||
| 19239 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); | ||||
| 19240 | return E; | ||||
| 19241 | } else { | ||||
| 19242 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unhandled cast type!", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19242); | ||||
| 19243 | } | ||||
| 19244 | } | ||||
| 19245 | |||||
| 19246 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { | ||||
| 19247 | ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue; | ||||
| 19248 | QualType Type = DestType; | ||||
| 19249 | |||||
| 19250 | // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls: | ||||
| 19251 | |||||
| 19252 | // - functions | ||||
| 19253 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) { | ||||
| 19254 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) { | ||||
| 19255 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 19256 | ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD); | ||||
| 19257 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19258 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type, | ||||
| 19259 | CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue); | ||||
| 19260 | } | ||||
| 19261 | |||||
| 19262 | if (!Type->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 19263 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function) | ||||
| 19264 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19265 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19266 | } | ||||
| 19267 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { | ||||
| 19268 | // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in | ||||
| 19269 | // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown | ||||
| 19270 | // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine. | ||||
| 19271 | QualType FDT = FD->getType(); | ||||
| 19272 | const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>(); | ||||
| 19273 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType); | ||||
| 19274 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); | ||||
| 19275 | if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { | ||||
| 19276 | SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); | ||||
| 19277 | FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( | ||||
| 19278 | S.Context, FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc, | ||||
| 19279 | FD->getNameInfo().getName(), DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), | ||||
| 19280 | SC_None, false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(), | ||||
| 19281 | /*ConstexprKind*/ ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | ||||
| 19282 | |||||
| 19283 | if (FD->getQualifier()) | ||||
| 19284 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); | ||||
| 19285 | |||||
| 19286 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; | ||||
| 19287 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { | ||||
| 19288 | ParmVarDecl *Param = | ||||
| 19289 | S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI); | ||||
| 19290 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); | ||||
| 19291 | Params.push_back(Param); | ||||
| 19292 | } | ||||
| 19293 | NewFD->setParams(Params); | ||||
| 19294 | DRE->setDecl(NewFD); | ||||
| 19295 | VD = DRE->getDecl(); | ||||
| 19296 | } | ||||
| 19297 | } | ||||
| 19298 | |||||
| 19299 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) | ||||
| 19300 | if (MD->isInstance()) { | ||||
| 19301 | ValueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 19302 | Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy; | ||||
| 19303 | } | ||||
| 19304 | |||||
| 19305 | // Function references aren't l-values in C. | ||||
| 19306 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) | ||||
| 19307 | ValueKind = VK_RValue; | ||||
| 19308 | |||||
| 19309 | // - variables | ||||
| 19310 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) { | ||||
| 19311 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { | ||||
| 19312 | Type = RefTy->getPointeeType(); | ||||
| 19313 | } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) { | ||||
| 19314 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type) | ||||
| 19315 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19316 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19317 | } | ||||
| 19318 | |||||
| 19319 | // - nothing else | ||||
| 19320 | } else { | ||||
| 19321 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl) | ||||
| 19322 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19323 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19324 | } | ||||
| 19325 | |||||
| 19326 | // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but | ||||
| 19327 | // also really dangerous. | ||||
| 19328 | VD->setType(DestType); | ||||
| 19329 | E->setType(Type); | ||||
| 19330 | E->setValueKind(ValueKind); | ||||
| 19331 | return E; | ||||
| 19332 | } | ||||
| 19333 | |||||
| 19334 | /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only | ||||
| 19335 | /// trigger this for C-style casts. | ||||
| 19336 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, | ||||
| 19337 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, | ||||
| 19338 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) { | ||||
| 19339 | // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete. | ||||
| 19340 | if (!CastType->isVoidType() && | ||||
| 19341 | RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType, | ||||
| 19342 | diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete)) | ||||
| 19343 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19344 | |||||
| 19345 | // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch. | ||||
| 19346 | ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr); | ||||
| 19347 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19348 | |||||
| 19349 | CastExpr = result.get(); | ||||
| 19350 | VK = CastExpr->getValueKind(); | ||||
| 19351 | CastKind = CK_NoOp; | ||||
| 19352 | |||||
| 19353 | return CastExpr; | ||||
| 19354 | } | ||||
| 19355 | |||||
| 19356 | ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) { | ||||
| 19357 | return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E); | ||||
| 19358 | } | ||||
| 19359 | |||||
| 19360 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, | ||||
| 19361 | Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) { | ||||
| 19362 | // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of | ||||
| 19363 | // any sort, just do default argument promotion. | ||||
| 19364 | ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens()); | ||||
| 19365 | if (!castArg) { | ||||
| 19366 | ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg); | ||||
| 19367 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19368 | paramType = result.get()->getType(); | ||||
| 19369 | return result; | ||||
| 19370 | } | ||||
| 19371 | |||||
| 19372 | // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast. | ||||
| 19373 | assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType())((!arg->hasPlaceholderType()) ? static_cast<void> (0 ) : __assert_fail ("!arg->hasPlaceholderType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19373, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19374 | paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten(); | ||||
| 19375 | |||||
| 19376 | // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type. | ||||
| 19377 | InitializedEntity entity = | ||||
| 19378 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType, | ||||
| 19379 | /*consumed*/ false); | ||||
| 19380 | return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg); | ||||
| 19381 | } | ||||
| 19382 | |||||
| 19383 | static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { | ||||
| 19384 | Expr *orig = E; | ||||
| 19385 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any; | ||||
| 19386 | while (true) { | ||||
| 19387 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); | ||||
| 19388 | if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 19389 | E = call->getCallee(); | ||||
| 19390 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; | ||||
| 19391 | } else { | ||||
| 19392 | break; | ||||
| 19393 | } | ||||
| 19394 | } | ||||
| 19395 | |||||
| 19396 | SourceLocation loc; | ||||
| 19397 | NamedDecl *d; | ||||
| 19398 | if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 19399 | loc = ref->getLocation(); | ||||
| 19400 | d = ref->getDecl(); | ||||
| 19401 | } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 19402 | loc = mem->getMemberLoc(); | ||||
| 19403 | d = mem->getMemberDecl(); | ||||
| 19404 | } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { | ||||
| 19405 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; | ||||
| 19406 | loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc(); | ||||
| 19407 | d = msg->getMethodDecl(); | ||||
| 19408 | if (!d) { | ||||
| 19409 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method) | ||||
| 19410 | << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector() | ||||
| 19411 | << orig->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19412 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19413 | } | ||||
| 19414 | } else { | ||||
| 19415 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) | ||||
| 19416 | << E->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19417 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19418 | } | ||||
| 19419 | |||||
| 19420 | S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange(); | ||||
| 19421 | |||||
| 19422 | // Never recoverable. | ||||
| 19423 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19424 | } | ||||
| 19425 | |||||
| 19426 | /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found. | ||||
| 19427 | /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible. | ||||
| 19428 | ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 19429 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { | ||||
| 19430 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it | ||||
| 19431 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have | ||||
| 19432 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. | ||||
| 19433 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); | ||||
| 19434 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19435 | E = Result.get(); | ||||
| 19436 | } | ||||
| 19437 | |||||
| 19438 | const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType(); | ||||
| 19439 | if (!placeholderType) return E; | ||||
| 19440 | |||||
| 19441 | switch (placeholderType->getKind()) { | ||||
| 19442 | |||||
| 19443 | // Overloaded expressions. | ||||
| 19444 | case BuiltinType::Overload: { | ||||
| 19445 | // Try to resolve a single function template specialization. | ||||
| 19446 | // This is obligatory. | ||||
| 19447 | ExprResult Result = E; | ||||
| 19448 | if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false)) | ||||
| 19449 | return Result; | ||||
| 19450 | |||||
| 19451 | // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization | ||||
| 19452 | // leaves Result unchanged on failure. | ||||
| 19453 | Result = E; | ||||
| 19454 | if (resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Result)) | ||||
| 19455 | return Result; | ||||
| 19456 | |||||
| 19457 | // If that failed, try to recover with a call. | ||||
| 19458 | tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable), | ||||
| 19459 | /*complain*/ true); | ||||
| 19460 | return Result; | ||||
| 19461 | } | ||||
| 19462 | |||||
| 19463 | // Bound member functions. | ||||
| 19464 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: { | ||||
| 19465 | ExprResult result = E; | ||||
| 19466 | const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens(); | ||||
| 19467 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function); | ||||
| 19468 | // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize. | ||||
| 19469 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) { | ||||
| 19470 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1; | ||||
| 19471 | } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) { | ||||
| 19472 | if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() == | ||||
| 19473 | DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) | ||||
| 19474 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0; | ||||
| 19475 | } | ||||
| 19476 | tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD, | ||||
| 19477 | /*complain*/ true); | ||||
| 19478 | return result; | ||||
| 19479 | } | ||||
| 19480 | |||||
| 19481 | // ARC unbridged casts. | ||||
| 19482 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: { | ||||
| 19483 | Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); | ||||
| 19484 | diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast); | ||||
| 19485 | return realCast; | ||||
| 19486 | } | ||||
| 19487 | |||||
| 19488 | // Expressions of unknown type. | ||||
| 19489 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | ||||
| 19490 | return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E); | ||||
| 19491 | |||||
| 19492 | // Pseudo-objects. | ||||
| 19493 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | ||||
| 19494 | return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E); | ||||
| 19495 | |||||
| 19496 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: { | ||||
| 19497 | // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr. | ||||
| 19498 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); | ||||
| 19499 | if (DRE) { | ||||
| 19500 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); | ||||
| 19501 | if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) { | ||||
| 19502 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()), | ||||
| 19503 | CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr) | ||||
| 19504 | .get(); | ||||
| 19505 | return CallExpr::Create(Context, E, /*Args=*/{}, Context.IntTy, | ||||
| 19506 | VK_RValue, SourceLocation(), | ||||
| 19507 | FPOptionsOverride()); | ||||
| 19508 | } | ||||
| 19509 | } | ||||
| 19510 | |||||
| 19511 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use); | ||||
| 19512 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19513 | } | ||||
| 19514 | |||||
| 19515 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | ||||
| 19516 | Diag(cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(E->IgnoreParens()) | ||||
| 19517 | ->getRowIdx() | ||||
| 19518 | ->getBeginLoc(), | ||||
| 19519 | diag::err_matrix_incomplete_index); | ||||
| 19520 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19521 | |||||
| 19522 | // Expressions of unknown type. | ||||
| 19523 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | ||||
| 19524 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use); | ||||
| 19525 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19526 | |||||
| 19527 | // Expressions of unknown type. | ||||
| 19528 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: | ||||
| 19529 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_shaping_use)); | ||||
| 19530 | |||||
| 19531 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: | ||||
| 19532 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_use)); | ||||
| 19533 | |||||
| 19534 | // Everything else should be impossible. | ||||
| 19535 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ | ||||
| 19536 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 19537 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" | ||||
| 19538 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ | ||||
| 19539 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 19540 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" | ||||
| 19541 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ | ||||
| 19542 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 19543 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" | ||||
| 19544 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ | ||||
| 19545 | case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 19546 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" | ||||
| 19547 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 19548 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" | ||||
| 19549 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: | ||||
| 19550 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) | ||||
| 19551 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" | ||||
| 19552 | break; | ||||
| 19553 | } | ||||
| 19554 | |||||
| 19555 | llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("invalid placeholder type!" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19555); | ||||
| 19556 | } | ||||
| 19557 | |||||
| 19558 | bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) { | ||||
| 19559 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) | ||||
| 19560 | return true; | ||||
| 19561 | if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) | ||||
| 19562 | return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType(); | ||||
| 19563 | return false; | ||||
| 19564 | } | ||||
| 19565 | |||||
| 19566 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. | ||||
| 19567 | ExprResult | ||||
| 19568 | Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { | ||||
| 19569 | assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&(((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && \"Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | ||||
| 19570 | "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!")(((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && \"Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp" , 19570, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | ||||
| 19571 | QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy; | ||||
| 19572 | if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) { | ||||
| 19573 | LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc, | ||||
| 19574 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); | ||||
| 19575 | if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) { | ||||
| 19576 | NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); | ||||
| 19577 | if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND)) | ||||
| 19578 | Context.setBOOLDecl(TD); | ||||
| 19579 | } | ||||
| 19580 | } | ||||
| 19581 | if (Context.getBOOLDecl()) | ||||
| 19582 | BoolT = Context.getBOOLType(); | ||||
| 19583 | return new (Context) | ||||
| 19584 | ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc); | ||||
| 19585 | } | ||||
| 19586 | |||||
| 19587 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr( | ||||
| 19588 | llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc, | ||||
| 19589 | SourceLocation RParen) { | ||||
| 19590 | |||||
| 19591 | StringRef Platform = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName(); | ||||
| 19592 | |||||
| 19593 | auto Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { | ||||
| 19594 | return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform; | ||||
| 19595 | }); | ||||
| 19596 | |||||
| 19597 | VersionTuple Version; | ||||
| 19598 | if (Spec != AvailSpecs.end()) | ||||
| 19599 | Version = Spec->getVersion(); | ||||
| 19600 | |||||
| 19601 | // The use of `@available` in the enclosing function should be analyzed to | ||||
| 19602 | // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)). | ||||
| 19603 | if (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) | ||||
| 19604 | getEnclosingFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||
| 19605 | else if (getCurBlock() || getCurLambda()) | ||||
| 19606 | getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; | ||||
| 19607 | |||||
| 19608 | return new (Context) | ||||
| 19609 | ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy); | ||||
| 19610 | } | ||||
| 19611 | |||||
| 19612 | ExprResult Sema::CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, | ||||
| 19613 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, QualType T) { | ||||
| 19614 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryAST) | ||||
| 19615 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19616 | |||||
| 19617 | if (isSFINAEContext()) | ||||
| 19618 | return ExprError(); | ||||
| 19619 | |||||
| 19620 | if (T.isNull() || !Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryASTType) | ||||
| 19621 | // We don't know the concrete type, fallback to dependent type. | ||||
| 19622 | T = Context.DependentTy; | ||||
| 19623 | return RecoveryExpr::Create(Context, T, Begin, End, SubExprs); | ||||
| 19624 | } |
| 1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | /// \file |
| 10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
| 11 | /// |
| 12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
| 13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
| 14 | // |
| 15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 16 | |
| 17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
| 18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
| 19 | |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
| 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
| 40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
| 50 | #include <cassert> |
| 51 | #include <cstddef> |
| 52 | #include <cstdint> |
| 53 | #include <cstring> |
| 54 | #include <string> |
| 55 | #include <type_traits> |
| 56 | #include <utility> |
| 57 | |
| 58 | namespace clang { |
| 59 | |
| 60 | class ExtQuals; |
| 61 | class QualType; |
| 62 | class ConceptDecl; |
| 63 | class TagDecl; |
| 64 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 65 | class Type; |
| 66 | |
| 67 | enum { |
| 68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
| 69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
| 70 | }; |
| 71 | |
| 72 | namespace serialization { |
| 73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
| 74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
| 75 | } |
| 76 | |
| 77 | } // namespace clang |
| 78 | |
| 79 | namespace llvm { |
| 80 | |
| 81 | template <typename T> |
| 82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
| 83 | template<> |
| 84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
| 85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
| 86 | |
| 87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
| 92 | }; |
| 93 | |
| 94 | template<> |
| 95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
| 96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
| 97 | |
| 98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
| 100 | } |
| 101 | |
| 102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
| 103 | }; |
| 104 | |
| 105 | } // namespace llvm |
| 106 | |
| 107 | namespace clang { |
| 108 | |
| 109 | class ASTContext; |
| 110 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
| 111 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
| 112 | class DeclContext; |
| 113 | class EnumDecl; |
| 114 | class Expr; |
| 115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
| 116 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 117 | class IdentifierInfo; |
| 118 | class NamedDecl; |
| 119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
| 122 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
| 123 | class RecordDecl; |
| 124 | class Stmt; |
| 125 | class TagDecl; |
| 126 | class TemplateArgument; |
| 127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
| 128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
| 129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
| 130 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
| 131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
| 132 | |
| 133 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
| 134 | |
| 135 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
| 136 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
| 137 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
| 140 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
| 141 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
| 142 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
| 143 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
| 144 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
| 145 | class Qualifiers { |
| 146 | public: |
| 147 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
| 148 | Const = 0x1, |
| 149 | Restrict = 0x2, |
| 150 | Volatile = 0x4, |
| 151 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
| 152 | }; |
| 153 | |
| 154 | enum GC { |
| 155 | GCNone = 0, |
| 156 | Weak, |
| 157 | Strong |
| 158 | }; |
| 159 | |
| 160 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
| 161 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
| 162 | OCL_None, |
| 163 | |
| 164 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
| 165 | /// releases. |
| 166 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
| 167 | |
| 168 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
| 169 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
| 170 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
| 171 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
| 172 | /// live. |
| 173 | OCL_Strong, |
| 174 | |
| 175 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
| 176 | OCL_Weak, |
| 177 | |
| 178 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
| 179 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
| 180 | }; |
| 181 | |
| 182 | enum { |
| 183 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
| 184 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
| 185 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
| 186 | |
| 187 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
| 188 | FastWidth = 3, |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
| 191 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
| 192 | }; |
| 193 | |
| 194 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
| 195 | /// the given sets. |
| 196 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
| 197 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
| 198 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
| 199 | Qualifiers Q; |
| 200 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
| 201 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
| 202 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
| 203 | return Q; |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | |
| 206 | Qualifiers Q; |
| 207 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
| 208 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
| 209 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
| 210 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
| 211 | |
| 212 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
| 213 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
| 214 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 215 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
| 219 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
| 220 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 221 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 222 | } |
| 223 | |
| 224 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
| 225 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
| 226 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
| 227 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
| 228 | } |
| 229 | return Q; |
| 230 | } |
| 231 | |
| 232 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
| 233 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 234 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
| 235 | return Qs; |
| 236 | } |
| 237 | |
| 238 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
| 239 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 240 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
| 241 | return Qs; |
| 242 | } |
| 243 | |
| 244 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
| 245 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 246 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
| 247 | return Qs; |
| 248 | } |
| 249 | |
| 250 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
| 251 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
| 252 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 253 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
| 254 | return Qs; |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | |
| 257 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
| 258 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
| 259 | return Mask; |
| 260 | } |
| 261 | |
| 262 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
| 263 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
| 264 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
| 265 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
| 266 | |
| 267 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
| 268 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
| 269 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
| 270 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
| 271 | |
| 272 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
| 273 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
| 274 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
| 275 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
| 276 | |
| 277 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
| 278 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
| 279 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
| 280 | |
| 281 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 282 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 282, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 283 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
| 284 | } |
| 285 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 286 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 286, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 287 | Mask &= ~mask; |
| 288 | } |
| 289 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
| 290 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
| 291 | } |
| 292 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 293 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 293, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 294 | Mask |= mask; |
| 295 | } |
| 296 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 297 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && \"bitmask contains non-CVRU bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 297, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 298 | Mask |= mask; |
| 299 | } |
| 300 | |
| 301 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
| 302 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
| 303 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
| 304 | } |
| 305 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
| 306 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
| 307 | |
| 308 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
| 309 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
| 310 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
| 311 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
| 312 | } |
| 313 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
| 314 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
| 315 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 315, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 316 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
| 317 | } |
| 318 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
| 319 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
| 320 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 321 | return qs; |
| 322 | } |
| 323 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
| 324 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
| 325 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 326 | return qs; |
| 327 | } |
| 328 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
| 329 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
| 330 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
| 331 | return qs; |
| 332 | } |
| 333 | |
| 334 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
| 335 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
| 336 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
| 337 | } |
| 338 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
| 339 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
| 340 | } |
| 341 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
| 342 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
| 343 | assert(type)((type) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("type" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 343, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 344 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((!hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasObjCLifetime()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 344, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 345 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
| 346 | } |
| 347 | |
| 348 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
| 349 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
| 350 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
| 351 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
| 352 | } |
| 353 | |
| 354 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
| 355 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
| 356 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
| 357 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
| 358 | } |
| 359 | |
| 360 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
| 361 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
| 362 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
| 363 | } |
| 364 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
| 365 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
| 366 | } |
| 367 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
| 368 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
| 369 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
| 370 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
| 371 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
| 372 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
| 373 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 373, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 374 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
| 375 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
| 376 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
| 377 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
| 378 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
| 379 | return 0; |
| 380 | } |
| 381 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
| 382 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)(((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace) ? static_cast<void > (0) : __assert_fail ("(unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 382, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 383 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
| 384 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
| 387 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
| 388 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((space != LangAS::Default) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("space != LangAS::Default", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 388, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 389 | setAddressSpace(space); |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
| 392 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
| 393 | // on a QualType object. |
| 394 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
| 395 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
| 396 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 397 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 398 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
| 399 | } |
| 400 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 401 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 401, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 402 | Mask &= ~mask; |
| 403 | } |
| 404 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
| 405 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 408 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(mask & ~FastMask) && \"bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 408, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 409 | Mask |= mask; |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
| 413 | /// node to be allocated. |
| 414 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
| 415 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
| 416 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
| 417 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
| 418 | return Quals; |
| 419 | } |
| 420 | |
| 421 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
| 422 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
| 423 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
| 426 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
| 427 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
| 428 | // bit-or it in. |
| 429 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
| 430 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
| 431 | else { |
| 432 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
| 433 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
| 434 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
| 435 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
| 436 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
| 437 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
| 438 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
| 439 | } |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
| 443 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
| 444 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
| 445 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
| 446 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
| 447 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
| 448 | else { |
| 449 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
| 450 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
| 451 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 452 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
| 453 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 454 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
| 455 | removeAddressSpace(); |
| 456 | } |
| 457 | } |
| 458 | |
| 459 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
| 460 | /// they don't conflict. |
| 461 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
| 462 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 463, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 463 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace () || !qs.hasAddressSpace()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() || !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 463, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 464 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 465, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 465 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 465, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 466 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 467, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 467 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime () || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() || !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 467, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 468 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
| 472 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
| 473 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
| 474 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
| 475 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
| 476 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
| 477 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
| 478 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
| 479 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
| 480 | return A == B || |
| 481 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
| 482 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
| 483 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
| 484 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
| 485 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
| 486 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
| 487 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
| 488 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
| 489 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
| 490 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
| 491 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)); |
| 492 | } |
| 493 | |
| 494 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
| 495 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
| 496 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
| 497 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
| 498 | } |
| 499 | |
| 500 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
| 501 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
| 502 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
| 503 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
| 504 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
| 505 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
| 506 | // be changed. |
| 507 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
| 508 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
| 509 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
| 510 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
| 511 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
| 512 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
| 513 | // U qualifier may superset. |
| 514 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
| 515 | } |
| 516 | |
| 517 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
| 518 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
| 519 | /// |
| 520 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
| 521 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
| 522 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
| 523 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
| 524 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
| 525 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
| 526 | return true; |
| 527 | |
| 528 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
| 529 | return false; |
| 530 | |
| 531 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
| 532 | return true; |
| 533 | |
| 534 | return hasConst(); |
| 535 | } |
| 536 | |
| 537 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
| 538 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
| 539 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
| 542 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
| 545 | |
| 546 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
| 547 | addQualifiers(R); |
| 548 | return *this; |
| 549 | } |
| 550 | |
| 551 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
| 552 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
| 553 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
| 554 | L += R; |
| 555 | return L; |
| 556 | } |
| 557 | |
| 558 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
| 559 | removeQualifiers(R); |
| 560 | return *this; |
| 561 | } |
| 562 | |
| 563 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
| 564 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
| 565 | L -= R; |
| 566 | return L; |
| 567 | } |
| 568 | |
| 569 | std::string getAsString() const; |
| 570 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 571 | |
| 572 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
| 573 | |
| 574 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 575 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 576 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
| 577 | |
| 578 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 579 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
| 580 | } |
| 581 | |
| 582 | private: |
| 583 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
| 584 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
| 585 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
| 586 | |
| 587 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
| 588 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
| 589 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
| 590 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
| 591 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
| 592 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
| 593 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
| 594 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
| 595 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
| 596 | }; |
| 597 | |
| 598 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
| 599 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
| 600 | struct SplitQualType { |
| 601 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
| 602 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
| 603 | |
| 604 | /// The local qualifiers. |
| 605 | Qualifiers Quals; |
| 606 | |
| 607 | SplitQualType() = default; |
| 608 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
| 609 | |
| 610 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
| 611 | |
| 612 | // Make std::tie work. |
| 613 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
| 614 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
| 615 | } |
| 616 | |
| 617 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
| 618 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
| 621 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | }; |
| 624 | |
| 625 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
| 626 | /// |
| 627 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
| 628 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
| 629 | /// unspecialized type. |
| 630 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
| 631 | /// An ordinary type. |
| 632 | Ordinary, |
| 633 | |
| 634 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
| 635 | Result, |
| 636 | |
| 637 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
| 638 | Parameter, |
| 639 | |
| 640 | /// The type of a property. |
| 641 | Property, |
| 642 | |
| 643 | /// The superclass of a type. |
| 644 | Superclass, |
| 645 | }; |
| 646 | |
| 647 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
| 648 | /// |
| 649 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
| 650 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
| 651 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
| 652 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
| 653 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
| 654 | /// |
| 655 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
| 656 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
| 657 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
| 658 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
| 659 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
| 660 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
| 661 | class QualType { |
| 662 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
| 663 | |
| 664 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
| 665 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
| 666 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
| 667 | |
| 668 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
| 669 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
| 670 | } |
| 671 | |
| 672 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
| 673 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
| 674 | } |
| 675 | |
| 676 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
| 677 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isNull() && \"Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 677, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 678 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
| 679 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
| 680 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
| 681 | } |
| 682 | |
| 683 | public: |
| 684 | QualType() = default; |
| 685 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
| 686 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
| 687 | |
| 688 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
| 689 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
| 690 | |
| 691 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
| 692 | /// |
| 693 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
| 694 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
| 695 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
| 698 | |
| 699 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
| 700 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
| 703 | /// qualifiers. |
| 704 | SplitQualType split() const; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
| 707 | |
| 708 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
| 709 | QualType T; |
| 710 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
| 711 | return T; |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | |
| 714 | const Type &operator*() const { |
| 715 | return *getTypePtr(); |
| 716 | } |
| 717 | |
| 718 | const Type *operator->() const { |
| 719 | return getTypePtr(); |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | |
| 722 | bool isCanonical() const; |
| 723 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
| 724 | |
| 725 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
| 726 | bool isNull() const { |
| 727 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
| 728 | } |
| 729 | |
| 730 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
| 731 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
| 732 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
| 733 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
| 734 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | |
| 737 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
| 738 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
| 739 | |
| 740 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
| 741 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
| 742 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
| 743 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
| 744 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 745 | } |
| 746 | |
| 747 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
| 748 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
| 751 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
| 752 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
| 753 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
| 754 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 755 | } |
| 756 | |
| 757 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
| 758 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
| 759 | |
| 760 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
| 761 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
| 762 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
| 763 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
| 764 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
| 765 | } |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
| 768 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
| 769 | |
| 770 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
| 771 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
| 772 | /// instance. |
| 773 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
| 774 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
| 775 | } |
| 776 | |
| 777 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
| 778 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
| 779 | /// other sugar. |
| 780 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
| 781 | |
| 782 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
| 783 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
| 784 | |
| 785 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
| 786 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
| 787 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
| 788 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
| 789 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
| 790 | } |
| 791 | |
| 792 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
| 793 | /// applied to this type. |
| 794 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
| 795 | |
| 796 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
| 797 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
| 798 | } |
| 799 | |
| 800 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
| 801 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 802 | |
| 803 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
| 804 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
| 805 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 806 | |
| 807 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
| 808 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
| 809 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
| 810 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
| 811 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 812 | |
| 813 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
| 814 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
| 817 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 818 | |
| 819 | |
| 820 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
| 821 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
| 822 | |
| 823 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
| 824 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
| 827 | // easily added. |
| 828 | |
| 829 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
| 830 | void addConst() { |
| 831 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
| 832 | } |
| 833 | QualType withConst() const { |
| 834 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
| 835 | } |
| 836 | |
| 837 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
| 838 | void addVolatile() { |
| 839 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 840 | } |
| 841 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
| 842 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 843 | } |
| 844 | |
| 845 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
| 846 | void addRestrict() { |
| 847 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 848 | } |
| 849 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
| 850 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 851 | } |
| 852 | |
| 853 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
| 854 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
| 855 | } |
| 856 | |
| 857 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
| 858 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 859 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 859, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 860 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
| 861 | } |
| 862 | |
| 863 | void removeLocalConst(); |
| 864 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
| 865 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
| 866 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
| 867 | |
| 868 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
| 869 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
| 870 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && \"mask has non-fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 870, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 871 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
| 872 | } |
| 873 | |
| 874 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
| 875 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
| 876 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
| 877 | QualType T = *this; |
| 878 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
| 879 | return T; |
| 880 | } |
| 881 | |
| 882 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
| 883 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
| 884 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
| 885 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
| 886 | } |
| 887 | |
| 888 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
| 889 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
| 890 | QualType T = *this; |
| 891 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
| 892 | return T; |
| 893 | } |
| 894 | |
| 895 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
| 896 | |
| 897 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
| 898 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
| 899 | /// through typedefs. |
| 900 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
| 901 | |
| 902 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
| 903 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
| 904 | /// |
| 905 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
| 906 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
| 907 | /// |
| 908 | /// \code |
| 909 | /// typedef int Integer; |
| 910 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
| 911 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
| 912 | /// \endcode |
| 913 | /// |
| 914 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
| 915 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
| 916 | /// |
| 917 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
| 918 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
| 919 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
| 920 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
| 923 | /// sugar as possible. |
| 924 | /// |
| 925 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
| 926 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
| 927 | /// |
| 928 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
| 929 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
| 930 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
| 931 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
| 932 | |
| 933 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
| 934 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
| 935 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
| 936 | |
| 937 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
| 938 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
| 939 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
| 940 | |
| 941 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
| 942 | |
| 943 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
| 944 | /// specified result type. |
| 945 | /// |
| 946 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
| 947 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
| 948 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
| 949 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
| 950 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
| 951 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 952 | |
| 953 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
| 954 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
| 955 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
| 956 | /// pack expansion type. |
| 957 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
| 958 | |
| 959 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
| 960 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
| 961 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
| 962 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
| 963 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
| 964 | /// concrete. |
| 965 | /// |
| 966 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
| 967 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
| 968 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
| 969 | } |
| 970 | |
| 971 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
| 972 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
| 973 | } |
| 974 | |
| 975 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
| 976 | /// the type. |
| 977 | /// |
| 978 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
| 979 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
| 980 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
| 981 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
| 982 | } |
| 983 | |
| 984 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
| 985 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
| 986 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
| 987 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
| 988 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
| 989 | return *this; |
| 990 | } |
| 991 | |
| 992 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
| 993 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
| 994 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
| 997 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
| 998 | } |
| 999 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
| 1000 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
| 1001 | } |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
| 1004 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 1005 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
| 1008 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | std::string getAsString() const; |
| 1011 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1014 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
| 1015 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
| 1018 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
| 1019 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
| 1020 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
| 1024 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
| 1025 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
| 1026 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
| 1029 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
| 1032 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
| 1033 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
| 1034 | } |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
| 1037 | std::string &out, |
| 1038 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
| 1041 | const QualType &T; |
| 1042 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
| 1043 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
| 1044 | unsigned Indentation; |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | public: |
| 1047 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1048 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
| 1049 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
| 1050 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 1053 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
| 1054 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
| 1055 | return OS; |
| 1056 | } |
| 1057 | }; |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1060 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
| 1061 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
| 1062 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
| 1066 | void dump() const; |
| 1067 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 1070 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 1071 | } |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
| 1074 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
| 1077 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
| 1080 | /// qualifiers. |
| 1081 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
| 1082 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
| 1083 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
| 1084 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
| 1085 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
| 1086 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
| 1087 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
| 1088 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
| 1089 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
| 1090 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
| 1091 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
| 1092 | } |
| 1093 | |
| 1094 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
| 1095 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
| 1098 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
| 1099 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
| 1100 | } |
| 1101 | |
| 1102 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
| 1103 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
| 1104 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
| 1105 | } |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
| 1108 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1109 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
| 1110 | } |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1113 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
| 1114 | } |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1117 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
| 1118 | } |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
| 1121 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
| 1124 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
| 1125 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
| 1126 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
| 1127 | PDIK_Trivial, |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1130 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
| 1131 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
| 1132 | |
| 1133 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1134 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
| 1135 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
| 1138 | PDIK_Struct |
| 1139 | }; |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
| 1144 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
| 1145 | /// and return the kind. |
| 1146 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
| 1147 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
| 1150 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
| 1151 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
| 1152 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
| 1153 | PCK_Trivial, |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
| 1156 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
| 1157 | /// volatile-qualified. |
| 1158 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1161 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
| 1162 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1165 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
| 1166 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
| 1169 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
| 1170 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
| 1171 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
| 1172 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
| 1173 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
| 1174 | PCK_Struct |
| 1175 | }; |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
| 1178 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
| 1179 | /// kind. |
| 1180 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
| 1183 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
| 1184 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
| 1185 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
| 1186 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
| 1187 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
| 1188 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | enum DestructionKind { |
| 1191 | DK_none, |
| 1192 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
| 1193 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
| 1194 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
| 1195 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
| 1196 | }; |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
| 1199 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
| 1200 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
| 1201 | /// something require destruction. |
| 1202 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
| 1203 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
| 1204 | } |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
| 1207 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
| 1208 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
| 1209 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
| 1210 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
| 1213 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
| 1214 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
| 1215 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
| 1218 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
| 1219 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
| 1220 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
| 1223 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
| 1224 | /// |
| 1225 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
| 1226 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
| 1227 | /// - function types |
| 1228 | /// |
| 1229 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
| 1230 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
| 1231 | /// type other than void. |
| 1232 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
| 1235 | /// subject type. |
| 1236 | /// |
| 1237 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
| 1238 | /// |
| 1239 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
| 1240 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
| 1241 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
| 1242 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
| 1243 | /// for the context. |
| 1244 | /// |
| 1245 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
| 1246 | /// |
| 1247 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
| 1248 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
| 1249 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 1250 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
| 1253 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
| 1254 | /// |
| 1255 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
| 1256 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
| 1257 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
| 1258 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
| 1259 | /// |
| 1260 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
| 1261 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
| 1262 | /// or the base of a property access. |
| 1263 | /// |
| 1264 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
| 1265 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
| 1266 | /// be substituted. |
| 1267 | /// |
| 1268 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
| 1269 | /// |
| 1270 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
| 1271 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
| 1272 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
| 1273 | const DeclContext *dc, |
| 1274 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
| 1277 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
| 1280 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | private: |
| 1283 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
| 1284 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
| 1285 | // caller. |
| 1286 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
| 1287 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
| 1288 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
| 1289 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
| 1290 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
| 1291 | const ASTContext &C); |
| 1292 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
| 1293 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
| 1296 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
| 1297 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
| 1298 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
| 1299 | }; |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | } // namespace clang |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | namespace llvm { |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
| 1306 | /// to a specific Type class. |
| 1307 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
| 1308 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
| 1311 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
| 1312 | } |
| 1313 | }; |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
| 1316 | template<> |
| 1317 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
| 1318 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
| 1319 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
| 1320 | } |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 1323 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
| 1324 | } |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
| 1327 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
| 1328 | }; |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | } // namespace llvm |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | namespace clang { |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
| 1335 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
| 1336 | /// two. |
| 1337 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
| 1338 | friend class ExtQuals; |
| 1339 | friend class QualType; |
| 1340 | friend class Type; |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
| 1343 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
| 1344 | /// |
| 1345 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
| 1346 | /// underlying type pointer. |
| 1347 | const Type *const BaseType; |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
| 1350 | QualType CanonicalType; |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
| 1353 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
| 1354 | }; |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
| 1357 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
| 1358 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
| 1359 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
| 1360 | /// store qualifiers. |
| 1361 | /// |
| 1362 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
| 1363 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
| 1364 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
| 1365 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
| 1366 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 1367 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
| 1368 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
| 1369 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
| 1370 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
| 1371 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
| 1372 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
| 1373 | // 2. QualType: |
| 1374 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
| 1375 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
| 1376 | // this header. |
| 1377 | // 3. ASTContext: |
| 1378 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
| 1381 | /// extended qualifiers. |
| 1382 | Qualifiers Quals; |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 | public: |
| 1387 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
| 1388 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
| 1389 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
| 1390 | Quals(quals) { |
| 1391 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1392, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 1392 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1392, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1393 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 1394 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1394, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
| 1400 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
| 1403 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1404 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
| 1405 | } |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
| 1408 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | public: |
| 1413 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 1414 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
| 1415 | } |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 1418 | const Type *BaseType, |
| 1419 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
| 1420 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && \"fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1420, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1421 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
| 1422 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
| 1423 | } |
| 1424 | }; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
| 1427 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
| 1428 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
| 1429 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
| 1430 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
| 1431 | RQ_None = 0, |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
| 1434 | RQ_LValue, |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
| 1437 | RQ_RValue |
| 1438 | }; |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
| 1441 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
| 1442 | /// auto |
| 1443 | Auto, |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | /// decltype(auto) |
| 1446 | DecltypeAuto, |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
| 1449 | GNUAutoType |
| 1450 | }; |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
| 1453 | /// |
| 1454 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
| 1455 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
| 1456 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
| 1457 | /// |
| 1458 | /// typedef int foo; |
| 1459 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
| 1460 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
| 1461 | /// |
| 1462 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
| 1463 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
| 1464 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
| 1465 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
| 1466 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
| 1467 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
| 1468 | /// is also 'int*'. |
| 1469 | /// |
| 1470 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
| 1471 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
| 1472 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
| 1473 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
| 1474 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
| 1475 | /// |
| 1476 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
| 1477 | /// |
| 1478 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
| 1479 | public: |
| 1480 | enum TypeClass { |
| 1481 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
| 1482 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
| 1483 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
| 1484 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
| 1485 | }; |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | private: |
| 1488 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
| 1489 | class TypeBitfields { |
| 1490 | friend class Type; |
| 1491 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
| 1494 | unsigned TC : 8; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
| 1497 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
| 1500 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
| 1501 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | /// Linkage of this type. |
| 1504 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
| 1507 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
| 1510 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
| 1513 | return CacheValid; |
| 1514 | } |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
| 1517 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1517, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1518 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
| 1519 | } |
| 1520 | |
| 1521 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
| 1522 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isCacheValid() && \"getting linkage from invalid cache\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 1522, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 1523 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
| 1524 | } |
| 1525 | }; |
| 1526 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | protected: |
| 1529 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
| 1530 | // into Type. |
| 1531 | |
| 1532 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
| 1533 | friend class ArrayType; |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
| 1538 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
| 1539 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
| 1542 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
| 1543 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
| 1544 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
| 1545 | }; |
| 1546 | |
| 1547 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
| 1548 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
| 1549 | |
| 1550 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
| 1553 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
| 1554 | }; |
| 1555 | |
| 1556 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
| 1557 | friend class BuiltinType; |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
| 1562 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
| 1563 | }; |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
| 1566 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
| 1567 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
| 1568 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
| 1569 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
| 1570 | friend class FunctionType; |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1573 | |
| 1574 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
| 1575 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
| 1576 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
| 1579 | /// |
| 1580 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
| 1581 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
| 1584 | /// other bitfields. |
| 1585 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
| 1586 | /// |
| 1587 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
| 1588 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
| 1589 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
| 1590 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
| 1591 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
| 1594 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
| 1595 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
| 1596 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
| 1597 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
| 1600 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
| 1603 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
| 1606 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
| 1609 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
| 1610 | }; |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
| 1613 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
| 1618 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
| 1621 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
| 1624 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
| 1625 | }; |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
| 1628 | friend class ReferenceType; |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
| 1633 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
| 1634 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
| 1635 | /// as follows: |
| 1636 | /// |
| 1637 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
| 1638 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
| 1639 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
| 1640 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
| 1641 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
| 1642 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
| 1643 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
| 1646 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
| 1647 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
| 1648 | }; |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
| 1651 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
| 1656 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
| 1657 | }; |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
| 1662 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1665 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
| 1668 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
| 1669 | }; |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
| 1672 | friend class VectorType; |
| 1673 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
| 1678 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
| 1679 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
| 1680 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
| 1681 | uint32_t NumElements; |
| 1682 | }; |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
| 1685 | friend class AttributedType; |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
| 1690 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
| 1691 | }; |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
| 1694 | friend class AutoType; |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
| 1699 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
| 1700 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
| 1703 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
| 1704 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
| 1705 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
| 1706 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
| 1707 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
| 1708 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1709 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1710 | }; |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
| 1713 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
| 1718 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
| 1719 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
| 1720 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
| 1721 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
| 1722 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
| 1723 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1724 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1725 | }; |
| 1726 | |
| 1727 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
| 1728 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
| 1733 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
| 1736 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
| 1737 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
| 1738 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
| 1739 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
| 1740 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
| 1741 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1742 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1743 | }; |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
| 1746 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1749 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
| 1752 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
| 1753 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
| 1754 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
| 1755 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
| 1756 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
| 1757 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1758 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1759 | }; |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
| 1762 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
| 1767 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
| 1768 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
| 1769 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
| 1770 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
| 1771 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
| 1772 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1773 | /// |
| 1774 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
| 1775 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
| 1776 | /// have not. |
| 1777 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
| 1778 | }; |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | union { |
| 1781 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
| 1782 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
| 1783 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
| 1784 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
| 1785 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
| 1786 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
| 1787 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
| 1788 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
| 1789 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
| 1790 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
| 1791 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
| 1792 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
| 1793 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
| 1794 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
| 1795 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
| 1796 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
| 1797 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
| 1798 | }; |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 | private: |
| 1801 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
| 1804 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
| 1805 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
| 1806 | } |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | protected: |
| 1809 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
| 1812 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
| 1813 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
| 1814 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
| 1815 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
| 1816 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
| 1817 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
| 1818 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
| 1819 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
| 1820 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
| 1821 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
| 1822 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
| 1823 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
| 1824 | } |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
| 1827 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
| 1830 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | public: |
| 1836 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 1837 | friend class ASTWriter; |
| 1838 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 1839 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
| 1842 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
| 1843 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
| 1844 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
| 1849 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
| 1852 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
| 1853 | /// |
| 1854 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
| 1855 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
| 1856 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
| 1857 | /// |
| 1858 | /// \code |
| 1859 | /// template<typename ...T> |
| 1860 | /// struct X { |
| 1861 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
| 1862 | /// }; |
| 1863 | /// \endcode |
| 1864 | /// |
| 1865 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
| 1866 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
| 1867 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
| 1868 | } |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
| 1871 | /// qualification. |
| 1872 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
| 1873 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
| 1874 | } |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
| 1877 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
| 1878 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
| 1879 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
| 1882 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
| 1883 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
| 1884 | /// |
| 1885 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
| 1886 | /// or layout. |
| 1887 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
| 1888 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
| 1891 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
| 1892 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
| 1893 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
| 1896 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
| 1897 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
| 1898 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
| 1901 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
| 1904 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
| 1905 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
| 1906 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
| 1907 | /// |
| 1908 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
| 1909 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
| 1910 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
| 1911 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
| 1914 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
| 1915 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
| 1916 | return !isFunctionType(); |
| 1917 | } |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
| 1920 | bool isObjectType() const { |
| 1921 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
| 1922 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
| 1923 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
| 1924 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
| 1925 | } |
| 1926 | |
| 1927 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
| 1928 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
| 1929 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
| 1932 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
| 1935 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
| 1936 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
| 1939 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
| 1942 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
| 1943 | |
| 1944 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
| 1945 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
| 1948 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
| 1949 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
| 1950 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
| 1951 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
| 1952 | |
| 1953 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
| 1954 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
| 1957 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
| 1958 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
| 1961 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
| 1962 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
| 1963 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
| 1966 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
| 1967 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
| 1968 | bool isCharType() const; |
| 1969 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
| 1970 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
| 1971 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
| 1972 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
| 1973 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
| 1974 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1975 | |
| 1976 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
| 1977 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
| 1980 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
| 1981 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | /// Floating point categories. |
| 1984 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
| 1985 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
| 1986 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
| 1987 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
| 1988 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
| 1989 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
| 1990 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
| 1991 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
| 1992 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
| 1993 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
| 1994 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
| 1995 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
| 1996 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
| 1997 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
| 1998 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
| 1999 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
| 2000 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
| 2003 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
| 2004 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
| 2005 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
| 2006 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
| 2007 | bool isPointerType() const; |
| 2008 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
| 2009 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
| 2010 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
| 2011 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
| 2012 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
| 2013 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
| 2014 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
| 2015 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
| 2016 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
| 2017 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
| 2018 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
| 2019 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
| 2020 | bool isArrayType() const; |
| 2021 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
| 2022 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
| 2023 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
| 2024 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
| 2025 | bool isRecordType() const; |
| 2026 | bool isClassType() const; |
| 2027 | bool isStructureType() const; |
| 2028 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
| 2029 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
| 2030 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
| 2031 | bool isUnionType() const; |
| 2032 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
| 2033 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
| 2034 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
| 2035 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
| 2036 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
| 2037 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
| 2038 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
| 2039 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
| 2040 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
| 2041 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
| 2042 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
| 2043 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
| 2044 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
| 2045 | // for the common case. |
| 2046 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
| 2047 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
| 2048 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
| 2049 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
| 2050 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
| 2051 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
| 2052 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
| 2053 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
| 2054 | /// qualifier? |
| 2055 | /// |
| 2056 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
| 2057 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
| 2058 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
| 2059 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
| 2060 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
| 2064 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
| 2065 | /// <NSCopying>. |
| 2066 | /// |
| 2067 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
| 2068 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
| 2069 | /// null for 'id. |
| 2070 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
| 2071 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
| 2076 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
| 2077 | /// |
| 2078 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
| 2079 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
| 2080 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
| 2081 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
| 2082 | |
| 2083 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 2084 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
| 2085 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
| 2086 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
| 2087 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
| 2088 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
| 2089 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
| 2090 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
| 2091 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
| 2092 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
| 2093 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
| 2094 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
| 2095 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
| 2096 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
| 2099 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
| 2100 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
| 2105 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
| 2106 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
| 2107 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
| 2108 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
| 2111 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
| 2112 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 2113 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
| 2114 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
| 2115 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
| 2118 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type |
| 2119 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
| 2122 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
| 2123 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
| 2124 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
| 2127 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
| 2128 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
| 2129 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
| 2132 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
| 2135 | STK_CPointer, |
| 2136 | STK_BlockPointer, |
| 2137 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
| 2138 | STK_MemberPointer, |
| 2139 | STK_Bool, |
| 2140 | STK_Integral, |
| 2141 | STK_Floating, |
| 2142 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
| 2143 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
| 2144 | STK_FixedPoint |
| 2145 | }; |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
| 2148 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
| 2151 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
| 2152 | } |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
| 2155 | bool containsErrors() const { |
| 2156 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
| 2157 | } |
| 2158 | |
| 2159 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
| 2160 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
| 2161 | bool isDependentType() const { |
| 2162 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
| 2163 | } |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
| 2166 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
| 2167 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
| 2168 | /// template parameter). |
| 2169 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
| 2170 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
| 2171 | } |
| 2172 | |
| 2173 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
| 2174 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
| 2175 | /// deduced. |
| 2176 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
| 2179 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
| 2180 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
| 2184 | /// with a definite size. |
| 2185 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
| 2188 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 2193 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
| 2198 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
| 2199 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
| 2200 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
| 2203 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
| 2204 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
| 2207 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
| 2208 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
| 2211 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
| 2212 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
| 2215 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
| 2216 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
| 2219 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
| 2220 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
| 2223 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
| 2224 | // the best type we can. |
| 2225 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
| 2226 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
| 2227 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
| 2228 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
| 2229 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
| 2232 | // for object declared using an interface. |
| 2233 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
| 2234 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
| 2235 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
| 2236 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
| 2239 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
| 2240 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
| 2241 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
| 2244 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
| 2247 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
| 2248 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
| 2249 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
| 2252 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
| 2253 | /// |
| 2254 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
| 2255 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
| 2256 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
| 2259 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
| 2260 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
| 2261 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
| 2264 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
| 2265 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
| 2266 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
| 2267 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
| 2271 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
| 2272 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
| 2273 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
| 2276 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
| 2277 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
| 2278 | /// |
| 2279 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
| 2280 | /// immediately following this class. |
| 2281 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
| 2284 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
| 2285 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
| 2286 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
| 2287 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
| 2288 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
| 2291 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
| 2292 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
| 2293 | |
| 2294 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
| 2295 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
| 2296 | /// |
| 2297 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
| 2298 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
| 2299 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
| 2300 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
| 2303 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
| 2304 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
| 2307 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
| 2308 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
| 2311 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
| 2312 | /// are meaningful. |
| 2313 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
| 2316 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
| 2317 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
| 2318 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
| 2321 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
| 2322 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
| 2323 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
| 2326 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
| 2327 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
| 2330 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
| 2331 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
| 2334 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
| 2337 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
| 2338 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
| 2339 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
| 2342 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
| 2343 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
| 2344 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
| 2347 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
| 2348 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
| 2351 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
| 2352 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
| 2355 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
| 2356 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
| 2359 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
| 2362 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
| 2363 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
| 2366 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
| 2367 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
| 2370 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
| 2371 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
| 2374 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
| 2375 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
| 2378 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
| 2379 | /// incomplete types. |
| 2380 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
| 2383 | /// set of type specifiers. |
| 2384 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
| 2385 | |
| 2386 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
| 2387 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
| 2390 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
| 2391 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
| 2392 | } |
| 2393 | |
| 2394 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
| 2395 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
| 2396 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
| 2397 | } |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
| 2400 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
| 2403 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
| 2404 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
| 2407 | /// |
| 2408 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
| 2409 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
| 2410 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
| 2411 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
| 2414 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
| 2415 | /// |
| 2416 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
| 2417 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
| 2418 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
| 2421 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
| 2422 | /// |
| 2423 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
| 2424 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
| 2425 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
| 2426 | /// |
| 2427 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
| 2428 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
| 2429 | /// category, or method within. |
| 2430 | /// |
| 2431 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
| 2432 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
| 2433 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
| 2434 | /// substitution is required. |
| 2435 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
| 2436 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
| 2439 | /// parameters. |
| 2440 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
| 2445 | return CanonicalType; |
| 2446 | } |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
| 2449 | void dump() const; |
| 2450 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 2451 | }; |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
| 2454 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
| 2455 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
| 2458 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
| 2459 | /// non-sugared type. |
| 2460 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
| 2463 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
| 2464 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
| 2467 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
| 2468 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
| 2469 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
| 2470 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
| 2471 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
| 2472 | } \ |
| 2473 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
| 2474 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
| 2479 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
| 2480 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
| 2481 | public: |
| 2482 | enum Kind { |
| 2483 | // OpenCL image types |
| 2484 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
| 2485 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 2486 | // OpenCL extension types |
| 2487 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
| 2488 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 2489 | // SVE Types |
| 2490 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
| 2491 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
| 2492 | // PPC MMA Types |
| 2493 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
| 2494 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
| 2495 | // RVV Types |
| 2496 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
| 2497 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
| 2498 | // All other builtin types |
| 2499 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
| 2500 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
| 2501 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
| 2502 | }; |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | private: |
| 2505 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
| 2508 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
| 2509 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
| 2510 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
| 2511 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
| 2512 | } |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | public: |
| 2515 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
| 2516 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
| 2519 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
| 2520 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
| 2521 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0') ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\\0'" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2521, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2522 | return str.data(); |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2526 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | bool isInteger() const { |
| 2529 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
| 2530 | } |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
| 2533 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
| 2534 | } |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
| 2537 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
| 2538 | } |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
| 2541 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
| 2542 | } |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
| 2545 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
| 2546 | return K >= Overload; |
| 2547 | } |
| 2548 | |
| 2549 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
| 2550 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
| 2551 | /// expression. |
| 2552 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
| 2553 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
| 2554 | } |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
| 2557 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
| 2558 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
| 2559 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
| 2560 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
| 2561 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
| 2562 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
| 2563 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
| 2564 | /// special treatment. |
| 2565 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
| 2566 | return getKind() > Overload; |
| 2567 | } |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
| 2570 | }; |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
| 2573 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
| 2574 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2575 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | QualType ElementType; |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2580 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
| 2581 | ElementType(Element) {} |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | public: |
| 2584 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2587 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2590 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
| 2594 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2595 | } |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
| 2598 | }; |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
| 2601 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2602 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | QualType Inner; |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
| 2607 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | public: |
| 2610 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 2613 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2616 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
| 2617 | } |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
| 2620 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
| 2621 | } |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
| 2624 | }; |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
| 2627 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2628 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2633 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 2634 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
| 2635 | |
| 2636 | public: |
| 2637 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2640 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2643 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
| 2644 | } |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
| 2647 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2648 | } |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
| 2651 | }; |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
| 2654 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
| 2655 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
| 2656 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2657 | QualType OriginalTy; |
| 2658 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | protected: |
| 2661 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
| 2664 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2665 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
| 2666 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 | public: |
| 2669 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
| 2670 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
| 2671 | |
| 2672 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 2673 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2676 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
| 2677 | } |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
| 2680 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2681 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2682 | } |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2685 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
| 2686 | } |
| 2687 | }; |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
| 2690 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
| 2691 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | inline |
| 2694 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | public: |
| 2697 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
| 2702 | }; |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
| 2705 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
| 2706 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
| 2707 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2708 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
| 2711 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
| 2714 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 2715 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | public: |
| 2718 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
| 2719 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2722 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2725 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
| 2726 | } |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
| 2729 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2730 | } |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2733 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | }; |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
| 2738 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2739 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | protected: |
| 2742 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
| 2743 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
| 2744 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
| 2745 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
| 2746 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
| 2747 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
| 2748 | } |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | public: |
| 2751 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
| 2752 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
| 2757 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
| 2758 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
| 2759 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
| 2760 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
| 2761 | return T->PointeeType; |
| 2762 | } |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2765 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
| 2766 | } |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 2769 | QualType Referencee, |
| 2770 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
| 2771 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2772 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2776 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
| 2777 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | }; |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
| 2782 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
| 2783 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
| 2786 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
| 2787 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
| 2788 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | public: |
| 2791 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2792 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2795 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | }; |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
| 2800 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
| 2801 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
| 2804 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | public: |
| 2807 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2808 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2811 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
| 2812 | } |
| 2813 | }; |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
| 2816 | /// |
| 2817 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
| 2818 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2819 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
| 2824 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
| 2825 | const Type *Class; |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2828 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
| 2829 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
| 2830 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 2831 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | public: |
| 2834 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
| 2837 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
| 2838 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
| 2839 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 2840 | } |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
| 2843 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
| 2844 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
| 2845 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 2846 | } |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
| 2849 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2852 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2855 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
| 2856 | } |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
| 2859 | const Type *Class) { |
| 2860 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2861 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
| 2862 | } |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2865 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | }; |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
| 2870 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2871 | public: |
| 2872 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
| 2873 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
| 2874 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
| 2875 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
| 2876 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
| 2877 | Normal, Static, Star |
| 2878 | }; |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | private: |
| 2881 | /// The element type of the array. |
| 2882 | QualType ElementType; |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | protected: |
| 2885 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
| 2888 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 | public: |
| 2891 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
| 2894 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
| 2895 | } |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
| 2898 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
| 2899 | } |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
| 2902 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
| 2903 | } |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2906 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
| 2907 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
| 2908 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
| 2909 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
| 2910 | } |
| 2911 | }; |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
| 2914 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
| 2915 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
| 2916 | class ConstantArrayType final |
| 2917 | : public ArrayType, |
| 2918 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
| 2919 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2920 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 2921 | |
| 2922 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
| 2923 | |
| 2924 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
| 2925 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
| 2926 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
| 2927 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
| 2928 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
| 2929 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!can.isNull() && \"canonical constant array should not have size\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 2929, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 2930 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
| 2931 | } |
| 2932 | } |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
| 2935 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | public: |
| 2939 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
| 2940 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
| 2941 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
| 2942 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
| 2943 | : nullptr; |
| 2944 | } |
| 2945 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2946 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
| 2949 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
| 2950 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
| 2951 | QualType ElementType, |
| 2952 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
| 2955 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
| 2956 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
| 2959 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
| 2960 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
| 2961 | } |
| 2962 | |
| 2963 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 2964 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
| 2965 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
| 2966 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
| 2967 | |
| 2968 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2969 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
| 2970 | } |
| 2971 | }; |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
| 2974 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
| 2975 | /// unspecified. |
| 2976 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
| 2977 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
| 2980 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
| 2981 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | public: |
| 2984 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2987 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2990 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
| 2991 | } |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2994 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
| 2995 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
| 2996 | } |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
| 2999 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
| 3000 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3001 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
| 3002 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | }; |
| 3005 | |
| 3006 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
| 3007 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
| 3008 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
| 3009 | /// |
| 3010 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
| 3011 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
| 3012 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
| 3013 | /// dynamically: |
| 3014 | /// |
| 3015 | /// void foo(int x) { |
| 3016 | /// int Y[x]; |
| 3017 | /// ++x; |
| 3018 | /// int Z[x]; |
| 3019 | /// } |
| 3020 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
| 3021 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
| 3024 | /// a function block. |
| 3025 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
| 3028 | SourceRange Brackets; |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
| 3031 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
| 3032 | SourceRange brackets) |
| 3033 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
| 3034 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | public: |
| 3037 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
| 3040 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
| 3041 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
| 3042 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
| 3043 | } |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
| 3046 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
| 3047 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3050 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3053 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
| 3054 | } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3057 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3057); |
| 3058 | } |
| 3059 | }; |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
| 3062 | /// |
| 3063 | /// For example: |
| 3064 | /// \code |
| 3065 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
| 3066 | /// class array { |
| 3067 | /// T data[Size]; |
| 3068 | /// }; |
| 3069 | /// \endcode |
| 3070 | /// |
| 3071 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
| 3072 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
| 3073 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
| 3074 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
| 3075 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3078 | |
| 3079 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
| 3080 | /// size of the array. |
| 3081 | /// |
| 3082 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
| 3083 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
| 3084 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
| 3087 | SourceRange Brackets; |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
| 3090 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
| 3091 | SourceRange brackets); |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | public: |
| 3094 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
| 3097 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
| 3098 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
| 3099 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
| 3100 | } |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
| 3103 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
| 3104 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
| 3105 | |
| 3106 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3107 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3110 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
| 3111 | } |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3114 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
| 3115 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
| 3116 | } |
| 3117 | |
| 3118 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3119 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
| 3120 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
| 3121 | }; |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
| 3124 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
| 3125 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
| 3126 | /// |
| 3127 | /// For example: |
| 3128 | /// \code |
| 3129 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
| 3130 | /// class AddressSpace { |
| 3131 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
| 3132 | /// } |
| 3133 | /// \endcode |
| 3134 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3135 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3138 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
| 3139 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 3140 | SourceLocation loc; |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
| 3143 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
| 3144 | SourceLocation loc); |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | public: |
| 3147 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
| 3148 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 3149 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
| 3150 | |
| 3151 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3152 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3153 | |
| 3154 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3155 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
| 3156 | } |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3159 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
| 3162 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3163 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
| 3164 | }; |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
| 3167 | /// dependent. |
| 3168 | /// |
| 3169 | /// For example: |
| 3170 | /// \code |
| 3171 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
| 3172 | /// class vector { |
| 3173 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
| 3174 | /// } |
| 3175 | /// \endcode |
| 3176 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3177 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3178 | |
| 3179 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3180 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | /// The element type of the array. |
| 3183 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | SourceLocation loc; |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
| 3188 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 | public: |
| 3191 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
| 3192 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3193 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3196 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3199 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
| 3200 | } |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3203 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
| 3204 | } |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3207 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
| 3208 | }; |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
| 3212 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
| 3213 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
| 3214 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
| 3215 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
| 3216 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3217 | public: |
| 3218 | enum VectorKind { |
| 3219 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
| 3220 | GenericVector, |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | /// is AltiVec vector |
| 3223 | AltiVecVector, |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
| 3226 | AltiVecPixel, |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
| 3229 | AltiVecBool, |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
| 3232 | NeonVector, |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
| 3235 | NeonPolyVector, |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
| 3238 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
| 3239 | |
| 3240 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
| 3241 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
| 3242 | }; |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | protected: |
| 3245 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | /// The element type of the vector. |
| 3248 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
| 3251 | VectorKind vecKind); |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
| 3254 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | public: |
| 3257 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3258 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3261 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
| 3264 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
| 3265 | } |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3268 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
| 3269 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
| 3273 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
| 3274 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
| 3275 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3276 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
| 3277 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
| 3278 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
| 3279 | } |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3282 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
| 3283 | } |
| 3284 | }; |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
| 3287 | //// |
| 3288 | /// For example: |
| 3289 | /// \code |
| 3290 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
| 3291 | /// class vector { |
| 3292 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
| 3293 | /// } |
| 3294 | /// \endcode |
| 3295 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3296 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3299 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3300 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
| 3301 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
| 3304 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
| 3305 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | public: |
| 3308 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
| 3309 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3310 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
| 3311 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
| 3312 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
| 3313 | } |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3316 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3319 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
| 3320 | } |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3323 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
| 3324 | } |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3327 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
| 3328 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
| 3329 | }; |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
| 3332 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
| 3333 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
| 3334 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
| 3335 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
| 3336 | /// Shading Language). |
| 3337 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
| 3338 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
| 3341 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | public: |
| 3344 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
| 3345 | switch (c) { |
| 3346 | default: return -1; |
| 3347 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
| 3348 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
| 3349 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
| 3350 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
| 3351 | } |
| 3352 | } |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
| 3355 | switch (c) { |
| 3356 | default: return -1; |
| 3357 | case '0': return 0; |
| 3358 | case '1': return 1; |
| 3359 | case '2': return 2; |
| 3360 | case '3': return 3; |
| 3361 | case '4': return 4; |
| 3362 | case '5': return 5; |
| 3363 | case '6': return 6; |
| 3364 | case '7': return 7; |
| 3365 | case '8': return 8; |
| 3366 | case '9': return 9; |
| 3367 | case 'A': |
| 3368 | case 'a': return 10; |
| 3369 | case 'B': |
| 3370 | case 'b': return 11; |
| 3371 | case 'C': |
| 3372 | case 'c': return 12; |
| 3373 | case 'D': |
| 3374 | case 'd': return 13; |
| 3375 | case 'E': |
| 3376 | case 'e': return 14; |
| 3377 | case 'F': |
| 3378 | case 'f': return 15; |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | } |
| 3381 | |
| 3382 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
| 3383 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
| 3384 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
| 3385 | else |
| 3386 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
| 3390 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
| 3391 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
| 3392 | return false; |
| 3393 | } |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3396 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3399 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
| 3400 | } |
| 3401 | }; |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
| 3404 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
| 3405 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
| 3406 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3407 | protected: |
| 3408 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
| 3411 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
| 3416 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | public: |
| 3419 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
| 3420 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
| 3423 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
| 3424 | /// and _Bool |
| 3425 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
| 3426 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
| 3427 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
| 3428 | return T->isDependentType() || |
| 3429 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
| 3430 | } |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3433 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3436 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
| 3437 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
| 3438 | } |
| 3439 | }; |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
| 3442 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
| 3443 | protected: |
| 3444 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
| 3447 | // FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType... |
| 3448 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
| 3451 | unsigned NumRows; |
| 3452 | unsigned NumColumns; |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
| 3457 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
| 3460 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | public: |
| 3463 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
| 3464 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
| 3467 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
| 3470 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
| 3471 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
| 3472 | } |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
| 3475 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
| 3476 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
| 3477 | } |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
| 3480 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
| 3481 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
| 3482 | } |
| 3483 | |
| 3484 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3485 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
| 3486 | getTypeClass()); |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | |
| 3489 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
| 3490 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
| 3491 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
| 3492 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3493 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
| 3494 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
| 3495 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
| 3496 | } |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3499 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
| 3500 | } |
| 3501 | }; |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
| 3504 | /// is dependent on a template. |
| 3505 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
| 3506 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3509 | Expr *RowExpr; |
| 3510 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | SourceLocation loc; |
| 3513 | |
| 3514 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
| 3515 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
| 3516 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | public: |
| 3519 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3520 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
| 3521 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
| 3522 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3525 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3526 | |
| 3527 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3528 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
| 3529 | } |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3532 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
| 3533 | } |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3536 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
| 3537 | }; |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
| 3540 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
| 3541 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
| 3542 | // The type returned by the function. |
| 3543 | QualType ResultType; |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | public: |
| 3546 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
| 3547 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
| 3548 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
| 3549 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
| 3550 | /// |
| 3551 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
| 3552 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
| 3553 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
| 3554 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
| 3555 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
| 3556 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
| 3557 | /// |
| 3558 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
| 3559 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
| 3560 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
| 3561 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
| 3562 | /// T (*)(U) |
| 3563 | /// against an argument of type |
| 3564 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
| 3565 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
| 3566 | /// not produce the latter. |
| 3567 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
| 3568 | enum { |
| 3569 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
| 3570 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
| 3571 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
| 3572 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
| 3573 | }; |
| 3574 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 | public: |
| 3577 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
| 3580 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
| 3581 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
| 3582 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
| 3583 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
| 3584 | return copy; |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
| 3588 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
| 3589 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
| 3590 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
| 3591 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
| 3592 | if (consumed) |
| 3593 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
| 3594 | else |
| 3595 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
| 3596 | return copy; |
| 3597 | } |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
| 3600 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
| 3601 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
| 3602 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
| 3603 | return Copy; |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
| 3607 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
| 3608 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
| 3609 | if (NoEscape) |
| 3610 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
| 3611 | else |
| 3612 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
| 3613 | return Copy; |
| 3614 | } |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
| 3617 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
| 3618 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
| 3619 | result.Data = data; |
| 3620 | return result; |
| 3621 | } |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
| 3624 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
| 3625 | } |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
| 3628 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
| 3629 | } |
| 3630 | }; |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
| 3633 | /// making a call. |
| 3634 | /// |
| 3635 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
| 3636 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
| 3637 | /// same bit-pattern. |
| 3638 | /// |
| 3639 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
| 3640 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
| 3641 | // * Operator== |
| 3642 | // * getFoo |
| 3643 | // * withFoo |
| 3644 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
| 3645 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
| 3646 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
| 3647 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
| 3648 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
| 3649 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
| 3650 | // * AST read and write |
| 3651 | // * Codegen |
| 3652 | class ExtInfo { |
| 3653 | friend class FunctionType; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
| 3656 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
| 3657 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
| 3660 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
| 3661 | // |
| 3662 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
| 3663 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
| 3664 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
| 3665 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
| 3666 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
| 3667 | enum { |
| 3668 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
| 3669 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
| 3670 | }; |
| 3671 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
| 3672 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
| 3673 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | public: |
| 3678 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
| 3679 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
| 3680 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
| 3681 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
| 3682 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
| 3683 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")(((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("(!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3683, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 3684 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
| 3685 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
| 3686 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
| 3687 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
| 3688 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
| 3689 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
| 3690 | } |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
| 3693 | // function known to use defaults. |
| 3694 | ExtInfo() = default; |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
| 3697 | // of the canonical type. |
| 3698 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
| 3699 | |
| 3700 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
| 3701 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
| 3702 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
| 3703 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
| 3704 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
| 3705 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
| 3708 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
| 3709 | if (RegParm > 0) |
| 3710 | --RegParm; |
| 3711 | return RegParm; |
| 3712 | } |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
| 3715 | |
| 3716 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
| 3717 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
| 3718 | } |
| 3719 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
| 3720 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
| 3721 | } |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
| 3724 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
| 3727 | if (noReturn) |
| 3728 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
| 3729 | else |
| 3730 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
| 3731 | } |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
| 3734 | if (producesResult) |
| 3735 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
| 3736 | else |
| 3737 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
| 3738 | } |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
| 3741 | if (cmseNSCall) |
| 3742 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
| 3743 | else |
| 3744 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
| 3745 | } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
| 3748 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
| 3749 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
| 3750 | else |
| 3751 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
| 3752 | } |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
| 3755 | if (noCfCheck) |
| 3756 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
| 3757 | else |
| 3758 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
| 3762 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value") ? static_cast <void> (0) : __assert_fail ("RegParm < 7 && \"Invalid regparm value\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 3762, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 3763 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
| 3764 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
| 3765 | } |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
| 3768 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
| 3769 | } |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 3772 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
| 3773 | } |
| 3774 | }; |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
| 3777 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
| 3778 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
| 3779 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
| 3782 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
| 3783 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
| 3784 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
| 3785 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
| 3786 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
| 3787 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
| 3788 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
| 3789 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
| 3790 | }; |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | protected: |
| 3793 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
| 3794 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
| 3795 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
| 3796 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
| 3797 | } |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
| 3800 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
| 3801 | } |
| 3802 | |
| 3803 | public: |
| 3804 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
| 3807 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
| 3810 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
| 3811 | /// type. |
| 3812 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
| 3815 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
| 3816 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
| 3819 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
| 3820 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
| 3823 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
| 3824 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
| 3825 | |
| 3826 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
| 3827 | /// this type. |
| 3828 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
| 3829 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3835 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
| 3836 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
| 3837 | } |
| 3838 | }; |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
| 3841 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
| 3842 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3843 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
| 3846 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
| 3847 | Result->getDependence() & |
| 3848 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 3849 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
| 3850 | Info) {} |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | public: |
| 3853 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3856 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3859 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
| 3860 | } |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
| 3863 | ExtInfo Info) { |
| 3864 | Info.Profile(ID); |
| 3865 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3866 | } |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3869 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
| 3870 | } |
| 3871 | }; |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
| 3874 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
| 3875 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
| 3876 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
| 3877 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
| 3878 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
| 3879 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
| 3880 | class FunctionProtoType final |
| 3881 | : public FunctionType, |
| 3882 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
| 3883 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
| 3884 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
| 3885 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
| 3886 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
| 3887 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3888 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
| 3891 | // which optional. They are in order: |
| 3892 | // |
| 3893 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
| 3894 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
| 3895 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
| 3896 | // |
| 3897 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
| 3898 | // ellipsis. |
| 3899 | // |
| 3900 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
| 3901 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
| 3902 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
| 3903 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
| 3904 | // |
| 3905 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
| 3906 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
| 3907 | // * a single Expr *, |
| 3908 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
| 3909 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
| 3910 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
| 3911 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
| 3912 | // |
| 3913 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
| 3914 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
| 3915 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
| 3916 | // |
| 3917 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
| 3918 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
| 3919 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
| 3920 | // |
| 3921 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
| 3922 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
| 3923 | // of exception types. |
| 3924 | // |
| 3925 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
| 3926 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
| 3927 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
| 3928 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
| 3929 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
| 3930 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | public: |
| 3933 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
| 3934 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
| 3935 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
| 3936 | /// exception specification. |
| 3937 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
| 3938 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
| 3939 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
| 3942 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
| 3945 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
| 3948 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
| 3949 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
| 3952 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
| 3953 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
| 3958 | }; |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
| 3961 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
| 3962 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
| 3963 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
| 3964 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
| 3965 | bool Variadic : 1; |
| 3966 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
| 3967 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
| 3968 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
| 3969 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
| 3970 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
| 3971 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
| 3974 | |
| 3975 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
| 3976 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
| 3979 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
| 3980 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
| 3981 | return Result; |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | }; |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | private: |
| 3986 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
| 3987 | return getNumParams(); |
| 3988 | } |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
| 3991 | return isVariadic(); |
| 3992 | } |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
| 3995 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
| 3996 | } |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
| 3999 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
| 4000 | } |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
| 4003 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
| 4007 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
| 4008 | } |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
| 4011 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
| 4015 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
| 4016 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
| 4017 | unsigned numArgs) { |
| 4018 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
| 4019 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
| 4020 | return true; |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | return false; |
| 4023 | } |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
| 4026 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
| 4027 | |
| 4028 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
| 4029 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
| 4030 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
| 4031 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
| 4032 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
| 4033 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
| 4034 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
| 4035 | }; |
| 4036 | |
| 4037 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
| 4038 | /// related to the exception specification. |
| 4039 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
| 4040 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
| 4041 | switch (EST) { |
| 4042 | case EST_None: |
| 4043 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
| 4044 | case EST_MSAny: |
| 4045 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
| 4046 | case EST_Unparsed: |
| 4047 | case EST_NoThrow: |
| 4048 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | case EST_Dynamic: |
| 4051 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
| 4054 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
| 4055 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
| 4056 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
| 4059 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
| 4060 | |
| 4061 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
| 4062 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
| 4063 | } |
| 4064 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("bad exception specification kind" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4064); |
| 4065 | } |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
| 4068 | /// related to the exception specification. |
| 4069 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
| 4070 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | |
| 4073 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
| 4074 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
| 4075 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
| 4076 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
| 4077 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
| 4078 | } |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
| 4081 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
| 4082 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
| 4083 | } |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
| 4086 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
| 4087 | } |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | public: |
| 4090 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
| 4093 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index") ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"invalid parameter index\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4093, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4094 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
| 4095 | } |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
| 4098 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
| 4099 | } |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
| 4102 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
| 4103 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
| 4104 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
| 4105 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
| 4106 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
| 4107 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
| 4108 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
| 4109 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
| 4110 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
| 4111 | return EPI; |
| 4112 | } |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
| 4115 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 4116 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
| 4117 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
| 4118 | } |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
| 4121 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
| 4124 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
| 4125 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
| 4126 | } |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
| 4129 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
| 4130 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
| 4131 | } |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
| 4134 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
| 4137 | /// spec. |
| 4138 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
| 4141 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
| 4142 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
| 4143 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
| 4144 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
| 4145 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
| 4146 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
| 4147 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
| 4148 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
| 4149 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
| 4150 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
| 4151 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
| 4152 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
| 4153 | } |
| 4154 | return Result; |
| 4155 | } |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
| 4158 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
| 4159 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
| 4160 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
| 4161 | ->NumExceptionType |
| 4162 | : 0; |
| 4163 | } |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
| 4166 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
| 4167 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumExceptions() && \"Invalid exception number!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4167, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4168 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
| 4169 | } |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
| 4172 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
| 4173 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
| 4174 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
| 4175 | return nullptr; |
| 4176 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
| 4177 | } |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
| 4180 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
| 4181 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
| 4182 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
| 4183 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
| 4184 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
| 4185 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
| 4186 | return nullptr; |
| 4187 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
| 4188 | } |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
| 4191 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
| 4192 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
| 4193 | /// this type. |
| 4194 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
| 4195 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
| 4196 | return nullptr; |
| 4197 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
| 4198 | } |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
| 4201 | /// specification. |
| 4202 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
| 4205 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
| 4206 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
| 4207 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
| 4208 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
| 4209 | } |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
| 4212 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
| 4215 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
| 4216 | : SourceLocation(); |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
| 4220 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
| 4221 | /// |
| 4222 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
| 4223 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
| 4224 | /// function. |
| 4225 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
| 4228 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
| 4231 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
| 4232 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
| 4233 | else |
| 4234 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
| 4235 | } |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
| 4238 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
| 4239 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
| 4240 | } |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
| 4243 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
| 4244 | |
| 4245 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
| 4246 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
| 4250 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
| 4251 | } |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
| 4254 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
| 4255 | } |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
| 4260 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
| 4261 | } |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
| 4264 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
| 4265 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
| 4266 | } |
| 4267 | |
| 4268 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
| 4269 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
| 4270 | } |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
| 4273 | /// of this function type? |
| 4274 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
| 4275 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
| 4276 | } |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
| 4279 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((hasExtParameterInfos()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("hasExtParameterInfos()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4279, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4280 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
| 4281 | getNumParams()); |
| 4282 | } |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
| 4285 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
| 4286 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
| 4287 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
| 4288 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4289 | return nullptr; |
| 4290 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
| 4291 | } |
| 4292 | |
| 4293 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
| 4294 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4294, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4295 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4296 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
| 4297 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
| 4298 | } |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
| 4301 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4301, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4302 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4303 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
| 4304 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
| 4308 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumParams() && \"parameter index out of range\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4308, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4309 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4310 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
| 4311 | return false; |
| 4312 | } |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4315 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4316 | |
| 4317 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 4318 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4321 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 4325 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
| 4326 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
| 4327 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 4328 | bool Canonical); |
| 4329 | }; |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
| 4332 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
| 4333 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
| 4334 | /// |
| 4335 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
| 4336 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
| 4337 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
| 4342 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
| 4343 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
| 4344 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | public: |
| 4347 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
| 4348 | |
| 4349 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4350 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4353 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
| 4354 | } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4357 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
| 4358 | } |
| 4359 | |
| 4360 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 4361 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
| 4362 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
| 4363 | } |
| 4364 | }; |
| 4365 | |
| 4366 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
| 4367 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | private: |
| 4370 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, |
| 4373 | QualType can); |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | public: |
| 4376 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4379 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4380 | |
| 4381 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
| 4382 | }; |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
| 4385 | /// as a macro invocation. |
| 4386 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
| 4387 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4388 | |
| 4389 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
| 4390 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
| 4393 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
| 4394 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
| 4395 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
| 4396 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 4397 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) && \"Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4397, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4398 | } |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | public: |
| 4401 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
| 4402 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
| 4405 | /// it. |
| 4406 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4409 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4412 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
| 4413 | } |
| 4414 | }; |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
| 4417 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
| 4418 | Expr *TOExpr; |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | protected: |
| 4421 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | public: |
| 4426 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 4429 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 4432 | bool isSugared() const; |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
| 4435 | }; |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
| 4438 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
| 4439 | /// |
| 4440 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
| 4441 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
| 4442 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
| 4443 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
| 4444 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4445 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | public: |
| 4448 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
| 4449 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4452 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
| 4453 | } |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 4456 | Expr *E); |
| 4457 | }; |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
| 4460 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
| 4461 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | QualType TOType; |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
| 4466 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
| 4467 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<TypedefType>(can) && \"Invalid canonical type\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4467, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 4468 | } |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | public: |
| 4471 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 4474 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 4477 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
| 4480 | }; |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
| 4483 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
| 4484 | Expr *E; |
| 4485 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | protected: |
| 4488 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 | public: |
| 4493 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
| 4494 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
| 4495 | |
| 4496 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 4497 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 4500 | bool isSugared() const; |
| 4501 | |
| 4502 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
| 4503 | }; |
| 4504 | |
| 4505 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
| 4506 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
| 4507 | /// |
| 4508 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
| 4509 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
| 4510 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
| 4511 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4512 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 4513 | |
| 4514 | public: |
| 4515 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4518 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
| 4519 | } |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 4522 | Expr *E); |
| 4523 | }; |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
| 4526 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
| 4527 | public: |
| 4528 | enum UTTKind { |
| 4529 | EnumUnderlyingType |
| 4530 | }; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | private: |
| 4533 | /// The untransformed type. |
| 4534 | QualType BaseType; |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
| 4537 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | UTTKind UKind; |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | protected: |
| 4542 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
| 4545 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | public: |
| 4548 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
| 4549 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
| 4552 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4557 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
| 4558 | } |
| 4559 | }; |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
| 4562 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
| 4563 | /// |
| 4564 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
| 4565 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
| 4566 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
| 4567 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
| 4568 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4569 | public: |
| 4570 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
| 4571 | UTTKind UKind); |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4574 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
| 4575 | } |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
| 4578 | UTTKind UKind) { |
| 4579 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4580 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
| 4581 | } |
| 4582 | }; |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | class TagType : public Type { |
| 4585 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 4586 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 4587 | |
| 4588 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
| 4589 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
| 4590 | TagDecl *decl; |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | protected: |
| 4593 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | public: |
| 4596 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
| 4599 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4602 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
| 4603 | } |
| 4604 | }; |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
| 4607 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
| 4608 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
| 4609 | protected: |
| 4610 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
| 4613 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
| 4614 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
| 4615 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | public: |
| 4618 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
| 4619 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
| 4620 | } |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
| 4623 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
| 4624 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4627 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
| 4630 | }; |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
| 4633 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
| 4634 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
| 4635 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4636 | |
| 4637 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
| 4638 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | public: |
| 4641 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
| 4642 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
| 4643 | } |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4646 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
| 4649 | }; |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
| 4652 | /// |
| 4653 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
| 4654 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
| 4655 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
| 4656 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
| 4657 | /// |
| 4658 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
| 4659 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
| 4660 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
| 4661 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
| 4662 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
| 4663 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4664 | public: |
| 4665 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
| 4666 | |
| 4667 | private: |
| 4668 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | QualType ModifiedType; |
| 4671 | QualType EquivalentType; |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
| 4674 | QualType equivalent) |
| 4675 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
| 4676 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
| 4677 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
| 4678 | } |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | public: |
| 4681 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
| 4682 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
| 4683 | } |
| 4684 | |
| 4685 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
| 4686 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4689 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
| 4690 | |
| 4691 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
| 4692 | /// |
| 4693 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
| 4694 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
| 4695 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
| 4696 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
| 4697 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
| 4698 | /// |
| 4699 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
| 4700 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
| 4701 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
| 4702 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
| 4703 | /// |
| 4704 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
| 4705 | /// type. |
| 4706 | bool isQualifier() const; |
| 4707 | |
| 4708 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
| 4711 | |
| 4712 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
| 4715 | /// nullability kind. |
| 4716 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
| 4717 | switch (kind) { |
| 4718 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
| 4719 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
| 4722 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
| 4725 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
| 4728 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
| 4729 | } |
| 4730 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("Unknown nullability kind." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 4730); |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
| 4734 | /// type, if it's there. |
| 4735 | /// |
| 4736 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
| 4737 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
| 4738 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
| 4739 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
| 4740 | /// |
| 4741 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
| 4742 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4745 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
| 4746 | } |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
| 4749 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
| 4750 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
| 4751 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4752 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4753 | } |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4756 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
| 4757 | } |
| 4758 | }; |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4761 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
| 4764 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
| 4765 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
| 4766 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
| 4767 | unsigned Index : 16; |
| 4768 | }; |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | union { |
| 4771 | // Info for the canonical type. |
| 4772 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
| 4773 | |
| 4774 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
| 4775 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
| 4776 | }; |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
| 4779 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
| 4780 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
| 4781 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 4782 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
| 4783 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | /// Build the canonical type. |
| 4786 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
| 4787 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
| 4788 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 4789 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
| 4790 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
| 4791 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
| 4792 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
| 4793 | } |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
| 4796 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
| 4797 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
| 4798 | } |
| 4799 | |
| 4800 | public: |
| 4801 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
| 4802 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
| 4803 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
| 4806 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
| 4807 | } |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4812 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4815 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
| 4816 | } |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
| 4819 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
| 4820 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
| 4821 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
| 4822 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
| 4823 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
| 4824 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
| 4825 | } |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4828 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
| 4829 | } |
| 4830 | }; |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
| 4833 | /// type parameter. |
| 4834 | /// |
| 4835 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
| 4836 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
| 4837 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
| 4838 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
| 4839 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4840 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | // The original type parameter. |
| 4843 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
| 4846 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
| 4847 | Replaced(Param) {} |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | public: |
| 4850 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
| 4851 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
| 4852 | return Replaced; |
| 4853 | } |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
| 4856 | /// parameter. |
| 4857 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
| 4858 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
| 4859 | } |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4862 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
| 4863 | |
| 4864 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4865 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
| 4866 | } |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 4869 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
| 4870 | QualType Replacement) { |
| 4871 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
| 4872 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4873 | } |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4876 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | }; |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
| 4881 | /// type parameter pack. |
| 4882 | /// |
| 4883 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
| 4884 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
| 4885 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
| 4886 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
| 4887 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
| 4888 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
| 4889 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
| 4890 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
| 4891 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
| 4892 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4893 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | /// The original type parameter. |
| 4896 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
| 4899 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
| 4900 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
| 4903 | QualType Canon, |
| 4904 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | public: |
| 4907 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
| 4910 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
| 4911 | return Replaced; |
| 4912 | } |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 4915 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 4916 | } |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4919 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
| 4924 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 4925 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
| 4926 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4929 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
| 4930 | } |
| 4931 | }; |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
| 4934 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
| 4935 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
| 4936 | /// |
| 4937 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
| 4938 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
| 4939 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
| 4940 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
| 4941 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
| 4942 | protected: |
| 4943 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
| 4944 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) |
| 4945 | : Type(TC, |
| 4946 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
| 4947 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
| 4948 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
| 4949 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
| 4950 | ? TypeDependence::None |
| 4951 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
| 4952 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | public: |
| 4955 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
| 4956 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
| 4959 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
| 4960 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
| 4961 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
| 4962 | } |
| 4963 | bool isDeduced() const { |
| 4964 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
| 4965 | } |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4968 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
| 4969 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
| 4970 | } |
| 4971 | }; |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
| 4974 | /// by a type-constraint. |
| 4975 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4976 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 4981 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, |
| 4982 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
| 4985 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 4986 | } |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
| 4989 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 4990 | } |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 | public: |
| 4993 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
| 4994 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
| 4995 | return getArgBuffer(); |
| 4996 | } |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
| 4999 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 5000 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 5001 | } |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
| 5006 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
| 5007 | } |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
| 5010 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
| 5011 | } |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | bool isConstrained() const { |
| 5014 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
| 5015 | } |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
| 5018 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
| 5019 | } |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
| 5022 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
| 5023 | } |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
| 5026 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
| 5027 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 5031 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5032 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
| 5033 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5036 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
| 5037 | } |
| 5038 | }; |
| 5039 | |
| 5040 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
| 5041 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
| 5042 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5043 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
| 5046 | TemplateName Template; |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
| 5049 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
| 5050 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
| 5051 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
| 5052 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
| 5053 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
| 5054 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
| 5055 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
| 5056 | Template(Template) {} |
| 5057 | |
| 5058 | public: |
| 5059 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
| 5060 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
| 5061 | |
| 5062 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5063 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
| 5064 | } |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
| 5067 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
| 5068 | Template.Profile(ID); |
| 5069 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 5070 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
| 5071 | } |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5074 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
| 5075 | } |
| 5076 | }; |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
| 5079 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
| 5080 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
| 5081 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
| 5082 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
| 5083 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
| 5084 | /// |
| 5085 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
| 5086 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
| 5087 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
| 5088 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
| 5089 | /// |
| 5090 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
| 5091 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
| 5092 | /// type may also be canonical. |
| 5093 | /// |
| 5094 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
| 5095 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
| 5096 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
| 5097 | /// template. |
| 5098 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
| 5099 | : public Type, |
| 5100 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5101 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
| 5104 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
| 5105 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
| 5106 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
| 5107 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
| 5108 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
| 5109 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
| 5110 | TemplateName Template; |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
| 5113 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5114 | QualType Canon, |
| 5115 | QualType Aliased); |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | public: |
| 5118 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
| 5119 | /// |
| 5120 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an |
| 5121 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it |
| 5122 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be |
| 5123 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the |
| 5124 | /// parameter is an int). |
| 5125 | /// |
| 5126 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind |
| 5127 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the |
| 5128 | /// specified arguments. |
| 5129 | static bool |
| 5130 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
| 5131 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
| 5132 | static bool |
| 5133 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
| 5134 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
| 5135 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( |
| 5136 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); |
| 5137 | |
| 5138 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
| 5139 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
| 5140 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
| 5141 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
| 5142 | } |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
| 5145 | /// template that has been substituted. |
| 5146 | /// |
| 5147 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
| 5148 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
| 5149 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
| 5150 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
| 5151 | /// |
| 5152 | /// \code |
| 5153 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
| 5154 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
| 5155 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
| 5156 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
| 5157 | /// }; |
| 5158 | /// \endcode |
| 5159 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
| 5160 | |
| 5161 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
| 5162 | /// template. |
| 5163 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
| 5164 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isTypeAlias() && \"not a type alias template specialization\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5164, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5165 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
| 5166 | } |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
| 5169 | |
| 5170 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
| 5171 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
| 5174 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
| 5177 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
| 5178 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
| 5179 | } |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
| 5182 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 5183 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 5184 | } |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
| 5187 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
| 5188 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
| 5191 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
| 5192 | } |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | bool isSugared() const { |
| 5195 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
| 5196 | } |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | QualType desugar() const { |
| 5199 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
| 5200 | } |
| 5201 | |
| 5202 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
| 5203 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
| 5204 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
| 5205 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
| 5206 | } |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
| 5209 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5210 | const ASTContext &Context); |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5213 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
| 5214 | } |
| 5215 | }; |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
| 5218 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
| 5219 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 5220 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5221 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 5222 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 5225 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
| 5226 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 5227 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 5230 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
| 5231 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 5232 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
| 5235 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
| 5236 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
| 5237 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
| 5238 | /// |
| 5239 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
| 5240 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
| 5241 | /// |
| 5242 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
| 5243 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
| 5244 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
| 5245 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
| 5246 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
| 5247 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
| 5248 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
| 5249 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
| 5250 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
| 5251 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
| 5252 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 5253 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
| 5254 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
| 5255 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
| 5256 | // interdependencies. |
| 5257 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
| 5262 | /// For example, in |
| 5263 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
| 5264 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
| 5265 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
| 5266 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
| 5267 | /// |
| 5268 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
| 5269 | /// and always dependent. |
| 5270 | QualType InjectedType; |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
| 5273 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
| 5274 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
| 5275 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
| 5276 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)) ? static_cast< void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5276, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5277 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((!TST.hasQualifiers()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!TST.hasQualifiers()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5277, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5278 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((TST->isDependentType()) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("TST->isDependentType()", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5278, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5279 | } |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 | public: |
| 5282 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
| 5283 | |
| 5284 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
| 5285 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
| 5286 | } |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
| 5289 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
| 5290 | } |
| 5291 | |
| 5292 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5295 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5296 | |
| 5297 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5298 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
| 5299 | } |
| 5300 | }; |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
| 5303 | enum TagTypeKind { |
| 5304 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
| 5305 | TTK_Struct, |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
| 5308 | TTK_Interface, |
| 5309 | |
| 5310 | /// The "union" keyword. |
| 5311 | TTK_Union, |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | /// The "class" keyword. |
| 5314 | TTK_Class, |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
| 5317 | TTK_Enum |
| 5318 | }; |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
| 5321 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5322 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
| 5323 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5324 | ETK_Struct, |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5327 | ETK_Interface, |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5330 | ETK_Union, |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5333 | ETK_Class, |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5336 | ETK_Enum, |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
| 5339 | /// \c typename T::type. |
| 5340 | ETK_Typename, |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
| 5343 | ETK_None |
| 5344 | }; |
| 5345 | |
| 5346 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
| 5347 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
| 5348 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
| 5349 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
| 5350 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
| 5351 | protected: |
| 5352 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
| 5353 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
| 5354 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
| 5355 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
| 5356 | } |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | public: |
| 5359 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
| 5360 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
| 5361 | } |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
| 5364 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
| 5367 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
| 5368 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
| 5371 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
| 5374 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
| 5375 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
| 5376 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
| 5377 | |
| 5378 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
| 5383 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
| 5384 | } |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
| 5387 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
| 5388 | }; |
| 5389 | |
| 5390 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
| 5391 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
| 5392 | /// or both. |
| 5393 | /// |
| 5394 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
| 5395 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
| 5396 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
| 5397 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
| 5398 | class ElaboratedType final |
| 5399 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
| 5400 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
| 5401 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
| 5402 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5403 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
| 5406 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
| 5409 | QualType NamedType; |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
| 5412 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
| 5413 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 5416 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
| 5417 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
| 5418 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have |
| 5419 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to |
| 5420 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) |
| 5421 | // dependence on the qualifier. |
| 5422 | NamedType->getDependence() | |
| 5423 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( |
| 5424 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) |
| 5425 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
| 5426 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
| 5427 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
| 5428 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
| 5429 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
| 5430 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
| 5431 | } |
| 5432 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 5433 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 5434 | "and name qualifier both null.")((!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword " "and name qualifier both null." ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) && \"ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword \" \"and name qualifier both null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5434, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5435 | } |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | public: |
| 5438 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
| 5439 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
| 5442 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 5445 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 5448 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
| 5451 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
| 5452 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
| 5453 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
| 5454 | : nullptr; |
| 5455 | } |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5458 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
| 5459 | } |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5462 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
| 5463 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
| 5464 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
| 5465 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
| 5466 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
| 5467 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
| 5468 | } |
| 5469 | |
| 5470 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
| 5471 | }; |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
| 5474 | /// dependent. |
| 5475 | /// |
| 5476 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
| 5477 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
| 5478 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
| 5479 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
| 5480 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
| 5481 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
| 5482 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
| 5483 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
| 5484 | /// instantiation. |
| 5485 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5486 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
| 5489 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
| 5492 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 5495 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
| 5496 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
| 5497 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 5498 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
| 5499 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
| 5500 | |
| 5501 | public: |
| 5502 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
| 5503 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
| 5506 | /// |
| 5507 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
| 5508 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
| 5509 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
| 5510 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
| 5511 | return Name; |
| 5512 | } |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5515 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5518 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
| 5519 | } |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5522 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
| 5523 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
| 5524 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
| 5525 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
| 5526 | } |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5529 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
| 5530 | } |
| 5531 | }; |
| 5532 | |
| 5533 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
| 5534 | /// resolved, e.g. |
| 5535 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
| 5536 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
| 5537 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
| 5538 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5539 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
| 5542 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 | /// The identifier of the template. |
| 5545 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5548 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 5549 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 5550 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5551 | QualType Canon); |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
| 5554 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
| 5558 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 5559 | } |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | public: |
| 5562 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
| 5563 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
| 5566 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
| 5567 | return getArgBuffer(); |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
| 5571 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 5572 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 5573 | } |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
| 5578 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
| 5579 | } |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
| 5584 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5587 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
| 5590 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
| 5591 | } |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 5594 | const ASTContext &Context, |
| 5595 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5596 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 5597 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 5598 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5601 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
| 5602 | } |
| 5603 | }; |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
| 5606 | /// |
| 5607 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
| 5608 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
| 5609 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
| 5610 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
| 5611 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
| 5612 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
| 5613 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
| 5614 | /// parameter packs. |
| 5615 | /// |
| 5616 | /// \code |
| 5617 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
| 5618 | /// |
| 5619 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
| 5620 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
| 5621 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
| 5622 | /// }; |
| 5623 | /// \endcode |
| 5624 | /// |
| 5625 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
| 5626 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
| 5627 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5628 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 5631 | QualType Pattern; |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
| 5634 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
| 5635 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
| 5636 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
| 5637 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
| 5638 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
| 5639 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
| 5640 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
| 5641 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
| 5642 | } |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | public: |
| 5645 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
| 5646 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
| 5647 | /// pack expansion itself. |
| 5648 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
| 5651 | /// generate, if known. |
| 5652 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
| 5653 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
| 5654 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
| 5655 | return None; |
| 5656 | } |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5659 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5662 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
| 5663 | } |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
| 5666 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
| 5667 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 5668 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
| 5669 | if (NumExpansions) |
| 5670 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
| 5671 | } |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5674 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
| 5675 | } |
| 5676 | }; |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
| 5679 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
| 5680 | template <class T> |
| 5681 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
| 5682 | protected: |
| 5683 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
| 5686 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
| 5687 | } |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
| 5690 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
| 5691 | } |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
| 5694 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
| 5695 | } |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
| 5698 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
| 5699 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5700, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
| 5700 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && "bitfield overflow in protocol count" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() && \"bitfield overflow in protocol count\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5700, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5701 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
| 5702 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
| 5703 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
| 5704 | } |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | public: |
| 5707 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
| 5708 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
| 5711 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
| 5712 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
| 5717 | /// there are none. |
| 5718 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
| 5719 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
| 5723 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
| 5724 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("I < getNumProtocols() && \"Out-of-range protocol access\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5724, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5725 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
| 5726 | } |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
| 5729 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
| 5730 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
| 5731 | } |
| 5732 | }; |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
| 5735 | /// a list of protocols. |
| 5736 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
| 5737 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
| 5738 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5739 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 5740 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
| 5743 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
| 5746 | |
| 5747 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
| 5748 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
| 5749 | /// and uniqued. |
| 5750 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
| 5753 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
| 5754 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
| 5755 | return NumProtocols; |
| 5756 | } |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
| 5759 | NumProtocols = N; |
| 5760 | } |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
| 5763 | QualType can, |
| 5764 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | public: |
| 5767 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 5768 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5771 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
| 5772 | } |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
| 5775 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 5776 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
| 5777 | QualType CanonicalType, |
| 5778 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
| 5781 | }; |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
| 5784 | /// |
| 5785 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
| 5786 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
| 5787 | /// protocols. |
| 5788 | /// |
| 5789 | /// Given the following declarations: |
| 5790 | /// \code |
| 5791 | /// \@class C<T>; |
| 5792 | /// \@protocol P; |
| 5793 | /// \endcode |
| 5794 | /// |
| 5795 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
| 5796 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
| 5797 | /// |
| 5798 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
| 5799 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
| 5800 | /// protocol list. |
| 5801 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
| 5802 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
| 5803 | /// |
| 5804 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
| 5805 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
| 5806 | /// and no protocols. |
| 5807 | /// |
| 5808 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
| 5809 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
| 5810 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
| 5811 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
| 5812 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
| 5813 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
| 5816 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
| 5817 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
| 5818 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
| 5819 | // |
| 5820 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
| 5821 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
| 5822 | // to get kindof complicated. |
| 5823 | // |
| 5824 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
| 5825 | // and uniqued. |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
| 5828 | QualType BaseType; |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | /// Cached superclass type. |
| 5831 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
| 5832 | CachedSuperClassType; |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
| 5835 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
| 5836 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
| 5837 | } |
| 5838 | |
| 5839 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
| 5840 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
| 5841 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
| 5842 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
| 5843 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
| 5844 | } |
| 5845 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
| 5846 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
| 5847 | } |
| 5848 | |
| 5849 | protected: |
| 5850 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
| 5853 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 5854 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
| 5855 | bool isKindOf); |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
| 5858 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
| 5859 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
| 5860 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
| 5861 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
| 5862 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
| 5863 | } |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | public: |
| 5868 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
| 5869 | /// sugar for) one of: |
| 5870 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
| 5871 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
| 5872 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
| 5873 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
| 5874 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
| 5875 | |
| 5876 | bool isObjCId() const { |
| 5877 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
| 5878 | } |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
| 5881 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
| 5882 | } |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
| 5885 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
| 5886 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
| 5887 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
| 5888 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
| 5889 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
| 5890 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
| 5891 | return false; |
| 5892 | } |
| 5893 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
| 5894 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
| 5897 | /// really is an interface. |
| 5898 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
| 5901 | /// that it has type arguments. |
| 5902 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
| 5905 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
| 5906 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
| 5907 | } |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
| 5910 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
| 5911 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
| 5912 | |
| 5913 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
| 5914 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
| 5915 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
| 5916 | |
| 5917 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
| 5918 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
| 5921 | /// written. |
| 5922 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
| 5923 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
| 5924 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
| 5928 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
| 5931 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
| 5934 | /// |
| 5935 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
| 5936 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
| 5937 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
| 5938 | /// there is no superclass. |
| 5939 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
| 5940 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
| 5941 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && \"Superclass not set?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 5943, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 5944 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
| 5945 | } |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
| 5948 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
| 5949 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5952 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5955 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
| 5956 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
| 5957 | } |
| 5958 | }; |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
| 5961 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
| 5962 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
| 5963 | /// system should not reference this type. |
| 5964 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5965 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
| 5968 | // will need to be modified. |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
| 5971 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 5972 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
| 5973 | bool isKindOf) |
| 5974 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | public: |
| 5977 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
| 5978 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 5979 | QualType Base, |
| 5980 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 5981 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
| 5982 | bool isKindOf); |
| 5983 | }; |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
| 5986 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
| 5987 | } |
| 5988 | |
| 5989 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
| 5990 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
| 5991 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
| 5992 | } |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
| 5995 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
| 5996 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
| 5997 | } |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
| 6000 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
| 6001 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
| 6002 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
| 6003 | /// |
| 6004 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
| 6005 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
| 6006 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
| 6007 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
| 6008 | /// fail to compile. |
| 6009 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
| 6010 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
| 6011 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
| 6012 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6013 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 6014 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 6015 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
| 6020 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
| 6021 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | public: |
| 6024 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
| 6025 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
| 6026 | |
| 6027 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6028 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6031 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
| 6032 | } |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
| 6035 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
| 6036 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
| 6037 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
| 6038 | enum { |
| 6039 | qual_iterator, |
| 6040 | qual_begin, |
| 6041 | qual_end, |
| 6042 | getNumProtocols, |
| 6043 | getProtocol |
| 6044 | }; |
| 6045 | }; |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
| 6048 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
| 6049 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
| 6050 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
| 6051 | return T->getDecl(); |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
| 6054 | } |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | return nullptr; |
| 6057 | } |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
| 6060 | /// |
| 6061 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
| 6062 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
| 6063 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
| 6064 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
| 6065 | /// |
| 6066 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
| 6067 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
| 6068 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6069 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
| 6074 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 6075 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
| 6076 | |
| 6077 | public: |
| 6078 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
| 6079 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
| 6080 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
| 6083 | /// |
| 6084 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
| 6085 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
| 6086 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
| 6087 | /// \code |
| 6088 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
| 6089 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
| 6090 | /// typedef A A1; |
| 6091 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
| 6092 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
| 6093 | /// \endcode |
| 6094 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
| 6095 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
| 6096 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
| 6097 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
| 6098 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
| 6099 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
| 6100 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
| 6101 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
| 6102 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
| 6103 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
| 6104 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
| 6105 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
| 6106 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
| 6107 | } |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
| 6110 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
| 6111 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
| 6112 | /// |
| 6113 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
| 6114 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
| 6117 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
| 6118 | /// |
| 6119 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
| 6120 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
| 6121 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
| 6122 | } |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
| 6125 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
| 6126 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
| 6127 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
| 6128 | } |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
| 6131 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
| 6132 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
| 6133 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
| 6134 | } |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
| 6137 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
| 6138 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
| 6139 | } |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
| 6142 | /// protocols. |
| 6143 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
| 6144 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
| 6145 | } |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
| 6148 | /// protocols. |
| 6149 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
| 6150 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
| 6151 | } |
| 6152 | |
| 6153 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
| 6154 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
| 6157 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
| 6160 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
| 6161 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
| 6162 | } |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
| 6165 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
| 6166 | |
| 6167 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
| 6168 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
| 6169 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
| 6172 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
| 6173 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
| 6174 | } |
| 6175 | |
| 6176 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
| 6177 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
| 6178 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
| 6179 | } |
| 6180 | |
| 6181 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
| 6182 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
| 6183 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
| 6184 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
| 6185 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
| 6190 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
| 6191 | } |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
| 6194 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
| 6195 | } |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
| 6200 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
| 6201 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
| 6202 | } |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
| 6205 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
| 6206 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
| 6207 | } |
| 6208 | |
| 6209 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6210 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
| 6213 | /// |
| 6214 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
| 6215 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
| 6216 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
| 6217 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
| 6218 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
| 6221 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
| 6222 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
| 6223 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6226 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
| 6227 | } |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
| 6230 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 6231 | } |
| 6232 | |
| 6233 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6234 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
| 6235 | } |
| 6236 | }; |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6239 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 | QualType ValueType; |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
| 6244 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | public: |
| 6247 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
| 6248 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
| 6249 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
| 6250 | |
| 6251 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6252 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6255 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
| 6256 | } |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
| 6259 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 6260 | } |
| 6261 | |
| 6262 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6263 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
| 6264 | } |
| 6265 | }; |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
| 6268 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6269 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6270 | |
| 6271 | QualType ElementType; |
| 6272 | bool isRead; |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
| 6275 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
| 6276 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | public: |
| 6279 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6282 | |
| 6283 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6286 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
| 6287 | } |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
| 6290 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 6291 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
| 6292 | } |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6295 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
| 6296 | } |
| 6297 | |
| 6298 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
| 6299 | }; |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
| 6302 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6303 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 6304 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
| 6305 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 | protected: |
| 6308 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | public: |
| 6311 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
| 6312 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
| 6313 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6316 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6319 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
| 6320 | } |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
| 6323 | unsigned NumBits) { |
| 6324 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
| 6325 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
| 6326 | } |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } |
| 6329 | }; |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6332 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 6333 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 6334 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | protected: |
| 6337 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
| 6338 | Expr *NumBits); |
| 6339 | |
| 6340 | public: |
| 6341 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
| 6342 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
| 6343 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6346 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6349 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
| 6350 | } |
| 6351 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 6352 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6355 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; |
| 6356 | } |
| 6357 | }; |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
| 6360 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
| 6361 | public: |
| 6362 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
| 6365 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
| 6366 | /// with those already in the type. |
| 6367 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
| 6368 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6369 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
| 6370 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
| 6373 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
| 6374 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
| 6375 | } |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
| 6378 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
| 6379 | |
| 6380 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
| 6381 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
| 6382 | }; |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | /// A container of type source information. |
| 6385 | /// |
| 6386 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
| 6387 | /// @code |
| 6388 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
| 6389 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
| 6390 | /// @endcode |
| 6391 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
| 6392 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
| 6393 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
| 6394 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | QualType Ty; |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
| 6399 | |
| 6400 | public: |
| 6401 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
| 6402 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
| 6403 | |
| 6404 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
| 6405 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
| 6408 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
| 6409 | }; |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | // Inline function definitions. |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
| 6414 | SplitQualType desugar = |
| 6415 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
| 6416 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
| 6417 | return desugar; |
| 6418 | } |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
| 6421 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
| 6422 | } |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
| 6425 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
| 6426 | } |
| 6427 | |
| 6428 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
| 6429 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
| 6430 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
| 6431 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
| 6434 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
| 6435 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6436 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
| 6437 | } |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
| 6440 | Qualifiers Quals; |
| 6441 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
| 6442 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
| 6443 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6444 | return Quals; |
| 6445 | } |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
| 6448 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
| 6449 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6450 | return quals; |
| 6451 | } |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
| 6454 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
| 6455 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
| 6456 | return cvr; |
| 6457 | } |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
| 6460 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
| 6461 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6462 | } |
| 6463 | |
| 6464 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
| 6465 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
| 6466 | } |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
| 6469 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
| 6470 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
| 6471 | |
| 6472 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
| 6473 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
| 6474 | return false; |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
| 6477 | } |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
| 6480 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
| 6481 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
| 6482 | } |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
| 6485 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
| 6486 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
| 6487 | } |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
| 6491 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
| 6492 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
| 6493 | } |
| 6494 | |
| 6495 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
| 6496 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
| 6497 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
| 6498 | } |
| 6499 | |
| 6500 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
| 6501 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
| 6502 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
| 6505 | } |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
| 6508 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
| 6509 | return split(); |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
| 6512 | } |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
| 6515 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
| 6516 | } |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
| 6519 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 6520 | } |
| 6521 | |
| 6522 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
| 6523 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 6524 | } |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
| 6527 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits" ) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && \"mask has non-CVR bits\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6527, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 6528 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
| 6529 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
| 6530 | |
| 6531 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
| 6532 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
| 6533 | } |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
| 6536 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
| 6537 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
| 6538 | } |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
| 6541 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
| 6542 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
| 6543 | } |
| 6544 | |
| 6545 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
| 6546 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
| 6547 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
| 6548 | } |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
| 6551 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 6552 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
| 6553 | return false; |
| 6554 | } |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
| 6557 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 6558 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
| 6559 | return false; |
| 6560 | } |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
| 6563 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 6564 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
| 6565 | return false; |
| 6566 | } |
| 6567 | |
| 6568 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
| 6569 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 6570 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 6571 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
| 6572 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 6573 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
| 6576 | } |
| 6577 | |
| 6578 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
| 6579 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
| 6580 | } |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
| 6583 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
| 6584 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
| 6585 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
| 6586 | /// int". |
| 6587 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
| 6588 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
| 6589 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
| 6590 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
| 6591 | } |
| 6592 | |
| 6593 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
| 6594 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
| 6595 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
| 6596 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
| 6597 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
| 6598 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
| 6601 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
| 6602 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
| 6603 | |
| 6604 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
| 6605 | } |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
| 6608 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
| 6609 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
| 6610 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
| 6611 | /// |
| 6612 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
| 6613 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
| 6614 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
| 6615 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
| 6616 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
| 6617 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| 6618 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
| 6619 | else |
| 6620 | return *this; |
| 6621 | } |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
| 6624 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
| 6625 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| 6626 | } |
| 6627 | |
| 6628 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
| 6629 | /// |
| 6630 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
| 6631 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
| 6632 | return isVoidType() || |
| 6633 | isNullPtrType() || |
| 6634 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
| 6635 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
| 6636 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
| 6637 | } |
| 6638 | |
| 6639 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
| 6640 | /// |
| 6641 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
| 6642 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
| 6643 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
| 6644 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
| 6645 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
| 6646 | return isArrayType() || |
| 6647 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
| 6648 | isFunctionType() || |
| 6649 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
| 6650 | isPointerType() || |
| 6651 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
| 6652 | isReferenceType() || |
| 6653 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
| 6654 | isRecordType() || |
| 6655 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
| 6656 | // types at different times; |
| 6657 | isUnionType() || |
| 6658 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
| 6659 | isEnumeralType() || |
| 6660 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
| 6661 | isMemberPointerType(); |
| 6662 | } |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
| 6665 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6666 | } |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
| 6669 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6670 | } |
| 6671 | |
| 6672 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
| 6673 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
| 6674 | } |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
| 6677 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6678 | } |
| 6679 | |
| 6680 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
| 6681 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6682 | } |
| 6683 | |
| 6684 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
| 6685 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6686 | } |
| 6687 | |
| 6688 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
| 6689 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6690 | } |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
| 6693 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
| 6694 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
| 6695 | // void. |
| 6696 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 6697 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
| 6698 | else |
| 6699 | return false; |
| 6700 | } |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
| 6703 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 6704 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
| 6705 | else |
| 6706 | return false; |
| 6707 | } |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
| 6710 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| 6711 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
| 6712 | else |
| 6713 | return false; |
| 6714 | } |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
| 6717 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6718 | } |
| 6719 | |
| 6720 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
| 6721 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
| 6722 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
| 6723 | else |
| 6724 | return false; |
| 6725 | } |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
| 6728 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
| 6729 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
| 6730 | else |
| 6731 | return false; |
| 6732 | } |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
| 6735 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6736 | } |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
| 6739 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6740 | } |
| 6741 | |
| 6742 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
| 6743 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6744 | } |
| 6745 | |
| 6746 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
| 6747 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6748 | } |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
| 6751 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6752 | } |
| 6753 | |
| 6754 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
| 6755 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6756 | } |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
| 6759 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6760 | } |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
| 6763 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6764 | } |
| 6765 | |
| 6766 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
| 6767 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6768 | } |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
| 6771 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6772 | } |
| 6773 | |
| 6774 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
| 6775 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6776 | } |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
| 6779 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6780 | } |
| 6781 | |
| 6782 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
| 6783 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6784 | } |
| 6785 | |
| 6786 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
| 6787 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6788 | } |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
| 6791 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6792 | } |
| 6793 | |
| 6794 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
| 6795 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6796 | } |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
| 6799 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 6800 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6801 | } |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
| 6804 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6805 | } |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
| 6808 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6809 | } |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
| 6812 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6813 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
| 6814 | return false; |
| 6815 | } |
| 6816 | |
| 6817 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
| 6818 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6819 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
| 6820 | return false; |
| 6821 | } |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
| 6824 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6825 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
| 6826 | return false; |
| 6827 | } |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
| 6830 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6831 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
| 6832 | return false; |
| 6833 | } |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
| 6836 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 6837 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
| 6838 | return false; |
| 6839 | } |
| 6840 | |
| 6841 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
| 6842 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
| 6843 | } |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
| 6846 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
| 6847 | } |
| 6848 | |
| 6849 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
| 6850 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
| 6851 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
| 6852 | } |
| 6853 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 6854 | |
| 6855 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
| 6856 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
| 6857 | } |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
| 6860 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
| 6861 | } |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
| 6864 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
| 6865 | } |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
| 6868 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
| 6869 | } |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
| 6872 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
| 6873 | } |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
| 6876 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
| 6877 | return |
| 6878 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 6879 | false; // end boolean or operation |
| 6880 | } |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
| 6883 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6884 | } |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { |
| 6887 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6888 | } |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
| 6891 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
| 6892 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
| 6893 | } |
| 6894 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
| 6897 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
| 6898 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
| 6899 | return |
| 6900 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 6901 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
| 6902 | } |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
| 6905 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
| 6906 | return |
| 6907 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 6908 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
| 6912 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
| 6913 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
| 6914 | } |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
| 6917 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6918 | } |
| 6919 | |
| 6920 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
| 6921 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
| 6922 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
| 6923 | } |
| 6924 | return false; |
| 6925 | } |
| 6926 | |
| 6927 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
| 6928 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
| 6929 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
| 6930 | return false; |
| 6931 | } |
| 6932 | |
| 6933 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
| 6934 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
| 6935 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
| 6936 | return BT; |
| 6937 | return nullptr; |
| 6938 | } |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
| 6941 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 6941, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 6942 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
| 6943 | } |
| 6944 | |
| 6945 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
| 6946 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
| 6947 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
| 6948 | return false; |
| 6949 | } |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
| 6952 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
| 6953 | } |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
| 6956 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
| 6957 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
| 6958 | } |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
| 6961 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
| 6962 | } |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
| 6965 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
| 6966 | } |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
| 6969 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
| 6970 | } |
| 6971 | |
| 6972 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
| 6973 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
| 6974 | } |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
| 6977 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
| 6980 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 6981 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
| 6982 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
| 6983 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 6984 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
| 6985 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
| 6986 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
| 6987 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
| 6988 | } |
| 6989 | return isExtIntType(); |
| 6990 | } |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
| 6993 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 6994 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
| 6995 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
| 6996 | } |
| 6997 | return false; |
| 6998 | } |
| 6999 | |
| 7000 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
| 7001 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
| 7002 | } |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7005 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 7006 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
| 7007 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
| 7008 | } |
| 7009 | return false; |
| 7010 | } |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7013 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
| 7014 | } |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7017 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 7018 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
| 7019 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
| 7020 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
| 7021 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
| 7022 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
| 7023 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
| 7024 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
| 7025 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
| 7026 | } |
| 7027 | return false; |
| 7028 | } |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7031 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
| 7032 | } |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
| 7035 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7036 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
| 7037 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
| 7038 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7039 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
| 7040 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
| 7041 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
| 7042 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7043 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7044 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7045 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7046 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7047 | isExtIntType(); |
| 7048 | } |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
| 7051 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7052 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
| 7053 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
| 7056 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
| 7057 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7058 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 | return isExtIntType(); |
| 7061 | } |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
| 7064 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7065 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
| 7066 | return false; |
| 7067 | } |
| 7068 | |
| 7069 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
| 7070 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
| 7071 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
| 7072 | } |
| 7073 | |
| 7074 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
| 7075 | /// an overloaded operator. |
| 7076 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
| 7077 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
| 7078 | } |
| 7079 | |
| 7080 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. |
| 7081 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { |
| 7082 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) |
| 7083 | return true; |
| 7084 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
| 7085 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); |
| 7086 | return false; |
| 7087 | } |
| 7088 | |
| 7089 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
| 7090 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
| 7091 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
| 7092 | } |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
| 7095 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
| 7096 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
| 7097 | } |
| 7098 | |
| 7099 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
| 7100 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
| 7101 | } |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
| 7104 | const Type *type = this; |
| 7105 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
| 7106 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
| 7107 | return type; |
| 7108 | } |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
| 7111 | const Type *type = this; |
| 7112 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
| 7113 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
| 7114 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
| 7115 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
| 7116 | return type; |
| 7117 | } |
| 7118 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
| 7119 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 7120 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 7121 | LangAS AS) { |
| 7122 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
| 7123 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
| 7124 | return PD; |
| 7125 | } |
| 7126 | |
| 7127 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
| 7128 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 7129 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 7130 | Qualifiers Q) { |
| 7131 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
| 7132 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
| 7133 | return PD; |
| 7134 | } |
| 7135 | |
| 7136 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
| 7137 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 7138 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 7139 | QualType T) { |
| 7140 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
| 7141 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
| 7142 | return PD; |
| 7143 | } |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
| 7146 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
| 7147 | template <typename T> |
| 7148 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
| 7149 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
| 7150 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
| 7153 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
| 7154 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
| 7155 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
| 7156 | |
| 7157 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
| 7158 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
| 7159 | return Ty; |
| 7160 | |
| 7161 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
| 7162 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7163 | return nullptr; |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
| 7166 | // losing all typedef information. |
| 7167 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7168 | } |
| 7169 | |
| 7170 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
| 7171 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
| 7172 | |
| 7173 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
| 7174 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
| 7175 | return Ty; |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
| 7178 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7179 | return nullptr; |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
| 7182 | // type. |
| 7183 | const Type *Ty = this; |
| 7184 | while (Ty) { |
| 7185 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
| 7186 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
| 7187 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
| 7188 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7189 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
| 7190 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7191 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
| 7192 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7193 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
| 7194 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7195 | else |
| 7196 | break; |
| 7197 | } |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
| 7200 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
| 7201 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
| 7202 | } |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
| 7205 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
| 7206 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
| 7207 | return arr; |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
| 7210 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7211 | return nullptr; |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
| 7214 | // losing all typedef information. |
| 7215 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7216 | } |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
| 7219 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
| 7220 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
| 7223 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((isa<T>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<T>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7223, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7224 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7225 | } |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
| 7228 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7228, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7229 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
| 7230 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7231 | } |
| 7232 | |
| 7233 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
| 7234 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 7235 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
| 7236 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 7237 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
| 7238 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
| 7239 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)) ? static_cast<void> (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<PointerType>(Adjusted)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-13~++20210405022414+5f57793c4fe4/clang/include/clang/AST/Type.h" , 7239, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
| 7240 | #endif |
| 7241 | } |
| 7242 | |
| 7243 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
| 7244 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
| 7245 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
| 7246 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
| 7247 | } |
| 7248 | |
| 7249 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
| 7250 | // as a scaled integer. |
| 7251 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
| 7252 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
| 7253 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
| 7254 | unsigned Scale); |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 | } // namespace clang |
| 7257 | |
| 7258 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |